VALUE AMERICA INC /VA
S-1/A, 1999-04-05
RETAIL STORES, NEC
Previous: CAVALRY BANCORP INC, 8-K, 1999-04-05
Next: CHAPMAN HOLDINGS INC, 424B3, 1999-04-05



   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON APRIL 5, 1999
                                                     REGISTRATION NO. 333-70961
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 UNITED STATES
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                               ----------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 2
    
                                       TO


                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                               ----------------
                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                    <C>                                           <C>

           VIRGINIA                                    5999                                  33-0712568
  (State or other jurisdiction                  (Primary Standard                         (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)       Industrial Classification Code Number)         Identification Number)
</TABLE>

   
                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.
                              1560 INSURANCE LANE
                        CHARLOTTESVILLE, VIRGINIA 22911
                                (804) 817-7700
    
          (Address, including zip code and telephone number, including
            area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
                               ----------------
                                DEAN M. JOHNSON
   
        EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND SECRETARY
                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.
                              1560 INSURANCE LANE
    
                        CHARLOTTESVILLE, VIRGINIA 22911
                                (804) 817-7700

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)


                         COPIES OF COMMUNICATIONS TO:

<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>
             GARY D. LECLAIR, ESQ.                 MARK L. JOHNSON, ESQ.
          BRADLEY A. HANEBERG, ESQ.                JOHN D. HANCOCK, ESQ.
   LECLAIR RYAN, A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION       FOLEY, HOAG & ELIOT LLP
         707 EAST MAIN STREET, SUITE 1100          ONE POST OFFICE SQUARE
              RICHMOND, VIRGINIA 23219          BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02109
                (804) 783-2003                         (617) 832-1000
</TABLE>

                               ----------------
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as practicable on
or after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered
on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act
of 1933, check the following box. [ ]
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ] ------


     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ] ----------
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ] ----------
   If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
                               check the following box. [ ]

                               ----------------
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY
NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN
OFFER TO SELL SECURITIES, AND WE ARE NOT SOLICITING OFFERS TO BUY THESE 
SECURITIES, IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 5, 1999
    
                       (Value America Logo appears here)
 
                               5,000,000 SHARES

                                 COMMON STOCK


     Value America, Inc. is offering 5,000,000 shares of its common stock. This
is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our
shares. We have applied for approval for quotation of our common stock on the
Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "VUSA." We anticipate that the initial
public offering price will be between $15.00 and $17.00 per share.
 
                             ---------------------
                 INVESTING IN OUR COMMON STOCK INVOLVES RISKS.
                    SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7.


                             ---------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PER SHARE        TOTAL
                                                   -----------   -------------
<S>                                                <C>           <C>
Public offering price ..........................     $           $
Underwriting discounts and commission ..........     $           $
Proceeds to Value America, Inc. ................     $           $
</TABLE>

     THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AND STATE SECURITIES REGULATORS
HAVE NOT APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES, OR DETERMINED IF THIS
PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

     We and two of our executive officers have granted the underwriters a
30-day option to purchase up to an additional 750,000 shares of common stock to
cover over-allotments.


                             ---------------------
BANCBOSTON ROBERTSON STEPHENS

                    VOLPE BROWN WHELAN & COMPANY

                                  THE ROBINSON-HUMPHREY COMPANY


   
                THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS APRIL   , 1999.
    
<PAGE>

     [Reproduction of page from Value America Web site showing logos of
products

     "Value America -- Value America Shopping By Brand, Page 2 -- Microsoft
Internet Explorer" appears on the top line.

     Guide words "File," "Edit," "View," "Go," Favorites" and "Help" appear on
the next line.

     Guide words "Back," "Forward," "Stop," "Refresh," "Home," "Search,"
"Favorites," "History," "Channels," "Fullscreen" and "Mail," together with
icons, appear on the next line.

     The words "Address," "http://www.valueamerica.com/thecompanywekeep" and
"Links" appear on the next line.

     In the principal portion of the page, the word "Help" appears in the upper
lefthand corner and the Value America logo appears in the upper righthand
corner. A photograph depicting a family is located in the center of the top
line.

     Guide words "Search," "Shopping List," "Sign In," "Account Info,"
"Checkout," "Help" and "Pick a Department" appear on the next line.

     The words "Main" and "Help" and the phrase "We're known by the company we
keep..." appear on the next line.

     The caption "We're known by the company we keep..." is above names and
logos for the following:
 

IBM
Hewlett-Packard Expanding Possibilities
Amana
3Com U.S. Robotics
Microsoft
Panasonic
Canon
Philips Magnavox
GE Appliances
FujiFilm
Hitachi Mobilized Computing
Weber
JVC
DeLonghi
Pendaflex
Compaq
Epson
zenith
Samsung
Kensington
Seiko
Casio
NEC
Olympus
Polaroid
Bushnell
Norelco
Singer
Avery
Oxford
Delta
Skil
3M
Rawlings
RCA

Pitney Bowes
Spalding
Taylor Made
brother
BIC
TearDrop Golf
KitchenAid
West Bend
Imation
Acco Brands
Titleist
Ames
Hoover
Toshiba
Sony
Braun
Wilson
Technics
Altec Lansing
shopovac corporation
Ram Golf
Armour Golf
Sharp
Callaway Golf
Pulsar
Kodak ds
adidas
Hammermill Papers
Mitsubishi Mobile Computing
Sanyo
Newell Office Products
Black & Decker
Vidal Sasoon
Lexmark
iomega

 
The phrases "The company we keep" and "Internet zone" appear at the bottom of
the page.]
<PAGE>

[Two-page presentation combining text, photographs and drawings under heading
containing Value America logo, with the slogan "The Marketplace for a New
Millennium"]

     Value America delivers what customers want most. Quality products: from
over 1,000 trusted brands. Selection: choices from technology to office
products, from consumer electronics to jewelry. Value: Internet technology
enables Value America to sell the best for less. Service: personalized customer
assistance makes shopping fast and easy. Convenience: Value America's store is
in the home and on the desk at work. Information: interactive multimedia
presentations communicate each product's features and benefits.


SHOPPING SMARTER

     Value America is a smart way to shop. Multimedia product presentations
help customers make better buying decisions. [Photograph depicting individuals
using computer]


50 MILLION LOCATIONS. THERE'S ONE NEAR YOU.

     Value America can be reached at www.va.com. Customers can shop from their
homes or offices, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. [Simulation of screen from the
Value America Web site]


BENEFITS OF MEMBERSHIP

     Everyone is welcome, but members enjoy special privileges, starting with
lower prices. The personal shopping assistance they receive helps them keep
track of their receipts, warranties, related products, important dates, and
discounts, and makes checkout faster and easier. [Simulation of screen from the
Value America Web site]


BRAND LOYALTY

     Value America sells over 1,000 brands in numerous product categories. We
allow customers to shop in exclusive departments arranged by brand. [Simulation
of screen from the Value America Web site]


SHOP YOUR WAY

     How many retailers are willing to rearrange their entire store for each
shopper? Value America does just that. Customers can shop within each category
by product, by brand name, or by what's on sale. [Simulation of screen from
Value America Web site]


INTERACTIVITY

     Value America is not a collection of static catalog Web pages. Everything
is dynamically assembled and presented to each individual customer from our
database using Value America's proprietary authoring and administration
software. [Simulation of screen from the Value America Web site]


BE SELECTIVE

     Value America is a factory authorized reseller for many brands. Our broad
product assortment ensures that customers can make the right choice, because
they actually have a choice! [Simulation of screen from the Value America Web
site]


REASONS TO BUY

     Value America's multimedia product presentations provide insights into the
products' features, benefits, applications and use. [Simulation of screen from
the Value America Web site]
<PAGE>

MULTIMEDIA SHOPPING

     Product presentations are researched and written in-house, and are
empowered by our exclusive Internet authoring system. The presentations include
copy, photographs and illustrations. Many include automatically-launched audio
streams. Some even contain a video demonstration, streamed in real time.
[Photograph of television, with caption "Projection Televisions"]


PRODUCT PURCHASING INFORMATION

     Each product category is introduced with a list of the products available
in that category. This list features a small photo, a short description and the
price. Selecting an item reveals detailed specifications, features, options and
a close-up photo, as well as access to its multimedia product presentation.
It's easy to make one-on-one comparisons. The store helps shoppers make
intelligent, informed decisions about their purchases. [Simulation of screen
from Value America Web site]


OUR FIRST NAME IS VALUE

     Value America's customers enjoy the benefits of its low overhead and
aggressive pricing.


VALUE DOLLARS

     When members make purchases, they earn Value Dollars that can be used to
buy products the next time they shop. Value Dollars encourage frequent visits
and increase customer value. [Drawing of coins]


BUYING IS EASY

     Value America holds customers' selections until they are ready to check
out. The database remembers a member's favorite shipping and billing addresses
as well as most of their credit card information. This data remains encrypted
and behind firewalls to maximize security. [Photograph depicting woman using
computer]


CHARITY DOLLARS

     We think it's important to give something back. One percent is donated to
a charity of the member's choice. [Drawing of a heart]


DOING BUSINESS

     We serve customers better by serving brands better. Our brand
relationships provide four things we believe manufacturers want most. They want
to broaden their distribution, and at the same time create closer customer
contact. They want to present and sell their products based on the products'
merits, not on price alone. They want to operate more efficiently. To
accomplish this, Value America has created an automated and informative link to
bring people and products together. [Photograph depicting people working]
<PAGE>

   
     YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. WE
HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH INFORMATION DIFFERENT FROM THAT
CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. WE ARE OFFERING TO SELL, AND SEEKING OFFERS TO
BUY, SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ONLY IN JURISDICTIONS WHERE OFFERS AND SALES ARE
PERMITTED. THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE ONLY AS OF
THE DATE THIS PROSPECTUS, REGARDLESS OF THE TIME OF DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS
OR OF ANY SALE OF COMMON STOCK.
    




                               ----------------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          PAGE
                                                                                         -----
<S>                                                                                      <C>
Summary ..............................................................................    4
Risk Factors .........................................................................    7
Use of Proceeds ......................................................................   17
Dividend Policy ......................................................................   17
Capitalization .......................................................................   18
Dilution .............................................................................   19
Selected Financial Data ..............................................................   21
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    22
Business .............................................................................   30
Management ...........................................................................   47
Certain Transactions .................................................................   63
Principal Stockholders ...............................................................   66
Description of Capital Stock .........................................................   68
Shares Eligible for Future Sale ......................................................   74
Underwriting .........................................................................   75
Legal Matters ........................................................................   77
Experts ..............................................................................   77
Where You Can Find More Information ..................................................   77
Index to Financial Statements ........................................................    F-1
</TABLE>
    

                               ----------------
     VALUE AMERICA is our registered service mark. All other service marks,
trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of
their respective owners.


                                       3
<PAGE>

                                    SUMMARY

     THIS SUMMARY HIGHLIGHTS INFORMATION CONTAINED ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS. THIS SUMMARY MAY NOT CONTAIN ALL OF THE INFORMATION THAT YOU SHOULD
CONSIDER BEFORE INVESTING IN OUR COMMON STOCK. YOU SHOULD READ THE ENTIRE
PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY.


                                  OUR COMPANY

     Value America is an Internet retailer offering a wide selection of
technology, office and consumer products through our online store at
WWW.VALUEAMERICA.COM and WWW.VA.COM. We sell brand name goods from
manufacturers in many industries, including goods from Hewlett-Packard, IBM,
Olympus, Panasonic and Weber. Customers can take advantage of our online store
format by shopping at their convenience and purchasing brand name products at
value prices. Our store features information-rich, multi-media product
presentations that help consumers make informed buying decisions. Manufacturers
can benefit from these presentations because the features and benefits of their
products are communicated directly to consumers. Our store provides
manufacturers with ready access to the large and growing base of online
consumers. We promote our online store in newspapers, magazines, direct
mailings, and television and radio commercials, as well as through Internet
portals. We earn revenues principally from the sale of products. We also
receive revenues from manufacturers for the creation of product presentations
for our online store.


                                 OUR INDUSTRY

     In recent years, a number of companies have introduced new business models
that have significantly altered the competitive environment in the retailing
industry. Superstore retailers such as Circuit City and Staples seek to attract
customers by emphasizing a broad selection of merchandise in a single industry.
Volume discount retailers such as Sam's Wholesale Club and Price/Costco
generally seek to attract customers by offering very low prices on a limited
selection of products and with little or no traditional retail service. In
order to remain competitive, many traditional retailers have responded by
lowering prices and seeking to reduce costs by offering lower quality
merchandise and employing fewer and less experienced customer service and sales
employees.

     The market for electronic commerce is large and growing, and electronic
commerce has the potential to further alter the competitive environment in the
retailing industry. One industry research firm estimates that the total value
of goods and services purchased over the Internet by individuals, businesses
and governmental agencies ranged between $55 billion and $80 billion in 1998
and projects this market may grow to between $1 trillion and $2 trillion by
2002. Sales of technology, office and consumer products are generating
significant online revenues for retailers such as Dell Computer and Amazon.com.
 

     Unlike traditional retailers, online retailers are not limited by the
constraints of real estate selection, store construction or shelf space.
Internet retailers can react quickly and cost-effectively to change product
descriptions, pricing and mix. We believe that the unique nature of the
Internet provides online stores such as Value America with the ability to offer
a compelling retail solution by furnishing consumers with:

     o high quality goods at lower prices,

     o convenient in-home or in-office access 24-hours-a-day, 365-days-a-year,

     o increased product selection and

     o detailed information about product features, benefits and applications.

                                       4
<PAGE>

                                 OUR STRATEGY

   
     We believe that our strategy of using traditional off-line media to
generate online sales enables us to reach a broader audience and rapidly build
the Value America brand name. In addition, we believe we can benefit from large
advertising and promotional investments of brand name manufacturers, which
increase customer demand and help generate product sales through our online
store.
    

     Our objective is to create the leading online store for technology, office
and consumer products. In order to achieve this objective, we are:

     o initially emphasizing the sale of technology and office products,

     o moving rapidly into the business-to-consumer market,

     o expanding our brand offerings,

     o continuing to enhance our customers' online shopping experiences and

     o developing and expanding direct response marketing campaigns and
       strategic business relationships.


                                  OUR ADDRESS

   
     We incorporated in March 1996 in the State of Nevada and reincorporated in
October 1997 in the Commonwealth of Virginia. Our principal executive offices
are located at 1560 Insurance Lane, Charlottesville, Virginia 22911, and our
telephone number is (804) 817-7700.
    


                                 THE OFFERING


<TABLE>
<S>                                                            <C>
Common stock offered by Value America ......................   5,000,000 shares
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering .........   42,934,862 shares
Use of proceeds ............................................   Working capital and other general
                                                               corporate purposes, including advertising
                                                               and promotion, development of system
                                                               enhancements, expansion of facilities, and
                                                               potential acquisitions of complementary
                                                               businesses and technologies.
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol .....................   VUSA
</TABLE>

   
     The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering
is based on shares outstanding as of April 3, 1999. This number excludes:

   o 6,134,625 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding,
     or issuable under contracts, as of April 3, 1999 at a weighted average
     exercise price of $7.14 per share,

   o 115,375 shares reserved for issuance under our stock incentive plan as
     of April 3, 1999 and

   o 2,902,913 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of
     April 3, 1999 at a weighted average exercise price of $7.85 per share,
     which price is based on warrant terms that will apply if the trading price
     of the common stock is $14.00 or more at any time on or before December
     31, 1999. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Warrants."
    


                                       5
<PAGE>

                            SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     PERIOD FROM
                                                                      INCEPTION
                                                                  (MARCH 13, 1996)     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       THROUGH        --------------------------
                                                                  DECEMBER 31, 1996       1997          1998
                                                                 ------------------   -----------   ------------
<S>                                                              <C>                  <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Total revenues .................................................      $    --          $    134      $  41,544
Total cost of revenues .........................................           97               486         40,776
Gross profit (loss) ............................................          (97)             (352)           768
Total operating expenses .......................................          331             1,519         51,661
Operating loss .................................................         (428)           (1,871)       (50,893)
Other income (expense), net ....................................            3                18         (2,723)
Net loss .......................................................         (425)           (1,853)       (53,616)
Net loss per share -- basic and diluted ........................      $ (0.02)         $  (0.09)     $   (2.80)
Weighted average number of shares -- basic and diluted .........       22,500            22,616         23,154
</TABLE>
    


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                   -----------------------------------------
                                                                                  PRO FORMA
                                                      ACTUAL       PRO FORMA     AS ADJUSTED
                                                   ------------   -----------   ------------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>           <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents ......................    $  20,127       $83,747       $155,947
Working capital (deficit) ......................        2,046        68,595        140,795
Total assets ...................................       60,098        97,623        169,823
Long-term debt .................................           83            83             83
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock .........       37,822            --             --
Total stockholders' (deficit) equity ...........      (31,564)       72,807        145,007
</TABLE>
    

     In the Pro Forma column, we have adjusted the actual numbers to reflect
the following events that have occurred since December 31, 1998:

   
   o our issuance in January 1999 of $5.0 million principal amount of notes
     payable and related warrants, for which we have reflected a debt issuance
     cost equal to the $4.5 million fair value of the warrants,
    

   o our issuance in January 1999 of 20,000 shares of common stock at a price
     of $10.00 per share,

   
   o our issuance in January 1999 of 6,000,000 shares of Series C convertible
     preferred stock and related warrants, for which we have allocated the
     proceeds to convertible preferred stock and warrants based upon the
     relative fair values of $48.6 million for the Series C convertible
     preferred stock and $11.4 million for the warrants, and

   o our allocation in January 1999 of the Series C convertible preferred
     stock's beneficial conversion feature of $19.8 million.
    

We have further adjusted the actual numbers to reflect the following events
that will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering:

   o the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our convertible
     preferred stock into 10,737,162 shares of common stock,

   o the exercise of warrants, resulting in the cancellation of the $34.0
     million principal amount of notes payable and the issuance of 3,400,000
     shares of our common stock,

   
   o the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs of $8.1 million as
     interest expense and $22.5 million to common stock, upon cancellation of
     the $34.0 million principal amount of notes payable, and
    

   o the payment of approximately $1.0 million of accrued dividends on our
     Series A and B convertible preferred stock.

See "Capitalization" and notes 4, 5 and 12 of notes to financial statements.

     In the Pro Forma as Adjusted column, we have further adjusted the Pro
Forma numbers to give effect to our sale of the shares of common stock in this
offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share and to
our receipt and application of the estimated net proceeds of this offering. See
"Use of Proceeds."


                                       6
<PAGE>

                                 RISK FACTORS

     AN INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. YOU
SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS IN ADDITION TO THE
REMAINDER OF THIS PROSPECTUS BEFORE MAKING AN INVESTMENT DECISION.


WE MAY NOT BE PROFITABLE IN THE FUTURE

   
     We may never generate significant revenues or be profitable. Since we
began operations in January 1997, we have incurred significant start-up and
other expenses. We have incurred substantial losses as a result of these
expenses. In 1998 we incurred a net loss of $53.6 million, and in 1997 we
incurred a net loss of $1.9 million. At December 31, 1998, we had an
accumulated deficit of $65.6 million.
    

     We expect to continue to incur substantial losses for the foreseeable
future because we intend to continue to invest heavily in marketing,
advertising and promotion, increase the number of our employees, and develop
our technology and operating infrastructure. Our product gross margins are
small or sometimes negative, and we will not become profitable unless we
significantly increase purchases from our online store at acceptable gross
margins. If we do not accomplish the following tasks, we may never generate
substantial revenues or achieve significant profitability:

     o implement and execute our unproven business model,

     o establish name recognition and a reputation for value with consumers,

     o improve the effectiveness of our advertising,

     o manage fulfillment operations electronically,

     o develop the technology underlying our online store,

     o provide effective customer support,

     o anticipate and adapt to a developing market,

     o develop business relationships with merchandise manufacturers and

     o hire, motivate and retain skilled employees.


OUR QUARTERLY RESULTS MAY FLUCTUATE AND CAUSE THE PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK TO
FALL

     Our quarterly revenues and operating results are difficult to predict and
may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. If our quarterly revenues
or operating results fall below the expectations of investors or public market
analysts, the price of our common stock could fall significantly.

     We began operating in January 1997, and we did not begin our sales and
marketing program until January 1998. Thus, we have only a short track record
in the electronic commerce market. Since January 1998, we have modified our
operations and substantially varied our monthly advertising expenditures. As a
result, we have only a limited basis on which to evaluate the effect of these
changes on our revenues. In evaluating our business prospects, you should also
consider that the electronic commerce market is new and rapidly developing. As
a result of these factors, we cannot accurately predict our revenues.

   
     We have based our expense levels on our investment plans and our estimates
of future revenues. To a large extent, with the exception of advertising
expenditures, our expenses are fixed. Our sales and operating results generally
depend on the timing and volume of orders and our ability to fulfill those
orders. These factors are difficult to forecast. We may be unable to adjust
spending in time to compensate for any unexpected revenue shortfall. We may
also need to adjust our prices, services and marketing plans in response to
changes in the competitive environment. For example, in the third quarter of
fiscal 1998, we wrote down our inventory by approximately $350,000 due to
competitive pricing pressure. Any significant shortfall in revenues or
unexpected changes could significantly hurt our operating results and cause our
stock price to decline.
    


                                       7
<PAGE>

     Other factors, many of which are outside of our control, could cause
variations in our quarterly revenues and operating results. Some of these
factors are:

   o the extent to which consumers use and accept the Internet and other
     online services as a way to buy technology, office and consumer products,

   o the announcement or introduction of new Web sites, services and products
     by us or our competitors,

   o the level of traffic on our Web site,

   o price competition or higher vendor prices for the products we offer,

   o our ability to upgrade our systems and infrastructure,

   o the occurrence of technical difficulties, system downtime or Internet
     "brownouts,"

   o the amount and timing of our operating costs and capital expenditures,

   o delays in revenue recognition as a result of shipping or logistical
     problems,

   o the level of merchandise returns we experience and

   o the level and nature of our sales and marketing initiatives.


WE ARE IN AN EARLY STAGE OF DEVELOPMENT AND MAY BE UNABLE TO MANAGE FUTURE
GROWTH

   
     Our early stage of development and our recent rapid growth are placing a
significant strain on our managerial, operational and financial resources. From
January 1, 1998 to April 3, 1999, the number of our full-time employees
increased from 30 to 332. To be successful, we must effectively manage a number
of risks:
    


     IF WE DO NOT BROADEN OUR PRODUCT OFFERINGS, CUSTOMERS MAY NOT SHOP AT OUR
STORE

   
     The success of our business model depends upon our ability to offer
customers a complete selection of brand name products in a wide variety of
product categories. If we do not broaden our product selection, customers may
not choose to shop at our store. We may be unable to establish or maintain
relationships with vendors that will enable us to offer a complete selection of
brand name products in all categories. Our failure to offer a satisfactory
product selection could discourage customers from shopping at our online store.
 
    


 IF WE DO NOT MAINTAIN AND UPDATE OUR FINANCIAL SYSTEMS, WE COULD INCUR
 UNPLANNED COSTS, DAMAGE OUR CREDIBILITY AND FACE LITIGATION

     Our rapid growth has challenged our ability to ensure that our financial
systems keep pace with that growth. In connection with their audit of our
financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 1998, our independent
accountants advised us of a significant deficiency in our internal control
structure resulting from our inability to determine product shipment dates and
order statuses on a timely basis. This deficiency made it difficult for us to
produce accurate financial reports on a timely basis. Our financial systems
required significant manual effort during the first three fiscal quarters of
1998. Continued rapid growth, changes in our business model or the addition of
a significant number of new or revised business relationships will present
additional challenges and could require further modification of our accounting
and reporting systems. Any breakdown or deficiencies in our financial and
control systems could cause unplanned costs and inaccurate financial reporting,
the results of which could include damaged credibility with investors and
litigation against us. Moreover, if we fail to maintain an effective system of
internal controls, the Securities and Exchange Commission may seek to
deregister and thereby suspend the trading of our common stock.


   
 IF WE DO NOT IMPROVE OUR OPERATIONAL SYSTEMS AND CUSTOMER SERVICE
 CAPABILITIES, WE COULD LOSE CUSTOMERS AND DAMAGE OUR REPUTATION.
    

     To support an increase in purchases from our online store, we must improve
automated systems to track the delivery of products from vendors to customers,
provide additional customer service and efficiently handle product returns. If
we fail to maintain and improve these systems, system disruptions and slower
response


                                       8
<PAGE>

   
times may impair the quality of our customer service and slow our product
fulfillment. These problems could cause customers to cancel orders or to decide
not to shop at our store in the future.
    

     We use an internally developed system for our Internet site, product
presentations and substantially all aspects of order fulfillment, including
order management, purchasing and shipping. We have only recently integrated
this order fulfillment system with our accounting system. If this integration
fails or if we fail to successfully integrate any new modules that we develop
or purchase, we could experience similar problems.

   
     If we fail to establish and use reliable electronic data interchange, or
EDI, connections with vendors, we could experience delays in product ordering,
shipping, confirmations and fulfillment. Any such delay could lead to customer
dissatisfaction and could harm our business. Our agreements with product
vendors generally require us to place product orders through EDI. We have not
yet integrated other vendors onto our EDI platform, and we may not be able to
integrate all of our current and prospective vendors.

     In addition, if we fail to enhance our existing customer service, we could
lose customers and damage our reputation. In 1998, a significant portion of our
business depended upon telephone ordering, telephone support and e-mail replies
to customer questions. We have had periods during which our employees were
unable to meet targeted response times for customer service calls or questions
or otherwise to respond satisfactorily to the needs of our customers.
    


IF OUR ONLINE STORE BECAME UNAVAILABLE, WE COULD LOSE CUSTOMERS

     We could lose existing or potential customers if they do not have ready
access to our online store or if our online store, transaction processing
systems and computer systems do not perform reliably and to our customers'
satisfaction, we could lose customers. Any network interruptions or other
computer system shortcomings, such as inadequate capacity, could:

     o prevent customers from accessing our online store,

     o reduce our ability to fulfill orders,

     o reduce the attractiveness of our product offerings,

     o reduce the number of products sold,

     o cause customer dissatisfaction or

     o seriously damage our reputation.

We have experienced brief computer system interruptions in the past, and these
interruptions may recur from time to time. If traffic through our online store
or the number of orders that our customers place increases substantially, we
will need to expand and upgrade the technology underlying our online store. We
may be unable to predict accurately changes in the volume of customer traffic
and orders and therefore may be unable to expand and upgrade our systems and
infrastructure in time to avoid system interruptions.

   
     All of our computer and communications equipment is located at two sites
in Charlottesville, Virginia. This equipment is vulnerable to interruption or
damage from fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications failure and earthquake.
Some of the components of our computer and communication systems do not have
immediate automatic backup equipment. The failure of any of these components
could result in down time for our online store and cause us to lose potential
sales. Our property damage and business interruption insurance may not protect
us from any loss that we may suffer.

     Our computer and communications systems are also vulnerable to computer
viruses, physical or electronic break-ins and other disruptions. These problems
could lead to interruptions, delays, loss of data or the ineffective operation
of our online store.
    


                                       9
<PAGE>

   
WE MAY BE UNABLE TO ATTRACT CUSTOMERS AND PROCESS SALES IF WE DO NOT MAINTAIN
AND BUILD RELATIONSHIPS WITH MANUFACTURERS, VENDORS AND OTHER THIRD PARTIES

     We are entirely dependent upon manufacturers and distributors to provide
merchandise for sale in our online store. In 1998, goods manufactured by IBM
represented approximately 58% of our net sales and goods manufactured by
Hewlett-Packard represented approximately 9% of net sales. If we do not
maintain our existing relationships with product vendors on acceptable
commercial terms or if we do not establish similar relationships with vendors
of other products that our customers want, we may not be able to offer a
desirable selection of merchandise and customers may choose not to shop at our
online store. In addition, vendors may decide, for reasons outside our control,
not to offer particular products for sale on the Internet. For example, in
February 1999 Compaq Computer temporarily suspended sales of its Presario line
of computers through companies that sell exclusively over the Internet,
including Value America. We believe Compaq took this action in order to give it
time to address pricing concerns of traditional resellers.
    

     We rely on product vendors to fulfill a number of traditional retail
functions, such as maintaining inventory, accepting product returns and
preparing merchandise for shipment to individual customers. Our vendors may not
be willing to provide these services at competitive rates. In addition, vendors
may refuse to develop the communication technology necessary to support our
direct shipment infrastructure. We have no effective means to ensure that our
vendors perform these services to our satisfaction. Our customers could become
dissatisfied and cancel their orders or decline to make future purchases if we
or our vendors fail to:

     o arrange for the timely delivery of products,

     o accept product returns,

     o provide good customer service or

     o prepare merchandise properly for shipment to customers.

Our product vendors have no obligation to make any products available for sale
to our customers and may terminate their relationships with us at any time
without penalty. Because we have not established regular purchasing patterns
with most of our product vendors, a vendor with limited inventory may not give
us priority in allocating its available inventory. We cannot always determine
whether an item is available for sale before we accept an order. Consequently,
we may accept customer orders for certain products that we are unable to
provide on a timely basis.

     We have long-term agreements to purchase certain types of office and other
products exclusively from certain vendors. These agreements do not obligate the
vendors to make merchandise available for sale in our online store, to continue
particular payment terms or to extend credit to us. These agreements may
preclude us from obtaining such merchandise on the best terms.

     Our operations also depend heavily upon a number of other third parties,
including Internet service providers and product delivery services. We cannot
control the actions of these third parties, and we do not have long-term
contractual relationships with any of them. For example, we rely on MCI
WorldCom to connect our online store to the Internet. Our agreements with our
Internet service providers limit our ability to obtain recompense from them for
their failure to maintain our connection to the Internet. We also use third-
   
party delivery services, including United Parcel Service and Roadway Express,
to deliver all of our products to our customers. Increases in our delivery
costs or inefficient delivery as a result of strikes or other reasons could
seriously harm our profitability.
    

     We have agreed with The Union Labor Life Insurance Company to use
union-represented delivery services unless they are not reasonably available.
This agreement may limit our ability to use the most cost-effective or readily
available delivery services.

                                       10
<PAGE>

   
YOU MAY MAKE AN INAPPROPRIATE INVESTMENT DECISION IF YOU RELY ON STATEMENTS
   MADE IN THE PRESS

     We have received, and may continue to receive, media coverage that is not
directly attributable to statements by our executive officers and employees. We
and the underwriters have not confirmed, endorsed or adopted any of these
third-party statements. You may make an inadvisable investment decision if you
base your decision on the media coverage. In particular:
    

  o On January 19, 1999, William L. Hunt III, our Divisional Vice President
    -- Housewares Merchandise, made several statements relating to our recent
    growth and contemplated initial public offering to a meeting of hosiery
    manufacturers. These statements were reported by Dow Jones Online News
    later that day. These statements included assertions that we were then in
    registration, that we intended to file a registration statement with the
    Securities and Exchange Commission in the near future and that our growth
    in sales was double that of other electronic commerce retailers. While we
    had begun the registration process at the time of Mr. Hunt's statement, we
    had not filed a registration statement at that time. We cannot validate
    the statements relating to our growth in sales.

  o In February 1999, CHIEF EXECUTIVE magazine published an article relating
    to electronic commerce and Value America. The article included statements
    attributed to Craig A. Winn, our Chairman. The article states that we are
    working with GE to create a custom store. We cannot assure you that a
    custom store with GE will be implemented.

  o In February 1999, a Charlottesville, Virginia periodical, C-VILLE WEEKLY,
    published an article regarding Value America. The article included
    statements attributed to Craig A. Winn, our Chairman, and Rex Scatena, our
    Vice Chairman and General Counsel. The article stated that Frederick W.
    Smith is a member of our board of directors; in fact, Mr. Smith will stand
    for election at Value America's 1999 annual meeting of stockholders.

   
  o The CHIEF EXECUTIVE and C-VILLE WEEKLY articles both referred to
    purchases of our securities by certain investors, including Frederick W.
    Smith, the founder of Federal Express, and Vulcan Ventures Incorporated, a
    widely followed investment entity organized by Paul Allen, a founder of
    Microsoft. You should not construe these statements as an endorsement of
    our company, our business plan, or our future prospects by these
    investors, or as a recommendation by these investors to purchase any
    shares of common stock in this offering.
    

     We and the underwriters disclaim all of the statements in these articles.
You should not rely on any of the statements in these articles to the extent
that they are inconsistent with or conflict with the information in this
prospectus or otherwise relate to information in this prospectus.


WE MAY BE UNABLE TO OBTAIN ADDITIONAL FINANCING WE NEED

   
     We have funded our business primarily by selling our securities to
investors. We may need to raise additional funds through public or private
financings after this offering. We may be unable to obtain sufficient
additional financing on favorable terms, or at all. If we raise additional
funds by selling our equity securities, the relative ownership of our existing
investors could be diluted or the new investors could obtain terms more
favorable than those of our existing investors. If we raise additional funds
through debt financing, we could incur significant borrowing costs. If we
cannot obtain sufficient financing, we may have to delay, reduce or eliminate
our marketing and promotion campaign, which could significantly limit our
revenues.


WE DEPEND ON THE SERVICES OF A NUMBER OF KEY PERSONNEL, AND A LOSS OF ANY OF
THOSE PERSONNEL COULD DISRUPT OUR OPERATIONS AND RESULT IN REDUCED REVENUES
    

     We depend heavily on the continued services and performance of our current
senior management and other key personnel. In particular, we rely on the
services of:

     o Craig A. Winn, our Chairman and one of our Founders,

     o Rex Scatena, our Vice Chairman and General Counsel and one of our
       Founders,

     o Thomas Morgan, our Chief Executive Officer,

                                       11
<PAGE>

     o Glenda M. Dorchak, our President and Chief Operating Officer,

     o Dean M. Johnson, our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
       and Secretary,

     o Joseph L. Page, our Executive Vice President -- Engineering and Chief
       Technology Officer,

     o Paul F. Ewert, our President -- Technology Products Division,

     o Richard L. Gerhardt, our President -- Consumer Products Division,

     o Jerry K. Goode, our Vice President -- Engineering and Chief Information
       Officer, and

     o Marcus F. Nucci, our Vice President -- Systems Development.

   
These individuals may terminate their employment with us at any time without
penalty. The loss of the services of any of these individuals could seriously
impair our ability to operate and improve our online store, which could reduce
our revenues.

     In order to achieve our business objectives, we must hire additional
personnel to fill certain key managerial positions. Our future success will
depend upon the ability of our current executive officers to establish clear
lines of responsibility and authority, to work effectively as a team, and to
gain the trust and confidence of our other employees. We must also identify,
attract, train, motivate and retain other highly skilled, technical,
managerial, merchandising, engineering, accounting, marketing and customer
service personnel. We compete intensely for these personnel and we may be
unable to achieve our personnel goals. Our failure to achieve any of these
goals could seriously limit our ability to improve our operations and financial
results.
    


CUSTOMERS MAY BE UNWILLING TO USE THE INTERNET TO PURCHASE GOODS

   
     Our long-term future depends heavily upon the general public's willingness
to use the Internet as a means to purchase goods. The failure of the Internet
to develop into an effective commercial tool would seriously damage our
operations. Internet commerce is a new concept, and large numbers of customers
may never begin or continue to use the Internet to purchase goods. The demand
for and acceptance of products sold over the Internet are highly uncertain, and
few Internet commerce businesses have more than a short track record. If either
manufacturers or consumers are unwilling to use the Internet to conduct
business and exchange information, our business may not develop profitably. The
Internet may not succeed as a medium of commerce because of delays in
developing elements of the needed Internet infrastructure, such as a reliable
network, high-speed modems, high-speed communication lines and other enabling
technologies. Moreover, the number of Internet users has been increasing
dramatically in the recent past. The Internet may not expand effectively to
meet new levels of demand. In addition, delays in the development or adoption
of new standards and protocols or increased governmental regulation could stop
or delay the growth of the Internet as a means to purchase goods and services.
Other considerations, including security, reliability, accessibility and
quality of service, may adversely affect the growth of the Internet. These
considerations have not been, and may never be, resolved to the satisfaction of
many potential Internet customers.
    


WE FACE INTENSE COMPETITION FROM MANY PARTICIPANTS IN THE ELECTRONIC COMMERCE
INDUSTRY

   
     The electronic commerce industry is new, rapidly evolving and extremely
competitive. We expect competition in our industry to increase. Barriers to
entry into the electronic commerce market are relatively low. Moreover, all of
the products that we sell in our online store are available through traditional
retail outlets. Accordingly, we must compete with both companies in the
electronic commerce market and in the traditional retail industry.
    

     Most of our competitors and potential competitors have longer operating
histories, more customers, greater brand recognition and substantially larger
financial and other resources than we do. Our competitors may receive
investments from or establish commercial or other business relationships with
larger, well-financed companies. Our competitors may be able to acquire
merchandise from vendors on more favorable terms. In addition, our competitors
may be able to respond more quickly to changes in customer preferences, spend
more on marketing and promotional campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing and
inventory policies,


                                       12
<PAGE>

   
and devote more resources to developing their online stores. For example, a
number of Internet companies offer search engines and other tools that locate
multiple vendors of particular products. The pervasive use of these search
engines could result in severe price competition. This level of competition
could reduce our revenues and result in increased losses or reduced profits.

     Some of our competitors have exclusive or semi-exclusive rights to sell
certain popular products. The number of these exclusive vendor relationships
could increase and could permit competitors to rapidly acquire a significant
portion of the market. In addition, companies that provide access to
transactions through network access or Web browsers could grant exclusive
access rights to our competitors or charge us substantial fees to obtain such
rights. New technologies may also increase the competitive pressures we face.


THE SECURITY RISKS OF ELECTRONIC COMMERCE MAY DISCOURAGE CUSTOMERS FROM
PURCHASING GOODS FROM US

     In order for the electronic commerce market to develop successfully, we
and other market participants must be able to transmit confidential information
securely over public networks. Third parties may have the technology or
know-how to breach the security of our customer transaction data. Any such
breach could cause customers to lose confidence in the security of our online
store and choose not to shop at our online store. If someone is able to
circumvent our security measures, he or she could destroy or steal valuable
information or disrupt the operation of our online store. We expect that we
will need to dedicate substantial resources to prevent or remedy any security
breach. Concerns about the security and privacy of transactions over the
Internet could inhibit the growth of the Internet and electronic commerce. Our
security measures may not effectively prohibit others from obtaining improper
access to the information in our online store. Any security breach could expose
us to risks of loss, litigation and liability and could seriously disrupt our
operations.
    


THE TECHNOLOGY OF THE INTERNET IS CHANGING RAPIDLY AND COULD RENDER OUR ONLINE
STORE OBSOLETE

     The technology of the Internet and electronic commerce is evolving rapidly
for many reasons, including:

     o customers frequently change their requirements and preferences,

     o competitors frequently introduce new products and services and

     o industry associations and others create new industry standards and
       practices.

   
     These changes could render our existing online store obsolete. Our ability
to attract customers could be seriously impaired if we do not accomplish the
following tasks:
    

     o continually enhance and improve our online store,

     o identify, select and obtain leading technologies useful in our business,
 
     o enhance our existing services,

     o develop new technologies that address the increasingly sophisticated
       needs of our customers and potential customers and

   
     o respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards in a
       cost-effective manner and on a timely basis.
    


THE ADMINISTRATIVE BURDENS OF COLLECTING ADDITIONAL TAXES MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT
OUR BUSINESS

   
     We do not currently collect sales or other taxes for the sale of goods
into states other than Virginia. If we establish operations in other states, we
will need to collect sales and other taxes imposed by those states. Other
governmental authorities may require us to collect taxes for sales into the
areas they control. These taxes could discourage customers from making
purchases through our online store. If any additional governmental authorities
require us to collect and remit taxes, the administrative burdens could be
cumbersome and expensive.
    


                                       13
<PAGE>

   
WE MAY BE UNABLE TO PROTECT OUR PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY

     Our success depends to a significant degree upon our protection of our
software and other proprietary intellectual property rights. We may be unable
to deter misappropriation of our proprietary information, detect unauthorized
use and take appropriate steps to enforce our intellectual property rights. Our
competitors could, without violating our proprietary rights, develop
technologies that are as good as or better than our technology.

     We have registered various forms of the "Value America" service mark in
the United States for limited uses and have applied to register another form of
that service mark in the United States. Our application could be denied, and
issued registrations could be challenged. The legal protection for these
service marks that we are able to obtain may not be sufficient for our business
purposes. For example, other companies could use the name "Value America" and
similar names to identify their products and services. Any such use could
confuse our customers and impair our ability to build our brand identity. If we
are unable to protect the name "Value America" or any of the other names that
we use, our business could suffer serious harm. On March 24, 1999, a party
filed a lawsuit against us alleging violations of federal trademark law, state
law and common law. The party seeks monetary damages, an injunction barring use
of the "Value America" mark and cancellation of our trademark registration for
the "Value America" mark. See "Business -- Litigation."

     Because the protection of intellectual property rights is often critically
important to the success of companies in our industry, our competitors or
others could assert additional claims that our use of proprietary rights or our
technologies infringe their proprietary rights. We may not have the resources
to pursue any litigation to a final judgment and we may not prevail in such
litigation. In defending such litigation, we could incur significant legal and
other expenses and our management could be distracted from our principal
business operations. If any party making a claim against us were to prevail in
litigation against us, we may have to pay substantial damages. The court could
also grant injunctive or other equitable relief that could prevent us from
offering our products and services without a license or other permission from
others.


OUR MANAGEMENT AND DIRECTORS WILL CONTINUE TO CONTROL VALUE AMERICA, AND THEY
MAY TAKE ACTIONS AS STOCKHOLDERS THAT REDUCE THE MARKET PRICE OF OUR STOCK

     After we complete this offering, our executive officers, directors and
director-nominees will control 78.5% of our outstanding common stock. As a
result, they will collectively control:
    

     o the election of directors,

     o the approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of substantially all
       of our assets,

     o the approval of any other matter requiring shareholder approval and

     o our affairs and policies.

   
     This concentration of ownership will make it difficult to remove our
executive officers and directors. Our executive officers and directors, acting
together, will be able to delay or prevent a change of control or a merger or
other form of takeover that our other stockholders might find attractive. This
situation could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
    


GOVERNMENT REGULATION AND LEGAL UNCERTAINTIES MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS
 

   
     The application of existing laws to the Internet, particularly with
respect to property ownership, the payment of sales taxes, libel, and personal
privacy, is uncertain and may take years to resolve. Because the Internet and
electronic commerce are becoming increasingly popular, various governments may
seek to adopt laws and regulations to control their use. These laws and
regulations could apply to privacy, pricing and the characteristics and quality
of products and services. The growth and development of electronic commerce may
also prompt calls for more stringent consumer protection laws. These laws may
impose additional burdens on companies conducting business over the Internet.
The adoption of any of these laws or regulations may reduce Internet usage,
which, in turn, could decrease the demand for our products, increase our costs.
 
    


                                       14
<PAGE>

     Several telecommunications carriers have asked the Federal Communications
Commission, or the FCC, to regulate telecommunications over the Internet,
regulate Internet service providers, and online service providers and impose
access fees on those providers. If the FCC grants these requests, the costs of
communicating on the Internet could increase substantially, which could reduce
Internet usage. Any relief granted by the FCC could harm our business.

   
     In addition, U.S. and foreign laws regulate our ability to use customer
information and to develop, buy and sell mailing lists. New restrictions in
this area could limit our ability to operate as planned and result in
significant compliance costs.


PROBLEMS RELATED TO THE YEAR 2000 ISSUE COULD CAUSE SYSTEM FAILURES THAT IMPAIR
OUR OPERATIONS
    

     Many currently installed computer systems and software products only
accept two digits to identify the year in any date. These systems or products
might interpret the year 2000 as 1900. This could result in system failures,
delays or miscalculations. Computer systems and software that have not been
developed or enhanced recently may need to be upgraded or replaced to comply
with Year 2000 requirements.

   
     Our computer systems may not be fully Year 2000 compliant. Based on our
Year 2000 assessment program, we believe that the portions of our computer
systems that we developed are Year 2000 compliant. Our computer system also
uses third-party equipment and software which may not be Year 2000 compliant.
We are currently assessing the third-party equipment and software for Year 2000
compliance. We are currently unable to predict whether Year 2000 issues will
affect the operations of our customers or vendors. The failure of our computer
system or the computer systems of our vendors or Internet service providers
could cause us to incur significant expenses to remedy problems and could
reduce our revenues. In particular, most of our business is dependent upon
purchases made with credit cards via the Internet, and we could lose
significant revenues if credit card vendors do not adequately address Year 2000
concerns.
    

     We have not incurred significant costs to date complying with Year 2000
requirements. We expect to spend up to $250,000 in the future to ensure
compliance with Year 2000 concerns. If we discover significant Year 2000 errors
or defects, we could incur substantial costs and our operations could be
seriously disrupted.


SALES OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK COULD DEPRESS THE MARKET PRICE OF OUR
COMMON STOCK

     The market price of our common stock could drop as a result of sales of
shares of our common stock in the public market or in response to the
perception that such sales could occur. The 5,000,000 shares sold in this
offering will be freely tradable. The remaining 37,934,862 shares outstanding
after this offering will be "restricted securities" under applicable securities
laws. The holders of these restricted securities have agreed, with certain
limited exceptions, not to sell or otherwise transfer those shares until 180
days after the date of this prospectus. BancBoston Robertson Stephens can
release shares from these "lock-up" agreements without our approval. When this
180-day period expires, 28,103,412 of such shares will be eligible for
immediate sale in the public market and 9,831,450 of such shares will become
eligible for sale at various times thereafter upon expiration of applicable
holding periods required by federal securities laws. Approximately 90 days
after we complete this offering, we intend to register for sale in the public
market 6,250,000 shares of common stock that we have reserved for issuance
under our stock incentive plan. In addition, the holders of approximately
15,158,483 restricted securities, including shares that we may issue upon
exercise of warrants, can require that we register those shares for sale in the
public market.


VIRGINIA LAW AND OUR CHARTER DOCUMENTS CONTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER AND
INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS THAT MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT STOCKHOLDERS

     Virginia corporate law and our charter documents contain certain
provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control or a merger or other
form of takeover that our stockholders might find attractive. Certain of these
provisions:

   o provide for a staggered board of directors, under which it would take
     three successive annual meetings to replace all directors,

   o restrict the ability of our stockholders to remove our directors and

                                       15
<PAGE>

  o require our stockholders to provide us advance notice if they intend to
    nominate individuals to serve as directors or if they intend to propose
    matters for our stockholders to act upon at a meeting.

These provisions could limit the price that investors will pay for shares of
our common stock.

     Our charter documents require us to indemnify our executive officers and
directors against certain liabilities and expenses that they may incur while
defending lawsuits brought against them as executive officers or directors. In
most cases, these indemnification provisions will prevent our stockholders from
recovering damages from our executive officers and directors for their acts or
omissions on our behalf.


INVESTORS WILL BE SUBJECT TO MARKET RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INITIAL PUBLIC
OFFERINGS

     Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common
stock. An active trading market may not develop or be sustained after this
offering. The initial public offering price of our common stock will not be
determined by market forces; rather, it will be determined by negotiations
among the underwriters and us. Accordingly, the initial public offering price
may bear no relation to the price at which our common stock will trade in the
public market.


THE MARKET PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK MAY BE EXTREMELY VOLATILE

     The market price of our common stock may be extremely volatile for many
reasons, including:

     o actual or anticipated variations in our revenues and operating results,

     o announcements of the development of improved technology,

     o the implementation of new sales formats by us or our competitors,

     o changes in estimates of our financial performance by securities
       analysts,

     o conditions and trends in the Internet and electronic commerce
       industries,

     o adoption of new accounting standards and

     o general market conditions.

     Recently, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume
fluctuations that have dramatically affected the market prices of the stocks of
many Internet companies. These fluctuations have often been unrelated or
disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. The trading
prices of the stocks of many Internet companies are at or near historical highs
and reflect price-to-earnings ratios far above historical market averages. This
trend may end at any time without warning. These factors may adversely affect
the market price of our common stock.


VOLATILITY IN OUR STOCK PRICE MAY LEAD TO SECURITIES LITIGATION

   
     Stockholders frequently commence securities class action litigation
against a company after a significant decrease in the company's stock price. If
our stock price drops and our stockholders commence litigation against us, we
could incur significant legal and other expenses defending the litigation and
our management could be distracted from our principal business operations.
    


WE WILL HAVE BROAD DISCRETION IN HOW WE USE OUR PROCEEDS FROM THIS OFFERING

   
     We have not identified specific uses for most of our proceeds of this
offering, and we will have broad discretion in how we use them. You will not
have the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial or other information
on which we base our decisions on how to use the proceeds.
    


                                       16
<PAGE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

   
     The net proceeds to Value America from the sale of the 5,000,000 shares of
common stock offered hereby are estimated to be $72.2 million ($76.4 million if
the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full), assuming an
initial public offering price of $16.00 per share and after deducting estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.
    

     Value America intends to use the net proceeds of this offering for working
capital and other general corporate purposes. Value America currently expects
to utilize a majority of the net proceeds in connection with its advertising
and promotional campaign. During 1998, Value America spent approximately $33.2
million on advertising and promotional expenses. Value America expects to
increase its average monthly advertising and promotional expenses significantly
following the completion of this offering. Value America also intends to use a
portion of the net proceeds for the development of system enhancements and the
expansion of corporate facilities. In the normal course of business, Value
America evaluates potential acquisitions of businesses and technologies that
could complement or expand its business. A portion of Value America's net
proceeds may be used for one or more of these acquisitions. Value America has
no present understandings, commitments or agreements, and is not currently
engaged in any negotiations, with respect to any such acquisition. Value
America has not identified specific uses for its net proceeds, and Value
America's management will have broad discretion in the application of the net
proceeds. Pending such uses, Value America intends to invest the net proceeds
in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities.



                                DIVIDEND POLICY

     In March and July 1998, Value America paid $145,000 and $125,000,
respectively, in dividends on outstanding shares of its Series A convertible
preferred stock. Value America has not paid dividends on the shares of its
Series B or Series C convertible preferred stock. Value America expects to pay
additional dividends of approximately $1.0 million to the holders of its
convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

     Value America has never declared or paid dividends on its common stock.
Value America intends to retain its earnings, if any, for use in operations and
does not intend to pay cash dividends on the common stock in the foreseeable
future. Value America's board of directors has the discretion, after analyzing
various factors, including Value America's financial condition, operating
results, and current and anticipated cash needs to declare dividends. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."


                                       17
<PAGE>

                                CAPITALIZATION
   
     The following table sets forth the capitalization of Value America as of
December 31, 1998.
    


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                               1998
                                                                                           ------------
                                                                                              ACTUAL
                                                                                           ------------
<S>                                                                                        <C>
Short-term debt ..........................................................................  $   29,024
                                                                                            ==========
Long-term debt ...........................................................................  $       83
                                                                                            ----------
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock:
  Series A convertible preferred stock, without par value, 5% cumulative dividend;
   5,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 0 shares authorized,
issued
   and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted ..................................      14,440
  Series B convertible preferred stock, without par value, 5% cumulative dividend; 617,979
   shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 0 shares authorized, issued and
   outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted ......................................      23,382
                                                                                            ----------
  Series C convertible preferred stock, without par value, 5% cumulative dividend; 0
shares
   authorized, issued and outstanding, actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted .......          --
                                                                                            ----------
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Preferred stock, without par value; 0 shares authorized, actual; 25,000,000 shares
   authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 0 shares issued and outstanding,
   actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted ...........................................          --
  Common stock, without par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized, actual; 500,000,000
   shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 23,777,700 shares issued and
   outstanding, actual; 37,934,862 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 42,934,862
   shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted ..................................       7,482
  Warrants ...............................................................................      26,585
  Accumulated deficit ....................................................................     (65,631)
                                                                                            ----------
     Total stockholders' equity (deficit) ................................................     (31,564)
                                                                                            ----------
       Total capitalization ..............................................................  $    6,341
                                                                                            ==========



<CAPTION>
                                                                                                DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                                                           ----------------------------
                                                                                                             PRO FORMA
                                                                                              PRO FORMA     AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                           --------------- ------------
                                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                        <C>             <C>
Short-term debt ..........................................................................   $       --     $      --
                                                                                             ==========     =========
Long-term debt ...........................................................................   $       83     $      83
                                                                                             ----------     ---------
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock:
  Series A convertible preferred stock, without par value, 5% cumulative dividend;
   5,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 0 shares authorized,
issued
   and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted ..................................           --            --
  Series B convertible preferred stock, without par value, 5% cumulative dividend; 617,979
   shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 0 shares authorized, issued and
   outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted ......................................           --            --
                                                                                             ----------     ---------
  Series C convertible preferred stock, without par value, 5% cumulative dividend; 0
shares
   authorized, issued and outstanding, actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted .......           --            --
                                                                                             ----------     ---------
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Preferred stock, without par value; 0 shares authorized, actual; 25,000,000 shares
   authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 0 shares issued and outstanding,
   actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted ...........................................           --            --
  Common stock, without par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized, actual; 500,000,000
   shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 23,777,700 shares issued and
   outstanding, actual; 37,934,862 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 42,934,862
   shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted ..................................      148,293       220,493
  Warrants ...............................................................................       18,699        18,699
  Accumulated deficit ....................................................................      (94,185)      (94,185)
                                                                                             ----------     ---------
     Total stockholders' equity (deficit) ................................................       72,807       145,007
                                                                                             ----------     ---------
       Total capitalization ..............................................................   $   72,890     $ 145,090
                                                                                             ==========     =========
</TABLE>


     In the Pro Forma column, the Actual numbers have been adjusted to reflect
the following events that have occurred since December 31, 1998:

   o the issuance in January 1999 of $5.0 million principal amount of notes
     payable and related warrants, which resulted in a debt issuance cost equal
     to the $4.5 million fair value of the warrants,
    
   o the issuance in January 1999 of 20,000 shares of common stock at a price
     of $10.00 per share,
   o the issuance in January 1999 of 6,000,000 shares of Series C convertible
     preferred stock and related warrants, for which the proceeds were
     allocated to convertible preferred stock and warrants based upon the
     relative fair values of $48.6 million for the Series C convertible
     preferred stock and $11.4 million for the warrants, and
   
   o the allocation in January 1999 of the Series C convertible preferred
     stock's beneficial conversion feature of $19.8 million.

The Actual numbers have been further adjusted to reflect the following events
that will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering:
    
   o the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of Value America's
     convertible preferred stock into 10,737,162 shares of common stock,
   o the exercise of warrants, resulting in the cancellation of the $34.0
     million principal amount of notes payable and the issuance of 3,400,000
     shares of common stock,
   
   o the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs of $8.1 million as
     interest expense and $22.5 million to common stock, upon cancellation of
     the $34.0 million principal amount of notes payable, and
    
   o the payment of approximately $1.0 million of accrued dividends on Value
     America's Series A and B convertible preferred stock.
   
See notes 4, 5 and 12 of notes to financial statements.
     In the Pro Forma as Adjusted column, the Pro Forma numbers have been
adjusted to give effect to the sale of the shares of common stock in this
offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 share and to the
receipt and application of the estimated net proceeds of this offering. See
"Use of Proceeds."
    


                                       18
<PAGE>

                                   DILUTION

   
     The pro forma net tangible book value of Value America as of December 31,
1998 was approximately $72.9 million, or $1.92 per share of common stock. Pro
forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of total tangible
assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock
outstanding after giving effect, as of December 31, 1998, to

   o the issuance in January 1999 of $5.0 million principal amount of notes
     payable and related warrants, which resulted in a debt issuance cost equal
     to the $4.5 million fair value of the warrants,
    

   o the issuance in January 1999 of 20,000 shares of common stock at a price
     of $10.00 per share,

   o the issuance in January 1999 of 6,000,000 shares of Series C convertible
     preferred stock and related warrants, for which the proceeds were
     allocated to convertible preferred stock and warrants based upon the
     relative fair values of $48.6 million for the Series C convertible
     preferred stock and $11.4 million for the warrants,

   
   o the allocation in January 1999 of the convertible preferred stock's
     beneficial conversion feature of $19.8 million, and
    

   o the following events that will occur immediately prior to the closing of
     this offering:

        -  the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of Value America's
           convertible preferred stock into 10,737,162 shares of common stock,

        -  the exercise of warrants resulting in the cancellation of the $34.0
           million principal amount of notes payable and the issuance of
           3,400,000 shares of common stock,

   
        -  the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs of $8.1 million as
           interest expense and $22.5 million to common stock, upon
           cancellation of the $34.0 million principal amount of notes payable
           and
    

        -  the payment of approximately $1.0 million of accrued dividends on
           Value America's Series A and B convertible preferred stock.

   
     After giving effect to the sale of the common stock offered hereby (based
upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share and after
deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses), the pro forma net tangible book value of Value America as
of December 31, 1998 would have been approximately $145.1 million, or $3.38 per
share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible
book value of $1.46 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate
dilution of $12.62 per share to new investors. The following table illustrates
this per share dilution:
    



   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                           <C>        <C>
     Initial public offering price per share ................................             $  16.00
       Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 1998 ..  $  1.92
       Increase per share attributable to new investors .....................     1.46
                                                                               -------
     Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering .........                 3.38
                                                                                          --------
     Dilution per share to new investors ....................................             $  12.62
                                                                                          ========
</TABLE>
    

 

                                       19
<PAGE>

   
     The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of
December 31, 1998, after giving effect to the adjustments described in the
bulleted clauses in the first paragraph above:
    

   o the number of shares of common stock purchased from Value America,

   o the total consideration paid to Value America and

   o the average price per share paid by the existing stockholders and by the
     investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering, based upon
     an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which price
     does not include estimated deductions for underwriting discounts and
     commissions and estimated offering expenses.




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         SHARES PURCHASED           TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                     ------------------------   ---------------------------    AVERAGE PRICE
                                        NUMBER       PERCENT         AMOUNT        PERCENT       PER SHARE
                                     ------------   ---------   ---------------   ---------   --------------
<S>                                  <C>            <C>         <C>               <C>         <C>
   Existing stockholders .........   37,934,862        88.4%     $130,323,144        62.0%       $  3.44
   New investors .................    5,000,000        11.6        80,000,000        38.0          16.00
                                     ----------       -----      ------------       -----
      Total ......................   42,934,862       100.0%     $210,323,144       100.0%
                                     ==========       =====      ============       =====
</TABLE>

     The foregoing tables assume no exercise of outstanding stock options and
warrants and no issuance of shares reserved for future issuance under Value
America's stock incentive plan. As of December 31, 1998, there were
outstanding:

   o stock options to purchase an aggregate of 4,129,475 shares of common
     stock at a weighted average exercise price of $3.43 per share and

   o warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,905,070 shares of common stock at
     a weighted average exercise price of $8.65 per share.

To the extent that these options and warrants are exercised, there will be
further dilution to new investors. See "Management -- Stock Incentive Plan,"
"Description of Capital Stock -- Warrants" and note 6 of notes to financial
statements.
 

                                       20
<PAGE>

                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
     The statement of operations data set forth below for the period from
inception, March 13, 1996, through December 31, 1996 and the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1998 and the balance sheet data at December 31, 1997 and
1998 have been derived from Value America's audited financial statements
included elsewhere herein. The balance sheet data at December 31, 1996 have
been derived from Value America's audited financial statements not included in
this prospectus. The data set forth below should be read in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and the financial statements, including notes thereto, included
elsewhere in this prospectus.



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PERIOD
                                                                      FROM INCEPTION               YEAR ENDED
                                                                     (MARCH 13, 1996)             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         THROUGH         -----------------------------
                                                                    DECEMBER 31, 1996        1997          1998
                                                                   -------------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                <C>                   <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
 Net sales .....................................................         $    --          $     48      $  40,269
 Product presentations .........................................              --                86          1,275
                                                                         -------          --------      ---------
   Total revenues ..............................................              --               134         41,544
                                                                         -------          --------      ---------
Cost of revenues:
 Cost of goods sold ............................................              --                31         40,051
 Product presentations .........................................              97               455            725
                                                                         -------          --------      ---------
   Total cost of revenues ......................................              97               486         40,776
                                                                         -------          --------      ---------
Gross profit (loss) ............................................             (97)             (352)           768
                                                                         -------          --------      ---------
Operating expenses:
 Sales, advertising and marketing ..............................              44               488         38,486
 General and administrative ....................................             152               544          7,366
 Technical and system development ..............................             135               487          4,109
 Professional fee ..............................................              --                --          1,700
                                                                         -------          --------      ---------
   Total operating expenses ....................................             331             1,519         51,661
                                                                         -------          --------      ---------
Operating loss .................................................            (428)           (1,871)       (50,893)
                                                                         -------          --------      ---------
Interest income (expense), net .................................               3                18         (2,723)
                                                                         -------          --------      ---------
Net loss .......................................................         $  (425)         $ (1,853)     $ (53,616)
                                                                         =======          ========      =========
Accretion and dividends on Series A and Series B
   redeemable preferred stock ..................................              --              (188)       (11,160)
                                                                         -------          --------      ---------
Net loss available for common stockholders .....................         $  (425)         $ (2,041)     $ (64,776)
                                                                         =======          ========      =========
Net loss per common share -- basic and diluted .................         $ (0.02)         $  (0.09)     $   (2.80)
Weighted average number of shares -- basic and diluted .........          22,500            22,616         23,154
</TABLE>
    


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                   -------------------------------------
                                                      1996        1997          1998
                                                   ---------   ----------   ------------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>         <C>          <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents ......................    $   81      $ 10,341     $  20,127
Working capital (deficit) ......................      (116)        9,329         2,046
Total assets ...................................       144        10,994        60,098
Long-term debt .................................        --            50            83
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock .........        --         9,466        37,822
Stockholders' deficit ..........................      (275)       (1,310)      (31,564)
</TABLE>
    

     The professional fee in 1998 resulted from a transaction in which Craig A.
Winn, the Chairman and a Founder of Value America, sold 288,321 shares of
common stock to an entity that had assisted in the promotion of private
placements of Value America's securities. Value America recognized the excess
of the fair value of the common stock sold by Mr. Winn over the consideration
he received as a period expense. See note 6 of notes to financial statements.


                                       21
<PAGE>

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE
RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. VALUE AMERICA'S ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY
FROM THOSE DISCUSSED IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF VARIOUS
FACTORS, INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH IN "RISK FACTORS" AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS. THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES THERETO INCLUDED ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.


OVERVIEW

     Value America was in a developmental period from its inception in March
1996 until the first quarter of 1998, when it launched its initial advertising
campaign. In 1996 and 1997, Value America's primary activities related to
establishing relationships with manufacturers, creating product presentations,
and developing internal systems and operating procedures. Value America has
been selling merchandise on the Internet since the third quarter of 1997.
Accordingly, Value America has a limited operating history and is still in an
early stage of development.

     Currently, revenues are derived from two sources: (a) sales of products
through Value America's online store and (b) fees collected from manufacturers
for the preparation and hosting of product presentations and listing of
manufacturers' products available for purchase on the online store. Value
America's vendors ship products directly to the customer typically within one
to two days after a customer places an order with Value America. Revenues from
product sales are recognized upon shipment from the vendor. Value America is
responsible for selling the merchandise, collecting payment from the customer,
ensuring that the shipment reaches the customer and processing returns. Value
America generally takes title to products upon shipment and bears the risk of
loss for collection, delivery and merchandise returns from customers. Value
America occasionally purchases merchandise prior to receiving customer orders
and records such merchandise as inventory until shipped to customers. Value
America accrues a reserve for estimated product returns at the time of sale.

     Value America has contractual agreements with many of its suppliers under
which Value America develops and maintains multi-media product presentations on
Value America's online store. These agreements provide for the development of
the presentations, the posting of the presentations and the listing of the
manufacturers' products on Value America's Internet site, typically for a
specified period. For agreements entered into prior to January 1, 1998, the
listing period generally extended for 36 months; for agreements entered into
after that date, the period generally has been 12 months. Value America
recognizes the costs of developing presentations and listing products on its
Internet site as incurred and recognizes the product presentation and listing
revenues ratably over the period of the related agreement. Amounts that are
billed under the terms of these agreements, but not yet earned, are reflected
as deferred revenue. Certain of these agreements provide that suppliers pay a
renewal fee to continue product listings beyond the initial listing periods.
Revenues from these renewal fees will be recognized ratably over the renewal
term.

     To date, payments for products purchased through Value America's online
store have been primarily made with credit cards. Value America generally
receives payment from a customer's credit card within one to four business
days. In the third quarter of fiscal 1998, Value America began to extend trade
credit terms, typically net 30 days, to certain large customers that Value
America has evaluated for creditworthiness. Value America typically pays its
vendors for goods within 30 to 60 days.

     Value America expects that its operating expenses will increase
significantly during the foreseeable future as the result of its plans to
increase expenditures on marketing, advertising and promotion, hire additional
personnel, enhance existing store operations and establish strategic vendor
relationships. Value America expects to incur substantial operating losses for
the foreseeable future. Although Value America has experienced significant
growth in revenue, there can be no assurance that Value America's revenue will
continue at its current level or increase. Value America has a limited
operating history upon which to base an evaluation of Value America and its
business. Value America's business and prospects must be considered in


                                       22
<PAGE>

light of the risks, expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by
companies in early stages of development, particularly companies in new and
rapidly evolving markets such as electronic commerce.


YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

     REVENUES

     Revenues consist of product sales through Value America's online store and
product presentation and listing fees. Value America opened its online store
late in the third quarter of 1997, and generated $48,000 of net sales and
$86,000 of product presentation fees for the year ended December 31, 1997. For
the year ended December 31, 1998, net sales totaled $40.3 million and product
presentation fees recognized were $1.3 million. The growth in net sales
reflects a significant increase in units sold due to the growth of Value
America's customer base, repeat purchases from existing customers, increases in
the volume of merchandise sold and an overall increase in demand for Value
America's expanding array of merchandise. The growth in product presentation
fees is primarily due to an increase in interest from vendors to have
merchandise presented in the Value America online store and the timing of
revenue recognition. For the year ended December 31, 1998, product returns and
cancellations, including product returns resulting from malfunctioning
products, erroneous shipments and other quality-related issues, were
approximately 4% of sales.


     COST OF REVENUES

   
     Cost of revenues consists of cost of goods sold and cost of product
presentations. Cost of goods sold consists of payments to third party suppliers
for merchandise, net of shipping costs. Value America incurred $31,000 of cost
of goods sold for the year ended December 31, 1997. For the year ended December
31, 1998, cost of goods sold totaled $40.1 million, representing 99% of net
sales. The narrow gross margin on product sales was due to Value America's
short-term strategy to selectively accept narrow or negative margins in order
to attain increased volumes and brand awareness, and a write down of inventory
on hand of approximately $350,000 to the lower of cost or market in the third
quarter of 1998. To provide a better comparison with similar companies'
reporting practices, credit card fees, which represented approximately 2% of
net sales for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, have been
reclassified as sales, advertising and marketing expenses for all periods
presented.
    

     Cost of product presentations consists of direct costs associated with the
production of multimedia product presentations, together with payroll and
related expenses. Cost of product presentations increased from $455,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1997 to $725,000 for the year ended December 31, 1998.
In the year ended December 31, 1998, cost of product presentations represented
57% of product presentation and listing revenues. The dollar increase of
$270,000 in the cost of product presentations was due primarily to increases in
payroll and related expenses of $219,000 and to increases in video and
production expenses of $65,000. Negative margins on product presentation and
listing services during the year ended December 31, 1997 occurred, as there
were no revenues deferred in prior periods to recognize against current costs.
Additionally, margins on product presentations and listing services improved
during the year ended December 31, 1998 compared to prior periods due to
improved efficiencies in the development of multimedia product presentations.


     SALES, ADVERTISING AND MARKETING

     Sales, advertising and marketing expenses consist of costs associated with
promoting Value America's online store to potential customers and vendors, as
well as payroll and related expenses and credit card fees. Sales, advertising
and marketing expenses increased from $488,000 for the year ended December 31,
1997 to $38.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1998. The increase
primarily reflected the commencement of Value America's advertising campaign in
late January 1998, an increase in the number of merchandising, advertising and
promotion department employees, and a general increase in the level of Value
America's promotional activities. Advertising and promotional expenses
increased from $194,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $33.2 million
for the year ended December 31, 1998, net of cooperative advertising of
approximately $0 at December 31, 1997 and $2.0 million at December 31, 1998.
These 1998 expenditures were primarily for advertising in regional and national
newspapers and magazines, direct mailings and


                                       23
<PAGE>

regional radio commercials. Payroll expenses relating to merchandising,
advertising and promotion departments increased from $191,000 for the year
ended December 31, 1997 to $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1998.
Value America intends to increase its sales, advertising and marketing expenses
significantly following the completion of the offering. See "Use of Proceeds."


     GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

     General and administrative expenses consist of management and executive
compensation, customer service compensation, professional services, bad debts
and general corporate expenses, such as rent, depreciation and telephone
expenses. General and administrative expenses increased from $544,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1997 to $7.4 million for the year ended December 31,
1998. This increase reflected the hiring of additional management and customer
service personnel, the incurrence of increased facilities charges and
substantially increased activity levels to support the expansion of Value
America's operation, all of which were undertaken in late 1997 and continued
into 1998. Bad debt expense increased from $49,000 in the year ended December
31, 1997 to $972,000 in the year ended December 31, 1998. The increase is due
to reserves recorded against Value America's growing receivable balance for
potentially uncollectible and aged outstanding receivables. Payroll expenses
relating to general and administrative personnel increased from $213,000 for
the year ended December 31, 1997 to $2.4 million in the year ended December 31,
1998. Value America expects that general and administrative expenses will
continue to increase significantly for the foreseeable future, as it continues
to expand its operations.


     TECHNICAL AND SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT

     Technical and system development expenses consist primarily of expenses
incurred for the development and maintenance of the software required to
support Value America's online store, including employee compensation and the
cost of designing, developing and improving store content, Internet
connectivity, operations and reporting. Due to the rapid rate of changes in
associated technology and Value America's business, these expenses are expensed
as incurred. Technical and system development expenses increased from $487,000
for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $4.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 1998. This increase principally reflected higher payroll and
consulting expenses. Payroll expenses related to technical and system
development increased from $434,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997 to
$1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1998. Payments to outside
consultants totaled $10,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997 and $1.7
million for the year ended December 31, 1998. During the year ended December
31, 1998, Value America hired consultants to assist in modifying its
information systems to improve its reporting and tracking abilities. Value
America expects that technical and systems development expenses will continue
to increase for the foreseeable future.


     PROFESSIONAL FEE

     In June 1998, Craig A. Winn, Value America's Chairman and one of its
Founders, sold 288,321 shares of common stock for consideration below fair
value to an entity that had assisted in the promotion of the private placements
of the Series A Stock and Series B convertible preferred stock. Value America
recognized the excess of the fair value of the common stock sold by Mr. Winn
over the consideration received as a current period expense of $1.7 million.
See Note 6 of notes to financial statements.


     INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE), NET

   
     Interest expense of $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1998
consisted primarily of the amortization of $2.3 million in debt issuance costs
related to the $29.0 million note payable. The $18,000 of interest income for
the year ended December 31, 1997 related primarily to interest earned on the
sale of Series A convertible preferred stock in December 1997.
    


     INCOME TAXES

     Value America provided $0 for income taxes for the year ended December 31,
1997, since it had elected to be an S Corporation under the Internal Revenue
Code. Value America provided $0 for income taxes in the year ended December 31,
1998, since it incurred a net loss for that period.


                                       24
<PAGE>

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO PERIOD FROM INCEPTION (MARCH 13, 1996)
THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1996

     REVENUES

     Value America did not open its online store until the third quarter of
1997 and thus generated $0 of revenues from product sales, product
presentations and listing services for the period ended December 31, 1996. For
the year ended December 31, 1997, net sales totaled $48,000 and product
presentation revenues were $86,000.


     COST OF REVENUES

     Value America incurred $0 of cost of goods sold for the period ended
December 31, 1996. For the year ended December 31, 1997, cost of goods sold
totaled $31,000, representing 65% of net sales.

     Cost of product presentations increased from $97,000 for the period ended
December 31, 1996 to $455,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997. In the year
ended December 31, 1997, cost of product presentations represented 529% of
product presentation revenues. The dollar increase of $358,000 in the cost of
product presentations was due primarily to increases in payroll and related
expenses of $305,000 and to increases in video and production expenses of
$19,000. Negative margins on product presentation and listing services during
the year ended December 31, 1997 occurred as there were no revenues deferred in
prior periods to recognize against current costs.


     SALES, ADVERTISING AND MARKETING

     Sales, advertising and marketing expenses increased from $44,000 for the
period ended December 31, 1996 to $488,000 for the year ended December 31,
1997. This increase resulted from significant increases in both advertising and
promotional expenses and payroll related expenses. Advertising and promotional
expenses totaled $194,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997 and $0 for the
period ended December 31, 1996. Payroll expense relating to merchandising,
advertising and promotion department employees increased from $21,000 for the
period ended December 31, 1996 to $191,000 for the year ended December 31,
1997.


     GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

     General and administrative expenses increased from $152,000 for the period
ended December 31, 1996 to $544,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997. This
increase reflected the hiring of additional management and customer service
personnel, the incurrence of increased facilities charges and substantially
increased activity levels to support the expansion of Value America's
operations, all of which were undertaken in late 1997. Payroll expenses
relating to general and administrative personnel increased from $74,000 for the
period ended December 31, 1996 to $206,000 for the year ended December 31,
1997.


     TECHNICAL AND SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT

     Technical and system development expenses increased from $136,000 for the
period ended December 31, 1996 to $487,000 for the year ended December 31,
1997. This increase principally reflected higher payroll expenses relating to
technical and systems development, which increased from $95,000 for the period
ended December 31, 1996 to $434,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997.


                                       25
<PAGE>

QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following tables set forth unaudited quarterly financial data of Value
America commencing with the quarter ended September 30, 1997, the first quarter
during which Value America sold merchandise on the Internet. The information
has been derived from unaudited financial statements that, in the opinion of
management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the quarterly information.
The quarterly information for the periods prior to the quarter ended September
30, 1997 is not presented because it is not considered meaningful to Value
America's current operations. The operating results for any quarter are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               1997 QUARTER ENDED                   1998 QUARTER ENDED
                                            ------------------------ -------------------------------------------------
                                              SEPT. 30     DEC. 31     MAR. 31     JUNE 30     SEPT. 30      DEC. 31
                                            ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                         <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
Revenues:
 Net sales ................................    $   5      $     43    $  2,005    $  4,761    $  14,990    $  18,513
 Product presentations ....................       --            86         206         312          334          423
                                               -----      --------    --------    --------    ---------    ---------
  Total revenues ..........................        5           129       2,211       5,073       15,324       18,936
                                               -----      --------    --------    --------    ---------    ---------
Cost of revenues:
 Cost of goods sold .......................        5            26       2,015       4,506       14,756       18,774
 Product presentations ....................       45           267         330         131          122          142
                                               -----      --------    --------    --------    ---------    ---------
  Total cost of revenues ..................       50           293       2,345       4,637       14,878       18,916
                                               -----      --------    --------    --------    ---------    ---------
Gross profit (loss) .......................      (45)         (164)       (134)        436          446           20
                                               -----      --------    --------    --------    ---------    ---------
Operating expenses:
 Sales, advertising and marketing .........      205           283       2,290       6,845       12,257       17,094
 General and administrative ...............      110           327         841       1,154        2,264        3,107
 Technical and system development .........      134           247         373         622        1,585        1,529
 Professional fee .........................       --            --          --       1,700           --           --
                                               -----      --------    --------    --------    ---------    ---------
  Total operating expenses ................      449           857       3,504      10,321       16,106       21,730
                                               -----      --------    --------    --------    ---------    ---------
Operating loss ............................     (494)       (1,021)     (3,638)     (9,885)     (15,660)     (21,710)
 Interest income (expense), net ...........         (1)         21          98          50           81       (2,952)
                                               --------   --------    --------    --------    ---------    ---------
Net loss ..................................    $(495)     $ (1,000)   $ (3,540)   $ (9,835)   $ (15,579)   $ (24,662)
                                               =======    ========    ========    ========    =========    =========
</TABLE>
    

     Value America's operating results have fluctuated in the past, and are
expected to continue to fluctuate in the future, due to a number of factors,
many of which are outside Value America's control. As a strategic response to
changes in the competitive environment, Value America may from time to time
make certain service, marketing or supply decisions or acquisitions that could
have a material adverse effect on Value America's quarterly results of
operations and financial condition. In future quarters Value America's
operating results may not meet or exceed the expectations of securities
analysts and investors. In such event, the trading price of the common stock
may be materially adversely affected.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Since inception, Value America has financed its operations primarily from
capital contributions from stockholders and from amounts paid by vendors for
product presentations. During the year ended December 31, 1997, Value America
received proceeds of $10.2 million from the sale of Series A convertible
preferred stock, common stock and warrants. During the year ended December 31,
1998, Value America issued:

   o $18.8 million of Series B convertible preferred stock,

   
   o $29.0 million of notes payable and related warrants to purchase
     3,573,000 shares of common stock and
    

   o 625,200 shares of common stock and related warrants to purchase 118,320
     shares of common stock for $6.3 million.


                                       26
<PAGE>

In January 1999, Value America issued:

   o $60.0 million of Series B convertible preferred stock and related
     warrants to purchase 2,311,567 shares of common stock,

   
   o $5.0 million of notes payable and related warrants to purchase 560,000
     shares of common stock and
    

   o 20,000 shares of common stock for $200,000.

   
Value America allocated the $31.1 million fair value of the total common stock
warrants issued in December 1998 and January 1999 to stockholders' equity based
upon the fair value of the warrants. The resulting debt issuance costs are
being amortized as interest expense until the earlier of maturity or
conversion. Value America anticipates that the interest expense from the
amortization of the debt issuance costs will have a material effect on its net
loss in the quarter and year in which this offering is completed. This
amortization will not affect Value America's cash flows.
    

     Upon the closing of this offering, the Series C convertible preferred
stock will convert into common stock. The remaining discount from its
redemption value will be recorded as accretion and it is anticipated to have a
material effect on net income or loss available to common stockholders in the
quarter and year in which this offering is completed. This accretion will not
affect Value America's cash flows.

   
     Net cash used in operating activities was $166,000 for the period ended
December 31, 1996, $338,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997 and $30.0
million for the year ended December 31, 1998. Net cash used in operating
activities in the year ended December 31, 1998 was due primarily to (a) the net
loss of $53.6 million and (b) a $2.6 million increase in accounts receivable
and a $640,000 increase in inventory, both associated with the growth in
revenues and increased cash required to fund operating activities. The
increases in accounts receivable and inventory were offset by an increase in
accounts payable of $15.4 million and accrued expenses of $4.4 million. Value
America has financed its operating activities primarily through the
aforementioned capital contributions by stockholders.
    

     Value America has a $5.0 million line of credit from Wachovia Bank, N.A.
that is backed by cash deposits. The line of credit provides for cash advances
evidenced by short-term notes and secured by cash deposits. This line bears
interest on advanced funds at LIBOR plus 1.75% and expires on May 31, 1999.

     Value America has obtained stand-by letters of credit in favor of vendors
totaling $5.0 million. Each letter of credit is secured by a certificate of
deposit. These standby letters of credit expire through August 1999 and are
callable if Value America defaults in the payments of trade payables to the
secured vendors.

     Additionally, Value America has a two-year agreement with a credit card
processor in which the credit card processor, to cover potential charge backs,
has a first priority lien and security interest in a $1,500,000 cash deposit
account. The agreement, which expires in April 2000, may be terminated by
either party and the credit card processor can require Value America to
maintain the cash deposit account for up to 10 months following termination.

     Value America incurred capital expenditures of $2.5 million in the year
ended December 31, 1998. These expenditures are primarily for computer
equipment and furniture and fixtures associated with Value America's continued
new employee growth, move to new facilities and continued systems development.
Value America plans to increase its operating expenses significantly in order
to:

     o increase the size of its staff,

     o expand its marketing and advertising efforts,

     o increase its technical and systems development efforts,

     o improve and maintain its controls, systems and procedures and

     o support its growing infrastructure.

As a result, Value America may experience substantial quarterly net losses for
the foreseeable future. Value America may be required to use the proceeds of
this offering to finance capital expenditures, increased


                                       27
<PAGE>

accounts receivable and inventory from product sales, marketing and advertising
expenses, and growth in operating expenses.

     Value America believes that its existing capital resources and the net
proceeds of this offering will be sufficient to fund its operations for at
least 12 months from the date of this prospectus. Thereafter, if cash generated
from operations is insufficient to satisfy Value America's liquidity
requirements, Value America may seek to sell additional equity or convertible
debt securities or obtain a larger credit facility. The sale of additional
equity or convertible debt securities could result in additional dilution to
Value America's stockholders. There can be no assurance that financing will be
available to Value America in amounts
sufficient to fund Value America's operations or on terms acceptable to Value
America. See "Risk Factors -- We may be unable to obtain additional financing
we need" and "Certain Transactions."


YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

     Many currently installed computer systems and software products are
programmed to assume that the century portion of a date is "19" to conserve the
use of storage and memory. This assumption results in the use of two digits
rather than four to define an applicable year. Accordingly, computer systems
that rely on two digits to define an applicable year may recognize a date using
"00" as the year 1900, rather than the year 2000. This could result in a system
failure or miscalculations causing disruptions of operations, including, among
other things, a temporary inability to process or transmit data or engage in
normal business activities. Value America's ability to operate is dependent
upon the delivery of accurate, electronic information via the Internet. To the
extent that Year 2000 issues result in the long-term inoperability of the
Internet or Value America's online store, Value America's results of operation
and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

     Value America has completed its assessment of its Year 2000 readiness.
This assessment included a review of Value America's internal information
technology systems, non-information technology systems and the systems of third
parties upon which Value America may rely. For its proprietary computer
systems, Value America conducts Year 2000 compliance verification and
validation with internal resources. No internal information technology projects
have been deferred due to Value America's Year 2000 remediation program. Value
America believes that the remediation program will have no material adverse
effect on current or anticipated internal information technology projects.
Although Value America has developed its proprietary computer systems to
specifically address Year 2000 issues, there can be no assurance that Value
America's systems, as a whole, are Year 2000 compliant.

     Value America utilizes third-party equipment and software that may or may
not be Year 2000 compliant. Consequently, Value America's ability to address
Year 2000 issues is, to a large extent, dependent upon the remediation
activities of third parties. Value America has requested statements of Year
2000 compliance from third party technology providers associated with Value
America's core information systems infrastructure.

     Value America is in the process of initiating formal communications with
all of the manufacturers and distributors presented in Value America's online
store to determine the extent to which Value America is vulnerable to those
third parties' failures to remediate their own Year 2000 issues. In some cases,
corporate systems or EDI mappings have been designed to avoid Year 2000
problems. For other suppliers with which Value America communicates order,
invoice, and inventory information via EDI, Value America is switching to a
Year 2000 compliant standard format. Beginning in January 1999, Value America
is encouraging its suppliers to migrate to the Year 2000 compliant EDI format.
Value America believes that its current vendors either are in compliance with
Year 2000 requirements, or efforts will be undertaken to ensure their Year 2000
compliance by June 30, 1999. In the event Year 2000 compliance is not achieved
by some manufacturers offering products in Value America's online store, these
manufacturers may be unable to effectively operate. Consequently, Value America
may seek additional manufacturers of quality products to replace those burdened
with Year 2000 remediation difficulties. In the event Year 2000 compliance is
not achieved by some distributors, Value America may seek to identify alternate
distributors for the affected products. Because Value America's order
processing systems can transparently maintain multiple distributors for
products, it can obtain contingency distributors with only minor administrative
and EDI setup costs.


                                       28
<PAGE>

     In addition, Value America is evaluating Year 2000 compliance by credit
card processors and other financial intermediaries through which transactions
are processed when Value America's customers purchase goods from Value
America's online store. Due to the complexity of these transaction processing
systems and the fact that Value America has no direct control over them, Value
America is in the process of securing a secondary source for financial
transaction processing as a backup measure. Value America has a contingency
plan for switching to a new processor in the event its current credit card
processor is not able to be Year 2000 compliant by the middle of fiscal 1999.
This contingency plan can be implemented in a matter of hours, as the
proprietary computer systems have been designed to interface with payment
service providers through a generic interface that can be easily modified.
Value America believes that appropriate transaction processing relationships
will be pre-established by June 30, 1999, and that the effort required to
implement switching to a new processor, if necessary, will be primarily
administrative.

     Value America funds remediation costs internally from existing working
capital. To date, the incremental costs of Value America's Year 2000
remediation program have been approximately $55,000. Additional costs for
hardware and outside staffing resources for Year 2000 integration testing
environments could amount up to $75,000. Value America has contracted with GE
Information Systems to test and validate Value America's primary EDI trading
partners for Year 2000 readiness and produce a findings report. The cost of
this engagement is approximately $35,000. There are currently no identified
Year 2000 issues that will require equipment to be replaced; however, the
Windows 95 operating system on Value America's internal desktop devices will be
upgraded to Windows 98 and there may be software upgrades associated with other
equipment. The upgrades are covered under current licensing agreements at no
cost, and administrative costs of the upgrades are expected to be less than
$25,000. Value America estimates that the additional incremental costs related
to its Year 2000 remediation program will not exceed $250,000 and will not
represent more than 2% of Value America's operating and capital information
technology budget for 1999. In any event, Value America believes that such
costs will not have a material adverse effect upon its results of operation or
financial condition.


                                       29
<PAGE>

                                   BUSINESS


INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

     GROWTH OF THE INTERNET AND ELECTRONIC COMMERCE

   
     The audience of potential customers in the United States on the World Wide
Web now exceeds 60 million people and is growing at a rate of close to 10
million users per quarter, according to data cited in a 1998 report by the U.S.
Department of Commerce. Shopping has become one of the most popular activities
on the Internet, and the number of people who shop and buy products on the
Internet is growing rapidly. Industry reports indicate that more than 10
million households in the United States and Canada have purchased at least one
product or service over the Internet. The number of households world-wide that
shop online was expected to double in 1998. One industry research firm
estimates that the total value of goods and services purchased by businesses
and consumers on the Internet by individuals, businesses and governmental
agencies ranged between $55 billion and $80 billion in 1998 and projects that
the market may grow to between $1 trillion and $2 trillion by 2002.
    

     The rapid growth in electronic commerce is not limited to consumer usage
of the Internet. Prior to the advent of the Internet, large retailers and
manufacturers began to establish a system of communicating business documents
in a standard electronic form, known as electronic data interchange, or EDI.
These business-to-business EDI systems enable purchase orders, invoices and
shipping instructions to be transmitted electronically among manufacturers,
distributors and retailers, and thereby can diminish costs and improve service
opportunities.


     THE TRADITIONAL RETAIL MARKETPLACE

     In the traditional marketplace, retailers utilize stores and catalogs to
sell goods to customers. Retailers typically maintain an inventory of products
offered for sale and assume the costs and risks associated with that inventory.
These costs include expenses relating to personnel, distribution, warehousing,
financing inventory and leasing or buying real property to display merchandise.
Risks of carrying inventory include damage, theft, loss, obsolescence and
mismatches between supply and demand. Traditional retailers must attempt to
factor these costs and risks into their selling prices.

     In recent years, a number of companies have introduced new business models
that have significantly altered the competitive environment in the retailing
industry. Many of these business models rely on variations of two basic
retailing concepts: the "superstore" concept and the "volume discount" concept.
In general, superstore retailers such as Circuit City and Staples seek to
attract customers by emphasizing a broad selection of merchandise in a single
industry. Volume discount retailers such as Sam's Wholesale Club and
Price/Costco generally seek to attract customers by de-emphasizing traditional
retail concepts such as personalized customer service, product presentation,
consistency of product offerings and breadth of merchandise in order to offer a
smaller number of products at substantial discounts from manufacturers'
suggested retail prices. Superstores and volume discounters have succeeded in
drawing customers away from more traditional retail stores. In order to remain
competitive, many traditional retailers have responded by lowering prices and
seeking to lower costs. These cost reductions result, in part, from offering
lower quality merchandise and hiring fewer and less experienced customer
service and sales employees.

     As a result of the significant number of retailers who compete for
customers primarily on the basis of price, Value America believes that retail
customers do not receive sufficient information to make informed purchasing
decisions and may frequently purchase products that fail to meet their
expectations.


THE ONLINE RETAIL OPPORTUNITY

     The Internet provides retailers with the opportunity to offer a broad and
evolving selection of merchandise from a wide array of product categories.
Through the use of the Internet, retailers can effectively change product
offerings and customers can have access to shop 24-hours-a-day,
365-days-a-year. An online store, unlike a traditional retail store, is not
limited by the constraints and expenses of store construction, real estate
selection, shelf space, in-store staffing or the customer inconvenience
associated with travel to and from


                                       30
<PAGE>

a store location. Internet retailers have the ability to react quickly to
update product descriptions, pricing and mix without incurring substantial
costs.

     The Internet is a highly interactive medium through which online retailers
can track shopper responses and preferences, thereby enabling retailers to
customize their online stores, target specific customer groups and individuals,
and tailor cross-selling efforts. Online retailers also benefit from the
traditional marketing and advertising strategies employed by product
manufacturers, which typically invest substantial amounts to advertise the
benefits and features of their branded products. Product manufacturers also
typically utilize television, radio and print advertising to build strong brand
recognition. In turn, consumers seek out their preferred brands and products in
each of the channels in which they are available for sale, including the
Internet. Online retailers can use EDI to facilitate the entire ordering,
shipping, invoicing and documentation process, thereby reducing costs
throughout the supply chain and increasing their ability to service their
customers more efficiently.

     Value America believes that its electronic commerce strategy can enable it
to provide a comprehensive solution to the difficulties associated with the
traditional retail market. Value America has identified three market segments
that are particularly attractive for electronic commerce: technology products,
office products and consumer products. Each of these segments has begun to
generate online revenues for segment-specific retailers such as Dell Computer,
Office Depot and Amazon.com.

   o TECHNOLOGY PRODUCTS include computers, computer peripherals,
     communications products and software. These products are sold to small,
     medium and large businesses, educational institutions, governmental
     agencies and individual consumers. Technology products are typically
     distributed through a relatively complex distribution channel whereby
     certain value-added resellers, system integrators, distributors and direct
     marketers sell to end-users.

   o OFFICE PRODUCTS include office equipment, supplies and furniture. This
     segment includes a broad assortment of products ranging from facsimile
     machines to pencils to desk chairs. Office products have traditionally
     been sold through catalog-based distributors and brick-and-mortar
     retailers.

   o CONSUMER PRODUCTS encompass a wide range of hard and soft goods targeted
     for use by individuals, including electronics, housewares, home
     improvement, jewelry, books, music, home furnishings, sporting goods,
     toys, household products, pet supplies, and health and beauty aids. These
     sales principally occur in traditional brick-and-mortar stores and through
     catalog shopping.


THE VALUE AMERICA SOLUTION

     Value America offers a wide selection of technology, office and consumer
products for sale on its online store. Individual and business customers visit
Value America's online store as a result of its traditional advertising, direct
response marketing, online promotions and affinity marketing programs, as well
as through Internet browsing. The store provides the customer with entertaining
and informative multi-media product presentations. Customers purchase products
online by selecting the items they wish to buy and providing payment and
shipping information. Value America also offers a toll-free telephone number
that customers can call to complete a purchase transaction or obtain additional
customer service. Once a product has been purchased, Value America transmits
ordering and shipping information to the manufacturer or distributor, which
ships the product directly to the customer.

     The Value America business model is designed to utilize the benefits of
the Internet and electronic commerce to provide superior value to both
consumers and manufacturers. Value America provides customers with value by
offering them convenient access to quality brand name products, responsive
service and pertinent product information. The Value America online store also
addresses the desire of manufacturers and distributors to have efficient
distribution, direct exposure to individual consumers and businesses, and the
ability to sell products based upon their merits.


                                       31
<PAGE>

     Value America believes that its online store offers customers a number of
benefits that differentiate it from traditional retailers and distributors:

   o QUALITY AND SELECTION FROM RECOGNIZED BRANDS. As an online store, Value
     America has virtually unlimited shelf space. This allows it to offer a
     broad variety of products, from a large number of leading manufacturers in
     many industries. Value America believes that customers shopping on the
     Internet, a relatively new commercial medium, will be more comfortable
     purchasing products from recognized brands.

   o VALUE PRICING. Value America's virtual storefront and direct distribution
     process are designed to enable Value America to offer brand name products
     at lower prices.

   o INFORMATION-RICH MARKETING. In order to educate customers and enable them
     to make informed purchase decisions, Value America's online store provides
     valuable interactive multi-media presentations that reveal the features,
     benefits and applications of the products sold by Value America.

   o CUSTOMER CONVENIENCE. Value America believes that customers benefit when
     they can buy a wide variety of products to meet home and business needs in
     one convenient place. Value America's online store is open 24-hours-a-day,
     365-days-a-year and is available to both individual and business customers
     through any computer with Internet access. Value America's graphic user
     interface and database design enable each customer to organize the store
     in a manner specifically designed to meet his or her shopping style.
     Customers can shop by category, product, brand or price.

   o PERSONALIZED SERVICE. Value America's store emphasizes customer
     satisfaction by offering personalized services, including Web access to
     receipts, shipping and warranty information. The store greets members by
     name, thanks them for the last products they purchased and asks them to
     share their opinions about products they have purchased. Value America
     provides telephone customer service, as well as recommendations for
     additional purchases and reminders of important dates such as
     anniversaries and birthdays via electronic mail. The store retains and
     utilizes shipping addresses and billing data to make check-outs more
     efficient.


Value America believes that its electronic commerce model offers four key
benefits to manufacturers:

   o BROADER REACH. Value America's online presence provides manufacturers
     with access to an increasingly large base of customers beyond the reach of
     any individual brick-and-mortar retailer or catalog operator.

   o CLOSER CUSTOMER CONTACT. Value America creates a direct link between
     factories and consumers. Value America collects, retains and shares
     aggregate customer demographic information with product manufacturers.
     This enables manufacturers to improve their marketing strategies. Value
     America solicits each manufacturer's suggestions regarding the development
     of multi-media product presentations in order to properly present product
     information to customers.

   o EMPHASIS ON PRODUCT MERITS. The multi-media product presentations in
     Value America's online store provide manufacturers with the opportunity to
     inform potential customers as to the benefits and features associated with
     their products. Consequently, manufacturers are able to sell products on
     their merits, rather than on price alone.

   o EFFICIENT DISTRIBUTION. Value America's technology platform is capable of
     transmitting customer orders electronically to product manufacturers,
     distribution centers and freight companies, thereby facilitating efficient
     delivery of purchased goods directly from the manufacturer or distributor
     to the customer.


                                       32
<PAGE>

STRATEGY

     Value America's objective is to be the leading online retailer of
technology, office and consumer products. To achieve this objective, Value
America is implementing the following strategies:

     INITIALLY EMPHASIZE SALE OF BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY AND OFFICE PRODUCTS. Value
America has focused its initial strategy on business technology and office
products. Value America believes that the most rapid acceptance of electronic
commerce has been in the business-to-business market segment, which serves
customers who are rapidly integrating the use of the Internet into their
day-to-day business operations. Value America has formed relationships with
manufacturers of more than 200 business technology and office products brands,
including:

   o technology manufacturers such as Hewlett-Packard, IBM, NEC and Toshiba,

   o computer peripheral manufacturers such as 3Com U.S. Robotics, Brother,
     Canon, Epson and Lexmark, and

   o office products suppliers such as Avery, Fellows, Quartet and Targus.

   
     MOVE RAPIDLY INTO THE BUSINESS-TO-CONSUMER MARKET. Value America intends
to offer consumers a wide selection of products from a variety of categories.
Value America believes that both individual consumer use of the Internet and
electronic commerce as a means to purchase consumer products will increase. The
categories for consumer products in Value America's online store currently
consist of: apparel and footwear, computers, computer accessories, electronics
and cameras, general merchandise, health and beauty, home furnishings, home
improvement, housewares and gifts, jewelry and watches, major appliances,
office products, pharmacy, software, sporting goods, and toys and games. Value
America has, for example, entered into a relationship with Procter & Gamble
which provides more than 50 brands of household and personal care products for
the Value America online store.

     EXPAND BRAND OFFERINGS. Currently, Value America offers products from more
than 1,000 brands on its online store. Value America intends to continue to
expand the number of recognized brand name manufacturers and products within
the store. Value America believes that relationships with brand name
manufacturers are essential to its ability to continue to build its reputation
as an online destination store. Furthermore, Value America believes that the
high-quality reputation of leading brands is essential to building consumer
confidence in online shopping. Value America intends to increase the number of
new brands offered in its online store by expanding existing product categories
and developing new categories.
    

     ENHANCE THE CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE. Value America utilizes multi-media
product presentations to inform its customers of product features, benefits and
applications prior to a sale. Manufacturers pay Value America to create
presentations that combine sound, video, copy and visual elements to
demonstrate product merits in an informative and entertaining online
environment. Value America recognized approximately $1.3 million in product
presentation revenues for the year ended December 31, 1998 and had
approximately $2.4 million in deferred product presentation revenues as of
December 31, 1998. Value America currently estimates that it will recognize
such deferred revenues over the next 12 to 30 months. Value America intends to
utilize the features of its proprietary presentation authoring tool to upgrade
the content of existing picture and audio listings to more comprehensive
video-enhanced presentations. Value America plans to continue to implement
additional technological upgrades to increase the number of customers that can
shop in the store simultaneously, improve audio and video streaming techniques,
integrate customer service capabilities with converging telephony technologies
and expand EDI relationships with manufacturers and suppliers.

     DEVELOP AND EXPAND DIRECT RESPONSE ADVERTISING AND PARTNERSHIPS. Value
America intends to continue to develop and expand upon its direct response
advertising and partnership strategies. For the year ended December 31, 1998,
Value America spent approximately $33.2 million on advertising and promotional
expenses. Value America also may partner with certain manufacturers to conduct
exclusive direct response campaigns. Value America intends to increase its
sales, advertising and marketing expenses significantly following the
completion of this offering.


                                       33
<PAGE>

THE VALUE AMERICA STORE

     Customers enter Value America's online store at WWW.VALUEAMERICA.COM or
WWW.VA.COM. Customers can register for membership or shop as a guest. They may
conduct targeted product or brand searches, browse through the store's product
offerings, buy products, obtain personalized shopping services, view
multi-media product presentations, check order status, obtain a receipt for a
previous purchase and check warranty status. Value America's online store
offers customers the following key features:

     MULTIPLE METHODS OF SHOPPING. The customer interface enables customers to
organize the online store to suit their own shopping preferences. The store
permits shopping by category, brand or specific product type. The Value America
store also allows customers to shop solely for new products or for special
promotional offerings. Customers may also use an internal search engine to
search for products by keywords. When customers shop by brand, the store
displays the distinctive logos associated with each brand name product
available in a particular category.

     INFORMATIVE PRODUCT PRESENTATIONS. Each of the products Value America
offers is accompanied by at least one of four different types of product
presentations which it has created and produced under contract with the
product's manufacturer. The four types of presentations are:

  o a standard picture listing, which presents a digital and compressed color
    picture of the product, lists the product's most important specifications
    and provides specific product purchasing information,

  o a basic presentation, which adds to the picture listing by providing
    several pages of copy and visual images to describe features and benefits,
     

  o a multi-media presentation, which provides a further in-depth look at the
    product through a combination of photographs, illustrations, special
    effects and audio streaming, and

  o a video presentation, which provides customers with a full motion video
    demonstration of the product, including a detailed audio description of
    its features and benefits and a textual description of the history and
    applications of the product.

     PERSONALIZED SHOPPING SERVICES. Customers may become members of Value
America and obtain access to the benefits of Value America's personalized
shopping services. This membership entitles customers to additional discounts,
typically 5%, from the prices that are available to all shoppers, as well as
many other member benefits. The Value America store offers the use of an
animated "personal shopper" who greets members by name and who can serve as a
guide through the store's features and functions. A member's personal shopper
can be used as a convenient method to access receipts, product warranties and
information relating to past Value America purchases. Membership in Value
America has been free to date. Value America is currently contemplating
charging a small membership fee, such as $5.00 per quarter, for individual
memberships.

     CONVENIENT WAYS TO ORDER. Customers may order products either through
Value America's Internet site or via a toll-free telephone number and may pay
for purchases by credit or debit card or by check. Business customers who have
established trade credit with Value America may also use a purchase order.
Regardless of the purchasing method selected by the customer, substantially all
purchases are routed through the technological platform that supports Value
America's online store so as to allow every customer access to his or her order
status and warranty information via the Internet.

   
     WIDE SELECTION OF LEADING BRANDED PRODUCTS. The Value America store
emphasizes brand name products from leading manufacturers across a broad array
of product categories. The brand names in the Value America store include names
of manufacturers, product lines and, in some cases, specific products; Value
America believes these names are well-known to potential purchasers. Value
America organizes its products into the following categories: apparel and
footwear, computers, computer accessories, electronics and cameras, general
merchandise, health and beauty, home furnishings, home improvement, housewares
and gifts, jewelry and watches, major appliances, office products, pharmacy,
software, sporting goods, and toys and games.

     The following is a partial listing of the brand names and products that
Value America presented in its online store as of March 31, 1999. Value America
has selected these brand names and products based upon its
    


                                       34
<PAGE>

assessment of their brand awareness among Value America's targeted customer
base. Value America has not selected these brands and products on the basis of
actual or projected unit or dollar sales, and no inference should be drawn as
to whether Value America has received or will receive significant revenues from
sales of any particular brand of products listed below. Value America's product
vendors have no obligation to make any of these brand name products available
for sale to Value America's customers and may terminate their relationships
with Value America at any time and without penalty.




   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BRANDS                  PRODUCTS
<S>                     <C>
APPAREL AND FOOTWEAR
Cudas                   Casual Footwear
Cutter & Buck           Casual Apparel
Georgio Brutini         Men's Dress Shoes
Herman Survivor         Footwear
Hi-Tek                  Hiking Shoes
Ryka                    Athletic Footwear
Tretorn                 Athletic Footwear
Yukon                   Casual Shoes
COMPUTER ACCESSORIES
Altec Lansing           Speakers
APC                     Power Supply
Brother                 Printers and Copiers
Creative                Graphic and Sound
Curtis                  Computer Accessories
Diamond                 Video and Sound Cards
Epson                   Printers, Scanners and Fax
Fellowes                Ergonomic, Cables and
                        Input
Kensington              Media Storage, Computer
                        Cases and Input Devices
Lexmark                 Printers and Supplies
Panamax                 Surge Protection
Perfect Data            Cleaning
Read Right              Computer Care Products
Targus                  Computer Cases
Tripplite               Surge Protection
COMPUTERS
3COM U.S. Robotics      Modems
Acer                    Scanners and Monitors
Boca Research           Networking
Casio                   Digital Imaging
Compaq:
   Armada               Notebook Computers
   DeskPro              Business Computers
   Proliant             Business Servers
   ProSignia            Business Servers
CTX                     Monitors
Dazzle Multimedia       Digital Imaging
Geobook                 Word Processors
Hewlett-Packard:
   Pavilion             Home Computers
   Vectra               Business Computers
Hitachi                 Monitors
IBM:
   Aptiva               Home Computers
   GL Series            Business Computers
   IntellStation        Business Computers
   Netfinity            Business Servers
   ThinkPad             Notebook Computers
Imation                 Data Storage and Media
Intel                   Networking and Processors
Iomega                  Data Storage Drives


</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BRANDS                  PRODUCTS
<S>                     <C>
KDS                     Monitors
Kingston                Data
Lexar Media             Digital Film Readers
Microtek                Scanners
Mitsubishi              Notebook Computers
NEC                     Desktop and Notebook
                        PCs, Monitors and
                        Printers
Nokia                   Monitors
Okidata                 Printers and Supplies
Palm Pilot              Palm Top Computer
Proview                 Monitors
Samsung                 Monitors
Smart Modular           Modems
Southland Micro         Memory
Toshiba:
   Libretto             Palm Top Computers
   Portege              Notebook Computers
   Satellite Pro        Notebook Computers
   Tecra                Notebook Computers
UMAX                    Scanners
UUNet                   Internet Connection
Verbatim                Data Storage Media
Viewsonic               Monitors
Visioneer               Scanners
Yamaha                  CDRW Drives
ELECTRONICS & CAMERAS
Bazooka                 Speaker Systems
Canon                   35mm Cameras
Curtis Mathes           Audio Device Convergence
Fisher                  Shelf Audio Systems
FujiFilm                Digital and Film Cameras
Hometech                Speakers
Kodak                   Digital Cameras
Magnavox                TVs, VCRs and Audio
Olympus                 Digital and Film Cameras
Panasonic               Audio, TVs, VCRs,
                        Camcorders and DVDs
Philips                 Video and Audio
Phonemate               Telephones and Answering
RCA                     TVs and Camcorders
Sonance                 Wall Speakers
Technics                Audio Systems
Zenith                  TVs and VCRs
GENERAL MERCHANDISE
Bounce                  Fabric Softener
Bounty                  Paper Towels
Cascade                 Dish Care
Charmin                 Bath Tissue
Cheer                   Laundry Detergent
Cinch                   Glass Cleaner
Comet                   Cleanser
</TABLE>
    

                                       35
<PAGE>




   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BRANDS                    PRODUCTS
<S>                       <C>
Dawn                      Dish Care
Downy                     Conditioner
Dreft                     Laundry
Febreze                   Air and Fabric Freshnener
Folgers                   Coffee
Francodex                 Pet Grooming
Gain                      Laundry Detergent
Hartmann                  Luggage
Helmac                    Clothing Care
Ivory                     Dish Care
J.W. Pet                  Pet Toys
Lysol                     Cleanser
Maurice Gerard            Leather Bags
Midwest                   Pet Supplies
Millstone                 Coffee
PrevuePet                 Pet Travel Cages
Pringles                  Snack Food
Puffs                     Facial Tissue
Seven Oars                Luggage
Simple Green              Household Cleaning
Solo                      Luggage
Spic & Span               Household Cleaning
Tide                      Laundry Detergent
Woolite                   Fabric Care
HEALTH & BEAUTY
Allergan                  Eye Care
Always                    Feminine Hygiene
Aquafresh                 Toothpaste
Arm & Hammer              Toothpaste
Aveeno                    Skin Care
Ban                       Anti-Perspirant/Deodorant
Banana Boat               Sun Care
Carefree                  Feminine Hygiene
Centrum                   Vitamins
Chaps                     After Shave Lotion
Clearasil                 Skin Care
Clear Blue                Pregnancy Test
Coast                     Personal Cleansing
Cortaid                   Itch and Rash Treatment
Cover Girl                Cosmetics
Crest                     Toothpaste
Curel                     Lotion
Dry Idea                  Anti-Perspirant/Deodorant
Edge                      Shaving
Fixodent                  Denture cleaner
Galaxy                    Wheelchairs and
                          Adjustable Beds
Ginkoba                   Dietary Supplement
Ginsana                   Dietary Supplement
Giorgio                   Fragrances
Hawaiian Tropic           Sun Care
Head & Shoulders          Hair Care
Herbal Essences           Hair Care
Intelligent Nutrition     Vitamins
Johnson & Johnson         Health Care Products
L'Oreal                   Hair Care
Lubriderm                 Lotion
Luvs                      Diapers and Wipes
Max Factor                Cosmetics
Monistat 7                Health Care
Movana                    Dietary


</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BRANDS                    PRODUCTS
<S>                       <C>
Neutrogena                Skin and Hair Care
Noxzema                   Skin Care
Obsession                 Fragrances
Oil of Olay               Skin Care
Old Spice                 Anti-Perspirant/Deodorant
Opium                     Fragrances
Pampers                   Diapers and Wipes
Pantene                   Hair Care
Pert                      Hair Care
Polident                  Oral Care
Polo                      Fragrances
Progaine                  Hair Care
Rogaine                   Hair Loss Preventative
Safeguard                 Personal Cleansing
Scope                     Mouthwash
Secret                    Anti-Perspirant/Deodorant
Selsun Blue               Hair Care
Slimfast                  Diet Products
Sure                      Anti-Perspirant/Deodorant
Tampax                    Feminine Hygiene
Unicap                    Vitamins
Vaseline                  Lotion
Vidal Sassoon             Hair Care
Vitasana                  Vitamins
White Diamond             Fragrances
Wings                     Fragrances
Zest                      Personal Cleansing
HOME FURNISHINGS
American Heritage         Ceiling Fans
Beaulieu                  Floorcovering
Bush                      Furniture
Congoleum                 Floorcovering
Cosco                     Step Stools
Design House              Ceiling Fans
Dorel                     Futons and Beds
Fashion Bed               Bedroom Furniture
Holmes                    Lighting
InterMetro                Shelving
Milliken                  Floorcoverings
N.D. Cass                 Juvenile
Oriental Weavers          Floorcoverings
Pelonis                   Ceiling Fan Accessories
Rose Hill                 Furniture
Safety 1st                Juvenile Products
Sunroca                   Casual and Outdoor
                          Furniture
Vantage Point             Entertainment
HOME IMPROVEMENT
Alsons                    Hand Held Showers
American Shower           Bath Enclosures
Amerock                   Hardware
Ames                      Lawn and Garden
Angelo                    Lighting
AromaSpa                  Steam Bath
Black and Decker          Power Tools
Bosch                     Power Tools
Boyds Ultra Violet        Car Care
Campbell Hausfeld         Generators and Power Tools
Chamberlain               Garage Openers
Char-Broil                Barbeque Grills
</TABLE>
    

                                       36
<PAGE>




   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BRANDS                     PRODUCTS
<S>                        <C>
Closetmaid                 Storage
Cooper                     Hand Tools
Crawford                   Ladders
Culligan                   Water Purification
DeLonghi                   Portable Heaters
Delta                      Power Tools
Delta Faucets              Faucets and Showers
Design House               Decorative Products
Dewalt                     Power Tools
Flexon                     Garden Hoses
Flowtron                   Lawn and Garden
Frost King                 Home Products
Garrity                    Flashlights
Keller                     Ladders
Kidde                      Home Safety
Kindred                    Sinks
Kryptonite                 Security Locks
Kwikset                    Security Locks
Lighting America           Electronic Lighting
Liteway                    Lighting
L.R. Nelson                Lawn and Garden
Off                        Insect Control
Peerless                   Faucets and Shower
Pennington Seed            Lawn and Garden
Pentair                    Power Tools
Plano Molding              Tool Boxes
Porter Cable               Power Tools
Reeleasy                   Hose Products
Satco                      Lighting
Skil                       Power Tools
SmartWater                 Water Purification
Stack-On                   Storage Products and Tool
                           Cabinets
Stanley/Whistler           Door Openers
Step 2                     Mail Boxes
Wells Lamont               Work Gloves
Weber                      Barbecue Grills
Weiser Lock                Door Locks
Westinghouse               Specialty Lightbulbs
HOUSEWARES AND GIFTS
Bissell                    Floor Care
Braun                      Small Appliances
Briel                      Espresso
Chantal                    Cookware
General Housewares         Housewares
Good Tidings               Christmas Accessories
Ham I Am                   Specialty Meats
Heirloom                   Clocks
Hoover                     Floor Care
Jerbeau Chocolate          Chocolate
KitchenAid                 Small Appliances
Lazzaroni                  Desserts
Nana's Sauces              Gourmet Dessert Sauces
Norelco                    Kitchen Appliances and
                           Shavers
Nybro                      Fine Crystal
Omaha Steaks               Specialty Meats
Oral B                     Plaque Removal
Panasonic                  Appliances
Philips Lighting           Lighting
Pur                        Water Purifiers


</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BRANDS                     PRODUCTS
<S>                        <C>
Replogle                   Decorative Accessories
Sanyo                      Appliances
Sharp                      Kitchen Appliances
ShopoVac                   Wet-Dry Vacs
Silk-Epil                  Hair Removal
Singer                     Sewing Machines
Springfield                Thermometers and Clocks
Timex                      Clock Radios
Tobacco Source             Cigars
Thermoscan                 Temperature Devices
West Bend                  Kitchen Appliances
JEWELRY & WATCHES
Armitron                   Watches
Connoisseurs               Jewelry Cleaning
Elgin                      Watches
Coeur De Lion              Mens Jewelry
Jacques Laurent            Watches
Jules Jurgensen            Fashion Watches
Lara                       Diamond Jewelry
Lorus                      Watches
Movado                     Watches
Nobel                      Watches
Pulsar                     Watches
Seiko                      Watches
Swiss Army                 Knives and Watches
Wenger                     Knives and Watches
MAJOR APPLIANCES
Amana                      Dishwashers, Ranges and
                           Refrigerators
General Electric           Microwave Ovens and
                           Refrigerators
Profile                    Microwave Ovens
OFFICE PRODUCTS
3M                         Presentation, Projectors
                           and Papers
ACCO                       Fasteners
Acme United                First Aid Kits
American Tombow            Writing Instruments
Ampad                      Notepads
Apollo                     Presentation Products
Artistic                   Desk Accessories
At-A-Glance                Dated Goods and Diaries
ATAPCO                     Binders and Portfolios
Avery                      Labels and Presentation
BALT                       Office Furniture
Bates                      Punches and Fasteners
Bayer                      Pain Relief
Beautone                   File Folders
BIC                        Pens and Pencils
BPI                        Office Furniture
Cardinal                   Binders and Portfolios
Champion International     Office Paper
Charles Leonard            Fasteners
C-Phone                    Video Conferencing
Cross                      Writing Instruments
Dan Wood                   Office Furniture
DayMinder                  Appointment Books
Day-Timer                  Dated Goods and
                           Organizers
</TABLE>
    

                                       37
<PAGE>




   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BRANDS                PRODUCTS
<S>                   <C>
Deskjet               Printer Supplies
Duracell              Batteries
Dymo                  Labelmakers
Eaton                 Papers and Envelopes
Eldon                 Desk Accessories
Esselte               Office Products
Fireking              Fireproof Storage
Franklin Covey        Dated Goods
GBC Quartet           Presentation
Gillette              Writing Instruments
Global                Office Furniture
Great White           Paper
Hammermill            Paper
Hazel                 Briefcases
Hi-Liter              Highlighters
IBICO                 Binding
Laserjet              Toner, Film and Paper
Listerine             Oral Care
Marks-a-Lot           Markers
Martin Yale           Mailroom Machines
Merriam-Webster       Reference and Dictionaries
Newell                Office Products
Officejet             Ink Cartridges
Oxford                Filing Systems
P-Touch               Labeling Systems
Parker                Writing Instruments
Pelouze               Postal and Stamp Machines
Pendaflex             File Folders
Perma                 Storage Files
Plantronics           Telephone Headsets
Polaroid              Business Imaging Products,
                      Instant Cameras
Post-It               Adhesive Note Pads
Powershred            Shredders
Quality Park          Business Envelopes
Quartet               Office Supplies
Ray-O-Vac             Batteries
Rolodex               Files and Organization
Rubbermaid            Office Furniture
Safco                 Office Furniture
Sanford               Writing Instruments
Schwab                Safes and Storage
Scotch                Adhesives and Tape
Sentry                Safes and Storage Products
Sharp                 Office Electronics
Sharpie               Markers
ShredMaster           Shredders
Sirco                 Office Furniture
Smead                 File Folders
Southworth            Office Papers and
                      Stationery
Stebco                Business Cases
Survivor              Envelopes and Mailers
Swingline             Staplers
Tenex                 Desk Accessories
Texas Instruments     Calculators
Tyvek                 Envelopes
Victor                Calculators
Waterman              Writing Instruments
Wilson Jones          Binders, Shredders and
                      Files
Windex                Cleaning Products


</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BRANDS                PRODUCTS
<S>                   <C>
Wite-Out              Correction Supplies
Xerox                 Copiers and Supplies
PHARMACY
Advil                 Pain Relief
Aleve                 Pain Relief
Alka Seltzer          Stomach Remedy
Aspercreme            Medicated Rubs
Band-Aid              First Aid and Bandages
Benadryl              Allergy Medication
Ben-Gay               Pain Relief
Chloraseptic          Respiratory
Doxidan               Laxative
Dramamine             Motion Sickness
Emetrol               Nausea
First Aid             Gauze
Gas-X                 Antacids
Imodium               Anti-Diarrheal
Kaopectate            Anti-Diarrheal
Lactaid               Dairy Digestant
Metamucil             Laxative
Micatin               Antifungal
Motrin                Pain Relief
Mylanta               Antacid
Neosporin             First Aid Creams
Nicoderm              Stop Smoking
Nicorette             Stop Smoking
Nuprin                Pain Relief
PediaCare             Baby Care
Pepcid AC             Antacid
Pepto-Bismol          Stomach Remedy
Polysporin            First Aid
Robitussin            Cough Remedies
Rolaids               Stomach Care
Sinex                 Nasal Spray
Sportscreme           Skin Care
Tagamet HB            Antacids
Tums                  Antacids
Tylenol               Pain Relief
Unisom                Sleep Aids
Vicks Formula 44      Respiratory
Vicks Vapo Rub        Respiratory
Visene                Eye Drops
Zantac                Health Care
SOFTWARE
3DO                   Entertainment
Activision            Entertainment
Adobe                 Graphic
Blizzard              Entertainment
Block                 Financial
Broderbund            Entertainment
Bungie                Entertainment
Corel                 Productivity
Cybermedia            Productivity
Delorme               Reference
Disney                Entertainment
Dragon                Voice Recognition
Dr. Solomon           Productivity
EIDOS                 Entertainment
Encarta               Reference
Filemaker             Organizational
</TABLE>
    

                                       38
<PAGE>




   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BRANDS                PRODUCTS
<S>                   <C>
Hasbro                Entertainment
Interplay             Entertainment
Intuit                Financial
LucasArts             Entertainment
Maxis                 Entertainment
MacAfee               Utilities Tools
Microsoft:
   Magic School Bus   Entertainment
   Office 97          Business
   Windows 98         Operating
   Windows NT         Business Operating
Monolith              Entertainment
Peachtree             Financial
Rand McNally          Reference
SmithMicro            Communications
Symantec              Communications
Visio                 Presentation and Design
SPORTING GOODS
Adams                 Football Equipment
Adams Tight Lies      Golf Clubs
Adidas                Soccer Equipment
Air                   Football Equipment
All-Star              Football Equipment
Armour                Golf Clubs
Baby Jogger           Jogging Stroller
Bike                  Protective Gear
Brine                 Sports Gear
Burton                Golf Bags
Bushnell              Binoculars and Range
                      Finder
Callaway              Golf Clubs
Caloi                 Bicycles
Flexible Flyer        Sleds
Healthrider           Exercise Equipment
Huffy                 Bicycles
Image                 Fitness Equipment
King Cobra            Golf Clubs
MacCabee              Camping Equipment
Maxfli                Golf Balls
Mikasa                Volleyballs


</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BRANDS                PRODUCTS
<S>                   <C>
Mitre                 Soccer Shoes
Neumann               Sports Gloves
Odyssey               Putters
Ping                  Putters
Pinnacle              Golf Balls
Precise               Pedometers
Pro                   Athletic Supports
Proform               Exercise
Puma                  Sports Accessories
Quantum               Fishing Equipment
Ram Golf              Golf Clubs and Children's
                      Golf
Rawlings              Sporting Goods
Reusch                Sporting Gloves
Riddell               Football
Schutt                Football Equipment
Slazenger             Golf Balls
Spalding              Sporting Goods
Tachikara             Volleyballs
Taylor Made           Golf Clubs
TearDrop Golf         Golf Equipment
Titleist              Golf Clubs and Balls
Top-Flite             Golf Balls
Wenzel                Camping Equipment
Wilson                Sporting Goods
World Sports          In-Line Skates
Zebco                 Fishing Equipment
Zebra                 Golf Clubs
TOYS & GAMES
Barbie                Electronic Toys
Fundex Games          Family Games
Galoob Toys           Toys
Hedstrom              Swing Sets
Kiddesigns            Toys
Mega Bloks            Toys
Playhut               Toys
Sierra                Software
Sony Playstation      Video Game Systems
Team Concepts         Children's Computers
</TABLE>
    

MARKETING AND PROMOTION

     Value America believes that its strategy of using traditional off-line
media to generate online sales enables it to reach a broader audience, build
its brand name, more effectively control its promotional budgets and
effectively tie advertising to revenue. Following this offering, Value America
expects to significantly increase its investment in both off-line and online
advertising and promotion to continue to sell products and attract and retain
customers. Value America employs a variety of promotional activities and
utilizes various media to accomplish its marketing goals, including:

     TRADITIONAL ADVERTISING. Value America has implemented a program of print
advertising in general circulation newspapers such as THE BOSTON GLOBE, LOS
ANGELES TIMES, THE NEW YORK TIMES, SAN FRANCISCO CHRONICLE, THE WALL STREET
JOURNAL, USA TODAY and THE WASHINGTON POST, as well as in approximately 20
other major urban daily newspapers and selected magazines. Value America values
newspaper advertising for its strong demographics with respect to
Internet-savvy consumers and the relatively short period of time from
advertising creation to media insertion. Value America uses magazine
advertising to target specific products to specific target markets. In
addition, Value America advertises on national television outlets such as ABC,
CNN and TBS, as well as on local television outlets. Value America's national
radio advertising coverage features stations in each of the following markets:
Atlanta, Baltimore, Boston, Denver, Houston, Miami, New York, Orlando,
Philadelphia, San Diego and Washington, D.C.


                                       39
<PAGE>

     DIRECT MARKETING. Value America utilizes direct response marketing to sell
products, promote its online store and increase brand name reach. Value America
coordinates its own direct response efforts with certain manufacturers to
create a unified marketing approach for products. Elements of Value America's
direct response advertising efforts include the use of direct targeted
mailings, the development and utilization of a telephone call center, and the
use of advertisements in specific industry publications.

     COOPERATIVE MARKETING SUPPORT. Value America has conducted cooperative
marketing activities with brands such as Amana, Brother, Canon, GBC Quartet,
Hewlett-Packard, IBM, Panasonic, Toshiba and Weber. Value America intends to
further develop coordinated marketing plans with certain manufacturers. By
creating such affiliations, Value America can reduce its marketing expenses,
increase the level of its advertising and develop customer recognition of the
connection between the Value America online store and the manufacturers' brand
name products.

     ONLINE ADVERTISING. In addition to its off-line advertising program, Value
America advertises on Internet portals and targeted content sites. Value
America manages its Internet promotional campaigns in-house.

     Value America believes it receives favorable rates and strong positioning
with a well-targeted presence from a wide variety of popular Internet sites.
Value America promotes online with ABC News.com, Better Homes & Gardens.com,
Big Yellow, Bloomberg Financial, Broadcast.com, CBS Sportsline, Classifieds
2000, Compare.net, CNN.com, Computer Shopper.com, Excite, Flycast, GeoCities,
HotBot, Infoseek, Lycos, MSN AudioNet, NetAddress, Netscape, NYTimes on the
Web, PCWorld, Pointcast and USAToday.com.

     In October 1998, Value America established a business relationship with
Yahoo!. Pursuant to this relationship, Value America is entitled to 336.5
million impressions and six two-week front page promotional campaigns on
Yahoo!'s home page. This relationship includes the anchor position in Yahoo!'s
Small Business Center and exclusivity in the consumer electronics shopping
category. The Yahoo! Consumer Electronics Merchant Program is exclusive to
Value America. Every visitor that searches for information on more than 200
consumer electronics keywords is directed to Value America's Consumer
Electronics Department. Value America also enjoys exclusivity with the Yahoo!
Build-a-Computer Module. This feature enables shoppers to locate the right
machine for their needs through a selection of pull-down menus that direct the
user to Value America's store by specific manufacturer and computer type.

     AFFINITY AND AFFILIATE MARKETING. Value America has established custom
stores for organizations such as Federal Express, Fannie Mae, The Bon Vivant
Foundation, the University of Virginia, the University of Michigan, IBM Small
and Medium Business, and The National Small Business Union. It intends to seek
to develop custom stores for additional corporations, governmental agencies,
unions, universities and charities. Value America can select any sub-set of
products for any custom store and then establish discounts, charity
contributions and Value America Dollars for that store. Value America is also
establishing a unique network of affiliates who will be rewarded for creating
links to Value America's Web site. Affiliates will be compensated for purchases
made by shoppers who click into the Value America online store from the
affiliates' Web sites.


MEMBERSHIPS

   
     As of June 30, 1998, Value America had approximately 17,000 members. In the
third and fourth quarters of 1998, Value America began to feature the value of
membership in Value America's print advertising campaign and feature membership
promotions in the online store. This increased visibility, along with a strategy
to retain customers through expansion of Value America's customer support
center, dramatically increased Value America's membership base, which numbered
in excess of 260,000 as of April 3, 1999. To date, Value America has not charged
any membership fees.
    

     Value America members enjoy a number of important benefits. Members enjoy
a price advantage of 5% on most products in the store. Members also benefit
from Value America's account management feature, which enables members to have
a private space that maintains a record of all of their past purchases and
access to their receipts and manufacturer's warranties. This feature can be
particularly helpful for small businesses because it enables them to track
office supply and office technology expenditures even if they are purchased by
several employees from multiple vendors. Members are awarded "Value America
Dollars" with every purchase. Value America Dollars equal 1% or more of the
purchase price on most products in the store.


                                       40
<PAGE>

Value America Dollars can be used as currency for future purchases at the Value
America online store. Value America also allows its members to select a
favorite charity to which 1% of their purchases is automatically awarded. Value
America members can keep a record of the birthdays, anniversaries and other
important dates, and Value America will remind members of these events in time
to choose a gift.


ORDER FULFILLMENT

   
     Value America fulfills orders primarily by arranging for direct shipment
of products from the manufacturer or its designated distribution partner. Value
America does not carry significant levels of inventory, but, from time to time,
does make commitments to purchase minimum quantities of products such as
certain high-demand technology products. Value America's order fulfillment
systems are designed to choose the best product price and availability if
multiple distributors offer the same product. As of December 31, 1998, Value
America had EDI connections with vendors that accounted for approximately 90%
of Value America's revenues and 73% of its number of product orders. Value
America has established two-way EDI connections with vendors whose products
accounted for approximately 54% of Value America's revenues for the year ended
December 31, 1998. Vendors representing an additional 7% of Value America's
1998 revenues use both EDI and automated document servers to place product
orders, and Value America uses automated document servers to create purchase
orders for vendors representing the final 3% of Value America's 1998 revenues.
Value America expects the process of ordering and fulfillment to become
increasingly automated. Value America's order fulfillment system is capable of
transmitting all data necessary to prompt labels to be printed automatically at
the appropriate shipment or distribution centers. These labels include
information stored within Value America's customer database, including the
customer's name, address and telephone number. At the time the product is
provided to the freight company for shipment, the title and risk of loss of the
purchased goods are transferred to Value America. Value America currently ships
most products with United Parcel Service and Roadway Express. As part of its
relationship with The Union Labor Life Insurance Company, or ULLICO, Value
America has agreed that so long as ULLICO remains a stockholder of Value
America, Value America will only use shippers which have recognized one or more
unions as the collective bargaining representative of some or all of their
employees unless such shipping arrangements are not reasonably available. See
"Certain Transactions."
    


CUSTOMER SERVICE AND CALL CENTER

     Value America believes that its ability to establish and maintain
long-term relationships, earn trust, provide service and encourage repeat
visits and purchases largely depends upon the strength of its customer support
and service operations and staff. Value America believes this approach allows
it to sell high value products, such as products costing over $1,000, in an
online environment and to reach a broader customer base. Value America
encourages frequent communication with, and feedback from, its customers in
order to continually improve its product and service offerings. To this end, it
has dedicated significant resources to establishing a customer service
department and providing its support and service personnel with the tools to
answer customer inquiries and to keep customers informed of the status of
orders. Customer support and service personnel are responsible for processing
customer orders, handling general customer inquiries, answering customer
questions about the ordering process, and investigating the status of orders,
shipments and payments. The tools used by this staff are automated and fully
integrated with Value America's online store. The staff is divided into teams
dedicated to certain types of products. Members of the various teams receive
training on attributes and benefits of products in the categories with which
they work.

     The Value America store offers an e-mail address and a toll-free telephone
number to enable customers to request information and to encourage feedback and
suggestions, via the Internet or telephone. Value America's telephone system
provides automatic call distribution and call statistics reporting. Currently
its online store provides customers with automatic e-mail updates for a change
in order status. Value America has installed e-mail management software that
allows its customer support and service personnel to handle a large volume of
e-mail more efficiently by providing for prioritization and routing.

     Value America believes that the convergence of computers, televisions and
telephones with the Internet will ultimately form a unified communication,
education, entertainment and commerce enabled medium. In


                                       41
<PAGE>

addition, Value America believes that this convergence will require leading
electronic commerce companies to integrate call centers into their business
models. Value America believes online shoppers will require electronic commerce
companies to combine the efficiency and anonymity of the Internet with the
sense of community and personal service of a traditional store.

     Value America's call center features built-in redundancy, scalability,
intelligent agent selection and automated voice messaging. Its software systems
allow Value America to capitalize on data mining efficiencies for up-selling
and customer retention and to track the relative performance of a wide variety
of promotional campaigns. Voice-over-data and screen-pop functionality makes it
possible to create a more seamless shopping experience. Inbound call routing
ensures that customers are automatically paired with a representative specially
trained to handle their specific product category needs. Inbound sales
opportunities are routed to consumer products, technology products, office
products or affinity program representatives. Each representative is trained to
help phone buyers become more comfortable buying on the Internet by providing
information about security, navigation and the convenience of online commerce.

     The call center is the focal point for Value America's outbound,
business-to-business sales effort. The call center includes professional
account managers who manage up to 300 accounts in designated territories. They
sell Value America's full product offering including systems, peripherals,
office supplies and furnishings. This solution is a "one stop shop" for the
small business market.



MANUFACTURER RELATIONSHIPS

     Value America typically forms relationships directly with manufacturers.
Value America has listing agreements with manufacturers under which Value
America develops and hosts multi-media product presentations on Value America's
online store. Certain of these agreements require Value America to maintain
product listings for a minimum period of time, typically 12 or 36 months.

     For the year ended December 31, 1998, goods manufactured by IBM accounted
for approximately 58% of net sales, and goods manufactured by Hewlett-Packard
represented approximately 9% of net sales.

  o IBM. IBM provides its technology products for sale through Value
    America's online store. IBM offers its products to Value America at
    competitive prices and provides Value America with cooperative advertising
    support. Value America, in turn, identifies IBM as an alliance partner,
    provides Web access to IBM products through its online store and
    advertises IBM products in major media outlets.

  o HEWLETT-PACKARD. In 1997, Value America entered into agreements with
    Hewlett-Packard pursuant to which Hewlett-Packard authorized Value America
    to sell Hewlett-Packard's Pavilion line of home personal computers,
    consumer and business printing and imaging products, and selected business
    computer systems. Hewlett-Packard also provides Value America with
    cooperative advertising support.


SYSTEMS INFRASTRUCTURE, TECHNOLOGY AND SECURITY

     Value America has designed and developed a scalable system for transacting
business on the Internet. Value America's hardware and software infrastructure
is capable of supporting multiple online stores, as well as internal systems
for customer service, order processing, EDI, fulfillment, accounting and
management of product data.

     DEPLOYMENT NETWORK. Value America has developed a secure, fault tolerant
network for hosting its Web site. The network utilizes high quality, industry
standard hardware including Cisco routers, IBM Netfinity servers, RAID arrays
and redundant Hewlett-Packard tape libraries. Value America acquired an
Autonomous System Number, or ASN, and maintains a set of Internet routing
tables to provide optimal routing for its network traffic and to support its
internal network architecture. Value America has redundant connections to the
Internet via UUNet and MCI.

     Value America maintains an "N+1" philosophy for capacity and redundancy
planning; that is, Value America implements at least one unit of capacity above
the expected requirements for peak load. For example, (a) Web servers are added
as loads increase so that failure of any single server will not significantly
degrade


                                       42
<PAGE>

performance, (b) network bandwidth is increased symmetrically on both Internet
connections to ensure performance in the event of failure in either path, and
(c) all mission critical data is stored in RAID configurations. A network and
server monitoring system has been implemented to aid in network management and
to notify operators of potential problems.

     SOFTWARE SYSTEMS. Value America has developed custom software that makes
extensive use of relational database technology to implement its online store.
The system is deployed on a network of Windows NT and Unix servers. Value
America has developed multiple proprietary internal support systems to
facilitate sales, support customer service and manage product and store
content. These systems utilize EDI to exchange information with trading
partners. Value America has worked with GE Information Systems to develop EDI
mappings with trading partners, and EDI transactions have been implemented in
certain instances for purchase orders, purchase order acknowledgements,
invoices, and inventory and price updates. Value America utilizes the Netscape
ECXpert system to manage EDI processing. Credit card transactions are
automatically verified and cleared through PaymentNet.

     SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE. As a user navigates the Value America store,
product pages are generated from the database. Pages are dynamically created by
retrieving data elements from the database and inserting them into HTML
templates. This proprietary separation of data from presentation allows product
content to be added to the site without any software updates. Proprietary
authoring and content management tools have been created to add products and
multi-media product presentations to the virtual store in a standardized way.
These tools do not require that users learn HTML or understand any complex
technology. Multi-media presentations are implemented with RealAudio and
RealVideo technology, with the streaming media remotely hosted on MCI and
RealNetwork's servers. In addition, the system architecture supports the
concept of multiple storefronts with custom product selections and custom
pricing for products in any given store.

     The order processing pipeline ensures that orders flow through the system
with minimum human intervention. A proprietary system tracks order status from
the initial purchase to placing the order with a supplier to the order's final
shipment and invoicing. Using a proprietary real-time shopping mechanism, the
system automatically selects appropriate suppliers based upon the selected
product, cost and product availability. An integrated fraud prevention system
filters out potential fraudulent orders and routes them to the fraud department
for investigation.

     SECURITY. Value America's network architecture employs commercial firewall
software that has been designed to protect the system from unauthorized access.
Electronic transactions between Web browsers and the online store and between
the store and the credit card processor are encrypted and transmitted with
Secure Socket Layer, or SSL, to ensure the security of customer information.
Sensitive information is encrypted in the database and stored on a secure
sub-network with controlled access from both internal and external sources.


INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

   
     Value America relies on a combination of copyright and trademark laws,
trade secret protections, and confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements, as
well as other contractual provisions to establish and protect its proprietary
rights in intellectual property. Value America does not currently hold any
patents or have any patent applications pending for itself or its products.
Value America has obtained nine federal registrations of service marks for
"Value America" and variations of that name. Value America also owns one
pending application for federal service mark registration of another variation
of the "Value America" name. Value America retains certain intellectual
property rights associated with the multi-media product presentations developed
by Value America for the brand name manufacturers whose products are featured
in Value America's store. Value America has entered into non-disclosure and
invention assignment agreements with all of its employees and enters into
non-disclosure agreements with all of its consultants and subcontractors that
have access to or are involved in the development of proprietary intellectual
property. There can be no assurance, however, that such measures will protect
Value America's proprietary technology, that Value America will be able to
prevent competitors from developing software with similar functionality, or
that third parties will not infringe upon or misappropriate Value America's
intellectual property rights.
    


                                       43
<PAGE>

   
     Value America believes that its trademarks, software and other proprietary
rights do not infringe on the proprietary rights of third parties. On March 24,
1999, a party filed a lawsuit against Value America alleging violations of
federal trademark law, state law and common law. The party seeks monetary
damages, injunctive relief and cancellation of Value America's trademark
registration for the "Value America" mark. See "Business -- Litigation." Value
America is a recent entrant in the market for sale of merchandise on the
Internet, and there can be no assurance that other third parties will not
assert additional infringement or other claims against Value America in the
future with respect to current or future product offerings, trademarks or other
Value America works. The presently asserted claim or other future claims may
require Value America to enter into royalty arrangements or result in costly
litigation. Value America is also dependent upon obtaining licenses to utilize
existing technology related to its operations. To the extent that new
technological developments are unavailable to Value America on terms acceptable
to it, or at all, Value America may be unable to continue to implement its
business plan, which would have a material adverse effect on Value America's
business, financial condition and results of operations.


COMPETITION

     The electronic commerce industry is new, rapidly evolving and extremely
competitive. Barriers to entry are minimal, allowing current and new
competitors to launch new Web sites at a relatively low cost. Value America
currently or potentially competes with a variety of companies in the electronic
commerce market and in the traditional retail industry, including:

   o online retailers that specialize in a limited number of products,
     including Amazon.com, Buy.com, CDNow, Cyberian Outpost, Dell Computer and
     Gateway International,

   o online retailers that offer a broad selection of products, including
     Cendant, Internet Shopping Network, iQVC, ONSALE and Wal-Mart Online,

   o other online companies that offer centralized access to a broad selection
     of products, including eBay and iMall,

   o indirect competitors that generate a substantial portion of their
     revenues from electronic commerce, including America Online, Excite,
     Infoseek, Lycos, Microsoft and Yahoo!,

   o mail order catalog operators, including Lands' End, Micro Warehouse,
     Sharper Image, Spiegel and Williams-Sonoma,

   o retail and warehouse/discount stores, including Circuit City, Home Depot,
     Office Depot, Price/Costco, Staples and Target, and

   o other national and international retail, catalog, distribution and
     manufacturing companies.

     Value America believes that the principal competitive factors in its
market are brand recognition, quality of brands, convenience, ease of use,
price, value, accessibility, speed of fulfillment, reliability, personalized
service, customer service and quality of site content.
    


GOVERNMENT REGULATION

     Value America is subject, both directly and indirectly, to various laws
and governmental regulation relating to its business. However, because the
market for electronic commerce is new and rapidly evolving, there are currently
few laws or regulations directly applicable to commerce on the Internet. Due to
the increasing popularity and use of the Internet and other commercial online
services, it is possible that a number of laws and regulations may be adopted
with respect to electronic commerce, covering issues such as user privacy,
pricing, content, copyrights, distribution and characteristics and quality of
products and services. The adoption of certain of these laws or regulations may
have the effect of decreasing the growth of electronic commerce or increasing
the cost of doing business on the Internet. Moreover, the applicability to the
Internet and other commercial online services of existing laws in various
jurisdictions governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other
taxes, libel and personal privacy is uncertain and may take years to resolve.
Any such new legislation or regulation, or the application of existing laws and
regulations to the


                                       44
<PAGE>

Internet and other commercial online services, could have a material adverse
effect on Value America's business, financial condition and results of
operations.

     Several telecommunications carriers are seeking to have telecommunications
over the Internet regulated by the FCC in the same manner as other
telecommunications services. Because the growing popularity and use of the
Internet has burdened the existing telecommunications infrastructure and many
areas with high Internet use have begun to experience interruptions in phone
service, local telephone carriers have petitioned the FCC to regulate Internet
service providers and online service providers in a manner similar to long
distance telephone carriers and to impose access fees on such providers. If any
such petition is granted, or the relief sought therein is otherwise granted,
the costs of communicating on the Internet could increase substantially,
potentially slowing the growth in the use of the Internet. Any such new
legislation or regulation, or new applications or interpretations of existing
laws, could have a material adverse effect on Value America's business,
financial condition and results of operations.

     In addition, U.S. and foreign laws regulate certain uses of customer
information and the development and sale of mailing lists. Value America
believes that it is in material compliance with these laws, but new
restrictions may arise in this area that could have an adverse affect on Value
America.

     Permits or licenses may be required from federal, state or local
government authorities to operate or to sell certain products on the Internet.
No assurances can be made that such permits or licenses will be obtainable.
Value America may be required to comply with future national or international
legislation and statutes regarding conducting commerce on the Internet in all
or specific countries throughout the world. No assurances can be made that
Value America will be able to comply with such legislation or statutes, or that
the adoption of such legislation or statutes will not have a material adverse
effect on Value America's business, financial condition, and results of
operations.


FACILITIES

     Value America's principal administrative, computer, marketing and customer
service facilities are located in seven office buildings in Charlottesville,
Virginia encompassing an aggregate of approximately 45,000 square feet. The
facilities occupied by Value America are subject to leases that expire from
February 2000 through September 2000. The leases provide for aggregate monthly
rental charges of approximately $37,000.


EMPLOYEES

   
     As of April 3, 1999, Value America had 332 full-time equivalent employees,
of which

     o 60 were in technology and system management,

     o 29 were in merchandising and vendor partnerships,

     o 35 were in product presentation and marketing,

     o 22 were in advertising and promotion,

     o 97 were in sales and customer service,

     o 55 were in operations and fulfillment,

     o 23 were in finance and human resources and

     o 11 were in executive and business development.
    

     Value America believes that its future success will depend in large part
on its ability to attract hire and retain qualified personnel. Competition for
such personnel is intense, and while Value America believes that it can attract
and retain qualified personnel, there can be no assurance that Value America
will be able to do so.

     Value America believes its relationships with its employees are good. None
of Value America's employees is represented by a collective bargaining agent,
and Value America has never experienced a work stoppage.


                                       45
<PAGE>

     In connection with Value America's sale of preferred stock, Value America
agreed that so long as ULLICO is a preferred or common stockholder of Value
America:

   o Value America will recognize any union attempting to represent Value
     America's employees upon a showing of majority support through a formal
     gathering of cards for such union and

   o in connection with any organizing activities being performed by a union,
     Value America will refrain from actively campaigning in opposition to the
     designation of such union as the representative of Value America's
     employees.


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

   
     From time to time, Value America may be involved in litigation relating to
claims arising out of its operations in the normal course of business.

     On March 24, 1999, Coupons, Inc., a Georgia corporation allegedly doing
business as "Value America," filed a complaint against Value America in the
United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta
Division. This action relates to the use of the mark "Value America" by Value
America in connection with its marketing plan. Stephen S. Freedman granted
Value America an option to obtain an assignment of the "Value America" mark in
December 1997. In March 1998, Value America exercised this option and obtained
an assignment of the mark. In connection with this assignment, Mr. Freedman
retained the exclusive right to use the "Value America" mark for preparing and
disseminating advertising matter, including direct mail advertising. Mr.
Freedman subsequently assigned his retained rights to Coupons, Inc. In the
complaint, Coupons, Inc. alleges that Value America's use of the "Value
America" mark in its marketing activities is violative of Coupons, Inc.'s
retained rights to the mark. The complaint alleges that Value America's actions
constitute violations of federal trademark law, state law and common law.
Coupons, Inc. seeks all profits from Value America's use of the mark,
restitution for an unspecified amount of damages, as well as punitive damages
in the amount of $1,000,000. In addition, Coupons, Inc. requests the court to
issue an injunction preventing use of the "Value America" mark and order the
cancellation of Value America's trademark registration for the "Value America"
mark. Based on its preliminary review of the complaint, Value America believes
that it has valid defenses to each of the claims asserted by Coupons, Inc., and
that the lawsuit will not have a material adverse effect upon its business,
financial condition or results of operations.
    

     Except as described above, Value America is not currently party to any
litigation or other legal proceedings, nor is Value America aware of any
planned legal action by third parties, the adverse outcome of which,
individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on Value
America's business, financial condition and results of operations.


                                       46
<PAGE>

                                  MANAGEMENT




EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND KEY PERSONNEL

   
     The executive officers, directors, director-nominees, founders and other
key personnel of Value America, and their ages and positions as of April 3,
1999, are as follows:
    



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           NAME               AGE                               POSITION(S)
- --------------------------   -----   -----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>     <C>
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, DIRECTOR-NOMINEES AND FOUNDERS
Craig A. Winn                 44     Chairman and Founder
Rex Scatena                   49     Vice Chairman, General Counsel and Founder
Thomas Morgan                 44     Chief Executive Officer
Glenda M. Dorchak             44     President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
Dean M. Johnson               40     Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and
                                     Director
Joseph L. Page                29     Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer
Neal B. Harris                44     Executive Vice President
Thomas J. Starnes             39     Executive Vice President
Paul F. Ewert                 50     Senior Vice President and President -- Technology Products
                                     Division
Richard L. Gerhardt           47     President -- Consumer Products Division
Gary D. LeClair (1)           43     Director
John L. Motley III            48     Director
Michael R. Steed (1)          49     Director
William D. Savoy              34     Director -- Nominee
Frederick W. Smith            54     Director -- Nominee
Thomas J. Casey               46     Director -- Nominee
KEY PERSONNEL
Kenneth J. Erickson, Jr.      37     Senior Vice President -- Merchandising
Kenneth R. Power              53     Senior Vice President -- Advertising
John A. Steele                43     Senior Vice President -- Operations
Sandra T. Watson              42     Senior Vice President -- Finance
Jerry K. Goode                35     Vice President -- Engineering and Chief Information Officer
Melissa M. Monk               32     Vice President -- Sales
Marcus F. Nucci               32     Vice President -- Systems Development
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
   
(1) Member of the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee.
    

     CRAIG A. WINN, the principal Founder of Value America, has been Chairman
since co-founding Value America in March 1996. Mr. Winn also served as the
Chief Executive Officer of Value America from March 1996 to March 1999 and
President from August 1998 to October 1998. In 1978, he founded Craig A. Winn
Company, Inc. (the "Winn Company"), a manufacturers representative firm. From
1979 to 1989, Mr. Winn held a variety of positions, including President, with
the Winn Company. During this period, Mr. Winn worked with the original Price
Company management team; Mr. Winn believes that he has integrated into the
Value America solution much of what he learned through this relationship. In
February 1986, Mr. Winn founded Dynasty Classics Corporation, a manufacturer
and distributor of decorative and fixture lighting ("Dynasty"), and served as
its Chief Executive Officer from February 1986 to August 1993 and its Chairman
from February 1986 to February 1994. Dynasty acquired the Winn Company in
December 1989 and became a publicly traded company in May 1990. Dynasty
increased its annual net sales to more than $90 million in 1991, selling to a
variety of large retailers including Home Depot, Price Club, Sam's Wholesale
Club and Sears. Mr. Winn believes that his experience in managing Dynasty
provided him with an appreciation of the challenges facing suppliers and how
the suppliers' electronic data interchange and distribution systems operate. In
October 1993 Dynasty filed a petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the United
States Bankruptcy Code, and in July 1994 it ceased being a publicly traded
company. Relying on his experience with Dynasty,


                                       47
<PAGE>

Mr. Winn has sought to develop a new low-cost, high-value business model that
reduces the risks associated with inventory, customer concentration and
reliance upon debt. Mr. Winn received a B.S. in Business Administration, MAGNA
CUM LAUDE, from the University of Southern California.

   
     REX SCATENA co-founded Value America with Mr. Winn in March 1996 and
currently serves as its Vice Chairman and General Counsel. Mr. Scatena has
served as a director since March 1996. From August 1998 to March 1999, he
served as Executive Vice President -- Business Development. From June 1998
until August 1998, Mr. Scatena served as President -- Consumer Products
Division. From Value America's inception until August 1998, Mr. Scatena served
as Value America's President. From July 1988 to August 1997, Mr. Scatena was
Managing Partner of the law firm of Jaffe, Trutanich, Scatena & Blum. Mr.
Scatena served as a director of Dynasty from October 1992 to July 1994. Mr.
Scatena received a B.A. in Political Science from the University of California,
Santa Barbara, and a J.D. from the Western State University College of Law.
    

     THOMAS MORGAN joined Value America in March 1999 as its Chief Executive
Officer. From November 1997 to February 1999, he served as President and Chief
Executive Officer of U.S. Office Products Co., an office and educational
product supplier. From June 1997 to November 1997, Mr. Morgan was President and
Chief Operating Officer of U.S. Office Products. From February 1997 to June
1997, he served as President of the North American Office Products Group of
U.S. Office Products. Prior to joining U.S. Office Products, Mr. Morgan spent
more than 20 years with Genuine Parts Company where he most recently served as
Executive Vice President of S.P. Richards Company, a national products
wholesaler.

     GLENDA M. DORCHAK has been President and Chief Operating Officer since
October 1998. She served as Senior Vice President -- Marketing and Advertising
of Value America from August 1998 to October 1998. From December 1995 until
August 1998, she held several executive positions at IBM US, including Director
of PC Direct, Director of General Business PC Sales, Director of US Channel
Marketing and Director of Marketing for the Personal Systems Group North
America. From December 1992 until December 1995, Ms. Dorchak served as the
Director of Sales and Service of AMBRA, a build-to-order, telemarketing PC
business. From July 1974 to December 1992, Ms. Dorchak held a variety of
positions with IBM Canada, including National Direct Sales Manager, IBM Direct,
where she launched IBM's first personal computer telemarketing operation in
1991.

   
     DEAN M. JOHNSON joined Value America in November 1997 as Executive Vice
President, Chief Financial Officer and director. In December 1997, Mr. Johnson
became Value America's Secretary. From April 1996 to November 1997, Mr. Johnson
served as Vice President of Business Development of Pacific Monolithics, a
developer of gallium arsenide semiconductors. From April 1991 until August
1995, he was Vice President and General Manager of CFW Cable, Inc., a wireless
cable television company that he co-founded, and the Managing Director of
Charlottesville Quality Cable, a company acquired by the parent corporation of
CFW Cable, Inc. From September 1986 to April 1991, he was Vice
President-Corporate Finance for Lehman Brothers, an investment bank. Mr.
Johnson received a B.S. in Industrial Administration from General Motors
Institute and an M.B.A. from the University of Virginia.
    

     JOSEPH L. PAGE has been Executive Vice President and Chief Technology
Officer of Value America since March 1996. From February 1994 to March 1996,
Mr. Page was Chief Technology Officer at Internet Connect, a company providing
Internet services, including hosting for corporations. From May 1993 to
September 1994, he was a Systems Engineer at Raycon Corporation, a manufacturer
of laser and electronic drilling machines. Mr. Page holds a B.S. in Computer
Engineering from the University of Michigan.

   
     NEAL B. HARRIS joined Value America in March 1999 as an Executive Vice
President. From November 1993 to March 1999, Mr. Harris was Vice President --
Operations of Costco Wholesale, where he held a variety of positions from 1980
to March 1999.  Mr. Harris received a B.S. in Finance from San Diego State
University.

     THOMAS J. STARNES joined Value America in April 1999 as an Executive Vice
President. From September 1997 to April 1999, he served as Senior Vice President
of Sales and Marketing and Senior Vice President of Business Development of U.S.
Office Products Co., an office and educational product supplier. From August
1993 to September 1997, Mr. Starnes was a Vice President of Barnes, Morris,
Pardoe & Foster (now Insignia/ESG), a commercial property firm. Mr. Starnes
received a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of Tennessee and
an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.
    

     PAUL F. EWERT joined Value America in March 1999 as its Senior Vice
President and President -- Technology Products Division. From May 1997 to
February 1997, Mr. Ewert served as Senior


                                       48
<PAGE>

Vice President -- Merchandising of CompUSA. From February 1996 to May 1997, he
served as CompUSA's President -- Merchandising and General Merchandise Manager.
Mr. Ewert received a B.A. in History from Macalester College.

     RICHARD L. GERHARDT joined Value America in September 1998 as President --
Consumer Products Division. From February 1996 to June 1997, he served as
Director of Merchandising and Catalog Production for Maintenance Warehouse, a
division of Home Depot. From September 1993 to February 1996, Mr. Gerhardt was
a Vice President of Merchandising, Product Planning and Sales for Price Quest,
an electronic catalog operated by Price/Costco. From September 1989 to
September, 1993, he served as President and Vice Chairman of Dynasty.

     GARY D. LECLAIR has been a director of Value America since November 1997.
Mr. LeClair has been Chairman of LeClair Ryan, A Professional Corporation,
legal counsel to Value America, since 1988. He has served as a director of
MacroSonix Corp. since April 1996 and The Tredegar Trust Company since
September 1994 and as Chairman of the Board and a director of Community Pride
Grocery Stores, Inc. since 1993. He holds a B.B.A. in accounting from the
College of William & Mary and a J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center.

     JOHN L. MOTLEY III has been a director of Value America since November
1997. Since 1980, Mr. Motley has been the President of John Motley Associates,
Inc., an office products manufacturers' representative company that he founded.
Mr. Motley has served as a part-time employee of Value America since August
1997. See " -- Director Compensation." Mr. Motley received a B.S. in Political
Science from the University of Vermont.

     MICHAEL R. STEED has been a director of Value America since December 1997.
He has been Senior Vice President of Investments for ULLICO, a financial
services holding company, and President of ULLICO's investment subsidiary,
Trust Fund Advisors since November 1992. Prior to joining ULLICO, Mr. Steed
served as President and Founder of A.F.I.C. Group, Ltd., a financial and
investment consulting firm, from 1985 to 1992. Mr. Steed serves as a director
of Global Crossing, Ltd., a global fiber optic network. He received a B.A. from
Loyola University of Los Angeles and a J.D. from Loyola University School of
Law in Los Angeles.

   
     WILLIAM D. SAVOY has been nominated to serve as a director of Value
America upon the closing of this offering. Mr. Savoy has served as Vice
President of Vulcan Ventures Incorporated, a venture capital fund, since
November 1990. From October 1987 until November 1990, Mr. Savoy was employed by
Layered, Inc. and became its President in 1988. Mr. Savoy has served as
President of Vulcan Northwest Inc., a company that manages the personal
financial activities of Paul G. Allen, co-founder of Microsoft Corporation,
from November 1990 until the present. Mr. Savoy serves on the Advisory Board of
Directors of Dreamworks SKG and serves as a director of c|net, Inc., Harbinger
Corporation, Metricom, Inc., PersonaLogic, Inc., Telescan Inc., Ticketmaster
Online -- City Search, USA Networks, Inc. and U.S. Satellite Broadcasting. Mr.
Savoy holds a B.S. in computer science, accounting and finance from Atlantic
Union College.
    

     FREDERICK W. SMITH is Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of
FDX Corporation, a global transportation and logistics holding company that was
formed when Federal Express Corporation acquired Caliber System, Inc. in
January 1998. He founded Federal Express in 1971 and was President of Federal
Express from 1971 to 1975 and from 1983 to January 1998. Mr. Smith was Chief
Executive Officer of Federal Express from 1977 to January 1998 and has served
as its Chairman since 1975. He is responsible for providing strategic direction
for all FDX Corporation business units, including Federal Express, RPS, Viking
Freight, Robert Express and FDX Global Logistics. Mr. Smith has served on the
boards of several large public companies. He is a director of the Business
Roundtable, the CATO Institute, the Library of Congress James Madison Council
and the Mayo Foundation, and he serves as Vice Chairman of the U.S.-China
Business Council. Mr. Smith received a B.S. in economics from Yale University.

   
     THOMAS J. CASEY has been Vice Chairman of Global Crossing, Ltd., an
independent developer, owner and operator of open access and undersea
fiberoptic global telecommunications networks since December 1998. He has also
served as Managing Director of Global Crossing since September 1998. Since
September 1998, Mr. Casey has been a director of Pacific Capital Group, a Los
Angeles-based merchant banking firm. From October 1995 to September 1998, Mr.
Casey was Managing Director of Merrill Lynch's Global
    


                                       49
<PAGE>

Communications Investment Banking Group. In this position, he oversaw equity,
debt and merger and acquisition assignments for United States, European and
Asian telecommunications, media and technology information services companies.
From January 1990 to September 1995, he served as a partner and co-head of the
telecommunications and media group for the law firm of Skadden, Arps, Slate,
Meagher and Flom. Mr. Casey received a B.A. from Boston College and a J.D. from
George Washington University Law School.

     KENNETH J. ERICKSON, JR. has been Senior Vice President -- Marketing since
August 1998 and served as Vice President -- Marketing from September 1997
through July 1998. From January 1997 through August 1997, he served as National
Accounts Director for M. Fabrikant & Sons, a jewelry manufacturer. From January
1996 through December 1996, he was Vice President of American Gem Corporation,
a mining company. From January 1995 through December 1995, he was President of
Golden Sun Manufacturing, a jewelry manufacturer. From January 1994 through
December 1994, Mr. Erickson served as National Accounts Manager for London Star
Inc., a jewelry manufacturing company. From May 1985 to December 1993, he was
Vice President of Sales and Marketing of Coleman Company, a jewelry
manufacturing company. Mr. Erickson holds a B.A. from Seattle University.

     KENNETH R. POWER has been Senior Vice President -- Advertising since April
1997 and Creative Director of Value America since August 1996. In addition, he
served as Vice President -- Advertising from August 1996 to April 1997. From
February 1987 to August 1996, Mr. Power owned and operated K.R. Power Graphics,
Inc., a graphic design studio. He received a B.A. from California State
University, Long Beach.
   
     JOHN A. STEELE joined Value America in April 1999 as Senior Vice President
- -- Operations. From October 1993 to April 1999, Mr. Steele served as Vice
President -- Operations Support for Genuine Parts Company, an auto and
industrial replacement parts and office products company. Mr. Steele received a
B.S. and an M.S. each in Industrial Management from Georgia Tech and a J.D. from
Cleveland State University.

     SANDRA T. WATSON has been Senior Vice President -- Finance since March 1998
and was Controller from November 1997 until February 1999. From August 1993 to
August 1997, Ms. Watson was financial and regulatory manager for CFW Cable, Inc.
a wireless cable television company, and the controller of Charlottesville
Quality Cable, a company acquired by the parent-corporation of CFW Cable, Inc.
From July 1979 to August 1993, she was at Coopers & Lybrand, most recently as
Audit Manager. Ms. Watson is a certified public accountant. She received a
B.B.A. from the College of William & Mary.
    
     JERRY K. GOODE joined Value America in May 1998 as Vice President --
Engineering. From January 1995 to February 1998, Mr. Goode was Area Manager for
Engineering Services for Apple Computer, Inc. From May 1993 to January 1995,
Mr. Goode was Director of On-Line Product Development at Starwave Corporation,
an Internet technology company. Since 1995, Mr. Goode has also been an
independent management consultant. He holds a B.S. in Computer Science from
Southern Methodist University.

     MELISSA M. MONK joined Value America in October 1998 as Vice President --
Sales. From March 1997 to October 1998, Ms. Monk was the Director of North
American Marketing Organization, North American Marketing Operations Manager
and Manager of Small and Medium Business Programs for the IBM Personal Systems
Group. From November 1995 to March 1997, Ms. Monk served as the Director of
Business Development for Avnet Computer Marketing Group, a reseller and value
added distributor of PC products. From October 1994 to August 1995, Ms. Monk
was Corporate Division Manager for Insight Direct, a mail order reseller of
PCs. From December 1993 to October 1994, Ms. Monk worked as Site Manager for
AMBRA, a PC subsidiary of IBM. Prior to December 1993, Ms. Monk worked for Dell
Computer, a manufacturer of PCs. She received a B.S. in Business Administration
from the University of Texas.

     MARCUS F. NUCCI joined Value America in June 1998 as Director -- Business
Commerce and has served as Vice President -- Systems Development since August
1998. From March 1998 to June 1998, he was Manager, Solution Architects in the
Interactive Media group at IBM. From August 1996 to February 1998, Mr. Nucci
was Kiosk Development Manager in Direct Customer Access and Kiosk Solutions at
IBM. From April 1992 to August 1996, he was Senior Architect in Direct Customer
Access and Kiosk Solutions at IBM. Mr. Nucci has a B.S. in Electrical
Engineering from Syracuse University.

     Executive officers of Value America are elected annually by the board of
directors and serve until the next annual meeting of the board of directors and
until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. The bylaws provide
that the President shall be chosen from among the directors. There are no
family relationships among the executive officers and directors of Value
America.


                                       50
<PAGE>

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     The articles provide that Value America's board of directors shall have
nine members and upon the closing of this offering, shall be divided into three
classes as nearly equal in number as possible. The members of the three classes
of directors will serve for staggered three-year terms. Following the
completion of the offering:

   o Ms. Dorchak and Messrs. Johnson and Motley will be classified as Class I
     directors and will serve until Value America's 1999 annual meeting of
     stockholders,

   o Messrs. Savoy and Scatena will be classified as Class II directors and
     will serve until the 2000 annual meeting of stockholders and

   o Messrs. Winn, LeClair and Steed will be classified as Class III directors
     and will serve until the 2001 annual meeting of stockholders.

Mr. Motley will not stand for re-election as a director of Value America at the
1999 annual meeting of stockholders, and Mr. Casey will stand for election to
the Class I directorship previously held by Mr. Motley. Mr. Smith will stand
for election as a Class II director at Value America's 1999 annual meeting of
stockholders. Each successor to a director whose term expires at an annual
meeting of stockholders will be elected to serve until the third annual meeting
after his or her election and until his or her successor has been duly elected
and qualified. Any director chosen to fill a vacancy on the board of directors
shall hold office until the next election of the class for which he or she
shall have been chosen and until his or her successor has been duly elected and
qualified. Vacancies in the board of directors can be filled only by the
stockholders of Value America. Directors may be removed only by stockholders
and only with cause, as defined in the articles.


COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     Value America's board of directors has established an Audit Committee and
a Compensation Committee. Messrs. Steed and LeClair serve as the members of
both committees. Under the bylaws, Mr. Winn, as Value America's Chairman, is an
EX OFFICIO member of both committees. The Audit Committee recommends the annual
appointment of Value America's independent auditors, with whom the Audit
Committee reviews the scope of audit and non-audit assignments and related
fees, accounting principles used by Value America in financial reporting,
internal auditing procedures, the quality and integrity of Value America's
financial statements, and the adequacy of internal accounting controls. The
Compensation Committee determines the salaries and bonuses paid to the
executive officers of Value America and determines the amounts annually
available for bonuses pursuant to any bonus plan or formula approved by the
board of directors. Under the articles, the Compensation Committee must approve
all matters affecting the compensation of any officer or director of Value
America or any employee of or consultant to Value America whose base
compensation exceeds $75,000. The Compensation Committee has the exclusive
authority to administer and take all action permitted or required to be taken
by the board of directors or any committee of the board of directors under the
stock incentive plan and any other stock option plan or arrangement that may
provide for the issuance of common stock, stock appreciation rights, phantom
stock or other similar benefits to any employee of or any adviser or consultant
to Value America. The Compensation Committee also has oversight
responsibilities for all employee compensation and benefit programs.


DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     Directors of Value America do not receive cash compensation for their
services as directors but are reimbursed for their reasonable expenses in
attending meetings of the board of directors and the committees on which they
serve. Directors who are not employees of Value America are eligible to receive
incentive awards under Value America's stock incentive plan.

   o On August 1, 1997, Value America granted Mr. Motley, as a part-time
     employee of Value America, incentive stock options to purchase 375,000
     shares of common stock. Options to purchase 150,000


                                       51
<PAGE>

     shares vested immediately and the remaining options vest in equal
     installments over a three-year period. The options have ten-year terms and
     an exercise price of $0.58 per share.

   o On November 13, 1997, Value America granted Mr. LeClair non-qualified
     options to purchase 105,000 shares of common stock. Such options vest over
     a three-year period, have ten-year terms and have an exercise price of
     $1.67 per share.

   
   o On November 18, 1998, Value America granted non-qualified options to
     purchase 22,500 shares of common stock to The Union Labor Life Insurance
     Company, acting on behalf of its Separate Account P, an account formed to
     hold investments supporting payments under certain group annuity
     contracts. The options vest in equal installments over a five-year period,
     have ten-year terms and have an exercise price of $3.50 per share. Value
     America intended to grant these options to Mr. Steed for his services as a
     director of Value America. For reasons relating to his fiduciary
     obligations, Mr. Steed requested that Value America issue these options to
     Separate Account P.
    

     Upon a change in control, as defined in Value America's stock incentive
plan, the Compensation Committee may take any one or more of the following
actions either at the time such options are granted or any time thereafter:

   o provide for the assumption of options granted under the stock incentive
     plan,

   o provide for substitution of appropriate new options awards covering the
     stock of a successor corporation to Value America or an affiliate thereof
     or

   o give notice to participants that no such assumption or substitution will
     be made, in which event each outstanding option will automatically
     accelerate to become fully exercisable immediately before the effective
     date of the change in control, except that such acceleration will not
     occur if, in the opinion of Value America's independent accountants, it
     would render unavailable "pooling of interests" accounting treatment for a
     change in control that would otherwise qualify for such accounting
     treatment. All such options will terminate immediately following the
     consummation of a change in control, except to the extent assumed by the
     successor corporation or an affiliate thereof. Value America may grant
     additional non-qualified options to non-employee directors in the future.


                                       52
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The following table provides information on the compensation earned during
fiscal 1997 and 1998 by: (a) the chief executive officer of Value America and
(b) each other executive officer of Value America whose bonus and salary
exceeded $100,000 in 1998. The persons named in the table are referred to as
the "Named Executive Officers."


                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         LONG-TERM
                                                     ANNUAL COMPENSATION                COMPENSATION
                                              ---------------------------------   -----------------------
             NAME AND                                                              SECURITIES UNDERLYING         ALL OTHER
       PRINCIPAL POSITION(S)          YEAR         SALARY ($)        BONUS ($)         OPTIONS (#)(1)         COMPENSATION ($)
- ----------------------------------   ------   -------------------   -----------   -----------------------   -------------------
<S>                                  <C>      <C>                   <C>           <C>                       <C>
Craig A. Winn,
 Chairman ........................   1998         $  233,718 (2)           --                  --                       --
                                     1997             45,000 (3)           --                  --                       --
Glenda M. Dorchak,
 President and
 Chief Operating Officer .........   1998             57,780 (4)      $62,364             325,000               $  266,042 (5)
                                     1997                 --               --                  --                       --
Dean M. Johnson,
 Executive Vice President,
 Chief Financial Officer
 and Secretary ...................   1998            146,074 (6)           --                  --                       --
                                     1997             13,269 (7)           --             225,000                       --
Rex Scatena,
 Vice Chairman and
 General Counsel .................   1998            177,692 (8)           --                  --                       --
                                     1997             52,500               --                  --                       --
Joseph L. Page,
 Executive Vice President
 and Chief Technology
 Officer .........................   1998            129,327 (9)           --                  --                       --
                                     1997             68,015               --             864,375                       --
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) Represents options granted pursuant to Value America's stock incentive
    plan.

(2) Mr. Winn's current salary is $295,000 per year.

(3) Represents salary earned by Mr. Winn from October 1, 1997 to December 31,
    1997. Mr. Winn served without compensation during the first nine months of
    1997.

(4) Ms. Dorchak joined Value America in August 1998. Her current salary is
    $250,000 per year and her minimum bonus for 1999 is $150,000. See " --
    Employment Arrangements" for a description of Ms. Dorchak's employment
    agreement.

(5) This amount represents $16,042 for relocation expenses and a $250,000 loan
    from Value America at an interest rate of 6% per year.

   
(6) Mr. Johnson's current salary is $250,000 per year.
    

(7) Mr. Johnson joined Value America in November 1997.

(8) Mr. Scatena's current salary is $180,000 per year.

   
(9) Mr. Page's current salary is $150,000 per year.

     Thomas Morgan, who joined Value America in March 1999 as its Chief
Executive Officer, has a current salary of $395,000 per year. Neal B. Harris,
who joined Value America in March 1999 as an Executive Vice President, has a
current salary of $295,000 per year. Paul F. Ewert, who joined Value America in
March 1999
    


                                       53
<PAGE>

   
as its Senior Vice President and President -- Technology Products Division, has
a current salary of $280,000 per year. Thomas J. Starnes, who joined Value
America in April 1999 as an Executive Vice President, has a current salary of
$250,000. See " -- Employment Arrangements."
    


                        OPTION GRANTS DURING FISCAL 1998

     The following table provides information on the grants of stock options to
the only Named Executive Officer who received options during the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1998. The last two columns reflect amounts that may be
realized upon exercise of the options immediately before the expiration of
their term, assuming the specified compound rates of appreciation of 5% and 10%
on the market value of the common stock on the date of option grant over the
term of the options. These numbers are calculated based on rules promulgated by
the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not reflect Value America's
estimate of future stock growth. Actual gains, if any, on stock option
exercises and common stock holdings are dependent on the timing of exercise and
the future performance of the common stock. There can be no assurance that the
rates of appreciation assumed in this table can be achieved or that the amounts
reflected will be received by individuals.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                  INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                              VALUE AT ASSUMED
                              ----------------------------------------------------------       ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK
                                NUMBER OF      PERCENT OF
                               SECURITIES     TOTAL OPTIONS                                     PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
                               UNDERLYING      GRANTED TO      EXERCISE OR                            OPTION TERM
                                 OPTIONS      EMPLOYEES IN     BASE PRICE     EXPIRATION   --------------------------------
                                 GRANTED       FISCAL YEAR      PER SHARE        DATE            5%             10%
                              ------------   --------------   ------------   -----------   -------------   -------------
<S>                           <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>
Glenda M. Dorchak .........     325,000            15.8%        $ 10.16       8/24/08        $2,076,610      $5,262,538
</TABLE>
    

   
     Value America granted options to five additional executive officers in
March and April 1999. The following information is provided supplementally with
respect to those five grants:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                       INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                     VALUE AT ASSUMED
                           -----------------------------------------       ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK
                             NUMBER OF
                            SECURITIES                                      PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
                            UNDERLYING     EXERCISE OR                            OPTION TERM
                              OPTIONS      BASE PRICE     EXPIRATION   --------------------------------
                              GRANTED       PER SHARE        DATE            5%             10%
                           ------------   ------------   -----------   -------------   -------------
<S>                        <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>
Thomas Morgan ..........     400,000      $ 15.00          2/28/09     $3,773,368      $9,562,455
Neal B. Harris .........     325,000      $ 15.00          2/28/09     $3,065,861      $7,769,494
Paul F. Ewert ..........     200,000      $ 15.00          2/28/09     $1,886,684      $4,781,227
Dean M. Johnson ........      50,000      $ 15.00          2/28/09     $  471,671      $1,195,307
Thomas J. Starnes ......     200,000      $ 15.00          4/05/09     $1,886,684      $4,781,227

</TABLE>
    

                         FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

     The following table provides information on the number and value of
unexercised options held by each of the Named Executive Officers on December
31, 1998. No Named Executive Officers exercised stock options during the fiscal
year ended December 31, 1998. The last two columns represent the difference
between the exercise price and the assumed initial public offering price of
$16.00 per share.




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                NUMBER OF SHARES UNDERLYING          VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                    UNEXERCISED OPTIONS              IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                    AT FISCAL YEAR-END                AT FISCAL YEAR-END
                              -------------------------------   ------------------------------
            NAME               EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE     EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE
- ---------------------------   -------------   ---------------   -------------   --------------
<S>                           <C>             <C>               <C>             <C>
Craig A. Winn .............           --               --                --               --
Glenda M. Dorchak .........           --          325,000                --       $1,898,000
Dean M. Johnson ...........      105,000          120,000        $1,504,650        1,719,600
Rex Scatena ...............           --               --                --               --
Joseph L. Page ............      342,852          521,523         5,286,778        8,041,885
</TABLE>

                                       54
<PAGE>

   
     Thomas Morgan received options to purchase an aggregate of 400,000 shares
of common stock in March 1999. These options are currently unexercisable and,
assuming an initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, have a value of
$400,000. Neal B. Harris received options to purchase an aggregate of 325,000
shares of common stock. These options are currently unexercisable and, assuming
an initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, will have a value of
$325,000. Paul F. Ewert received options to purchase an aggregate of 200,000
shares of common stock in March 1999. These options are currently unexercisable
and, assuming an initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, have a value
of $200,000. Thomas A. Starnes received options to purchase an aggregate of
200,000 shares of common stock in April 1999. These options are currently
unexercisable and, assuming an initial public offering price of $16.00 per
share, have a value of $200,000.
    


COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

     The Compensation Committee of the board of directors was formed in
December 1997 to make recommendations to the board of directors regarding the
compensation and benefits for Value America's executive officers and to
administer Value America's stock incentive plan. The Compensation Committee is
currently composed of Messrs. LeClair and Steed. Prior to the appointment of
the Compensation Committee, the board of directors determined the compensation
of Value America's executive officers. No executive officer of Value America
serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any
entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of Value
America's board of directors or Compensation Committee.

     Gary D. LeClair serves as a member of the Compensation Committee of the
board of directors. Mr. LeClair also serves as the Chairman of LeClair Ryan, A
Professional Corporation, Value America's legal counsel.

     Michael R. Steed also serves as a member of the Compensation Committee of
the Board. Mr. Steed serves as the Senior Vice President of ULLICO, which, upon
the closing of this offering, will be the record holder of 3,544,229 shares of
Value America's common stock.


STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

     Value America adopted the stock incentive plan on August 1, 1997. The
stock incentive plan provides for the granting of incentive awards to
employees, officers, directors, consultants and certain non-employees of Value
America. Incentive awards may be in the form of stock options, stock
appreciation rights ("SARs"), restricted stock, incentive stock, or tax offset
rights. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued under
the stock incentive plan is 6,250,000, subject to adjustment in the event of a
stock split, stock dividend or other change in the common stock or capital
structure of Value America. The Compensation Committee administers the stock
incentive plan. Subject to the provisions of the stock incentive plan, the
Compensation Committee is authorized to determine who may participate in the
stock incentive plan, the number and type of awards to each participant, the
schedules on which each award will become exercisable and the terms, conditions
and limitations applicable to each award. The Compensation Committee has the
exclusive power to interpret the stock incentive plan and to adopt rules and
regulations to carry out the stock incentive plan.

     OPTIONS. Options granted under the stock incentive plan may be either
"incentive stock options" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), or non-qualified options.
Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees of Value America,
including directors who are employees, while non-qualified options may be
issued to non-employee directors, employees, consultants, advisors and other
independent contractors providing services to Value America. The per share
exercise price of the common stock subject to any option granted pursuant to
the stock incentive plan is determined by the Compensation Committee at the
time the option is granted. In the case of incentive stock options, the
exercise price must not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the
common stock at the time the incentive stock option is granted. No person who
owns, directly or indirectly, at the time of the grant of an incentive stock
option, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting
stock (a "10% Stockholder"), is eligible to receive an incentive stock option
under the stock incentive plan unless the exercise price is at least 110% of
the fair market value of the common stock, determined on the date of grant.


                                       55
<PAGE>

     No incentive stock option may be transferred by an optionee other than by
will or the laws of descent and distribution. During the lifetime of any
optionee, the option generally will be exercisable only by the optionee. In the
event of termination of employment, other than for cause as defined in the
stock incentive plan, death or permanent disability, the optionee will have
three months after such termination to exercise the option to the extent it was
exercisable on the date of such termination. In the event of termination of
employment for cause, the option terminates on the date of misconduct. Upon
termination of employment of any optionee by reason of death or permanent
disability, an incentive stock option remains exercisable for one year
thereafter.

     Incentive stock options granted under the stock incentive plan cannot be
exercised more than 10 years from the date of grant, and incentive stock
options issued to 10% Stockholders cannot be exercised more than 5 years after
the date of grant. All options granted under the stock incentive plan may
provide for the payment of the exercise price in cash or by delivery to Value
America of shares of common stock already owned by the optionee having a fair
market value equal to the exercise price of the options being exercised.
Therefore, an optionee may be able to tender shares of common stock to purchase
additional shares of common stock and may, theoretically, exercise all of his
or her stock options with no additional investment other than his or her
original shares, if any. Any shares of common stock subject to unexercised
options that expire or terminate become available for the issuance of new
options.

     SARS. Under the stock incentive plan, the Compensation Committee may also
grant SARs either in tandem with a stock option or alone. SARs granted in
tandem with a stock option may be granted at the same time as the stock option
or at a later time. An SAR entitles the participant to receive from Value
America an amount, payable in cash, in shares of common stock or in a
combination of cash and common stock, equal to the difference between the fair
market value of a share of common stock on the date of exercise and the
exercise price.

     RESTRICTED STOCK. Restricted stock issued pursuant to the stock incentive
plan is subject to the following general restrictions: (a) restricted stock may
not be sold, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until
the restrictions on such stock have lapsed or have been removed under the
provisions of the stock incentive plan; and (b) if a holder of restricted stock
ceases to be employed by Value America, the holder will forfeit any shares of
restricted stock on which such restrictions have not lapsed or been otherwise
removed.

     The Compensation Committee will establish as to each share of restricted
stock issued under the stock incentive plan the terms and conditions upon which
the restrictions on such share shall lapse. Such terms and conditions may
include, without limitation, the lapsing of such restrictions at the end of a
specified period of time or as a result of death, permanent disability or
retirement of the participant. In addition, the Compensation Committee may, at
any time, in its sole discretion, accelerate the time at which any or all of
the restrictions lapse or remove any or all of such restrictions.

     INCENTIVE STOCK. The Compensation Committee may establish performance
programs with fixed goals and designate key employees as eligible to receive
incentive stock if the goals are achieved. More than one performance program
may be established by the Compensation Committee. They may operate concurrently
or for varied periods of time, and a participant may participate in more than
one program at the same time. A participant who is eligible to receive
incentive stock under a performance program has no rights as a stockholder
until the incentive stock is received.

     TAX OFFSET RIGHTS. The Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion,
award tax offset rights in conjunction with any incentive award. Tax offset
rights entitle the participant to receive an amount of cash from Value America
sufficient to satisfy the income and payroll taxes legally required to be
withheld upon exercise of an option or SAR, upon grant of incentive stock or
upon the lapse or removal of restrictions on restricted stock.

     FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES. A participant will not incur federal
income tax upon the grant of an option, SAR, tax offset right, and, in most
cases and depending on the restrictions imposed and unless the grantee
otherwise elects, restricted stock. Upon receipt of incentive stock, a
participant will recognize


                                       56
<PAGE>

compensation income, which is subject to income tax withholding by Value
America, equal to the fair market value of the shares of incentive stock on the
date of transfer to the participant.

     Upon exercise of a non-qualified stock option, a participant generally
will recognize compensation income, which is subject to income tax withholding
by Value America, equal to the difference between the fair market value of the
common stock on the date of the exercise and the exercise price. The
Compensation Committee has the authority under the stock incentive plan to
include provisions allowing the participant to deliver common stock, or elect
to have withheld a portion of the shares the participant would otherwise
acquire upon exercise, to cover tax liabilities. The election will be effective
only if approved by the Compensation Committee and made in compliance with
other requirements set forth in the stock incentive plan. When an employee
exercises an incentive stock option, the employee generally will not recognize
income, unless the employee is subject to the alternative minimum tax
provisions of the Code.

     If the terms of an option permit, a participant may deliver shares of
common stock instead of cash to acquire shares under the option without having
to recognize taxable gain, except in some cases with respect to stock acquired
upon the exercise of incentive stock options, or "statutory option stock", on
any appreciation in value of the shares delivered. However, if a participant
delivers shares of statutory option stock in satisfaction of all, or any part,
of the exercise price under an incentive stock option, and if the applicable
holding periods of the statutory option stock have not been met, the
participant will be considered to have made a taxable disposition of the
statutory option stock. The applicable holding periods are two years from grant
and one year from exercise.

     The exercise of an SAR is generally a taxable event. The participant
usually must recognize income equal to any cash that is paid and the fair
market value of any common stock that is received in settlement of an SAR.

     In general, a participant who received shares of restricted stock will
include in his gross income as compensation an amount equal to the fair market
value of the shares of restricted stock at the time that such shares are no
longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such amounts will be
included in the tax recipient's income for the year in which such event occurs.
The income recognized will be subject to income tax withholding by Value
America.

     Upon exercise of a tax offset right, a participant generally will
recognize ordinary compensation income, which is subject to income tax
withholding by Value America, equal to the cash received.

     Subject to certain limitations, Value America will be entitled to a
business expense deduction, except as explained below, at the time and in the
amount that the recipient of an incentive award recognizes ordinary
compensation income in connection therewith. As stated above, this usually
occurs upon exercise of non-qualified options or tax offset rights, upon the
lapse or removal of restrictions on restricted stock, upon issuance of
incentive stock, upon a grantee's election to include in income on the date of
grant the fair market value of a grant of restricted stock, and upon exercise
of an SAR. No deduction is allowed in connection with an incentive stock
option, unless the employee disposes of the common stock received upon exercise
in violation of the holding period requirements.

     This summary of the federal income tax consequences of incentive stock
options, non-qualified stock options, SARs, restricted stock, incentive stock
and tax offset rights does not purport to be complete. There may also be
certain state and local income taxes applicable to these transactions.

     CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS. In the event of a "change in control"
transaction, the Compensation Committee may take any one or more of the
following actions either at the time an incentive award is granted or any time
thereafter:

   o provide for the assumption of incentive awards granted under the stock
     incentive plan,

   o provide for substitution of appropriate new incentive awards covering the
     stock of a successor corporation to Value America or an affiliate thereof
     or


                                       57
<PAGE>

   o give notice to participants that no such assumption or substitution will
     be made, in which event each outstanding incentive award will
     automatically accelerate to become fully exercisable immediately before
     the effective date of the change in control, except that such acceleration
     will not occur if, in the opinion of Value America's independent
     accountants, it would render unavailable "pooling of interests" accounting
     treatment for a change in control that would otherwise qualify for such
     accounting treatment.

     All incentive awards will terminate immediately following the consummation
of a change in control, except to the extent assumed by the successor
corporation or an affiliate thereof. Under the stock incentive plan, a "change
in control" transaction generally is defined to constitute any of the
following:

   o approval by the stockholders of a reorganization, merger or consolidation
     in which holders of outstanding voting securities of Value America would
     receive less than 50% of the voting securities of the surviving or
     resulting corporation,

   o approval by the stockholders of a complete liquidation or dissolution of
     Value America,

   o approval by the stockholders of the sale or transfer of substantially all
     of the assets of Value America or

   o the acquisition other than from Value America by a person or group of
     related persons of beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the outstanding
     voting securities of Value America.

     Should a change in control or other event result in acceleration of
vesting of outstanding options or changes in other benefits, as defined under
Section 280G of the Code, certain highly-compensated employees would likely be
subject to payment of a 20% excise tax on their incremental gain, as defined.


EMPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS

   
     Value America and Craig A. Winn, Value America's Chairman and one of its
Founders, entered into an employment agreement as of January 19, 1999. The
agreement has a term of two years and renews automatically for additional
periods of one year until either party gives notice of non-renewal at least 30
days before the expiration date of the agreement. Value America will pay Mr.
Winn an agreed-upon annual salary, subject to adjustment at any time in the
sole discretion of Value America. Mr. Winn's current annual salary is $295,000.
Mr. Winn is generally entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans
from time to time in effect for all employees. The agreement provides that, in
the event of Mr. Winn's death, Value America will pay his beneficiary or his
estate an amount equal to one month's salary. Mr. Winn may terminate his
employment under the agreement by giving 30 days' notice to Value America.
Value America may terminate Mr. Winn's employment immediately with or without
cause by giving him written notice of termination. If Mr. Winn is terminated
without cause, he will be entitled to any unpaid salary due to him through the
date of termination and any accrued but unpaid vacation pay.

     Value America and Rex Scatena, Value America's Vice Chairman and General
Counsel and one of its Founders, entered into an employment agreement as of
January 19, 1999. The agreement has a term of two years and renews
automatically for additional periods of one year until either party gives
notice of non-renewal at least 30 days before the expiration date of the
agreement. Value America will pay Mr. Scatena an agreed-upon annual salary,
subject to adjustment at any time in the sole discretion of Value America. Mr.
Scatena's current annual salary is $180,000. Mr. Scatena is generally entitled
to participate in any employee benefit plans from time to time in effect for
all employees. The agreement provides that, in the event of Mr. Scatena's
death, Value America will pay his beneficiary or his estate an amount equal to
one month's salary. Mr. Scatena may terminate his employment under the
agreement by giving 30 days' notice to Value America. Value America may
terminate Mr. Scatena's employment immediately with or without cause by giving
him written notice of termination. If Mr. Scatena is terminated without cause,
he will be entitled to any unpaid salary due to him through the date of
termination and any accrued but unpaid vacation pay.

     Value America and Thomas Morgan, Chief Executive Officer of Value America,
entered into an employment agreement as of March 1, 1999. Under the agreement,
Mr. Morgan currently receives an annual salary of $395,000. Beginning 75 days
after the closing of this offering, Mr. Morgan will receive an annual
    


                                       58
<PAGE>

   
salary of $495,000, subject to increases. The term of the agreement continues
through December 31, 2004 and then renews automatically for additional periods
of one year until either party gives notice of non-renewal not more than six
and at least three months before the expiration date of the agreement. Mr.
Morgan is also eligible for quarterly incentive compensation. For the period
from March 1, 1999 to June 30, 1999, Value America will pay Mr. Morgan a bonus
of $66,667. Thereafter, based upon achieving corporate and individual
performance and other criteria as established by the Compensation Committee,
Mr. Morgan may earn a bonus each quarter, provided that the minimum bonuses for
the years ending December 31, 1999 and 2000 will amount to, in the aggregate,
$166,667 and $200,000 . Value America also has agreed to pay Mr. Morgan a bonus
equal to the lesser of (A) $1,000,000 or (B) an amount equal to 1% of the
amount by which the aggregate market capitalization of Value America increases
from the day following the closing date of this offering to the earliest of:

   o the first anniversary of the day following the closing date of this
     offering,

   o the date of a change of control of Value America and

   o the termination date of Mr. Morgan's employment because of death,
     disability or for other than due cause.

"Aggregate market capitalization" on a given date means an amount equal to the
product of (a) the number of then-outstanding shares of common stock and (b)
the last reported sale price of common stock on that day. Mr. Morgan may
voluntarily terminate his employment at any time under the agreement. Value
America may terminate Mr. Morgan's employment with or without due cause by
giving him written notice of termination. If Mr. Morgan is terminated by Value
America for due cause, he will receive his salary through the date of
termination. If Value America terminates his employment other than for due
cause prior to March 1, 2001, Mr. Morgan will be entitled to the sum of:

   o  twice his annual salary at the time and

   o  a pro rata portion of any bonus he may have earned under the agreement
      if he had been employed for a full calendar year.

If Value America terminates his employment other than for due cause after March
1, 2001, Mr. Morgan will be entitled to the sum of:

   o  his annual salary at the time and

   o  a pro rata portion of any bonus he may have earned under the agreement
      if he had been employed for a full calendar year.

     Value America and Glenda M. Dorchak, President and Chief Operating Officer
of Value America, entered into an employment agreement as of October 5, 1998.
Under the agreement, Ms. Dorchak receives an annual salary of $250,000 until
December 31, 1999 and will receive an annual salary of $300,000 every year
thereafter, subject to increases. The term of the agreement continues through
December 31, 2001 and then renews automatically for additional periods of one
year until either party gives notice of non-renewal at least three months
before the expiration date of the agreement. Ms. Dorchak is also eligible for
quarterly incentive compensation. During the first year of her employment,
Value America will pay Ms. Dorchak a bonus of $37,500 per calendar quarter. In
each subsequent year of her employment, and based upon achieving corporate and
individual performance and other criteria as established by the Compensation
Committee, Ms. Dorchak may earn quarterly bonuses amounting to, in the
aggregate, a minimum of $150,000 per year. Value America also has agreed to pay
Ms. Dorchak a bonus not to exceed $390,000 in an amount equal to the product of
(a) $6.50 multiplied by (b) up to an aggregate of no more than 60,000 shares of
common stock to be purchased by Ms. Dorchak upon the exercise of a stock option
received under the stock incentive plan. Such bonus, if granted by Value
America, will be deemed earned on and will be paid on the date of the exercise
of such stock option. Value America also has loaned Ms. Dorchak $250,000 with
interest of 6% per annum. Ms. Dorchak is generally entitled to participate in
any employee benefit plans from time to time in effect for all employees. Ms.
Dorchak may voluntarily terminate her employment at any time under the
agreement. Value America may terminate Ms. Dorchak's employment with or without
due cause by giving her written notice of
    


                                       59
<PAGE>

termination. If Ms. Dorchak is terminated by Value America for due cause, she
will receive her salary through the date of termination. If Value America
terminates her employment other than for due cause, Ms. Dorchak will be
entitled to the sum of:

   o her annual salary at the time and

   o if the effective date of termination is on or before December 31, 1999,
     then $150,000; if the effective date of termination is after December 31,
     1999, then a pro rata portion of any bonus she may have earned under the
     agreement if she had been employed for a full calendar year. If Ms.
     Dorchak is terminated other than for due cause prior to December 31, 1999,
     Value America will also reduce by $150,000 the amount she owes on the
     $250,000 loan from Value America.

   
     Value America and Dean M. Johnson, Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary of Value America, entered into an employment
agreement as of April 1, 1999. Under the agreement, Mr. Johnson currently
receives an annual salary of $250,000 per year. The term of the agreement
continues through December 31, 2004 and then renews automatically for
additional periods of one year until either party gives notice of non-renewal
not more than six and at least three months before the expiration date of the
agreement. Mr. Johnson is also eligible for quarterly incentive compensation
based upon achieving corporate and individual performance and other criteria as
established by the Compensation Committee. Mr. Johnson is generally entitled to
participate in any employee benefit plans from time to time in effect for all
employees. Mr. Johnson may voluntarily terminate his employment at any time
under the agreement. Value America may terminate Mr. Johnson's employment with
or without due cause by giving him written notice of termination. If Mr.
Johnson is terminated by Value America for due cause, he will receive his
salary through the date of termination. If Value America terminates his
employment other than for due cause prior to March 1, 2001, Mr. Johnson will be
entitled to the sum of:

   o twice his annual salary at the time and

   o a pro rata portion of any bonus he may have earned under the agreement if
     he had been employed for a full calendar year.

If Value America terminates his employment other than for due cause after March
1, 2001, Mr. Johnson will be entitled to the sum of:

   o his annual salary at the time and

   o a pro rata portion of any bonus he may have earned under the agreement if 
     he had been employed for a full calendar year.

     Thomas J. Starnes joined Value America in April 1999 as an Executive Vice
President. Mr. Starnes currently receives an annual salary of $250,000. Value
America and Mr. Starnes are currently negotiating an employment agreement.

     Value America and Paul F. Ewert, Senior Vice President and President --
Technology Products Division of Value America, entered into an employment
agreement as of March 1, 1999. Under the agreement, Mr. Ewert receives an
annual salary of $280,000 until December 31, 1999. The term of the agreement
continues through December 31, 2003 and then renews automatically for
additional periods of one year until either party gives notice of non-renewal
at least three months before the expiration date of the agreement. Mr. Ewert is
also eligible for quarterly incentive compensation. During each year of his
employment, and based upon achieving corporate and individual performance and
other criteria as established by the Compensation Committee, Mr. Ewert may earn
quarterly bonuses amounting to, in the aggregate, a minimum of $100,000 per
year. Mr. Ewert is generally entitled to participate in any employee benefit
plans from time to time in effect for all employees. Mr. Ewert may voluntarily
terminate his employment at any time under the agreement. Value America may
terminate Mr. Ewert's employment with or without due cause by giving him
written notice of termination. If Mr. Ewert is terminated by Value America for
due cause, he will receive his salary through the date of termination. If Value
America terminates his employment other than for due cause, Mr. Ewert will be
entitled to the sum of:
    


                                       60
<PAGE>

   
   o  his annual salary at the time and

   o  a pro rata portion of any bonus he may have earned under the agreement
      if he had been employed for a full calendar year.
    

     Value America and Joseph L. Page, Executive Vice President and Chief
Technology Officer of Value America, entered into an employment agreement as of
April 1, 1996. The agreement has a term of two years and renews automatically
for additional periods of one year until either party gives notice of
non-renewal at least 30 days before the expiration date of the agreement. Value
America agreed to pay Mr. Page a salary of $85,000 per year for the fourth
quarter of 1997 and $100,000 per year, beginning January 1, 1998 subject to
adjustment at any time in the sole discretion of Value America. Mr. Page's
current salary is $150,000 per year. In addition, Mr. Page is generally
entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans from time to time in
effect for all employees. The agreement provides that, in the event of Mr.
Page's death, Value America will pay his beneficiary or his estate an amount
equal to one month's salary. Mr. Page may terminate his employment under the
agreement by giving 30 days' notice to Value America. Value America may
terminate Mr. Page's employment immediately with or without cause. If Mr. Page
is an officer of Value America on the date of his termination, and if he has
completed 90 days of continuous employment with Value America, he will be
entitled to 30 days' salary. In addition, if Value America does not waive Mr.
Page's obligation not to compete with Value America for a period of six months
following the termination of his employment, an additional six months' salary.

   
     Value America and Neal B. Harris, an Executive Vice President of Value
America, entered into an employment agreement as of March 15, 1999. Under the
agreement, Mr. Harris currently receives an annual salary of $295,000, subject
to annual increases. The term of the agreement continues through December 31,
2004 and then renews automatically for additional periods of one year until
either party gives notice of non-renewal at least three months before the
expiration date of the agreement. Mr. Harris is also eligible for quarterly
incentive compensation. During the first year of his employment, Value America
will pay Mr. Harris bonuses amounting to, in the aggregate, $37,500, subject to
certain conditions. In each subsequent year of his employment, and based upon
achieving corporate and individual performance and other criteria as
established by the Compensation Committee, Mr. Harris may earn quarterly
bonuses amounting to, in the aggregate, a minimum of $150,000 per year. Value
America also has agreed to pay Mr. Harris a bonus not to exceed $1,625,000.
This bonus shall equal the product of (a) $5.00 multiplied by (b) up to an
aggregate of no more than 325,000 shares of common stock to be purchased by Mr.
Harris upon the exercise of a stock option received under Value America's stock
incentive plan. Such bonus, if granted by Value America, will be deemed earned
on and will be paid on the date of the exercise of such stock option. Mr.
Harris is generally entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans from
time to time in effect for all employees. Mr. Harris may voluntarily terminate
his employment at any time under the agreement. Value America may terminate Mr.
Harris' employment with or without due cause by giving him written notice of
termination. If Mr. Harris is terminated by Value America for due cause, he
will receive his salary through the date of termination. If Value America
terminates his employment other than for due cause, Mr. Harris will be entitled
to twice the sum of:

   o his annual salary at the time and
   o a pro rata portion of any bonus he may have earned under the agreement if
     he had been employed for a full calendar year.

     In connection with Mr. Harris' employment agreement, Mr. Harris entered
into an agreement as of March 15, 1999 with Craig A. Winn, the Chairman and a
Founder of Value America, and Rex Scatena, the Vice Chairman and General
Counsel and a Founder of Value America. Pursuant to this agreement, each of Mr.
Winn and Mr. Scatena, severally, but not jointly, have agreed to pay to Mr.
Harris 50% of any loss amount if Value America terminates Mr. Harris'
employment, for reasons other than death, disability or due cause during the
period beginning one year prior to a change of control and ending on the fifth
anniversary of Mr. Harris' employment. The loss amount shall equal the lesser
of $10,000,000 and the product of:

   o the aggregate number of shares underlying Mr. Harris' unvested options
     and
   o the excess, if any, of the fair market value per share of Value
     America's common stock over $5.00.
    

                                       61
<PAGE>

   
     Value America and John L. Motley III, a director of Value America, entered
into an employment agreement effective as of August 1, 1997 under which Mr.
Motley agreed to serve as an employee of Value America for not more than five
hours per month at a salary of $12,000 per year. The agreement has a term of
two years and renews automatically for additional periods of one-year until
either party gives notice of non-renewal at least 30 days before the expiration
date of the agreement.
    

                                       62
<PAGE>

                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

     On August 1, 1997, Value America issued a promissory note to Craig A.
Winn, Value America's Chairman and one of its Founders, in the principal amount
of $150,000. The principal amount of this note represented reimbursement for
company expenses that Mr. Winn personally incurred on behalf of Value America
in 1996 and 1997. The note accrued interest at a rate of 12% per annum upon
default. The note was paid in full in December 1997.

     On November 13, 1997, Value America sold an aggregate of 577,500 shares of
common stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 213,750 shares of common
stock to 15 investors for an aggregate purchase price of $962,500. Dean M.
Johnson, the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
and a director of Value America, and Gary D. LeClair, a director of Value
America, each purchased 60,000 shares of common stock at $1.50 per share and
30,000 warrants at $0.33 per warrant. The warrants have five-year terms and
exercise prices of $1.67 per share. In addition, John M. Motley, a director of
Value America, purchased 150,000 shares of common stock at $1.67 per share.

     Pursuant to an agreement entered into as of June 3, 1998, Mr. Winn sold
288,321 shares of common stock on June 24, 1998 to a single investor for
$2,000,000, or $6.94 per share, including $1,000,000 in cash and a $1,000,000
five-year promissory note. The promissory note will not be payable unless the
fair market value of the transferred shares exceeds $6.0 million on the date
that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus. In connection with this
transaction, Value America granted the investor certain demand and piggy-back
registration rights. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Registration Rights"
and Note 6 of Notes to Financial Statements.

     On June 26, 1998, Value America issued an aggregate of 617,979 shares of
Series B preferred stock to 18 investors for an aggregate purchase price of
$18,829,894 or $30.47 per share of Series B preferred stock, which is
equivalent to a purchase price of $10.16 per share of common stock on an
as-converted basis. Value America granted the holders of Series B preferred
stock certain rights of first refusal, tag-along rights, and demand and
piggy-back registration rights. The terms of the Series B preferred stock also
require Value America to pay quarterly dividends on such shares of stock until
they are redeemed or converted. Mandatory redemption of the Series B preferred
stock may occur if Value America does not successfully offer shares of common
stock to the public prior to December 19, 1999. Simultaneously with the closing
of this offering, the shares of Series B preferred stock will automatically
convert into an aggregate of 1,853,937 shares common stock. Upon such
conversion, certain of the rights granted to Series B investors, such as rights
of first refusal and tag-along rights, will terminate. In connection with this
transaction, Mr. Winn and Rex Scatena, Value America's Vice Chairman and
General Counsel and one of its Founders, executed a voting agreement whereby
Mr. Winn and Mr. Scatena agreed to vote their shares of common stock in favor
of the election of certain individuals nominated by ULLICO and Vulcan Ventures
Incorporated for a period of up to ten years. ULLICO, the holder of all
outstanding shares of the Series A preferred stock and the beneficial holder of
more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the common stock, purchased 7,801
shares of Series B preferred stock.

     In connection with the Series B Transaction, Messrs. Winn and Scatena sold
an aggregate of 617,979 shares of common stock to ULLICO and two other
stockholders for an aggregate purchase price of $6,276,607 or $10.16 per share.
See Note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements.

     On July 2, 1998, Mr. Winn sold an aggregate of 28,350 shares of common
stock to three employees of Value America for an aggregate of $289,942 or
$10.16 per share.

     On September 28, 1998, Mr. Winn loaned Value America $300,000. Value
America evidenced this debt by issuing a promissory note for such amount. The
note accrued interest at a rate of 10% per annum. Value America repaid the debt
in full in December 1998.

     On September 28, 1998, Mr. Scatena loaned Value America $250,000. Value
America evidenced this debt by issuing a promissory note for such amount. The
note accrued interest at a rate of 10% per annum. Value America repaid the debt
in full in December 1998.


                                       63
<PAGE>

     On September 30, 1998, John L. Motley III, a director of Value America,
loaned Value America $150,000. Value America evidenced this debt by issuing a
promissory note for such amount. The note accrued interest at a rate of 10% per
annum. Value America repaid the debt in full in December 1998.

   
     Pursuant to an Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Agreement, dated
November 17, 1998, as amended, ULLICO (and indirectly certain participants)
loaned Value America an aggregate of $34.0 million. ULLICO is entitled to
receive a commitment fee equal to $340,000 in connection with this transaction.
In connection with this loan, Value America issued to ULLICO and certain
participants (including an affiliate of Sam Belzberg, principals of the Carlyle
Group, George Cooney, Kluge Investments, principals of Pacific Capital Group
and an affiliate of Yuciapa and Ron Berkle) warrants to purchase an aggregate
of 3,808,000 shares of common stock. Of these warrants (a) 408,000 have an
exercise price of $0.01 per share and (b) 3,400,000 have an exercise price of
$10.00 per share. The warrants to purchase common stock at $10.00 per share
shall automatically be exercised immediately prior to the completion of this
offering in exchange for the elimination of Value America's debt to ULLICO
under this loan.
    

     On December 31, 1998, Glenda M. Dorchak, Value America's President and
Chief Operating Officer invested $100,000 in Value America. In connection
therewith, Value America issued Ms. Dorchak 10,000 shares of common stock and
warrants to purchase 3,000 shares of common stock at $10.00 per share. The
warrants vest on December 31, 1999 and expire on December 31, 2008.

     On December 31, 1998, Richard L. Gerhardt, Value America's President --
Consumer Products Division invested $100,000 in Value America. In connection
therewith, Value America issued Mr. Gerhardt 10,000 shares of common stock and
warrants to purchase 3,000 shares of common stock at $10.00 per share. These
warrants vest on December 31, 1999 and expire on December 31, 2008.

   
     Pursuant to consulting agreement entered into as of November 18, 1998,
Value America has engaged ULLICO as a consultant to Value America's affinity,
new markets and employee compensation and benefit programs. This agreement ends
when ULLICO no longer holds shares of the Series A or Series B preferred stock.
For these services, ULLICO, acting on behalf of its Separate Account P, will
receive a fee of $244.50 per day for the period commencing June 26, 1998 and
ending June 30, 1998 and $22,005 per quarter commencing July 1, 1998.
Additionally, in consideration of Michael R. Steed serving as a director,
ULLICO, acting on behalf of its Separate Account P, received an option to
purchase up to 22,500 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per
share. Separate Account P is an account formed by ULLICO to hold investments
supporting payments under certain group annuity contracts. In consideration of
ULLICO modifying certain terms of its loan agreement, Value America issued
ULLICO warrants to purchase 325,000 shares, which have an exercise price of
either $0.01 per share or $10.00 per share. This variable exercise price will
only equal $0.01 if the aggregate value of Value America's capital stock does
not exceed $600 million on or before December 31, 1999.
    

     As of January 12, 1999, Value America issued 6,000,000 shares of Series C
preferred stock and warrants to purchase 1,800,000 shares of common stock to
Vulcan Ventures Incorporated, a Washington corporation, FDX Corporation, a
Delaware corporation, and Frederick W. Smith, a director-nominee of Value
America for an aggregate purchase price of $60,000,000. The 1,800,000 warrants
have a variable exercise price per share. These warrants are immediately
exercisable and expire on the earlier of January 15, 2009 or the date that is
three calendar years following the closing of Value America's firmly
underwritten initial public offering of common stock. If the aggregate market
price of Value America's equity securities is in excess of $600 million on or
before December 31, 1999, the exercise price will be $10.00 per share. If the
aggregate market value of Value America's equity securities is less than $600
million on the earlier of December 31, 1999 or the closing date of a
change-in-control transaction as defined in the warrants, the exercise price of
the warrants will be $0.01 per share. The terms of the Series C preferred stock
require Value America to pay quarterly dividends on such shares of stock until
they are redeemed or converted. Mandatory redemption of the Series C preferred
stock may occur upon the demand of holders of more that 50% of the outstanding
shares of Series C preferred stock if Value America does not successfully offer
shares of common stock to the public prior to January 15, 2001. In addition,
2,000,000 of the 6,000,000 shares of Series C preferred stock are scheduled for
redemption in January 2003, January 2004 and January 2005. Simultaneously with
the closing of this offering, the shares of Series C preferred stock will
automatically convert into 6,000,000 shares of common stock. Also in


                                       64
<PAGE>

connection with this offering, Value America issued warrants to purchase an
aggregate of 511,567 to certain existing stockholders, including Vulcan
Ventures Incorporated, a holder of Series B preferred stock, and William D.
Savoy, a director-nominee of Value America. Of these warrants, 473,724 have an
exercise price of $0.01 per share, and vest only if the aggregate market of
Value America's equity securities does not exceed $600 million on or before
December 31, 1999, and otherwise expire. If vested, these warrants expire on
the earlier of January 15, 2009 or the date that is three calendar years
following the closing of Value America's firmly underwritten initial public
offering of common stock. Of the warrants to purchase an aggregate of 511,567
shares of common stock, the remaining 37,843 warrants have an exercise price of
$0.01 per share and are exercisable upon issuance until January 15, 2009.

     LeClair Ryan, A Professional Corporation, serves as Value America's legal
counsel. Gary D. LeClair, one of Value America's directors, serves as the
Chairman of such law firm.

     See "Management -- Employment Arrangements" for a description of certain
employment and change of control arrangements.


                                       65
<PAGE>

                            PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

   
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
beneficial ownership of Value America's common stock as of April 3, 1999, and
as adjusted to reflect the sale of the 5,000,000 shares of common stock offered
hereby by:
    

   o the Named Executive Officers,

   o each of Value America's directors and director-nominees,

   o each person known by Value America to be the beneficial owner of more
     than 5% of the common stock and

   
   o all executive officers, directors and director-nominees as a group.
    



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     PERCENT BENEFICIALLY
                                                                                            OWNED
                                                                   NUMBER OF        ----------------------
                                                              SHARES BENEFICIALLY     BEFORE       AFTER
           NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                      OWNED           OFFERING     OFFERING
- ----------------------------------------------------------   --------------------   ----------   ---------
<S>                                                          <C>                    <C>          <C>
Craig A. Winn (1) ........................................        15,147,312            39.9%       35.3%
Rex Scatena (2) ..........................................         6,562,200            17.3        15.3
Joseph L. Page (3) .......................................           514,278             1.3         1.2
Dean M. Johnson (4) ......................................           204,900               *           *
Glenda M. Dorchak (5) ....................................            10,000               *           *
William D. Savoy (6) .....................................         8,536,478            21.4        19.0
Michael R. Steed (7) .....................................         3,544,229             9.3         8.2
John L. Motley III (8) ...................................           375,000             1.0           *
Gary D. LeClair (9) ......................................           145,002               *           *
Frederick W. Smith (10) ..................................         1,300,000             3.4         3.0
Thomas J. Casey (11) .....................................            50,000               *           *
Vulcan Ventures Incorporated (12) ........................         8,486,062            21.2        18.9
The Union Labor Life Insurance Company (13) ..............         3,544,229             9.3         8.2
FDX Corporation (14) .....................................           650,000             1.7         1.5
All executive officers, directors and director-nominees as
 a group (16 persons) (15) ...............................        36,409,399            88.0        78.5
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
   
  * Less than one percent (1%)
(1) The address of Mr. Winn is c/o Value America, Inc., 1560 Insurance Lane,
    Charlottesville, Virginia 22911. Includes 300,300 shares of common stock
    held of record by Crystal Investments, L.L.C., a Virginia limited
    liability company, for which Mr. Winn serves as manager, and 144,162
    shares of common stock held of record by Capital Advisers, L.L.C., as to
    which Mr. Winn holds an irrevocable proxy to vote until the earlier of
    December 31, 2003 and the date on which Capital Advisers, L.L.C. transfers
    such shares.
(2) The address of Mr. Scatena is c/o Value America, Inc., 1560 Insurance Lane,
    Charlottesville, Virginia 22911. Includes 300,300 shares of common stock
    held of record by Frostine, L.L.C., a Virginia limited liability company,
    for which Mr. Scatena serves as manager.

(3) The address of Mr. Page is c/o Value America, Inc., 1560 Insurance Lane,
    Charlottesville, Virginia 22911. Includes 514,278 shares of common stock
    underlying options exercisable within 60 days of April 3, 1999.
(4) The address of Mr. Johnson is c/o Value America, Inc., 1560 Insurance Lane,
    Charlottesville, Virginia 22911. Includes 105,000 shares of common stock
    underlying options exercisable within 60 days of April 3, 1999, 30,000
    shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of
    April 3, 1999 and 9,900 shares of common stock held of record by Skye
    Thug, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company for which Mr. Johnson
    serves as manager.
(5) The address of Ms. Dorchak is c/o Value America, Inc., 1560 Insurance Lane,
    Charlottesville, Virginia 22911.
(6) Includes 6,476,861 shares of common stock and 2,009,201 shares of common
    stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of April 3, 1999 held
    of record by Vulcan Ventures Incorporated ("Vulcan").
    


                                       66
<PAGE>

    Mr. Savoy is the Vice President of Vulcan. Mr. Savoy's address is c/o
    Vulcan Northwest Inc., 110 110th Avenue Northeast, Suite 550, Bellevue,
    Washington 98004.
   
(7) Consists of 3,389,854 shares of common stock and 154,375 shares of common
    stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of April 3, 1999 held
    of record by ULLICO. Mr Steed is the Senior Vice President of Investments
    of ULLICO. Mr. Steed's address is c/o The Union Labor Life Insurance
    Company, 111 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20001.
(8) Includes 225,000 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable
    within 60 days of April 3, 1999.
(9) Includes 55,002 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable
    within 60 days of April 3, 1999 and 30,000 shares of common stock
    underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of April 3, 1999.
(10) The address of Mr. Smith is 6075 Poplar Avenue, Suite 300, Memphis,
     Tennessee 38119. Includes 500,000 shares of common stock and 150,000
     shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of
     April 3, 1999 held of record by FDX Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
    
(11) The address of Mr. Casey is c/o Pacific Capital Group Inc., 150 El Camino
     Drive, Beverly Hills, California 90212.
   
(12) The address of Vulcan is 110 110th Avenue Northeast, Suite 550, Bellevue,
     Washington 98004. Includes 6,476,861 shares of common stock and 2,009,201
     shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of
     April 3, 1999.
(13) The address of ULLICO is 111 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C.
     20001. Includes 3,389,854 shares of common stock and 154,375 shares of
     common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of April 3,
     1999.
(14) The address of FDX Corporation is 6075 Poplar Avenue, Suite 300, Memphis,
     Tennessee 38119. Includes 150,000 shares of common stock underlying
     warrants exercisable within 60 days of April 3, 1999.
(15) Includes 899,280 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable
     within 60 days of April 3, 1999 and 2,424,384 shares of common stock
     underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of April 3, 1999.

     Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission. In computing the number of shares
beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person,
shares of common stock subject to options or warrants held by that person that
are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of April 3, 1999 are
deemed outstanding. Such shares are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of
computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as indicated in
the footnotes to the preceding table and pursuant to applicable community
property laws, each person named in the table has sole voting and investment
power with respect to the shares set forth opposite such person's name. This
table assumes no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.
Percentage of ownership is based on 37,934,862 shares of common stock
outstanding on April 3, 1999, which figure includes shares converted from the
convertible preferred stock upon the closing of this offering, and 42,934,862
shares of common stock to be outstanding after the completion of this offering.
 

     Craig A. Winn and Rex Scatena have granted to the underwriters an option
to purchase up to 333,333 and 133,333 shares of common stock, respectively,
solely to cover over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise the
over-allotment option in full, Mr. Winn will beneficially own 14,813,979 shares
of common stock, or 34.5% of the common stock outstanding after this offering,
and Mr. Scatena will beneficially own 6,428,867 shares of common stock, or
15.3% of the common stock outstanding after this offering.
    


                                       67
<PAGE>

                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

   
     The authorized capital stock of Value America consists of 500,000,000
shares of common stock and 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Of the
25,000,000 shares of authorized preferred stock, 13,382,021 shares are
undesignated and available for issuance. The remaining 11,617,979 authorized and
issued shares of preferred stock will, immmediately prior to the closing of this
offering, convert into shares of common stock and thereafter become available
for reissue as preferred stock.
    


COMMON STOCK

   
     As of April 3, 1999, there were outstanding:

     o 37,934,862 shares of common stock held of record by 118 stockholders,

     o options to purchase a total of 6,134,625 shares of common stock and

     o warrants to purchase a total of 2,902,913 shares of common stock.

The preceding gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of
preferred stock and the exercise of warrants to acquire 3,400,000 shares of
common stock, all of which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this
offering. Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of April
3, 1999, and giving effect to the preferred stock conversions and warrant
exercises to occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering, there
will be 42,934,862 shares of common stock outstanding after this offering is
completed.
    

     The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of
record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of common
stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. The
holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any,
as may be declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available for
the payment of dividends. See "Dividend Policy." In the event of a liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of Value America, the holders of common stock are
entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of Value
America's liabilities. Holders of common stock have no preemptive rights or
rights to convert their common stock into any other securities. There are no
redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All
outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable, and the
shares of common stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be
fully paid and non-assessable.


   
PREFERRED STOCK


     Value America has authorized and issued three series of preferred stock.
These consist of 5,000,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock,
617,979 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock and 6,000,000 shares of
Series C convertible preferred stock. All outstanding shares of preferred stock
will be automatically converted into shares of common stock immediately prior to
the closing of this offering. After the conversion, all of the previously issued
shares of preferred stock will become available for reissue and Value America
will have 25,000,000 shares of authorized preferred stock.

     The board of directors is authorized, subject to any limitations
prescribed by Virginia law, to provide for the issuance of preferred stock in
one or more series. The board of directors is also authorized, subject to the
limitations prescribed by Virginia law, to establish the number of shares to be
included in each series and to fix the voting powers, preferences,
qualifications and special or relative rights or privileges of each series. The
board of directors is authorized to issue preferred stock with voting,
conversion and other rights and preferences that could adversely affect the
voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock.

     Value America has no current plans to issue any preferred stock. However,
the issuance of preferred stock or of rights to purchase preferred stock could
have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of
discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, a majority of the
outstanding voting stock of Value America.
    


WARRANTS

   
     Upon completion of this offering, there will be warrants outstanding to
purchase an aggregate of 2,902,913 shares of common stock that are held of
record by 76 persons, based on warrants outstanding as of April 3, 1999.
    


                                       68
<PAGE>

     In October 1997, Value America issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of
213,750 shares of common stock to 14 accredited investors. All of the warrants
are fully exercisable, have exercise prices of $1.67 per share and expire on
October 31, 2002. In the event Value America issues or sells any shares of
common stock without consideration or for a consideration per share less than
the market price per share of the common stock on the date immediately prior to
the issuance or sale of such shares, the number of shares issuable upon
exercise of each warrant and the exercise price of such warrant will be
adjusted according to a pre-defined, weighted-average formula. The warrants and
the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants are subject
to certain restrictions on transfer.

     In December 1998, Value America issued warrants to purchase an aggregate
of 3,808,000 shares of common stock to ULLICO and certain participants pursuant
to a revolving loan agreement, as amended and restated from time to time. Of
these warrants, 408,000 have an exercise price of $0.01 per share and 3,400,000
have an exercise price of $10.00 per share.

     In consideration of ULLICO modifying certain terms of its loan agreement,
Value America issued ULLICO warrants to purchase 325,000 shares, which have an
exercise price of either $0.01 per share or $10.00 per share. This variable
exercise price will only equal $0.01 if the aggregate value of Value America's
capital stock does not exceed $600 million on or before December 31, 1999. The
warrants to purchase 3,400,000 shares of common stock will be automatically
exercised immediately prior to the closing of this offering in exchange for the
elimination of Value America's debt under the loan agreement.

     In January 1999, Value America issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of
2,311,567 shares of common stock to certain investors and existing stockholders
in connection with Value America's private placement of 6,000,000 shares of
Series C convertible preferred stock. Of the warrants granted, warrants to
purchase 1,800,000 shares vest immediately, expire on the earlier of January
15, 2009 or the date that is three calendar years following the closing of
Value America's initial public offering and have a variable exercise price of
either $10.00 or $0.01 per share of common stock. The exercise price of these
warrants will only equal $0.01 per share if the aggregate market value of Value
America's equity securities does not exceed $600 million on or prior to
December 31, 1999. Warrants to purchase 473,724 shares have an exercise price
of $0.01 and will vest only if the aggregate market value of Value America's
equity securities does not exceed $600 million on or before December 31, 1999,
and, if vested, expire on the earlier of January 15, 2009 or the date that is
three calendar years following the closing of Value America's initial public
offering. Warrants to purchase 37,843 shares of common stock vest immediately,
have an exercise price of $0.01 per share and have ten year terms. Assuming an
initial public offering price of at least $14.00 per share the aggregate market
value of Value America's equity securities will exceed $600 million on the
closing of the offering.

   
     As a result of the variable exercise prices of certain of the warrants
described above, if the market value of Value America's equity securities
exceeds $600 million on the applicable date, Value America will receive
additional proceeds of approximately $22.8 million upon the exercise of all of
the warrants. If the aggregate market value of Value America's equity
securities exceeds this level, outstanding warrants will be exercisable for an
aggregate of 2,902,913 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise
price of $7.85 per share. If the market value of Value America's equity
securities does not exceed this amount, outstanding warrants will be
exercisable for an aggregate of 3,376,637 shares of common stock at a weighted
average exercise price of $0.47 per share. Based upon the number of shares
estimated to be outstanding immediately following this offering, the aggregate
market value of Value America's equity securities will exceed $600 million if
the trading price of its common stock exceeds $14.00 per share at any time on
or before December 31, 1999.
    


REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     Pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement
(the "Preferred Stock Registration Rights Agreement") dated as of January 12,
1999 among Value America and the holders of Series A convertible preferred
stock, the Series B convertible preferred stock and the Series C convertible
preferred stock (the "Preferred Holders"), the Preferred Holders are entitled
to certain rights with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of
1933 of the shares of common stock owned now or in the future by such holders
and the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A
preferred stock, the


                                       69
<PAGE>

Series B preferred stock and the Series C preferred stock (collectively, the
"Registrable Securities"). As of January 15, 1999, after giving effect to the
conversion of the Series A preferred stock, the Series B preferred stock and
Series C preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering,
the Registrable Securities consisted of a total of 10,737,162 shares of common
stock. If Value America proposes to register any of its securities under the
Securities Act of 1933, either for its own account or for the account of other
securityholders, the Preferred Holders are entitled to notice of such
registration and are entitled to include the Registrable Securities therein;
provided, however, among other conditions, that any underwriters for such
offering may limit the number of such shares included in such registration. In
addition, the Preferred Holders may require Value America on not more than
eight occasions to file a registration statement under the Securities Act of
1933 with respect to the Registrable Securities, and Value America is required
to use its best efforts to effect the registration, subject to certain
conditions and limitations. Further, the Preferred Holders may require Value
America, on not more than six occasions and not more than once in any six-month
period, to register the Registrable Securities on Form S-3 when such form
becomes available to Value America, subject to certain conditions and
limitations. Value America will bear all of the expenses of any such
registration.

     In addition, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June
3, 1998 between Value America and Capital Advisers, L.L.C. ("Capital"), Capital
is entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration under the
Securities Act of 1933 of 288,321 shares of common stock (the "Capital
Registrable Shares"). If Value America proposes to register any of its
securities under the Securities Act of 1933, either for its own account or for
the account of other securityholders, Capital is entitled to notice of such
registration and is entitled to include, on not more than two occasions, the
Capital Registrable Shares therein; provided, however, among other conditions,
that any underwriters for such offering may limit the number of such shares
included in such registration. In addition, Capital may require Value America
on not more than one occasion to file a registration statement on Form S-3
under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the Capital Registrable
Securities, and Value America is required to use its best efforts to effect the
registration, subject to certain conditions and limitations. Value America will
bear all of the expenses of any such registration. Capital's registration
rights are subject to and restricted by the terms of the Preferred Stock
Registration Rights Agreement.

     Pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 17, 1998, as
amended from time to time, among ULLICO and other participants in Value
America's debt financing, (collectively, the "Debt Participants") and Value
America, the Debt Participants are entitled to certain rights with respect to
the registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of the shares of common stock
owned now or in the future by such holders and the shares of common stock
issuable upon exercise of the warrants (the "Debt Warrants") issued in
connection with such debt financing (the "Debt Registrable Shares"). As of
January 13, 1999, after giving effect to the exercise of the Debt Warrants and
excluding shares of common stock that are referenced in the Preferred Stock
Registration Rights Agreement, the Debt Registrable Shares consisted of a total
of 4,133,000 shares of common stock. If Value America proposes to register any
of its securities under the Securities Act of 1933, either for its own account
or for the account of other securityholders, the Debt Participants are entitled
to notice of such registration and are entitled to include the Debt Registrable
Shares therein; provided, however, among other conditions, that any
underwriters for such offering may limit the number of such shares included in
such registration. In addition, the Debt Participants may require Value America
on not more than two occasions to file a registration statement under the
Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the Debt Registrable Shares, and Value
America is required to use its best efforts to effect the registration, subject
to certain conditions and limitations. Further, the Debt Participants may
require Value America, on not more than six occasions and not more than once in
any six-month period, to register the Debt Registrable Shares on Form S-3 when
such form becomes available to Value America, subject to certain conditions and
limitations. Value America will bear all of the expenses of such registration.


ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF PROVISIONS OF THE ARTICLES, BYLAWS AND SECURITIES

     Value America's articles and bylaws contain provisions that might make
more difficult the acquisition of control of Value America by means of a tender
offer, a proxy contest, open market purchases or otherwise. The articles
provide for Value America's board of directors to be divided into three classes
serving staggered


                                       70
<PAGE>

terms so that the initial terms of each class of directors will expire at the
respective annual meetings of stockholders in 1999, 2000 and 2001. Starting
with the annual meeting of stockholders in 1999, one class of directors will be
elected each year for a three-year term, subject to the terms of a voting
agreement among certain existing stockholders. See "Certain Transactions." A
director may be removed only for cause and then only by the holders of at least
a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

     The articles require the affirmative vote of more than two-thirds of the
outstanding shares of common stock for the approval of mergers, share
exchanges, certain dispositions of assets and other extraordinary transactions.
The articles further require the affirmative vote of the majority of the
outstanding shares of common stock for the approval of amendments to the
articles, except that the affirmative vote of at least three-quarters of the
outstanding shares of common stock is required to approve an amendment to the
articles that:

   o reduces or eliminates the number of authorized shares of Value America's
     capital stock,

   o amends or repeals Value America's staggered board of directors,

   o amends or repeals the articles' super-majority voting provisions,

   o amends or repeals the articles' indemnification provisions,

   o amends or repeals the articles' restrictions on the calling of special
     meetings of Value America's stockholders or

   o amends or repeals the articles' limitations on the removal of Value
     America's directors.

     The bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for the nomination, other
than by the board of directors of Value America, of candidates for election as
directors and for certain matters to be brought before an annual meeting of
stockholders. A stockholder must give Value America notice not less than 90
days prior to an annual meeting of stockholders to nominate persons to be
elected directors of Value America at such meeting or propose business matters
to be considered at such meeting.

     The purpose of the relevant provisions of the articles and bylaws is to
discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or
threatened change of control of Value America and to encourage persons seeking
to acquire control of Value America to consult first with Value America's board
of directors to negotiate the terms of any proposed business combination or
offer. The provisions are designed to reduce the vulnerability of Value America
to an unsolicited proposal for a takeover of Value America that does not have
the effect of

   o maximizing long-term stockholder value or is otherwise unfair to
     stockholders of Value America or

   o an unsolicited proposal for the restructuring or sale of all or part of
     Value America that could have such effects.

   
     As of April 3, 1999, Value America had issued warrants to purchase an
aggregate of 6,776,637 shares of common stock. Of these warrants, warrants to
purchase 118,320 shares will not vest until December 18, 1999. These warrants
contain provisions that will accelerate vesting in the event of a change in
control, which is defined generally to be
    

   o an acquisition of 50% or more of Value America's common stock by an
     unrelated person,

   o the approval by Value America's shareholders of a liquidation of Value
     America,

   o the sale by Value America of substantially all of its assets or

   o a reorganization or merger of Value America in which its stockholders
     will subsequently hold less than 50% of the resulting entity.

All other warrants have vested.

                                       71
<PAGE>

ELIMINATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

     The articles eliminate the liability of the officers and directors of
Value America to Value America or its stockholders for monetary damages in any
proceeding brought by or on behalf of stockholders of Value America except in
cases of willful misconduct or a knowing violation of the criminal law or any
federal or state securities law. The articles also provide for mandatory
indemnification of any director or officer of Value America who is, was, or is
threatened to be made a party to a proceeding, including a proceeding by or in
the right of Value America because

   o he or she is or was a director or officer of Value America or

   o he or she is or was serving as a director, trustee, partner or officer of
     or another legal entity at the request of Value America,

against all liabilities and reasonable expenses incurred in connection with
such proceeding, except such liabilities as are incurred because of such
individual's willful misconduct or knowing violation of the criminal law. In
addition, the articles expressly authorize Value America to enter into
agreements to indemnify its officers and directors to the fullest extent
permitted by the articles and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any
proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.

     There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving an officer or
director of Value America as to which indemnification is being sought, and
Value America is not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in
claims for indemnification by any officer or director.

     The rights of indemnification provided in Value America's articles are not
exclusive of any other rights that may be available under any insurance or
other agreement, by vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or
otherwise. In addition, the articles authorize Value America to maintain
insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee,
or agent of Value America, whether or not Value America would have the power to
provide indemnification to such person.


CERTAIN CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PROVISIONS OF THE VIRGINIA ACT

     Value America is subject to certain anti-takeover provisions of the
Virginia Act that regulate affiliated transactions, control share acquisitions
and the adoption of stockholder rights plans. The "affiliated transactions"
provisions of the Virginia Act restrict certain transactions ("Affiliated
Transactions") between Value America and any person (an "Interested
Stockholder") who beneficially owns more than 10% of any class of Value
America's voting securities. These restrictions, which are described below, do
not apply to an Affiliated Transaction with an Interested Shareholder who has
been such continuously since the date Value America first had 300 stockholders
of record or whose acquisition of shares making such person an Interested
Stockholder was previously approved by a majority of Value America's
Disinterested Directors. "Disinterested Director" means, with respect to a
particular Interested Stockholder, a member of Value America's board of
directors who was a member on the date on which an Interested Stockholder
became an Interested Stockholder or was recommended for election by, or was
elected to fill a vacancy and received the affirmative vote of, a majority of
the Disinterested Directors then on the board of directors. Affiliated
Transactions include mergers, share exchanges, material dispositions of
corporate assets not in the ordinary course of business, any dissolution of
Value America proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Stockholder, or any
reclassification, including a reverse stock split, recapitalization or merger
of Value America with its subsidiaries, which increases the percentage of
voting shares beneficially owned by an Interested Stockholder by more than 5%.

     The "affiliated transaction" provisions of the Virginia Act prohibit Value
America from engaging in an Affiliated Transaction with an Interested
Stockholder for a period of three years after the Interested Stockholder became
such unless the transaction is approved by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the Disinterested Directors and by the affirmative vote of the holders of
two-thirds of the voting shares other than those shares beneficially owned by
the Interested Stockholder. Following the three-year period, in addition to any
other vote required by law, an Affiliated Transaction must be approved either
by a majority of the Disinterested Directors or by the stockholder vote
described in the preceding sentence unless the transaction


                                       72
<PAGE>

satisfies the fair-price provisions of the statute. These fair-price provisions
require, in general, that the consideration to be received by stockholders in
the Affiliated Transaction

   o be in cash or in the form of consideration used by the Interested
     Stockholder to acquire the largest number of its shares and

   o not be less, on a per share basis, than the amount determined in the
     manner specified in the statute by reference to the highest price paid by
     the Interested Stockholder for shares it acquired and the fair market
     value of the shares on specified dates.

     Value America is also subject to the "control share acquisitions"
provision of the Virginia Act, which provides that shares of Value America's
voting securities which are acquired in a "control share acquisition" have no
voting rights unless such rights are granted by a stockholders' resolution
approved by the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the
election of directors by persons other than the acquiring person or any officer
or employee-director of Value America. A "Control Share Acquisition" is an
acquisition of voting shares which, when added to all other voting shares
beneficially owned by the acquiring person, would cause such person's voting
strength with respect to the election of directors to meet or exceed any of the
following thresholds: one-fifth, one-third or a majority. "Beneficial
ownership" means the sole or shared power to dispose or direct the disposition
of shares, or the sole or shared power to vote or direct the voting of shares,
or the sole or shared power to acquire shares, including any such power which
is not immediately exercisable, whether such power is direct or indirect or
through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise. A
person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of shares as to which such person may
exercise voting power by virtue of an irrevocable proxy conferring the right to
vote. An acquiring person is entitled, before or after a Control Share
Acquisition, to file a disclosure statement with Value America and demand a
special meeting of stockholders to be called for the purpose of considering
whether to grant voting rights for the shares acquired or proposed to be
acquired. Value America may, during specified periods, redeem the shares so
acquired if no disclosure statement is filed or if the stockholders have failed
to grant voting rights to such shares. In the event full voting rights are
granted to an acquiring person who then has majority voting power, those
stockholders who did not vote in favor of such grant are entitled to dissent
and demand payment of the fair value of their shares from Value America. The
control share acquisitions statute does not apply to an actual or proposed
Control Share Acquisition if the articles or bylaws are amended, within the
time limits specified in the statute, to so provide.

     Finally, the stockholder rights plan provisions of the Virginia Act permit
Value America's board of directors to adopt a stockholder rights plan that
could render a hostile takeover prohibitively expensive if the Board determines
that such a takeover is not in the best interests of Value America.

     A corporation may, at its option, elect not to be governed by the
foregoing provisions of the Virginia Act by amending its articles of
incorporation or bylaws to exempt itself from coverage; provided, however, that
any such election not to be governed by the "affiliated transactions" statute
must be approved by the corporation's stockholders and will not become
effective until 18 months after the date it is approved. Value America has not
elected to exempt itself from coverage under these statutes.


TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     American Securities Transfer & Trust, Inc. serves as Value America's
transfer agent and registrar.


LISTING

     Value America has applied to have its common stock approved for quotation
on the Nasdaq National Market under the proposed symbol "VUSA."


                                       73
<PAGE>

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

   
     Upon completion of this offering, Value America will have 42,934,862
shares of common stock outstanding, based on shares outstanding on April 3,
1999. Of the outstanding shares, the 5,000,000 shares sold in this offering
will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933
unless purchased by "affiliates" of Value America, as that term is defined in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. All of the remaining 37,934,862
outstanding shares (the "Restricted Shares") will be "restricted securities" as
defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities generally may be sold in the public
market only if they are registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or sold in
compliance with Rule 144. The Restricted Shares are subject to lock-up
agreements providing that, with certain limited exceptions, the holder thereof
will not offer, sell, contract to sell, grant an option to purchase, make a
short sale or otherwise dispose of, or engage in any hedging or other
transaction that is designed or reasonably expected to lead to a disposition
of, any shares of common stock or any option or warrant to purchase shares of
common stock or any securities exchangeable for or convertible into shares of
common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without
the prior written consent of BancBoston Robertson Stephens. As a result of
these lock-up agreements, notwithstanding possible earlier eligibility for sale
under the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, none of
these shares will be available for sale in the public market until 180 days
after the date of this prospectus. Beginning 180 days after the date of this
prospectus or earlier with the consent of BancBoston Robertson Stephens,
approximately 28,103,412 of these shares will be eligible for immediate resale
in the public market under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.
    

     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after
the date of this prospectus, a person, or persons whose shares are aggregated,
who has beneficially owned Restricted Shares for at least one year will be
entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not
exceed the greater of:

   o 1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, or
     approximately 328,897 shares immediately after this offering, or

   o the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four
     calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Form 144 with respect to such
     sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and
notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about
Value America. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been an
affiliate of Value America at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and
who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two
years, which includes the holding periods of certain prior owners, is entitled
to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, public
information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. The one-year
and two-year holding periods described above do not begin to run until the full
purchase price or other consideration is paid by the person acquiring the
Restricted Shares from Value America or an affiliate of Value America.

   
     Approximately 90 days after the closing of this offering, Value America
intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act
of 1933 covering shares of common stock subject to incentive awards outstanding
or reserved for issuance under Value America's stock incentive plan. Based on
the number of shares subject to outstanding options at April 3, 1999, and
currently reserved for issuance under all such plans, such registration
statement will cover 6,250,000 shares. Such registration statement will
automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered
under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market
upon the filing of such registration statement subject to Rule 144 volume
limitations applicable to affiliates of Value America, and, in the case of
existing stockholders, subject to the expiration of the 180-day lock-up
agreements described above.
    


                                       74
<PAGE>

                                 UNDERWRITING

     The underwriters named below, acting through their representatives,
BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc., Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC and The
Robinson-Humphrey Company, LLC, have severally agreed with Value America,
subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, to
purchase from Value America the numbers of shares of common stock set forth
opposite their names below. The underwriters are committed to purchase and pay
for all such shares if any are purchased.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   NUMBER
UNDERWRITER                                       OF SHARES
- ----------------------------------------------   ----------
<S>                                              <C>
  BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc. .........
  Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC ..........
  The Robinson-Humphrey Company, LLC .........
 
 
 
     Total ...................................   5,000,000
                                                 =========
</TABLE>

   
     Value America has been advised that the underwriters propose to offer the
shares of common stock to the public at the initial public offering price set
forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at such price
less a concession not in excess of $    per share, of which $    may be
reallowed to other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public
offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the
representatives. No such reduction shall change the amount of proceeds to be
received by Value America as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
    

     Craig A. Winn, the Chairman and a Founder of Value America, and Rex
Scatena, the Vice Chairman and General Counsel and a Founder of Value America
(the "selling stockholders"), and Value America have granted to the
underwriters an option, exercisable during the 30-day period after the date of
this prospectus, to purchase up to 750,000 additional shares of common stock at
the same price per share as Value America will receive for the 5,000,000 shares
that the underwriters have agreed to purchase. To the extent that the
underwriters exercise such option, each of the underwriters will have a firm
commitment to purchase approximately the same percentage of such additional
shares that the number of shares of common stock to be purchased by it shown in
the above table represents as a percentage of the 5,000,000 shares offered
hereby. If purchased, such additional shares will be sold by the underwriters
on the same terms as those on which the 5,000,000 shares are being sold. The
selling stockholders and Value America will be obligated, pursuant to the
option, to sell shares to the extent the option is exercised. The underwriters
may exercise such option only to cover over-allotments made in connection with
the sale of the 5,000,000 shares of common stock offered hereby.

     The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts
and commissions to be paid by Value America and the selling stockholders to the
underwriters. This information is presented assuming either no exercise or full
exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             WITHOUT
                                                              PER SHARE       OPTION      WITH OPTION
                                                             -----------   -----------   ------------
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>           <C>
     Public offering price ...............................    $            $               $
     Underwriting discounts and commissions ..............    $            $               $
     Proceeds, before expenses, to Value America .........    $            $               $
     Proceeds to selling stockholders ....................    $            $   --          $
</TABLE>

   
The expenses of the offering are estimated at $2.2 million and are payable
entirely by Value America. BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc. expects to
deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on April   , 1999.
    


                                       75
<PAGE>

     The underwriting agreement contains covenants of indemnity among the
underwriters, Value America and the selling stockholders against certain civil
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933 and
liabilities arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained
in the underwriting agreement.

     Each of Value America's executive officers, directors, director-nominees
and other stockholders of record has agreed with the representatives, for a
period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the "Lock-Up Period"),
not to offer to sell, contract to sell or otherwise sell, dispose of, loan,
pledge or grant any rights with respect to any shares of common stock, any
options or warrants to purchase any shares of common stock, or any securities
convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock owned as of the
date of this prospectus or thereafter acquired directly by such holders or with
respect to which they have or hereafter acquire the power of disposition,
without the prior written consent of BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc.
However, BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc. may, in its sole discretion and at
any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject
to lock-up agreements. There are no agreements between the representatives and
any of Value America's stockholders providing consent by the representatives to
the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period. In addition,
Value America has agreed that, during the Lock-Up Period, it will not, subject
to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of BancBoston
Robertson Stephens Inc., (a) consent to the disposition of any shares held by
stockholders prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period or (b) issue, sell,
contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, any shares of common stock, any
options or warrants to purchase any shares of common stock, or any securities
convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for shares of common stock,
other than Value America's sale of shares in the offering, its issuance of
common stock upon the exercise of currently outstanding options and warrants,
and its issuance of incentive awards under its stock incentive plan. See
"Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

   
     At the request of Value America, the underwriters have reserved up to
350,000 shares of common stock for sale, at the initial public offering price,
to employees, business associates and other friends of Value America through a
directed share program. The number of shares of common stock available for sale
to the general public in the offering will be reduced to the extent
participants in the directed share program purchase the reserved shares.
    

     The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which
they exercise discretionary authority.

     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common
stock of Value America. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the
common stock offered hereby will be determined through negotiations between
Value America and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in
such negotiations are prevailing market conditions, certain financial
information of Value America, market valuations of other companies that Value
America and the representatives believe to be comparable to Value America,
estimates of the business potential of Value America, the present state of
Value America's development and other factors deemed relevant.

     The Robinson-Humphrey Company, LLC, which is serving as one of the
representatives, identified an entity that made a short-term loan of $5.0
million to Value America in October 1998. The loan was repaid in December 1998.
For its services, Robinson-Humphrey received a fee of $150,000 from Value
America.

     STABILIZATION. The representatives have advised Value America that,
pursuant to Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, certain
persons participating in the offering may engage in transactions, including
stabilizing bids, syndicate covering transactions or the imposition of penalty
bids, that may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price
of the common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the
open market. A "stabilizing bid" is a bid for or the purchase of the common
stock on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining
the price of the common stock. A "syndicate covering transaction" is the bid
for or purchase of the common stock on behalf of the underwriters to reduce a
short position incurred by the underwriters in connection with the offering. A
"penalty bid" is an arrangement permitting the representatives to reclaim the
selling concession otherwise accruing to an underwriter or syndicate member in
connection with the offering if the common stock originally sold by such
underwriter or syndicate member is purchased by the representatives in a
syndicate covering transaction and


                                       76
<PAGE>

   
has therefore not been effectively placed by such underwriter or syndicate
member. The representatives have advised Value America that such transactions
may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if commenced,
may be discontinued at any time.
    


                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed
upon for Value America by LeClair Ryan, A Professional Corporation, Richmond,
Virginia. Gary D. LeClair, the Chairman of LeClair Ryan, A Professional
Corporation, is a director of Value America, and Mr. LeClair and certain of his
partners beneficially own, in the aggregate, 201,252 shares of common stock.
See "Management -- Executive Officers, Directors and Key Personnel" and
"Principal Stockholders." Certain legal matters in connection with this
offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Foley, Hoag & Eliot LLP,
Boston, Massachusetts.


                                    EXPERTS

     The financial statements of Value America, Inc. as of December 31, 1997
and 1998, and for the period from inception (March 13, 1996) through December
31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, included in this
prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of
said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and
Exchange Commission. This prospectus, which is a part of the registration
statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration
statement. Certain information is omitted and you should refer to the
registration statement and its exhibits. With respect to references made in
this prospectus to any contract, agreement or other document of Value America,
such references are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the
exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual
contract, agreement or other document. You may review a copy of the
registration statement, including exhibits, at the Securities and Exchange
Commission's public reference room at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, at Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New
York 10048 or at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661. Please call 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the
operation of the public reference rooms.

     We will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and
other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. You may read and
copy any reports, statements or other information on file at the public
reference rooms. You can also request copies of these documents, for a copying
fee, by writing to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     The registration statement and our other Securities and Exchange
Commission filings can also be reviewed by accessing the Securities and
Exchange Commission's Internet site at HTTP://WWW.SEC.GOV, which contains
reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding
registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.


                                       77
<PAGE>

                      (This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
<PAGE>

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                             -----
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Report of Independent Accountants ........................................................    F-2
Financial Statements:
 Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1998 .........................................    F-3
 Statements of Operations for the period from Inception (March 13, 1996) through
   December 31, 1996, and the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 .....................    F-4
 Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the period from Inception
   (March 13, 1996) through December 31, 1996, and the years ended December 31, 1997
   and 1998 ..............................................................................    F-5
 Statements of Cash Flows for the period from Inception (March 13, 1996) through
   December 31, 1996, and the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 .....................    F-6
 Notes to Financial Statements ...........................................................    F-7
</TABLE>

 

                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND
STOCKHOLDERS OF VALUE AMERICA, INC.

     In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and related statements of
operations, of changes in stockholders' equity (deficit) and of cash flows
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Value
America, Inc., at December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for the period from Inception (March 13, 1996) through
December 31, 1996, and the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are
the responsibility of Value America's management; our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We
conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management,
and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP





McLean, Virginia
March 5, 1999


                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.


                                BALANCE SHEETS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PRO FORMA
                                                                                                                 BALANCE
                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,               SHEET AT
                                                                           --------------------------------   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                 1997            1998         1998 (NOTE 1)
                                                                           --------------- ---------------- ----------------
                                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                        <C>             <C>              <C>
                                  ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents ..............................................  $ 10,340,987    $  20,126,707    $  83,746,956
  Restricted cash ........................................................            --        5,000,000        5,000,000
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $49,000 and $1,021,000 ........       458,005        3,010,963        3,010,963
  Debt issuance costs ....................................................            --       26,095,090               --
  Inventory ..............................................................            --          639,613          639,613
  Other current assets ...................................................         7,128               --               --
                                                                            ------------    -------------    -------------
   TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS ..................................................    10,806,120       54,872,373       92,397,532
                                                                            ------------    -------------    -------------
Equipment, furniture and fixtures, net ...................................       167,800        2,061,801        2,061,801
Restricted cash ..........................................................            --        1,500,000        1,500,000
Deferred offering costs ..................................................            --        1,368,884        1,368,884
Note receivable from officer .............................................            --          250,000          250,000
Other assets .............................................................        20,158           44,608           44,608
                                                                            ------------    -------------    -------------
   TOTAL ASSETS ..........................................................  $ 10,994,078    $  60,097,666    $  97,622,825
                                                                            ============    =============    =============
                                       LIABILITIES, MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
                                              AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable .......................................................  $    126,643    $  15,568,171    $  15,568,171
  Accrued expenses .......................................................       707,133        4,514,531        4,514,531
  Deferred revenue .......................................................       352,500        2,204,270        2,204,270
  Accrued stock-based compensation .......................................       273,000        1,372,416        1,372,416
  Notes payable ..........................................................            --       29,024,444               --
  Other current liabilities ..............................................        18,041          142,841          142,841
                                                                            ------------    -------------    -------------
   TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES .............................................     1,477,317       52,826,673       23,802,229
                                                                            ------------    -------------    -------------
Deferred revenue .........................................................     1,294,586          930,101          930,101
Other liabilities ........................................................        66,644           83,383           83,383
                                                                            ------------    -------------    -------------
   TOTAL LIABILITIES .....................................................     2,838,547       53,840,157       24,815,713
                                                                            ------------    -------------    -------------
Commitments and contingencies
MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK:
  Series A, without par value, convertible, 5% cumulative dividend;
   5,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual
   (0 pro forma); redeemable for $4.00 per share .........................     9,465,982       14,439,832               --
  Series B, without par value, convertible, 5% cumulative dividend;
   617,979 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual (0 in
   1997 and pro forma); redeemable for $60.94 per share ..................            --       23,381,772               --
  Series C, without par value, convertible, 5% cumulative dividend; 0
   shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual and pro forma;
   redeemable for $20.00 per share .......................................            --               --               --
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT):
  Preferred stock, without par value, 0 shares authorized, actual;
   25,000,000 shares authorized, pro forma; 0 shares issued and
   outstanding, actual and pro forma .....................................
  Common stock, without par value, 100,000 shares authorized,
   actual; 500,000,000 shares authorized, pro forma; 23,152,500 and
   23,777,700 shares issued and outstanding, actual (37,934,862 pro
   forma) ................................................................      (455,500)       7,481,718      148,293,322
  Warrants ...............................................................                     26,584,714       18,698,763
  Accumulated deficit ....................................................      (854,951)     (65,630,527)     (94,184,973)
                                                                            ------------    -------------    -------------
   TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) ..................................    (1,310,451)     (31,564,095)      72,807,112
                                                                            ------------    -------------    -------------
   TOTAL LIABILITIES, MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
    STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) .......................................  $ 10,994,078    $  60,097,666    $  97,622,825
                                                                            ============    =============    =============
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.


                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          PERIOD FROM
                                                           INCEPTION
                                                          (MARCH 13,                    YEAR ENDED
                                                         1996) THROUGH                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                         DECEMBER 31,    ---------------------------------------
                                                             1996              1997                1998
                                                        --------------   ----------------   -----------------
<S>                                                     <C>              <C>                <C>
REVENUES:
 Net sales ..........................................     $       --     $   47,677          $ 40,269,018
 Product presentations ..............................             --         85,764             1,274,570
                                                          ----------     ----------          ------------
   Total revenues ...................................             --        133,441            41,543,588
                                                          ----------     ----------          ------------
COST OF REVENUES:
 Cost of goods sold .................................             --         31,025            40,050,715
 Product presentations ..............................         96,680        454,617               725,112
                                                          ----------     ----------          ------------
   Total cost of revenues ...........................         96,680        485,642            40,775,827
                                                          ----------     ----------          ------------
Gross (loss) margin .................................        (96,680)      (352,201)              767,761
                                                        ------------     ---------------     ------------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
 Sales, advertising and marketing ...................         43,863        487,626            38,485,228
 General and administrative .........................        152,018        544,479             7,365,651
 Technical and system development ...................        135,896        486,776             4,109,208
 Professional fee ...................................             --             --             1,700,218
                                                        ------------     ----------          ------------
   Total operating expenses .........................        331,777      1,518,881            51,660,305
                                                        ------------     ----------          ------------
 Operating loss .....................................       (428,457)    (1,871,082)          (50,892,544)
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES:
 Interest income (expense), net .....................          3,383         17,823            (2,723,279)
                                                        ------------     ----------          ------------
NET LOSS ............................................       (425,074)    (1,853,259)          (53,615,823)
 Accretion and dividends on Series A
   and Series B redeemable preferred
   stock ............................................             --       (188,368)          (11,159,753)
                                                        ------------     ---------------    ---------------
 Net loss available for common stockholders .........   $   (425,074)    $(2,041,627)       $ (64,775,576)
                                                        ============     ===============    =============
NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE:
 Basic ..............................................   $    (0.02)      $ (0.09)           $      (2.80)
                                                        ============     ===============    =============
 Diluted ............................................   $    (0.02)      $ (0.09)           $      (2.80)
                                                        ============     ===============    =============
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES:
 Basic ..............................................   22,500,000       22,615,625           23,154,213
                                                        ============     ==========         =============
 Diluted ............................................   22,500,000       22,615,625           23,154,213
                                                        ============     ==========         =============
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.


            STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                COMMON STOCK
                                       ------------------------------
                                                                                           ACCUMULATED
                                          SHARES           AMOUNT          WARRANTS          DEFICIT             TOTAL
                                       ------------   ---------------   -------------   ----------------   ----------------
<S>                                    <C>            <C>               <C>             <C>                <C>
Initial capitalization .............   22,500,000     $  150,000        $        --       $         --       $    150,000
Net loss ...........................           --             --                 --           (425,074)          (425,074)
                                       ----------     ----------        -----------       ------------       ------------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996 .........   22,500,000        150,000                 --           (425,074)          (275,074)
                                       ----------     ----------        -----------       ------------       ------------
Common stock granted as
 employee compensation .............       75,000         43,750                 --                 --             43,750
Transfer of S-corporation losses
 upon reincorporation as a
 C-corporation .....................           --     (1,611,750)                --          1,611,750                 --
Sale of common stock and
 warrants ..........................      577,500        962,500                 --                 --            962,500
Accrual of preferred stock
 dividends .........................           --             --                 --            (37,500)           (37,500)
Accretion of redeemable
 preferred stock ...................           --             --                 --           (150,868)          (150,868)
Net loss ...........................           --             --                 --         (1,853,259)        (1,853,259)
                                       ----------     ----------        -----------     --------------     --------------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997 .........   23,152,500       (455,500)                --           (854,951)        (1,310,451)
                                       ----------     --------------    -----------     --------------     --------------
Sale of common stock and
 warrants ..........................      625,200      6,252,000                 --                --          6,252,000
Stock issuance costs ...............           --        (15,000)                --                              (15,000)
Issuance of warrants with notes
 payable ...........................           --             --         26,584,714                --         26,584,714
Accrual of preferred stock
 dividends .........................           --             --                 --        (1,747,344)        (1,747,344)
Accretion of redeemable
 preferred stock ...................           --             --                 --        (9,412,409)        (9,412,409)
Professional fee ...................           --      1,700,218                 --                --          1,700,218
Net loss ...........................           --             --                 --       (53,615,823)       (53,615,823)
                                       ----------     ----------        -----------     --------------     --------------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998 .........   23,777,700     $7,481,718        $26,584,714      $(65,630,527)      $(31,564,095)
                                       ==========     ==========        ===========     ==============     ==============
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                               VALUE AMERICA, INC


                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              PERIOD
                                                                          FROM INCEPTION
                                                                            (MARCH 13,
                                                                          1996) THROUGH        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           DECEMBER 31,  -----------------------------------
                                                                               1996            1997              1998
                                                                         --------------- ---------------- -----------------
<S>                                                                      <C>             <C>              <C>
 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net loss ............................................................. $(425,074)       $ (1,853,259)     $ (53,615,823)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
   activities:
   Depreciation and amortization .......................................     9,137              45,946            642,979
   Common stock granted as employee compensation .......................        --              43,750
   Stock-based compensation ............................................        --             273,000          1,099,416
   Professional fee ....................................................        --                  --          1,700,218
   Amortization of debt issuance costs .................................        --                  --          2,277,474
   Interest expense added to debt principal ............................        --                  --             24,444
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
   Accounts receivable .................................................   (12,500)           (445,505)        (2,552,958)
   Inventory ...........................................................        --                  --           (639,613)
   Note receivable from officer ........................................        --                  --           (250,000)
   Other assets ........................................................    (1,894)            (25,392)           (17,322)
   Accounts payable ....................................................    29,744              96,899         15,441,528
   Accrued expenses ....................................................    25,052              89,810          4,399,669
   Deferred revenue ....................................................   210,000           1,437,086          1,487,285
   Other liabilities ...................................................        --                  --                 --
                                                                         ---------       -------------      -------------
 NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES .................................  (165,535)           (337,665)       (30,002,703)
                                                                         -------------   -------------      -------------
 CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Restricted cash ......................................................        --                  --         (6,500,000)
  Capital expenditures .................................................   (57,715)           (165,168)        (2,536,980)
                                                                         ---------       --------------     -------------
 NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES .................................   (57,715)           (165,168)        (9,036,980)
                                                                         ---------       --------------     -------------
 CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from assets placed under capital lease ......................     5,558              46,892            269,593
  Principal payments under capital lease obligations ...................    (1,406)            (16,359)          (128,054)
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock ...............................   150,000             962,500          6,252,000
  Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock ............................        --          10,000,000         18,829,894
  Payment of offering costs ............................................        --            (130,115)        (3,339,886)
  Proceeds from issuance of debt and warrants ..........................        --                  --         29,000,000
  Payment of debt issuance costs .......................................        --                  --         (1,787,850)
  Borrowings ...........................................................   150,000              50,000          5,700,000
  Debt repayments ......................................................        --            (150,000)        (5,700,000)
  Dividends paid .......................................................        --                  --           (270,294)
                                                                         ---------       -------------      -------------
 NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES .............................   304,152          10,762,918         48,825,403
                                                                         ---------       -------------      -------------
 NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS .............................    80,902          10,260,085          9,785,720
 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ........................        --              80,902         10,340,987
                                                                         ---------       -------------      -------------
 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD .............................. $  80,902        $ 10,340,987      $  20,126,707
                                                                         =========       =============      =============
 Non-cash investing and financing transactions:
  Issuance of common stock to an employee as compensation .............. $      --        $     43,750      $
                                                                         =========       =============      =============
  Increase in accrued expenses related to preferred stock offering costs $      --        $    592,271      $
                                                                         =========       =============      =============
  Accretion and dividends on redeemable preferred stock ................ $      --        $    188,368      $  11,159,753
                                                                         =========       =============      =============
  Issuance of warrants with notes payable .............................. $      --        $         --      $  26,584,714
                                                                         =========       =============      =============
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


     Value America, Inc. ("Value America") is an Internet-based retailer that
sells a large selection of high quality, brand name products and services at
competitive prices to both consumers and businesses. Additionally, Value
America develops and maintains custom multi-media presentations for the
products and services featured on its online store. Value America was
considered to be a development stage enterprise until the first quarter of
1998.


     RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

     Value America is subject to all of the risks inherent in an early stage
business in the technology and retail industries. These risks include, but are
not limited to: limited operating history, limited senior management resources,
management of a changing business, reliance on merchandise vendors, reliance on
other third parties, competitive nature of the industry, dependence on the
Internet and related security risks, development and maintenance of efficient
information technologies to support the business, and uncertain ability to
protect proprietary intellectual properties.


     USE OF ESTIMATES

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     Value America considers all highly-liquid investments purchased with
original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.


     RESTRICTED CASH

     Through December 31, 1998, Value America entered into letter of credit
agreements with vendors whereby Value America granted security interests and
limited powers of attorney over certificates of deposit totaling $5.0 million.
The letters of credit are callable if Value America defaults in the payments of
trade payables to the secured vendors and expire through August 1999. The $5.0
million in certificates of deposit is included in restricted cash as of
December 31, 1998.

     In April 1998, Value America entered into a two-year agreement for credit
card clearing services which required Value America to establish a $1.5 million
cash deposit account to cover potential chargebacks. Although the agreement may
be terminated without penalty by either party, the credit card processor can
require Value America to maintain the account for up to ten months following
termination. Additionally, the credit card processor has a first priority lien
and security interest in the deposit account until the funds are released to
Value America. This cash deposit is included in restricted cash as of December
31, 1998.


     FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The carrying value of Value America's financial instruments, which include
accounts receivable, accounts payable, notes payable, accrued expenses, and
mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, is considered to approximate fair value
due to the relatively short maturities of the respective instruments.


     INVENTORY AND COST OF GOODS SOLD

     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in,
first-out basis) or market. Value America periodically commits to purchase
quantities of merchandise from vendors prior to receiving customer


                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED

1. NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES -- Continued

orders. The inventory remains at the manufacturer or distributor that provides
fulfillment services for Value America until it is sold to a third party. At
December 31, 1998, Value America was not committed to any significant inventory
purchases.

     In the year ended December 31, 1998, Value America purchased goods from
one manufacturer that accounted for approximately 58% of net sales. The amount
of net sales related to purchases from this manufacturer is minimal for the
comparable period in 1997. Value America has no long-term contracts or
arrangements with any of its manufacturers that guarantee the availability of
merchandise, the continuation of particular payment terms, or the extension of
credit. There can be no assurance that Value America's current manufacturers
will continue to sell merchandise to Value America on current terms or that
Value America will be able to establish new or extend current relationships to
ensure acquisition of merchandise in a timely manner and on acceptable
commercial terms. If Value America were unable to develop and maintain
relationships that would allow it to obtain sufficient quantities of
merchandise on acceptable commercial terms, such inability could have a
material adverse effect on Value America's financial position, results of
operations and cash flows.


     EQUIPMENT, FURNITURE AND FIXTURES

     Equipment, furniture and fixtures are recorded at cost. Value America
computes depreciation on a straight-line basis for financial reporting purposes
and uses accelerated depreciation methods for tax purposes, where appropriate.


     REVENUE AND COST RECOGNITION

     Value America's online store showcases products and services using
multi-media presentations that allow customers to learn about the features and
benefits of the products and to purchase the products from Value America.
Vendors ship products directly to the customer upon receipt of an order from
Value America. Revenue from product sales is recognized upon shipment from the
vendor. Value America is responsible for selling the merchandise, collecting
payment from the customer, ensuring shipment to the customer and processing
returned goods. Value America takes title to the product upon shipment and
bears the risk of loss for collection, delivery and merchandise returns from
customers. Value America accrues a reserve for estimated product returns at the
time of sale.

     Value America has contractual agreements with vendors under which Value
America prepares and maintains multi-media product presentations and lists
vendors' merchandise in Value America's online store. These agreements provide
for both the development and the Internet-access of these presentations for
established contractual periods. Value America recognizes product presentation
and listing revenue ratably over the period of the related agreement, beginning
upon availability of the presentation in Value America's online store, and
recognizes the costs of developing and maintaining presentations as incurred.
At December 31, 1997 and 1998, Value America had total deferred revenue
associated with product presentations of approximately $1.6 million and $2.4
respectively, which it will recognize over varying terms through 2000. The
agreements generally provide for the payment of a renewal fee for presentations
and merchandise listings beyond the initial agreement period. Revenues from
renewal fees are recognized ratably over the renewal term.

     Value America also has deferred revenue of approximately $752,000 at
December 31, 1998 associated with cash received for product sales in advance of
the shipment of the underlying product, which will be recognized as revenue
upon product shipment.


                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED


     ADVERTISING

     Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Cash received from cooperative
advertising agreements is recorded as a reduction of advertising expense.
Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 was
approximately $194,000 and $33.2 million, net of cooperative advertising of
approximately $0 and $2.0 million respectively.


     VALUE AMERICA DOLLARS

     On certain purchases, Value America offers customers "Value America
Dollars", which can be used against future purchases of merchandise from Value
America's online store. Value America records a liability for Value America
Dollars at the time of the sale on which the Value America Dollars are earned.
At December 31, 1997 and 1998, Value America had recorded approximately $2,000
and $206,000, respectively, in accrued expenses for Value America Dollars.


     EARNINGS PER SHARE

     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128 (FAS 128), EARNINGS
PER SHARE, establishes standards for computing and presenting earnings per
share. Basic earnings per share is calculated using the weighted average number
of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is
computed using the weighted average number of common and potential common
shares outstanding during the period, except if anti-dilutive. Potential common
shares used in the diluted earnings per share calculation consist of (i) the
incremental common shares issuable upon conversion of the mandatorily
redeemable preferred stock (using the if-converted method) and (ii) shares
issuable upon the exercise of stock options and warrants (using the treasury
stock method).


     STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

     FAS 123, ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION, defines a fair value
based method of accounting for employee stock options or similar equity
instruments. This statement allows companies to recognize compensation expense
associated with stock-based awards either by the fair value method prescribed
by FAS 123 or the intrinsic value method prescribed by Accounting Principles
Board (APB) Opinion No. 25. Value America uses the method prescribed by APB
Opinion No. 25 for employee stock options and makes supplemental disclosures
(Note 6) to show the effects of using the fair value-based measurement
criteria. Value America accounts for options granted to non-employees as
prescribed by FAS 123.


     INCOME TAXES

     FAS 109, ACCOUNTING FOR INCOME TAXES, requires the recognition of deferred
tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of events
that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this
method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future
years arising from differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities
and their financial reporting amounts at each period end based on enacted tax
laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences
are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established,
when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be
realized. The provision for income taxes represents the tax payable for the
period and the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities.
 


     TECHNICAL AND SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT

     Technical and system development expenses consist primarily of payroll
related expenses and consulting fees for the development of software to support
Value America's web site and order fulfillment systems. Through December 31,
1998, technical and system development costs have been expensed as incurred.


                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED


     STOCK SPLIT

     On July 1, 1998, Value America's board of directors approved a
three-for-one split of Value America's common stock, which was effective as of
September 1, 1998. All references to the number of shares issued and
outstanding, the conversion factors for the Series A and Series B preferred
stock and per share information for all periods presented have been adjusted to
reflect the stock split.


     RECLASSIFICATIONS

     Certain reclassifications were made to the 1997 financial statements to
conform to the 1998 presentation.


     NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     In 1998, Value America adopted FAS 130, REPORTING COMPREHENSIVE INCOME,
which establishes standards for the reporting and display of comprehensive
income and its components. The adoption of FAS 130 had no impact on Value
America's net loss or stockholders' equity as the comprehensive loss was the
same as Value America's net loss.

     In 1998, Value America adopted FAS 131, DISCLOSURES ABOUT SEGMENTS OF AN
ENTERPRISE AND RELATED INFORMATION. This statement establishes standards for
the way that public reporting enterprises report information about operating
segments in annual financial statements and requires that those enterprises
report selected information about operating segments in annual financial
reports issued to stockholders. Value America currently operates in one
operating and geographic segment. The adoption of FAS 131 does not have a
material effect on the current operating or disclosure requirements.

     In March 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
issued Statement of Position (SOP) No. 98-1, ACCOUNTING FOR THE COSTS OF
COMPUTER SOFTWARE DEVELOPED OR OBTAINED FOR INTERNAL USE. SOP 98-1 provides
guidance on accounting for the costs of computer software developed or obtained
for internal use. Costs incurred prior to the initial application of SOP 98-1,
whether capitalized or not, should not be adjusted to the amounts that would
have been capitalized had this SOP been in effect when those costs were
incurred. SOP 98-1 is effective for Value America's fiscal year ending December
31, 1999. Value America is currently evaluating the prospective impact of this
pronouncement on Value America's financial condition, results of operations and
cash flows.


     PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET

   
     The accompanying unaudited pro forma balance sheet at December 31, 1998
reflects (i) the issuance in January 1999 of $5.0 million principal amount of
notes payable and related warrants, which resulted in a debt issuance cost
equal to the $4.5 million fair value of the warrants, (ii) the issuance in
January 1999 of 20,000 shares of common stock at a price of $10.00 per share,
(iii) the issuance in January 1999 of 6,000,000 shares of Series C convertible
preferred stock and related warrants, for which the proceeds were allocated to
convertible preferred stock and warrants based upon the relative fair values of
$48.6 million for the Series C convertible preferred stock and $11.4 million
for the warrants, (iv) the allocation in January 1999 of the Series C
convertible preferred stock's beneficial conversion feature of $19.8 million,
(v) the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of Value America's
convertible preferred stock into 10,737,162 shares of common stock, (vi) the
exercise of warrants, resulting in the cancellation of the $34.0 million
principal amount of notes payable and the issuance of 3,400,000 shares of
common stock, (vii) the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs of $8.1
million as interest expense and $22.5 million to common stock, upon
cancellation of the $34.0 million principal amount of notes payable, and (viii)
the payment of approximately $1.0 million of accrued dividends on Value
America's Series A and B convertible preferred stock, assuming consummation of
the offering.
    


                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED


2. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

   
     Accounts receivable primarily represent amounts billed for multi-media
product presentations, products shipped to business customers, receivables from
vendors for returned products, product discounts, and cooperative advertising.
Agreement terms permit Value America to bill 50% of the total product
presentation agreement value at signing with the remainder billable when the
presentations become available to customers on Value America's web site.
Business customers that are extended credit are billed upon product shipment.
Receivables from vendors for returned products are used as credits against
future product purchases. Product discounts are billed upon shipment and
cooperative advertising is billed upon airing of the respective advertisement.
Value America recorded approximately $0, $49,000, and $972,000 in bad debt
expense during the period from Inception (March 13, 1996) to December 31, 1996,
and the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively. There were no
write-offs of accounts receivable in 1996, 1997, and 1998.
    


3. EQUIPMENT, FURNITURE AND FIXTURES



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                  -----------------------------    DEPRECIABLE
                                                      1997            1998            LIVES
                                                  ------------   --------------   ------------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>              <C>
Computer hardware and software ................    $ 179,072      $ 2,153,254       2 years
Office furniture and equipment ................       37,580          469,890      2-5 years
Other .........................................        6,231          136,719       2 years
                                                   ---------      -----------
                                                     222,883        2,759,863
Accumulated depreciation ......................      (55,083)        (698,062)
                                                   ---------      -----------
Net equipment, furniture and fixtures .........    $ 167,800      $ 2,061,801
                                                   =========      ===========
</TABLE>

     Computer equipment with a capitalized cost of approximately $51,000 and
$270,000, and accumulated depreciation of approximately $34,000 and $15,000, at
December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively, was held under capital lease
agreements.


4. NOTES PAYABLE AND LINE OF CREDIT

     At December 31, 1997 and 1998, Value America had a note payable to an
employee in the amount of $50,000. This note bears interest at 5% annually with
interest and principal payable on September 15, 2007. The note payable is
included in other liabilities at December 31, 1997 and 1998.

     On April 8, 1998, Value America entered into a line of credit agreement
with a bank, which provides for borrowings up to $5.0 million. Such borrowings
are fully secured by liquid securities. Interest on any funds advanced will
accrue at a rate of LIBOR plus 1.75% and the agreement expires on May 31, 1999.
There were no amounts outstanding under this line of credit at December 31,
1998.

     Value America entered into a Revolving Credit Agreement ("Agreement") with
a preferred stockholder and additional participants in October 1998, which was
amended in November and December 1998 and January 1999. In connection with each
amendment, warrants were issued to the preferred stockholder and the
participants. Amounts outstanding under the Agreement and subsequent amendments
totaled approximately $29.0 million at December 31, 1998 and $34.0 million at
January 12, 1999 (Note 12). Borrowings under the Agreement bear interest at 11%
annually with interest and principal payable on August 17, 1999. Upon a
qualifying public offering, principal amounts outstanding under the Agreement
are repayable through the exercise of common stock warrants.

     At December 31, 1998 Value America had issued 348,000 Type A common stock
warrants, 2,900,000 Type B common stock warrants and 325,000 Type C common
stock warrants in connection with the amendments to the Agreement.


                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED

4. NOTES PAYABLE AND LINE OF CREDIT -- Continued

     Type A Warrants have an exercise price of $0.01 per share of common stock
and are exercisable upon the earlier of November 17, 1999, a qualifying public
offering or a change in control, and until November 17, 2008. The exercise
price is payable in cash or by Value America not issuing that number of shares
having a fair market value equal to the exercise price.

     Type B Warrants have an exercise price of $10.00 per share of common stock
and are exercisable upon issuance until November 17, 2008. The exercise price
is payable in cash or by Value America not issuing that number of shares having
a fair market value equal to the exercise price.

     Type B Warrants are mandatorily exercisable upon the closing of a
qualifying public offering. Upon mandatory exercise, the holder must pay the
exercise price by cancellation of the indebtedness outstanding under the
Agreement.

     Type C Warrants have an exercise price of $10.00 per share of common stock
and are exercisable upon issuance until the earlier of January 15, 2009 or
three calendar years following a qualifying public offering. If the aggregate
fair value of Value America's common stock does not exceed $600.0 million on or
before the "Evaluation Date" (the earlier of December 31, 1999 or a change in
control, as defined), the exercise price of the warrants changes to $0.01. The
exercise price is payable in cash or by Value America not issuing that number
of shares having a fair market value equal to the exercise price.

   
     Value America allocated the $26.6 million fair value of the Type A, B and
C common stock warrants to stockholders' equity based upon the fair value of
the warrants as determined by an independent valuation, and amortizes the
resulting debt issuance costs as interest expense using the effective interest
method until the earliest of maturity or conversion. Additionally, Value
America recorded approximately $1.7 million in debt issuance costs paid in
cash. Upon repayment of the debt through the exercise of the Type B warrants
for common stock, the unamortized portion of the debt issuance costs
attributable to the Type B warrants will be recorded to the equity accounts and
the unamortized portion of the debt issuance costs attributable to the Type A
and Type C warrants will be recorded as interest expense. Value America
anticipates that the interest expense from the amortization of the debt
issuance costs will have a material effect on its net loss in the quarter and
year in which this public offering is completed. This amortization will not
affect Value America's cash flows. At December 31, 1998, Value America had
unamortized debt issuance costs of approximately $26.1 million associated with
the Agreement, inclusive of approximately $1.5 million in debt issuance costs
paid in cash. In the year ended December 31, 1998, Value America recorded
interest expense of approximately $2.3 million related to amortization of debt
issuance costs.
    

     Value America has an agreement with the lender to pay a one percent
commitment fee on the borrowing capacity under the Revolving Credit Agreement.
Commitment fees are immediately payable upon increases in the borrowing
capacity. Value America paid $290,000 in commitment fees in the year ended
December 31, 1998.

     Additionally, Value America has an agreement with a stockholder to pay
finders' fees in connection with the aforementioned Revolving Credit Agreement.
In the year ended December 31, 1998, fees were paid to this stockholder of
approximately $323,000. In the event principal amounts outstanding under the
Revolving Credit Agreement convert to equity prior to March 30, 1999, the
stockholder is entitled to an additional fee of approximately $646,000, which
will be recorded as interest expense.


5. MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

     In December 1997, Value America sold 5,000,000 shares of 5% Cumulative
Convertible Series A preferred stock ("Series A") for $10.0 million. Value
America recorded proceeds from this sale, net of related issuance costs, of
$9.3 million. These shares are convertible at any time at the option of the
holder at a rate


                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED

5. MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK -- Continued

such that one preferred share is convertible into the number of common shares
which results from dividing $2.00 by the $3.47 conversion price (subject to
adjustment). Series A stockholders are entitled to the number of votes equal to
the largest number of common shares into which the preferred shares could be
converted on the record date for the determination of stockholders eligible to
vote on a particular matter.

     If Value America does not successfully offer common shares to the public
before December 19, 1999, the Series A shares may be redeemed at the option of
the stockholder for $4.00 per share plus any unpaid dividends. If full
redemption is not elected by the stockholder, 1,666,666 shares are mandatorily
redeemable in each of January 2003, 2004 and 2005 at a price of $4.00 per share
plus any unpaid dividends. In addition, if there is no successful public
offering by December 19, 1999, the dividend rate increases to 9%, retroactive
to the issuance date. Dividends accrue daily and are due quarterly on April 1,
July 1, October 1 and January 1. The carrying amount of these securities is
periodically adjusted to increase the carrying value to the redemption value of
$20.0 million at December 19, 1999. Accretion for the years ended December 31,
1997 and 1998 was approximately $188,000 and $5.2 million, respectively,
inclusive of cumulative, unpaid dividends at 9%.

     At the completion of a successful public offering of equity securities
with aggregate gross proceeds of at least $25.0 million with a minimum common
share price of $3.82, the Series A preferred shares will automatically convert
to common shares, with certain registration rights.

     In June 1998, Value America sold 617,979 shares of 5% Cumulative
Convertible Series B preferred stock ("Series B") for $18.8 million. Value
America recorded proceeds from this sale, net of related offering costs, of
$17.5 million. These shares are convertible at any time at the option of the
holder at a rate such that one preferred share is convertible into three shares
of common stock (subject to adjustment). Series B stockholders are entitled to
the number of votes equal to the largest number of common shares into which the
shares can be converted.

     If Value America does not successfully offer common shares to the public
before December 19, 1999, the Series B shares may be redeemed at the option of
the stockholder for $60.94 per share plus any unpaid dividends. If full
redemption is not elected by the stockholder, 205,993 shares are mandatorily
redeemable in each of January 2003, 2004 and 2005 at a price of $60.94 per
share plus any unpaid dividends. In addition, if there is no successful public
offering by December 19, 1999, the dividend rate increases to 9%, retroactive
to the issuance date. Dividends accrue daily and are due quarterly on April 1,
July 1, October 1 and January 1. The carrying amount of these securities is
periodically adjusted to increase the carrying value to the redemption value of
$37.7 million at December 19, 1999. Accretion for the year ended December 31,
1998 was approximately $5.9 million, inclusive of cumulative unpaid dividends
at 9%.

     At the completion of a successful public offering of equity securities
with aggregate gross proceeds of at least $25.0 million with a minimum common
share price of $3.82, the Series B preferred shares will automatically convert
to common shares, with certain registration rights.

     Certain of the Series B investors also acquired 617,979 shares of common
stock from the two founders of Value America for $6.3 million.

     Value America paid finders' fees of $500,000 and $1.1 million,
respectively, for the placement of the Series A and Series B preferred stock.
These amounts are recorded as a reduction of the related proceeds.


                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED


6. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)


     COMMON STOCK

     During 1996, Value America was capitalized with the issuance of an
aggregate of 22,500,000 shares of common stock, without par value, to two
founders for $150,000. A common stockholder is entitled to one vote for each
common share held.

     In October and November 1997, Value America sold 427,500 and 150,000
shares of common stock at a price of $1.50 and $1.67 per share, respectively,
and 213,750 warrants at a price of $0.33 per warrant. The warrants expire
October 31, 2002 and allow the holder to purchase one share of common stock for
$1.67.

     In June 1998, Value America's principal stockholder sold 288,321 shares of
common stock to an entity which assisted in the promotion of the private
placements of Series A and Series B preferred stock. The shares were sold for
$1.0 million in cash and $1.0 million in notes payable to the stockholder, due
June 30, 2003. The note is not payable unless the fair market value of the
shares, as defined, exceeds $6.0 million on the determination date. The excess
of the fair value of the stock sold by the principal stockholder over the
consideration received was recognized as a period expense (with a corresponding
increase in common stock) in the amount of approximately $1.7 million. The fair
value of the note was determined by an independent valuation to be $226,000.

     In December 1998, Value America sold 625,200 shares of common stock and
118,320 warrants for $6.3 million. Of the total issuances, 175,620 shares of
common stock and 52,686 warrants were issued to related parties and 449,580
shares of common stock and 65,634 warrants were issued to third parties. The
warrants allow the holder to purchase one share of common stock for $10.00 and
are exercisable after the vesting date, which is the earlier of December 18,
1999 or a qualifying public offering, until December 18, 2008.


     PREFERRED STOCK

   
     At December 31, 1998, 5,617,979 shares of preferred stock, without
par value, were authorized, issued and outstanding. In January 1999, the
authorized shares of preferred stock were increased to 25,000,000. (Notes 5 and
12).
    


     INCENTIVE PLAN

     In connection with Value America's Incentive Plan ("Plan"), Value
America's board of directors has reserved 6,250,000 shares of common stock to
grant nonqualified and incentive stock options to employees, officers,
directors and certain non-employees. The exercise price of each option granted
under the Plan is determined by the Compensation Committee of Value America's
board of directors and is generally equal to the fair market value of Value
America's common stock on the date of grant. The Plan also provides for the
issuance of stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and incentive stock.

     The terms of option grants and issuances of stock appreciation rights,
restricted stock and incentive stock, including vesting and terms of exercise,
are determined by the Compensation Committee. Options granted through December
31, 1998 generally vest over periods up to five years and expire upon the
earlier of ten years from the date of grant or upon termination of employment.
Through December 31, 1998 no stock appreciation rights, restricted stock or
incentive stock had been granted.


                                      F-14
<PAGE>

                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED

6. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) -- Continued

     A summary of stock option activity is as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                                      NUMBER OF OPTIONS      EXERCISE PRICE
                                                     -------------------   -----------------
<S>                                                  <C>                   <C>
Outstanding, December 31, 1996 ...................               --             $   --
Granted ..........................................        2,591,625               0.88
Exercised ........................................               --                 --
Expired/forfeited ................................           (6,000)              1.67
                                                          ---------             ------
Outstanding, December 31, 1997 ...................        2,585,625               0.88
Granted ..........................................        2,062,105               6.70
Exercised ........................................               --                 --
Expired/forfeited ................................         (518,255)              3.74
                                                          ---------             ------
Outstanding, December 31, 1998 ...................        4,129,475            $  3.43
                                                          =========            =======
Exercisable at December 31, 1996 .................               --            $    --
                                                          ---------            -------
Exercisable at December 31, 1997 .................          441,426            $   .69
                                                          =========            =======
Exercisable at December 31, 1998 .................          953,904            $   .83
                                                          =========            =======
Available for grant at December 31, 1998 .........        2,120,525            $    --
                                                          =========            =======
</TABLE>

     The following table summarizes information about stock options at December
31, 1998:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                            OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                    ------------------------------------------------------   ---------------------------------
                                     WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                        REMAINING
     RANGE OF           NUMBER         CONTRACTUAL       WEIGHTED AVERAGE        NUMBER       WEIGHTED AVERAGE
 EXERCISE PRICES     OUTSTANDING       LIFE (YEARS)       EXERCISE PRICE      EXERCISABLE      EXERCISE PRICE
- -----------------   -------------   -----------------   ------------------   -------------   -----------------
<S>                 <C>             <C>                 <C>                  <C>             <C>
$0.58-$ 1.67          2,414,625              9          $ 0.81                  944,904           $ 0.81
$3.47-$ 3.50            744,750              9          $ 3.50                    9,000           $ 3.50
$6.67-$10.16            970,100             10          $ 9.91                       --           $   --
                      ---------                                                 -------
                      4,129,475                                                 953,904
                      =========                                                 =======
</TABLE>

     Certain options were issued during 1997 and 1998 which provide for cash
bonuses upon exercise. Value America recorded approximately $273,000 and
$267,000 in compensation for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998,
respectively, related to these bonus provisions. Additional expense to be
recognized related to these bonus provisions is as follows: 1999 -- $320,000;
2000 -- $52,000.

     Additionally, Value America issued options through December 31, 1998 with
exercise prices less than the fair market value at the date of grant, resulting
in compensation expense of approximately $832,000 for the year ended December
31, 1998. Additional expense to be recognized related to these options is as
follows: 1999 --  $668,000; 2000 -- $420,000; 2001 -- $274,000; 2002 --
$135,000; 2003 -- $20,000.

     Value America applies APB Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations in
accounting for its Plan and recognizes compensation expense for its employee
stock-based awards based upon the intrinsic value method. If Value America had
elected to recognize compensation expense using the fair value method
prescribed by FAS No. 123, net loss for the period from Inception (March 13,
1996) through December 31, 1996 would be the same as currently presented. For
the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 Value America's net loss and net
loss per share would have been as follows:


                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED

6. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) -- Continued



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                           ------------------------------------
                                                 1997                1998
                                           ----------------   -----------------
<S>                                        <C>                <C>
NET LOSS:
As reported ............................     $ (1,853,259)      $ (53,615,823)
                                             ============       =============
Pro forma ..............................     $ (1,855,509)      $ (53,687,620)
                                             ============       =============
NET LOSS PER SHARE:
As reported, basic and diluted .........     $      (0.09)      $       (2.80)
                                             ============       =============
Pro forma, basic and diluted ...........     $      (0.09)      $       (2.80)
                                             ============       =============
</TABLE>
    

     The fair value for these options was estimated at the grant date using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                     -----------------------------
                                          1997            1998
                                     -------------   -------------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>
 Expected volatility .............        0.01%           0.01%
 Risk-free interest rate .........    5.7%-5.9%       4.1%-5.6%
 Expected life ...................   1-6 years       1-6 years
 Expected dividend yield .........          0%              0%
</TABLE>

     Because the determination of the fair value of all options granted after
Value America becomes a public entity will include an expected volatility
factor in addition to the factors described in the preceding table and because
additional option grants are expected to be made each year, the above pro forma
disclosures are not representative of the pro forma effects of option grants on
reported net income (loss) for future years.


     EARNINGS PER SHARE

     The following table sets forth the calculation for the loss (numerator)
and shares (denominator) for earnings per share:



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       PERIOD FROM
                                                        INCEPTION
                                                     (MARCH 13, 1996)
                                                         THROUGH               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                       DECEMBER 31,     --------------------------------------
                                                           1996                1997                1998
                                                    -----------------   -----------------   ------------------
<S>                                                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:
LOSS (NUMERATOR):
Net loss ........................................      $  (425,074)       $  (1,853,259)      $  (53,615,823)
Less: Preferred stock dividends .................               --              (37,500)          (1,747,344)
Less: Accretion of preferred stock ..............               --             (150,868)          (9,412,409)
                                                       -----------        -------------       --------------
Loss available to common stockholders and assumed
  conversions ...................................      $  (425,074)       $  (2,041,627)      $  (64,775,576)
                                                       ===========        =============       ==============
SHARES (DENOMINATOR):
Weighted average common shares ..................       22,500,000           22,615,625           23,154,213
                                                       ===========        =============       ==============
Basic and diluted earnings per share ............      $     (0.02)       $       (0.09)      $        (2.80)
                                                       ===========        =============       ==============
</TABLE>
    

     During the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998, Series A and B
preferred stock convertible into 0, 2,883,225 and 4,737,162 shares of common
stock was outstanding, respectively, but is not included in


                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED

6. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) -- Continued

the earnings per share computation because it is anti-dilutive. During the
years ended December 31, 1996, 1997, and 1998, options and warrants to purchase
0, 2,799,375, and 8,034,545 shares of common stock, respectively, were
outstanding but are not included in the computation because they are
anti-dilutive.


7. INCOME TAXES

     From Inception (March 13, 1996) through October 31, 1997, Value America
has provided no provision for income taxes since it had elected, with the
consent of its original stockholders, to be an S Corporation under the Internal
Revenue Code. In lieu of corporate income taxes, the stockholders of an S
corporation are taxed on their proportionate share of Value America's taxable
income. Accordingly, no provision for income taxes was recorded for this
period. Effective November 1, 1997, Value America terminated its S Corporation
status and recorded gross deferred tax assets of $478,787.

   
     Value America has not recorded a provision or benefit for income taxes for
the period November 1, 1997 through December 31, 1997 and for the year ended
December 31, 1998. The net increase in the valuation allowance of $20.0 million
in 1998 relates primarily to income tax net operating losses generated from the
current year operating loss. Value America has net operating loss carryforwards
of approximately $3,000 and $50.0 million at December 31, 1997 and 1998,
respectively. The net operating loss carryforwards expire in years 2012 through
2018. If certain substantial changes in Value America's ownership should occur,
there would be an annual limitation on the amount of the carryforwards which
can be utilized.
    

     The components of deferred income tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:
 



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                              -------------------------------
                                                  1997             1998
                                              ------------   ----------------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>
Tax assets:
 Deferred revenue .........................    $  625,893     $   1,191,061
 Allowance for doubtful accounts ..........        18,620           488,680
 Net operating loss carryforwards .........         1,280        18,997,965
 Other ....................................         5,700           167,890
                                               ----------     -------------
 Gross deferred tax assets ................       651,493        20,845,596
Tax liabilities:
 Depreciation .............................            --          (193,879)
                                               ----------     -------------
 Gross deferred tax liabilities ...........            --          (193,879)
 Net deferred tax asset ...................       651,493        20,651,717
Valuation allowance .......................      (651,493)      (20,651,717)
                                               ----------     -------------
Net deferred tax assets ...................    $       --     $          --
                                               ==========     =============
</TABLE>
    

     Deferred tax assets are offset by a full valuation allowance as the lack
of earnings history gives rise to uncertainty as to whether the assets are
realizable. As a result of Value America's history of operating losses and the
uncertainty surrounding Value America's ability to recognize income tax
benefits associated with such losses, no pro forma tax provision calculation or
related earnings per share effects have been included in these financial
statements as they relate to Value America's previous status as an S
Corporation.


                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED

7. INCOME TAXES -- Continued

     A reconciliation between the statutory federal income tax rate and the
effective rate of income tax expense follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            YEAR ENDED
                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      -----------------------
                                                                         1997         1998
                                                                      ----------   ----------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
Statutory federal income tax rate .................................        34%          34%
 Effect of S corporation status prior to November 1, 1997 .........       (23%)         --
 State income taxes ...............................................         1%           4%
 Stock compensation ...............................................        (6%)         (1%)
 Change in valuation allowance ....................................        (6%)        (37%)
                                                                          ---          ---
                                                                            0%           0%
                                                                          ===          ===
</TABLE>

8. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

     In June 1998, Value America adopted a 401(k) defined contribution savings
plan. The plan covers all full-time employees who are at least 18 years of age.
Participants may contribute up to 15% of pre-tax compensation, subject to
certain limitations. Value America may make discretionary annual profit sharing
contributions as well as discretionary employer matching contributions.
Employees vest in employer matching contributions and profit sharing
contributions over three years of eligible service. Value America has made no
profit sharing or matching contributions, through December 31, 1998.


9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     At December 31, 1998, Value America had a note receivable from an officer
in the amount of $250,000. The note bears interest at 6% annually with interest
and principal due in September 2000. Value America has agreed to forgive
$150,000 of the principal amount associated with the note if the officer is
terminated without cause prior to December 31, 1999.

     Value America paid finders' fees to a stockholder of approximately
$500,000, $1.4 million, and $1.0 million, respectively, in the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1998, and in January 1999, in connection with the
placement of the Series A, B and C preferred stock and the Revolving Credit
Agreement. Additional fees of approximately $646,000 are payable to this
stockholder if principal amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit
Agreement convert to equity prior to March 30, 1999. Fees paid to the
stockholder in conjunction with the placement of the Series A, B, and C
preferred stock are recorded as a reduction of the related proceeds. Fees paid
to the stockholder in conjunction with the Revolving Credit Agreement are
recorded as debt issuance costs and are amortized as interest expense until the
earliest of maturity or conversion (Notes 4 and 5).

     During 1998, Value America had notes payable to three shareholders in the
amount of $700,000. Value America repaid all of the $700,000 outstanding
balances of these notes payable and interest accrued at 10% prior to December
31, 1998.

     For the year ended December 31, 1997, 13% of net sales, or approximately
$6,000, were to a stockholder. Sales to stockholders and other related parties
were immaterial during the year ended December 31, 1998.

     At December 31, 1996, Value America had a non-interest bearing loan of
$150,000 from a stockholder. This note was repaid during 1997.


                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED


10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     Value America is subject to various legal claims in the ordinary course of
business. In the opinion of management, none of these claims will have a
material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or
cash flows of Value America.

     Value America occasionally commits to purchase specified levels of
inventory from vendors for resale under future product offers to customers. At
December 31, 1998, Value America was not committed to any significant inventory
purchases.

     Value America leases certain equipment and office space under
non-cancelable operating leases. Lease terms range from one to two years and
may include renewal options for additional periods. Management expects that in
the normal course of business, leases will be renewed or replaced by other
leases. At December 31, 1998, Value America is committed for the payment of
minimum rentals under operating lease agreements of approximately $668,000,
$277,000 and $228,000 for the years ending December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001,
respectively. Rent expense was approximately $11,000, $45,000 and $259,000 for
the period from Inception (March 13, 1996) through December 31, 1996, and for
the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

     At December 31, 1997 and 1998, Value America was obligated under various
capital leases for equipment, which were capitalized at the present value of
future minimum lease payments. Interest in connection with these leases was
approximately $600, $5,000, and $6,000 for the period from Inception (March 13,
1996) through December 31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and
1998, respectively. Remaining lease payments under capital leases will
approximate $212,000 and $65,000 for the years ending December 31, 1999 and
2000, respectively.


11. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

   
     As of December 31, 1998 Value America had approximately $26.6 million in
cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash. For fiscal 1999, Value America's
plans include a substantial expansion of its business, including such
investments as the hiring of additional resources, systems investment and a
national advertising campaign. In addition, subsequent to December 31, 1998,
Value America received a total of $65.2 million of debt and equity financing
from third parties (see Note 12).
    

     In the first half of fiscal 1999, Value America plans to complete the
filing of a registration statement in connection with obtaining additional
equity financing and to use such financing to fund the expansion of the
business. Should the equity financing either be delayed or not occur,
management has developed a contingent operating plan which, if ultimately
necessary, management believes could involve scaling back in investments from
levels presently budgeted for 1999. In management's view, were such contingency
actions required and therefore pursued, Value America would have sufficient
liquidity to continue in business at least through fiscal 1999. There can be no
assurance, however, that such contingency actions would be successful.


12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

   
     On January 12, 1999, Value America sold 6,000,000 shares of 5% Cumulative
Convertible Series C preferred stock ("Series C") and warrants for $60.0
million. Value America sold 5,000,000 of the Series C shares to a related party
and 1,000,000 of the Series C shares to third party investors. Value America
issued 1,800,000 Type D common stock warrants, 473,724 Type E common stock
warrants and 37,843 Type F common stock warrants in connection with the Series
C preferred stock. These Series C shares are convertible at the option of the
holder into an equal number of shares of common stock upon the earlier of
January 12, 2000, a qualifying public offering or a change in control. Series C
stockholders are entitled to the number of votes equal to the largest number of
common shares into which the shares can be converted.
    


                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED

12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS -- Continued

     If Value America does not successfully offer common shares to the public
before January 15, 2001, the Series C shares may be redeemed at the option of
the holder for $20.00 per share plus any unpaid dividends. If full redemption
is not elected by the stockholder, 2,000,000 shares are mandatorily redeemable
in each of January 2003, 2004 and 2005 at a price of $20.00 per share plus any
unpaid dividends. In addition, if there is no successful public offering by
December 19, 1999, the dividend rate increases to 9%, retroactive to the
issuance date. Dividends accrue daily and are due quarterly on April 1, July 1,
October 1 and January 1. The carrying amount of these securities will
periodically be adjusted to increase the carrying value to the redemption value
of $120.0 million at January 15, 2001.

   
     At the completion of a successful public offering of equity securities
with aggregate gross proceeds of at least $25.0 million and with a minimum
common share price of $3.82, the Series C preferred shares will automatically
convert to common shares, with certain registration rights.
    

     The Type D warrants have an exercise price of $10.00 per share of common
stock and are exercisable upon issuance until the earlier of January 15, 2009
or three calendar years following a qualifying public offering. If the
aggregate fair value of Value America's capital stock does not exceed $600.0
million on or before the "Evaluation Date" (as defined), the exercise price of
the warrants changes to $0.01. The exercise price is payable in cash or by
Value America not issuing that number of shares having a fair market value
equal to the exercise price.

     The Type E warrants are only exercisable on the "Evaluation Date" if the
aggregate fair value of Value America's common stock does not exceed $600.0
million on the "Evaluation Date," and otherwise expire. Type E warrants have an
exercise price of $0.01 per share of common stock and, if exercisable as
described in the preceding sentence, are exercisable until the earlier of
January 15, 2009 or three calendar years following a qualifying public
offering. The exercise price is payable in cash or by Value America not issuing
that number of shares having a fair market value equal to the exercise price.

     The Type F warrants have an exercise price of $0.01 per share of common
stock and are exercisable upon issuance until January 15, 2009. The exercise
price is payable in cash or by Value America not issuing that number of shares
having a fair market value equal to the exercise price.

   
     Value America will allocate $11.4 million for the Type D, E and F warrants
to stockholders' equity and $48.6 million to the Series C preferred stock,
based upon their relative fair values. Upon conversion of the Series C
preferred stock into common stock, the remaining discount from redemption value
will be recorded as accretion and is anticipated to have a material effect on
net income or loss available to common stockholders in the quarter and year in
which this public offering is completed. This accretion will not affect Value
America's cash flows. Value America will record the Series C preferred stock's
beneficial conversion feature of $19.8 million at issuance, which represents
the difference between the Series C conversion price and the fair market value
of the common stock times the 6,000,000 shares issued.
    

     Value America paid finders' fees of $1.0 million to a stockholder for the
placement of the Series C preferred stock. This amount will be recorded as a
reduction of the related proceeds.

     In January 1999, in accordance with the Revolving Credit Agreement (Note
4), Value America borrowed $5.0 million and issued 60,000 Type A warrants and
500,000 Type B warrants. Value America will allocate the fair value of the Type
A and B warrants to stockholders' equity based upon the fair value of the
warrants as determined by an independent valuation, and will amortize the
resulting debt issuance costs as interest expense using the effective interest
method until maturity or conversion. Upon repayment of the debt through
exercise of the Type B warrants for common stock, the unamortized portion of
the debt issuance costs attributable to the Type B warrants will be recorded to
the equity accounts and the unamortized portion of the debt issuance costs
attributable to the Type A warrants will be recorded as interest expense. Value
America


                                      F-20
<PAGE>

                              VALUE AMERICA, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED

12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS -- Continued

anticipates that the interest expense from the amortization of the debt
issuance costs will have a material effect on its net loss in the quarter and
year in which this public offering is completed. This amortization will not
affect Value America's cash flows.

     In January 1999, Value America sold 20,000 shares of common stock at $10
per share to third parties.

     In March 1999, Value America entered into a two year lease for equipment.
Lease payments will approximate $79,000 and $95,000 for the years ending
December 31, 1999 and 2000, respectively.


                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                      THE MARKETPLACE FOR A NEW MILLENNIUM

   Value America is an online store offering business and consumer products.
       We are a customer- and brand-centric solution serving each better
                           by serving both better...


<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
[Photograph of woman           A COMPREHENSIVE SOLUTION
speaking on telephone]         Value America is not a niche player selling goods in one or two
                               categories. We offer products from over 800 brands because it
                               is more convenient to shop at one store than in many.
                               Consumers deserve a store so big that most everything they
                               need for home and office can be found in one convenient place.

[Photograph of man with        BETTER BUYING DECISIONS
laptop computer]               We demonstrate products so our customers can become better
                               buyers. We have built an authoring system to efficiently
                               produce presentations that blend the written word, visual
                               imagery, audio and video. Our product presentations are
                               interactive and communicate -- directly to consumers -- each
                               product's features, benefits and value.

[Photograph of customer        THE BEST OF BOTH WORLDS
service department]            Our customers can choose between the anonymity of the online
                               experience and the personal interaction possible with customer
                               support. Our people, empowered by technology, provide the
                               best of both worlds. The convergence of technology with the
                               human touch enables Value America to sell more complex high
                               quality products.

[Photograph of woman           GETTING OUT THE WORD
with desktop computer]         We reach millions of people by using off-line advertising to
                               drive on-line revenues. Print and broadcast compaigns provide
                               credibility and elevate consumer trust. Advertising is central to
                               building our brand and leveraging our brand relationships. It is
                               the fuel that powers our e-commerce machine, and is a core
                               competency. Everything is created and produced in-house.

[Picture of man and            BRINGING PEOPLE AND PRODUCTS TOGETHER
woman with laptop computer]    We enable manufacturers to broaden their distribution and at
                               the same time create closer customer contact. At Value America
                               they can present and sell their products based upon merits, and
                               still serve the customer more efficiently. Value America has
                               built an automated and informative link that brings people and
                               products together.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                       [VALUE AMERICA LOGO APPEARS HERE]


                             
 
<PAGE>

                                    PART II

                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

     The following table sets forth all expenses, other than underwriting
discounts and commissions, payable by Value America in connection with the sale
of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates, except
for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. fee and the Nasdaq National Market
filing fee. Value America will pay all expenses, other than underwriting
commissions and discounts, related to any sale of shares by the Selling
stockholders.



   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                        <C>
   Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee .................    $   27,175
   National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. filing fee .........        10,275
   Nasdaq National Market fee ..........................................        95,000
   Accounting fees and expenses ........................................       950,000
   Legal fees and expenses .............................................       775,000
   Printing and engraving expenses .....................................       275,000
   Blue sky fees and expenses ..........................................        20,000
   Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses ......................        10,000
   Miscellaneous .......................................................        37,550
                                                                            ----------
    Total ..............................................................    $2,200,000
                                                                            ==========
</TABLE>
    

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

     Value America's articles of incorporation implement the provisions of the
Virginia Stock Corporation Act which provide for the indemnification of Value
America's directors and officers in a variety of circumstances, which may
include indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act. Under
Sections 13.1-697 and
13.1-702 of the Virginia Stock Corporation Act, a Virginia corporation
generally is authorized to indemnify its directors and officers in civil and
criminal actions if they acted in good faith and believed their conduct to be
in the best interests of the corporation and, in the case of criminal actions,
had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful. Value
America's Articles of Incorporation require indemnification of directors and
officers with respect to certain liabilities, expenses and other amounts
imposed upon them by reason of having been a director or officer, except in the
case of willful misconduct or a knowing violation of criminal law. In addition,
as permitted by the Virginia Stock Corporation Act, Value America's articles of
incorporation eliminate the liability of a director or officer in a stockholder
or derivative proceeding. This elimination of liability will not apply in the
event of willful misconduct or a knowing violation of the criminal law or any
federal or state securities law.

     Value America has purchased officers' and directors' liability insurance
policies. Within the limits of their coverage, the policies insure (a) the
directors and officers of Value America against certain losses resulting from
claims against them in their capacities as directors and officers to the extent
that such losses are not indemnified by Value America and (b) Value America to
the extent that it indemnifies such directors and officers for losses as
permitted under the Virginia Stock Corporation Act.

     The underwriting agreement contains provisions by which the underwriters
have agreed to indemnify Value America, each person, if any, who controls Value
America within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, each
director of Value America, and each officer of Value America who signs this
Registration Statement, with respect to information furnished in writing by or
on behalf of the underwriters for use in this Registration Statement.


ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

     Since March 13, 1996, Value America's date of incorporation, Value America
has sold and issued the following unregistered securities:


                                      II-1
<PAGE>

    (1) On May 24, 1996, Value America issued an aggregate of 19,125,000
        shares of common stock to Craig A. Winn, Value America's Chairman, and
        Rex Scatena, Value America's Vice Chairman and General Counsel, for an
        aggregate of $127,500.

    (2) On August 13, 1996, Value America issued an aggregate of 3,375,000
        shares of common stock to Mr. Winn and Mr. Scatena for an aggregate of
        $22,500.

    (3) On November 13, 1997, Value America completed the issuance of an
        aggregate of 427,500 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase an
        aggregate of 213,750 shares of common stock to a total of 14 accredited
        investors. Value America issued the shares of common stock at $1.50 per
        share and the warrants at $0.33 per warrant. In addition, Value America
        issued 150,000 shares of common stock to a single, accredited investor
        at $1.67 per share.

    (4) On December 17, 1997, Value America issued 5,000,000 shares of Series
        A preferred stock to The Union Labor Life Insurance Company pursuant to
        the terms of a Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date
        therewith. The aggregate purchase price of the Series A preferred stock
        was $10,000,000. In connection with this transaction, Value America
        paid a $500,000 finder's fee to one of Value America's existing
        shareholders.

    (5) On June 24, 1998, Mr. Winn sold 288,321 shares of common stock to a
        single investor for $2,000,000 or $6.94 per share.

    (6) On June 26, 1998, Value America issued an aggregate of 617,979 shares
        of Series B preferred stock to 18 accredited investors (collectively,
        the "Series B Investors") pursuant to a Preferred Stock Purchase
        Agreement of even date therewith. The aggregate purchase price of the
        Series B preferred stock was $18,829,894 or $30.47 per share. In
        connection with such offering, Mr. Winn and Mr. Scatena sold an
        aggregate of 617,979 shares of common stock to certain of the Series B
        Investors for an aggregate purchase price of $6,276,607 or $10.16 per
        share.

    (7) On July 1, 1998, Mr. Winn sold an aggregate of 28,350 shares of common
        stock to three investors for an aggregate of $289,942 or $10.16 per
        share.

    (8) On or about December 31, 1998, Value America issued an aggregate of
        645,200 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of
        118,320 shares of common stock to 62 accredited investors. These
        investors paid an aggregate of $6,452,000 for these securities.

    (9) Pursuant to a Revolving Loan Agreement dated October 14, 1998, as
        amended and restated from time to time, ULLICO and certain participants
        loaned Value America an aggregate of $34.0 million. In connection with
        this loan, Value America issued ULLICO and the participants warrants to
        purchase an aggregate of 4,133,000 shares of common stock. Upon the
        closing, and subject to the payment by Value America of all accrued
        interest thereon, 3,400,000 of these warrants, each with an exercise
        price of $10.00 per share, will be automatically exercised in
        consideration for the cancellation of the principal amount of Value
        America's underlying debt.

   (10) On January 15, 1999, Value America issued 6,000,000 shares of Series C
        preferred stock and warrants to purchase 1,800,000 shares of common
        stock to three accredited investors for an aggregate purchase price of
        $60,000,000. In addition, in connection with this offering, Value
        America issued warrants to purchase 511,567 shares of common stock to
        certain of its existing investors.

   
   (11) Value America has issued an aggregate of 6,766,880 options to purchase
        common stock with exercise prices ranging from $0.58 to $15.00 per
        share under the stock incentive plan.
    

     The offers and sales of securities in the above transactions were deemed
to be exempt under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof and/or
Regulation D and/or Rule 701 promulgated thereunder as transactions not
involving any public offering.


                                      II-2
<PAGE>

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

     (a) The following exhibits are filed herewith:



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                   DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ----------   ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>
  1.1        Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1        Articles of Incorporation of Value America, as amended*
  3.2        Amended and Restated Bylaws of Value America*
  4.1        Form of Common Stock Certificate*
  5.1        Opinion of LeClair Ryan, A Professional Corporation
 10.1        Consent Agreement, dated as of December 3, 1997, by and between Value America
             and Stephen S. Freedman relating to the mark "Value America"*
 10.2        Agreement, dated as of December 3, 1997, by and between Stephen S. Freedman
             and Value America relating to the mark "Value America," with Personal Guaranty of
             Rex and Jane Scatena*
 10.3        Lease, dated as of September 17, 1997, by and between 2300 Commonwealth
             Building and Value America relating to property located at 2300 Commonwealth
             Drive, Charlottesville, Virginia*
 10.4        Tenant Lease, dated as of March 16, 1998, by and between Preston O. Stallings and
             Value America relating to property located at 2340 Commonwealth Avenue, Suites
             102, 103 and B-1, Charlottesville, Virginia*
 10.5        Lease Agreement, dated as of June 26, 1998, by and between Charles W. Hurt and
             Value America relating to property located at 1524 Insurance Lane, 1534 Insurance
             Lane, 1540 Insurance Lane, 1560 Insurance Lane, and 1560 Insurance Lane,
             Charlottesville, Virginia*
 10.6        Professional Services Agreement, executed by Value America on February 11, 1998,
             by and between Business Data Services, Inc. and Value America*
 10.7        Loan Agreement, executed by Value America on April 8, 1998, by and between
             Jefferson National Bank (predecessor of Wachovia Bank, N.A.) and Value America*
 10.8        Assignment, Pledge and Subordination Agreement, dated as of April 16, 1998, by
             and among First Data Merchant Services Corp. Wachovia Bank, N.A. and Value
             America*
 10.9        Bank Asset Collateral Agreement and Limited Power of Attorney, dated as of
             March 23, 1998, by and among Deutsche Financial Services Corporation, Jefferson
             National Bank (predecessor of Wachovia Bank, N.A.) and Value America*
 10.10       Warrant, dated November 20, 1997 to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock of
             Value America issued to Dean M. Johnson*
 10.11       Warrant, dated December 31, 1998 to purchase 3,000 shares of common stock of
             Value America issued to Glenda M. Dorchak*
 10.12       Warrant, dated December 31, 1998 to purchase 3,000 shares of common stock of
             Value America issued to Richard L. Gerhardt*
 10.13       Warrant, dated January 15, 1999 to purchase 473,724 shares of common stock of
             Value America issued to Vulcan Ventures Incorporated*
 10.14       Form of Type A warrant to purchase shares of common stock of Value America
             (description of warrant included in note 13 to notes to financial statements)*
 10.15       Form of Type B warrant to purchase shares of common stock of Value America
             (description of warrant included in note 13 to notes to financial statements)*
 10.16       Form of Type C and Type D warrants to purchase shares of common stock of Value
             America (description of warrants included in note 13 to notes to financial
             statements)*
 10.17       Form of Type F warrant to purchase shares of common stock of Value America
             (description of warrant included in note 13 to notes to financial statements)*
 10.18       Employment Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1996, by and between Joseph L. Page
             and Value America, Inc., a Nevada corporation (predecessor of Value America)*
</TABLE>
    

                                      II-3
<PAGE>


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                                       DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ------------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>
  10.19        Employment Agreement, dated as of August 1, 1997, by and between John L.
               Motley, Director and Value America, Inc., a Nevada corporation (predecessor of
               Value America)*
  10.20        Employment Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1999, by and between Dean M.
               Johnson and Value America
  10.21        Employment Agreement, dated as of October 5, 1998, by and between Value
               America and Glenda M. Dorchak*
  10.22        Employment Agreement, dated as of January 19, 1999, by and between Value
               America and Craig A. Winn*
  10.23        Employment Agreement, dated as of January 19, 1999, by and between Value
               America and Rex Scatena*
  10.24        Form of Developments, Noncompete and Nondisclosure Agreement, by and between
               Value America and each of Value America's employees*
  10.25        1997 Stock Incentive Plan adopted on August 1, 1997 by Value America, Inc., as
               amended*
  10.26        Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1998, by and between Value
               America and Capital Advisers, L.L.C.*
  10.27        Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 17, 1998, by and among
               Value America and The Union Labor Life Insurance Company, acting on behalf of
               its Separate Account P, as amended*
  10.28        Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of
               January 12, 1999, by and among Value America and those entities and individuals
               listed on Annex A thereto*
  10.29        Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of June 26, 1998, by and
               among Value America, Craig A. Winn, Director, Rex Scatena, Director, Crystal
               Investments, L.L.C. Frostine, L.L.C. and the holders of Value America's Series A
               preferred stock and Value America's Series B preferred stock, as amended*
  10.30        Consulting Agreement, dated as of November 18, 1998, by and between Value
               America and The Union Labor Life Insurance Company, acting on behalf of its
               Separate Account P*
  10.31        Voting Agreement, dated as of June 26, 1998, by and among Value America,
               Craig A. Winn, Director, Rex Scatena, Director, Crystal Investments, L.L.C.,
               Frostine, L.L.C. and the holders of Value America's Series B preferred stock*
  10.32        Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 17, 1997, by and
               between Value America and The Union Labor Life Insurance Company, acting on
               behalf of its Separate Account P, as amended*
  10.33        Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 26, 1998, by and among
               Value America and those entities and individuals listed on Annex A thereto, as
               amended*
  10.34        Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 12, 1999, by
               and among Value America, Vulcan Ventures Incorporated, FDX Corporation and
               Frederick W. Smith*
  10.35        Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 26, 1998, by and among Craig A.
               Winn, Director, Rex Scatena, Director, The Union Labor Life Insurance Company,
               acting on behalf of its Separate Account P, United Association of Journeyman and
               Apprentices of the Plumbing and Pipefitting Industry of the United States and
               Canada, General Fund, and The Annette M. and Theodore N. Lerner Family
               Foundation*
  10.36        Product Listing Agreement, dated October 8, 1997, by and between Toshiba
               America Information Systems and Value America+
  10.37        Product Listing Agreement, dated June 3, 1997, by and between Toshiba America
               Information Systems and Value America+
  10.38        Category Presentation Agreement, dated January 21, 1998, by and between IBM and
               Value America+
</TABLE>
    

                                      II-4
<PAGE>


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                                        DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ------------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>
  10.39        Product Listing Agreement, dated April 16, 1997, by and between Hewlett-Packard
               and Value America+
  10.40        Employment Agreement, dated as of March 1, 1999, by and between Value America
               and Thomas Morgan
  10.41        Employment Agreement, dated as of March 1, 1999, by and between Value America
               and Paul F. Ewert
  10.42        Employment Agreement, dated as of March 15, 1999, by and between Value
               America and Neal B. Harris
  10.43        Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Agreement, dated as of November 17,
               1998, by and between Value America and The Union Labor Life Insurance
               Company, acting on behalf of its Separate Account P, as amended
  23.1         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.2         Consent of LeClair Ryan, A Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24.1         Power of Attorney*
  27.1         Financial Data Schedule
  99.1         Letter, dated January 21, 1998, from Value America to Mr. Robert A. Bayless, Chief
               Accountant of the Division of Corporation of the Securities and Exchange
               Commission, relating to Value America's revenue recognition for product sales*
  99.2         Agreement, dated March 15, 1999, by and among Craig A. Winn, Rex Scatena and
               Neal Harris*
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
   
 * Filed previously.

 + Certain portions of this document have been omitted pursuant to a
   confidential treatment request.

   (b) The following financial statement schedules are filed herewith:
    

     All financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not
required, are not applicable or the information is included in the financial
statements or notes thereto.


ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

     The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the
closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

   
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 14 above, or
otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities, other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the
matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed
by the final adjudication of such issue.
    


                                      II-5
<PAGE>

   The undersigned hereby undertakes that:


   
   (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the
       information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
       Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
       form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1)
       or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of
       this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

   (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
       each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
       be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
       offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
       be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
    


                                      II-6
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has
duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to this Registration Statement to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of
Charlottesville, Commonwealth of Virginia, on the fifth day of April, 1999.
    

                                          VALUE AMERICA, INC.


   
                                          By:   /S/ DEAN M. JOHNSON
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                  DEAN M. JOHNSON
    
                                                     EXECUTIVE
                                          FINANCIAL OFFICER AND SECRETARY

   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed below on the fifth day of April, 1999,
by the following persons in the capacities indicated.
    



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                NAME                                   TITLE
- ------------------------------------   -------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>
        *                             Chief Executive Officer (Principal
- -----------------------------------     Executive Officer)
THOMAS MORGAN                          

/S/ DEAN M. JOHNSON                   Executive Vice President,
- -----------------------------------     Chief Financial Officer       
DEAN M. JOHNSON                         (Principal Financial Officer),
                                        Secretary and Director        
                                       

        *                              Senior Vice President -- Finance and
- -----------------------------------     Controller (Principal Accounting 
SANDRA T. WATSON                        Officer)                         
                                       

        *                              Chairman and Director
- -----------------------------------
CRAIG A. WINN

        *                              Vice Chairman and Director
- -----------------------------------
REX SCATENA

        *                              President, Chief Operating Officer
- -----------------------------------     and Director
GLENDA M. DORCHAK                      

        *                              Director
- -----------------------------------
JOHN L. MOTLEY

        *                              Director
- -----------------------------------
GARY D. LECLAIR

        *                                      Director
- -----------------------------------
MICHAEL R. STEED

</TABLE>
    

   
*By:  /S/ DEAN M. JOHNSON
- -----------------------------------
        DEAN M. JOHNSON
    
        ATTORNEY-IN-FACT

                                      II-7
<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                   DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ----------   ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>
  1.1        Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1        Articles of Incorporation of Value America, as amended*
  3.2        Amended and Restated Bylaws of Value America*
  4.1        Form of Common Stock Certificate*
  5.1        Opinion of LeClair Ryan, A Professional Corporation**
 10.1        Consent Agreement, dated as of December 3, 1997, by and between Value America
             and Stephen S. Freedman relating to the mark "Value America"*
 10.2        Agreement, dated as of December 3, 1997, by and between Stephen S. Freedman
             and Value America relating to the mark "Value America," with Personal Guaranty of
             Rex and Jane Scatena*
 10.3        Lease, dated as of September 17, 1997, by and between 2300 Commonwealth
             Building and Value America relating to property located at 2300 Commonwealth
             Drive, Charlottesville, Virginia*
 10.4        Tenant Lease, dated as of March 16, 1998, by and between Preston O. Stallings and
             Value America relating to property located at 2340 Commonwealth Avenue, Suites
             102, 103 and B-1, Charlottesville, Virginia*
 10.5        Lease Agreement, dated as of June 26, 1998, by and between Charles W. Hurt and
             Value America relating to property located at 1524 Insurance Lane, 1534 Insurance
             Lane, 1540 Insurance Lane, 1560 Insurance Lane, and 1560 Insurance Lane,
             Charlottesville, Virginia*
 10.6        Professional Services Agreement, executed by Value America on February 11, 1998,
             by and between Business Data Services, Inc. and Value America*
 10.7        Loan Agreement, executed by Value America on April 8, 1998, by and between
             Jefferson National Bank (predecessor of Wachovia Bank, N.A.) and Value America*
 10.8        Assignment, Pledge and Subordination Agreement, dated as of April 16, 1998, by
             and among First Data Merchant Services Corp. Wachovia Bank, N.A. and Value
             America*
 10.9        Bank Asset Collateral Agreement and Limited Power of Attorney, dated as of
             March 23, 1998, by and among Deutsche Financial Services Corporation, Jefferson
             National Bank (predecessor of Wachovia Bank, N.A.) and Value America*
 10.10       Warrant, dated November 20, 1997 to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock of
             Value America issued to Dean M. Johnson*
 10.11       Warrant, dated December 31, 1998 to purchase 3,000 shares of common stock of
             Value America issued to Glenda M. Dorchak*
 10.12       Warrant, dated December 31, 1998 to purchase 3,000 shares of common stock of
             Value America issued to Richard L. Gerhardt*
 10.13       Warrant, dated January 15, 1999 to purchase 473,724 shares of common stock of
             Value America issued to Vulcan Ventures Incorporated*
 10.14       Form of Type A warrant to purchase shares of common stock of Value America
             (description of warrant included in note 13 to notes to financial statements)*
 10.15       Form of Type B warrant to purchase shares of common stock of Value America
             (description of warrant included in note 13 to notes to financial statements)*
 10.16       Form of Type C and Type D warrants to purchase shares of common stock of Value
             America (description of warrants included in note 13 to notes to financial
             statements)*
 10.17       Form of Type F warrant to purchase shares of common stock of Value America
             (description of warrant included in note 13 to notes to financial statements)*
 10.18       Employment Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1996, by and between Joseph L. Page
             and Value America, Inc., a Nevada corporation (predecessor of Value America)*
</TABLE>
    


<PAGE>


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                                       DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ------------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>
  10.19        Employment Agreement, dated as of August 1, 1997, by and between John L.
               Motley, Director and Value America, Inc., a Nevada corporation (predecessor of
               Value America)*
  10.20        Employment Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1999, by and between Dean M.
               Johnson and Value America
  10.21        Employment Agreement, dated as of October 5, 1998, by and between Value
               America and Glenda M. Dorchak*
  10.22        Employment Agreement, dated as of January 19, 1999, by and between Value
               America and Craig A. Winn*
  10.23        Employment Agreement, dated as of January 19, 1999, by and between Value
               America and Rex Scatena*
  10.24        Form of Developments, Noncompete and Nondisclosure Agreement, by and between
               Value America and each of Value America's employees*
  10.25        1997 Stock Incentive Plan adopted on August 1, 1997 by Value America, Inc., as
               amended*
  10.26        Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 3, 1998, by and between Value
               America and Capital Advisers, L.L.C.*
  10.27        Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 17, 1998, by and among
               Value America and The Union Labor Life Insurance Company, acting on behalf of
               its Separate Account P, as amended*
  10.28        Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of
               January 12, 1999, by and among Value America and those entities and individuals
               listed on Annex A thereto*
  10.29        Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of June 26, 1998, by and
               among Value America, Craig A. Winn, Director, Rex Scatena, Director, Crystal
               Investments, L.L.C. Frostine, L.L.C. and the holders of Value America's Series A
               preferred stock and Value America's Series B preferred stock, as amended*
  10.30        Consulting Agreement, dated as of November 18, 1998, by and between Value
               America and The Union Labor Life Insurance Company, acting on behalf of its
               Separate Account P*
  10.31        Voting Agreement, dated as of June 26, 1998, by and among Value America,
               Craig A. Winn, Director, Rex Scatena, Director, Crystal Investments, L.L.C.,
               Frostine, L.L.C. and the holders of Value America's Series B preferred stock*
  10.32        Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 17, 1997, by and
               between Value America and The Union Labor Life Insurance Company, acting on
               behalf of its Separate Account P, as amended*
  10.33        Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 26, 1998, by and among
               Value America and those entities and individuals listed on Annex A thereto, as
               amended*
  10.34        Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 12, 1999, by
               and among Value America, Vulcan Ventures Incorporated, FDX Corporation and
               Frederick W. Smith*
  10.35        Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 26, 1998, by and among Craig A.
               Winn, Director, Rex Scatena, Director, The Union Labor Life Insurance Company,
               acting on behalf of its Separate Account P, United Association of Journeyman and
               Apprentices of the Plumbing and Pipefitting Industry of the United States and
               Canada, General Fund, and The Annette M. and Theodore N. Lerner Family
               Foundation*
  10.36        Product Listing Agreement, dated October 8, 1997, by and between Toshiba
               America Information Systems and Value America+
  10.37        Product Listing Agreement, dated June 3, 1997, by and between Toshiba America
               Information Systems and Value America+
  10.38        Category Presentation Agreement, dated January 21, 1998, by and between IBM and
               Value America+
</TABLE>
    


<PAGE>


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                                        DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ------------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>
  10.39        Product Listing Agreement, dated April 16, 1997, by and between Hewlett-Packard
               and Value America+
  10.40        Employment Agreement, dated as of March 1, 1999, by and between Value America
               and Thomas Morgan
  10.41        Employment Agreement, dated as of March 1, 1999, by and between Value America
               and Paul F. Ewert
  10.42        Employment Agreement, dated as of March 15, 1999, by and between Value
               America and Neal B. Harris
  10.43        Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Agreement, dated as of November 17,
               1998, by and between Value America and The Union Labor Life Insurance
               Company, acting on behalf of its Separate Account P, as amended
  23.1         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.2         Consent of LeClair Ryan, A Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24.1         Power of Attorney*
  27.1         Financial Data Schedule
  99.1         Letter, dated January 21, 1998, from Value America to Mr. Robert A. Bayless, Chief
               Accountant of the Division of Corporation of the Securities and Exchange
               Commission, relating to Value America's revenue recognition for product sales*
  99.2         Agreement, dated March 15, 1999, by and among Craig A. Winn, Rex Scatena and
               Neal Harris*
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
   
* Previously filed.

+ Certain portions of this document have been omitted pursuant to a
  confidential treatment request.
    



                                                          Draft of April 5, 1999

                                5,000,000 Shares

                               VALUE AMERICA, INC.

                                  Common Stock

                                    FORM OF

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                                   April  , 1999

BANCBOSTON ROBERTSON STEPHENS INC.
VOLPE BROWN WHELAN & COMPANY, LLC
THE ROBINSON-HUMPHREY COMPANY, LLC
  As Representatives of the several Underwriters
c/o BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc.
555 California Street, Suite 2600
San Francisco, California  94104

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     Value America,  Inc., a Virginia corporation (the "Company"),  and Craig A.
Winn and Rex Scatena  (together the "Selling  Stockholders")  address you as the
Representatives  of  each of the  persons,  firms  and  corporations  listed  in
Schedule A hereto (herein  collectively  called the  "Underwriters")  and hereby
confirm their respective agreements with the several Underwriters as follows:

     1. Description of Shares.  The Company proposes to issue and sell 5,000,000
shares of its authorized and unissued  common stock,  without par value,  to the
several   Underwriters  (the  "Firm  Shares").   The  Company  and  the  Selling
Stockholders propose to grant, severally and not jointly, to the Underwriters an
option to  purchase  up to 750,000  additional  shares of the  Company's  common
stock, without par value (the "Option Shares"), as provided in Section 7 hereof.
As used in this  Agreement,  the term "Shares" shall refer  collectively  to the
Firm Shares and the Option  Shares.  All shares of the  Company's  common stock,
without  par  value,  to  be  outstanding  after  giving  effect  to  the  sales
contemplated  hereby,  including  the  Shares,  are  hereinafter  referred to as
"Common Stock."

     2.  Representations,  Warranties  and  Agreements  of the  Company  and the
Selling Stockholders.

         I.  The  Company  represents  and  warrants  to and  agrees  with  each
Underwriter that:

              (a) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-58469) with
     respect to the Shares,  including a prospectus  subject to completion,  has
     been prepared by the Company in  conformity  with the  requirements  of the
     Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),  and the  applicable  rules
     and  regulations  (the  "Rules  and  Regulations")  of the  Securities  and
     Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission")  under the Act and has been filed
     with the Commission;  such amendments to such registration statement,  such
     amended   prospectuses   subject  to   completion   and  such   abbreviated
     registration   statements   pursuant  to  Rule  462(b)  of  the  Rules  and
     Regulations  as may have been  required  prior to the date hereof have been
     similarly prepared and filed with the Commission; and the Company will file
     such additional  amendments to such  registration  statement,  such amended
     prospectuses  subject  to  completion  and  such  abbreviated  registration
     statements  as may  hereafter  be  required.  Copies  of such  registration
     statement and amendments,  of each related prospectus subject to completion
     (the  "Preliminary  Prospectuses")  and  of  any  abbreviated  registration
     statement  pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Rules and  Regulations  have been
     delivered to you.



- --------------------
1 Plus an option to  purchase up to 750,000  additional  shares from the Company
and certain stockholders of the Company to cover over-allotments.

<PAGE>


                  If the registration  statement relating to the Shares has been
     declared  effective  under  the Act by the  Commission,  the  Company  will
     prepare and promptly file with the Commission the information  omitted from
     the  registration  statement  pursuant to Rule  430A(a)  or, if  BancBoston
     Robertson Stephens Inc., on behalf of the several Underwriters, shall agree
     to  the  utilization  of  Rule  434  of  the  Rules  and  Regulations,  the
     information  required to be  included  in any term sheet filed  pursuant to
     Rule 434(b) or (c), as applicable, of the Rules and Regulations pursuant to
     subparagraph (1), (4) or (7) of Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations or
     as  part  of a  post-effective  amendment  to  the  registration  statement
     (including  a final  form of  prospectus).  If the  registration  statement
     relating to the Shares has not been declared effective under the Act by the
     Commission,  the Company will prepare and promptly file an amendment to the
     registration  statement,  including  a final  form of  prospectus,  or,  if
     BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc., on behalf of the several  Underwriters,
     shall agree to the  utilization  of Rule 434 of the Rules and  Regulations,
     the information required to be included in any term sheet filed pursuant to
     Rule 434(b) or (c), as applicable,  of the Rules and Regulations.  The term
     "Registration  Statement"  as  used  in  this  Agreement  shall  mean  such
     registration  statement,  including  financial  statements,  schedules  and
     exhibits,  in the form in which it became or  becomes,  as the case may be,
     effective   (including,   if  the  Company  omitted  information  from  the
     registration  statement  pursuant  to Rule  430A(a)  or files a term  sheet
     pursuant to Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations,  the information  deemed
     to be a part of the registration  statement at the time it became effective
     pursuant to Rule 430A(b) or Rule 434(d) of the Rules and Regulations)  and,
     in the event of any  amendment  thereto  or the  filing of any  abbreviated
     registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations
     relating thereto after the effective date of such  registration  statement,
     shall also mean (from and after the  effectiveness of such amendment or the
     filing  of  such  abbreviated  registration  statement)  such  registration
     statement as so amended,  together with any such  abbreviated  registration
     statement.  The term  "Prospectus" as used in this Agreement shall mean the
     prospectus  relating  to  the  Shares  as  included  in  such  Registration
     Statement  at the time it  becomes  effective  (including,  if the  Company
     omitted  information  from  the  Registration  Statement  pursuant  to Rule
     430A(a) of the Rules and Regulations,  the information  deemed to be a part
     of the Registration  Statement at the time it became effective  pursuant to
     Rule 430A(b) of the Rules and Regulations);  provided,  however, that if in
     reliance on Rule 434 of the Rules and  Regulations  and with the consent of
     BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc., on behalf of the several  Underwriters,
     the Company shall have provided to the  Underwriters  a term sheet pursuant
     to Rule 434(b) or (c), as applicable, prior to the time that a confirmation
     is sent or given for  purposes  of Section  2(10)(a)  of the Act,  the term
     "Prospectus" shall mean the "prospectus  subject to completion" (as defined
     in  Rule  434(g)  of  the  Rules  and  Regulations)  last  provided  to the
     Underwriters  by the  Company and  circulated  by the  Underwriters  to all
     prospective  purchasers of the Shares (including the information  deemed to
     be a part of the  Registration  Statement  at the time it became  effective
     pursuant to Rule 434(d) of the Rules and Regulations).  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing,  if any revised prospectus shall be provided to the Underwriters
     by the Company for use in  connection  with the offering of the Shares that
     differs  from  the  prospectus  referred  to in the  immediately  preceding
     sentence  (whether or not such revised  prospectus  is required to be filed
     with the Commission  pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations),
     the term "Prospectus" shall refer to such revised prospectus from and after
     the time it is first  provided  to the  Underwriters  for such  use.  If in
     reliance on Rule 434 of the Rules and  Regulations  and with the consent of
     BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc., on behalf of the several  Underwriters,
     the Company shall have provided to the  Underwriters  a term sheet pursuant
     to Rule 434(b) or (c), as applicable, prior to the time that a confirmation
     is sent  or  given  for  purposes  of  Section  2(10)(a)  of the  Act,  the
     Prospectus and the term sheet,  together,  will not be materially different
     from the prospectus in the Registration Statement.



<PAGE>


              (b)  The  Commission  has  not  issued  any  order  preventing  or
     suspending the use of any Preliminary  Prospectus or instituted proceedings
     for that purpose, and each such Preliminary Prospectus has conformed in all
     material  respects  to the  requirements  of the  Act  and  the  Rules  and
     Regulations and, as of its date, has not included any untrue statement of a
     material  fact or omitted to state a material  fact  necessary  to make the
     statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
     made, not misleading;  and at the time the Registration Statement became or
     becomes,  as the case may be, effective and at all times subsequent thereto
     up to and on the Closing Date  (hereinafter  defined) and on any later date
     on which Option Shares are to be purchased,  (i) the Registration Statement
     and the Prospectus,  and any amendments or supplements  thereto,  contained
     and will contain all material  information  required to be included therein
     by the Act and the Rules and Regulations and will in all material  respects
     conform to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations,  (ii)
     the Registration Statement,  and any amendments or supplements thereto, did
     not and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
     state a material  fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to make
     the statements  therein not misleading,  and (iii) the Prospectus,  and any
     amendments or supplements  thereto, did not and will not include any untrue
     statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact  necessary to
     make the statements  therein, in the light of the circumstances under which
     they  were  made,  not  misleading;  provided,  however,  that  none of the
     representations  and warranties  contained in this  subparagraph  (b) shall
     apply  to  information  contained  in  or  omitted  from  the  Registration
     Statement  or  Prospectus,  or any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto,  in
     reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information  relating to any
     Underwriter  furnished to the Company by such Underwriter  specifically for
     use in the preparation thereof.

              (c) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing
     as a corporation  in good standing  under the laws of the  Commonwealth  of
     Virginia, with full power and authority (corporate and other) to own, lease
     and operate its  properties  and conduct its  business as  described in the
     Prospectus;  the  Company is duly  qualified  to do  business  as a foreign
     corporation  and is in good  standing  in each  jurisdiction  in which  the
     ownership  or  leasing of its  properties  or the  conduct of its  business
     requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or
     be in good  standing  would  not  have a  material  adverse  effect  on its
     condition  (financial  or  otherwise),  earnings,  operations,  business or
     business  prospects;   no  proceeding  has  been  instituted  in  any  such
     jurisdiction revoking,  limiting or curtailing, or seeking to revoke, limit
     or curtail,  such power and authority or  qualification;  the Company is in
     possession  of  and  operating  in  compliance  with  all   authorizations,
     licenses,  certificates,  consents,  orders and permits from state, federal
     and other  regulatory  authorities  that are material to the conduct of its
     business,  all of which are valid and in full force and effect; the Company
     is not in  violation  of its  articles  of  incorporation  or  bylaws or in
     default  in the  performance  or  observance  of any  material  obligation,
     agreement,  covenant or condition contained in any bond, debenture, note or
     other  evidence  of  indebtedness,  or in  any  material  lease,  contract,
     indenture,  mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, joint venture or other
     agreement or  instrument  to which the Company is a party or by which it or
     its  properties  may be bound;  and Company is not in violation of any law,
     order, rule, regulation, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court,
     government  or  governmental  agency or body,  domestic or foreign,  having
     jurisdiction  over the Company or its properties of which it has knowledge,
     except for  violations  that, in the  aggregate,  would not have a material
     adverse  effect  on  the  Company's  condition  (financial  or  otherwise),
     earnings, operations,  business or business prospects. The Company does not
     own or control,  directly or indirectly,  any  corporation,  association or
     other entity.



<PAGE>


              (d) The Company has full legal right, power and authority to enter
     into this Agreement and perform the transactions  contemplated hereby. This
     Agreement has been duly  authorized,  executed and delivered by the Company
     and  is a  valid  and  binding  agreement  on  the  part  of  the  Company,
     enforceable   in   accordance   with  its   terms,   except  as  rights  to
     indemnification  hereunder may be limited by  applicable  law and except as
     the enforcement hereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
     reorganization,  moratorium  or other similar laws relating to or affecting
     creditors'  rights  generally  or  by  general  equitable  principles;  the
     performance  of this  Agreement and the  consummation  of the  transactions
     herein  contemplated  will not result in a material  breach or violation of
     any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under,  (i) any
     bond,  debenture,  note or other  evidence  of  indebtedness,  or under any
     lease, contract, indenture,  mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, joint
     venture or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or
     by  which  it or  its  properties  may  be  bound,  (ii)  the  articles  of
     incorporation  or bylaws of the  Company,  or (iii) any law,  order,  rule,
     regulation,  writ, injunction,  judgment or decree of any court, government
     or governmental  agency or body,  domestic or foreign,  having jurisdiction
     over the Company or its properties. No consent, approval,  authorization or
     order of or qualification with any court, government or governmental agency
     or body,  domestic or foreign,  having jurisdiction over the Company or its
     properties is required for the execution and delivery of this Agreement and
     the  consummation by the Company of the transactions  herein  contemplated,
     except such as may be required under the Act, the  Securities  Exchange Act
     of  1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  or  under  state  or other
     securities or Blue Sky laws, all of which  requirements have been satisfied
     in all material respects.

              (e)  There is not any  pending  or,  to the best of the  Company's
     knowledge, threatened action, suit, claim or proceeding against the Company
     or any of its  officers,  properties,  assets or rights  before  any court,
     government  or  governmental  agency or body,  domestic or foreign,  having
     jurisdiction over the Company or its officers, properties or otherwise that
     (i) might result in any material adverse change in the condition (financial
     or otherwise),  earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the
     Company or might materially and adversely affect their  properties,  assets
     or rights, (ii) might prevent consummation of the transactions contemplated
     hereby or (iii) is required to be disclosed in the  Registration  Statement
     or  Prospectus  and is not  so  disclosed;  and  there  are no  agreements,
     contracts, leases or documents of the Company of a character required to be
     described or referred to in the Registration  Statement or Prospectus or to
     be filed as an  exhibit  to the  Registration  Statement  by the Act or the
     Rules  and  Regulations  that  have not been  accurately  described  in all
     material  respects in the Registration  Statement or Prospectus or filed as
     exhibits to the Registration Statement.



<PAGE>


              (f)  All  outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  of the  Company
     (including the Option Shares to be sold by the Selling  Stockholders)  have
     been  duly   authorized   and  validly   issued  and  are  fully  paid  and
     nonassessable,  have been issued in  compliance  with all federal and state
     securities  laws,  were  not  issued  in  violation  of or  subject  to any
     preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or purchase  securities,
     and the authorized and  outstanding  capital stock of the Company is as set
     forth in the Prospectus under the caption  "Capitalization" and conforms in
     all material  respects to the statements  relating thereto contained in the
     Registration  Statement and the Prospectus (and such  statements  correctly
     state in all material  respects the substance of the  instruments  defining
     the  capitalization of the Company);  the Firm Shares and the Option Shares
     to be sold by the Company  hereunder have been duly authorized for issuance
     and sale to the  Underwriters  pursuant to this  Agreement and, when issued
     and delivered by the Company  against  payment  therefor in accordance with
     the terms of this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid
     and  nonassessable,  and will be sold free and clear of any  pledge,  lien,
     security  interest,  encumbrance,  claim  or  equitable  interest;  and  no
     preemptive right, co-sale right, registration right, right of first refusal
     or other  similar right of  stockholders  exists with respect to any of the
     Firm  Shares or Option  Shares to be sold by the Company  hereunder  or the
     issuance and sale thereof other than those that have been expressly  waived
     prior to the date hereof and those that will automatically  expire upon and
     will not apply to the consummation of the transactions  contemplated on the
     Closing Date. No further approval or authorization of any stockholder,  the
     Board of  Directors  of the Company or others is required  for the issuance
     and sale or transfer of the Shares except as may be required under the Act,
     the  Exchange  Act or under  state or other  securities  or Blue Sky  laws.
     Except as disclosed in the Prospectus  and the financial  statements of the
     Company,  and the related notes thereto,  included in the  Prospectus,  the
     Company  does  not  have  any  outstanding  options  to  purchase,  or  any
     preemptive  rights or other  rights to subscribe  for or to  purchase,  any
     securities or obligations convertible into, or any contracts or commitments
     to issue or sell, shares of its capital stock or any such options,  rights,
     convertible  securities or  obligations.  The  description of the Company's
     stock option,  stock bonus and other stock plans or  arrangements,  and the
     options or other rights granted and exercised thereunder,  set forth in the
     Prospectus  accurately  and fairly  presents in all  material  respects the
     information required to be shown with respect to such plans,  arrangements,
     options and rights.

              (g)  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP, which has examined the financial
     statements of the Company,  together with the related  schedules and notes,
     as of  December  31,  1997 and 1998 and for the period  from March 13, 1996
     (inception) through December 31, 1996 and the years ended December 31, 1997
     and  1998,  filed  with  the  Commission  as a  part  of  the  Registration
     Statement,   which  are  included  in  the   Prospectus,   are  independent
     accountants  within the  meaning of the Act and the Rules and  Regulations;
     the audited financial statements of the Company,  together with the related
     schedules  and  notes,  forming  part  of the  Registration  Statement  and
     Prospectus,  fairly  present  the  financial  position  and the  results of
     operations of the Company at the  respective  dates and for the  respective
     periods to which they apply;  and all audited  financial  statements of the
     Company,  together  with the related  schedules  and notes,  filed with the
     Commission  as part of the  Registration  Statement,  have been prepared in
     accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  consistently
     applied  throughout the periods  involved except as may be otherwise stated
     therein.  The selected and summary  financial and statistical data included
     in the Registration  Statement present fairly the information shown therein
     and have been  compiled on a basis  consistent  with the audited  financial
     statements  presented therein.  No other financial  statements or schedules
     are required to be included in the Registration Statement.

              (h) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which  information is
     given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus,  there has not been (i)
     any material  adverse  change in the condition  (financial  or  otherwise),
     earnings,  operations,  business or business prospects of the Company, (ii)
     any  transaction  that is  material  to the  Company,  except  transactions
     entered  into in the  ordinary  course  of  business,  (iii)  any  material
     obligation,  direct or  contingent,  incurred  by the  Company,  except any
     obligation  incurred in the ordinary course of business,  (iv) any material
     change in the  capital  stock or  outstanding  indebtedness  of the Company
     (other than exercises,  if any, of options  outstanding as disclosed in the
     Prospectus), (v) any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or
     made on the  capital  stock of the  Company,  or (vi)  any  loss or  damage
     (whether  or not  insured) to the  property  of the  Company  that has been
     sustained  or will  have been  sustained  and that has a  material  adverse
     effect on the condition  (financial or  otherwise),  earnings,  operations,
     business or business prospects of the Company.
<PAGE>
              (i)  Except  as  set  forth  in  the  Registration  Statement  and
     Prospectus, (i) the Company has good and marketable title to all properties
     and assets described in the Registration  Statement and Prospectus as owned
     by it, free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest,  encumbrance,
     claim or equitable  interest,  other than such as would not have a material
     adverse  effect  on  the  condition  (financial  or  otherwise),  earnings,
     operations,  business  or  business  prospects  of the  Company,  (ii)  the
     agreements  to which the Company is a party  described in the  Registration
     Statement and Prospectus are valid agreements,  enforceable by the Company,
     except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable  bankruptcy,
     insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or
     affecting  creditors' rights generally or by general  equitable  principles
     and, to the best of the Company's knowledge, the other contracting party or
     parties thereto are not in material breach or material default under any of
     such agreements, and (iii) the Company has valid and enforceable leases for
     all properties  described in the  Registration  Statement and Prospectus as
     leased  by it,  except  as  the  enforcement  thereof  may  be  limited  by
     applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  or other
     similar laws  relating to or affecting  creditors'  rights  generally or by
     general  equitable  principles.  Except  as set  forth in the  Registration
     Statement and Prospectus, the Company owns or leases all such properties as
     are  necessary  to its  operations  as now  conducted  or as proposed to be
     conducted.

              (j) The Company has timely filed all necessary federal,  state and
     foreign  income and  franchise  tax  returns  and has paid all taxes  shown
     thereon  as due,  and there is no tax  deficiency  that has been or, to the
     best of the Company's knowledge, might be asserted against the Company that
     might  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  condition  (financial  or
     otherwise),  earnings,  operations,  business or business  prospects of the
     Company;  and all tax liabilities are adequately  provided for on the books
     of the Company.

              (k) The Company  maintains  insurance  with insurers of recognized
     financial  responsibility  of the types and in the amounts generally deemed
     adequate for its business and consistent with insurance coverage maintained
     by similar companies in similar  businesses,  including  insurance covering
     real and personal  property  owned or leased by the Company  against theft,
     damage,  destruction,  acts of  vandalism  and all other risks  customarily
     insured  against,  all of which insurance is in full force and effect;  the
     Company has not been refused any insurance  coverage sought or applied for;
     and the  Company  does not have any reason to  believe  that it will not be
     able to renew its  existing  insurance  coverage as and when such  coverage
     expires or to obtain  similar  coverage  from  similar  insurers  as may be
     necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not  materially and
     adversely  affect  the  condition   (financial  or  otherwise),   earnings,
     operations, business or business prospects of the Company.

              (l) To the best of Company's  knowledge,  no labor  disturbance by
     the employees of the Company exists or is imminent;  and the Company is not
     aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any
     of its  licensors or its  significant  customers  that might be expected to
     result  in a  material  adverse  change  in  the  condition  (financial  or
     otherwise),  earnings,  operations,  business or business  prospects of the
     Company.  No  collective  bargaining  agreement  exists  with  any  of  the
     Company's  employees and, to the best of the Company's  knowledge,  no such
     agreement is imminent.

              (m) The  Company  owns or  possesses  adequate  rights  to use all
     patents, patent rights, inventions,  trade secrets,  know-how,  trademarks,
     service marks, trade names and copyrights that are necessary to conduct its
     businesses as described in the Registration  Statement and Prospectus;  the
     expiration  of any  patents,  patent  rights,  trade  secrets,  trademarks,
     service marks,  trade names or copyrights would not have a material adverse
     effect on the condition  (financial or  otherwise),  earnings,  operations,
     business or business prospects of the Company; the Company has not received
     any notice of, and has no  knowledge  of, any  infringement  of or conflict
     with  asserted  rights of the Company by others with respect to any patent,
     patent rights,  inventions,  trade secrets, know-how,  trademarks,  service
     marks,  trade names or  copyrights;  and the Company has not  received  any
     notice of, and has no knowledge  of, any  infringement  of or conflict with
     asserted  rights of others  with  respect  to any  patent,  patent  rights,
     inventions, trade secrets, know-how, trademarks, service marks, trade names
     or  copyrights  that,  singly or in the  aggregate,  if the  subject  of an
     unfavorable  decision,  ruling or  finding,  might have a material  adverse
     effect on the condition  (financial or  otherwise),  earnings,  operations,
     business or business prospects of the Company.

              (n) The Common Stock has been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq
     National Market, subject to official notice of issuance.
<PAGE>
              (o) The Company has been advised concerning the Investment Company
     Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder,  and has
     in the past conducted, and intends in the future to conduct, its affairs in
     such a manner as to ensure that it will not become an "investment  company"
     within the meaning of the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended,  and
     the rules and regulations thereunder.

              (p) The Company has not distributed and will not distribute  prior
     to the later of (i) the Closing  Date,  or any date on which Option  Shares
     are to be  purchased,  as the  case  may be,  and  (ii)  completion  of the
     distribution  of the Shares,  any offering  material in connection with the
     offering  and sale of the Shares other than any  Preliminary  Prospectuses,
     the Prospectus,  the Registration  Statement and other  materials,  if any,
     permitted by the Act.

              (q) The Company has not at any time during the last five years (i)
     made any  unlawful  contribution  to any  candidate  for foreign  office or
     failed to disclose fully any  contribution in violation of law or (ii) made
     any payment to any federal or state  governmental  officer or official,  or
     other person charged with similar public or quasi-public duties, other than
     payments  required  or  permitted  by the laws of the United  States or any
     jurisdiction thereof.

              (r) The  Company  has not  taken and will not  take,  directly  or
     indirectly,  any action designed to or that might reasonably be expected to
     cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Common
     Stock to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.



<PAGE>


              (s) Each officer, director and director-nominee of the Company and
     each record  owner of shares of Common Stock named in Schedule C hereto has
     agreed in writing that such person will not, for a period of 180 days after
     the date of the Prospectus (the "Lock-Up Period"),  offer to sell, contract
     to sell, or otherwise  sell,  dispose of, loan,  pledge or grant any rights
     with respect to (collectively, a "Disposition") any shares of Common Stock,
     any  options or  warrants  to  purchase  any shares of Common  Stock or any
     securities  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for shares of Common  Stock
     (collectively,  "Securities")  now owned or hereafter  acquired directly by
     such person or with respect to which such person has or hereafter  acquires
     the  power of  disposition,  otherwise  than (i) as a bona  fide  gift or a
     distribution  to limited  partners,  members or partners or shareholders of
     such person,  provided that the donees or distributees thereof (as the case
     may be) agree in  writing to be bound by the terms of this  restriction  or
     (ii) with the prior written consent of BancBoston  Robertson  Stephens Inc.
     The foregoing  restriction has been expressly agreed to preclude the holder
     of the Securities from engaging in any hedging or other  transaction  which
     is designed to or reasonably expected to lead to or result in a Disposition
     of Securities  during the Lock-Up Period,  even if such Securities would be
     disposed of by someone other than such holder.  Such prohibited  hedging or
     other transactions would include any short sale (whether or not against the
     box) or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including any put or call
     option)  with  respect to any  Securities  or with  respect to any security
     (other than a broad-based market basket or index) that includes, relates to
     or  derives  any  significant  part  of  its  value  from  the  Securities.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing,  this restriction shall not prohibit (i) the
     sale of Option  Shares to the  Underwriters  pursuant to this  Agreement or
     (ii)  resales  of shares  of Common  Stock  acquired  either in the  public
     offering  to which the  Registration  Statement  relates  or in  subsequent
     open-market  purchases.  Furthermore,  such  person  also  has  agreed  and
     consented to the entry of stop  transfer  instructions  with the  Company's
     transfer agent against the transfer of the  Securities  held by such person
     except in  compliance  with this  restriction.  The Company has provided to
     Foley,   Hoag  &  Eliot  LLP,   counsel   for  the   several   Underwriters
     ("Underwriters'   Counsel"),   a  complete   and   accurate   list  of  all
     securityholders  of the Company and the number and type of securities  held
     by each securityholder.  The Company has provided to Underwriters'  Counsel
     true,  accurate and complete  copies of all of the  agreements  pursuant to
     which its  officers,  directors  and  stockholders  have  agreed to such or
     similar  restrictions  (the  "Lock-Up  Agreements")  presently in effect or
     effected  hereby.  The Company hereby  represents and warrants that it will
     not release any of its officers,  directors or other  stockholders from any
     Lock-Up  Agreements  currently  existing or hereafter  effected without the
     prior written consent of BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc.

              (t)  Except  as  set  forth  in  the  Registration  Statement  and
     Prospectus,  (i) the  Company is in  compliance  with all  rules,  laws and
     regulations  relating to the use, treatment,  storage and disposal of toxic
     substances  and  protection  of health or the  environment  ("Environmental
     Laws") that are  applicable to its business,  (ii) the Company has received
     no notice  from any  governmental  authority  or third party of an asserted
     claim under  Environmental Laws, which claim is required to be disclosed in
     the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus,  (iii) the Company will not
     be required to make future  material  capital  expenditures  to comply with
     Environmental  Laws and (iv) no property that is owned,  leased or occupied
     by the Company has been  designated  as a  Superfund  site  pursuant to the
     Comprehensive Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended
     (42  U.S.C. ss. 9601, et  seq.),  or has  been  otherwise  designated  as a
     contaminated site under applicable state or local law.

              (u) The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls
     sufficient  to provide  reasonable  assurances  that (i)  transactions  are
     executed   in   accordance   with   management's    general   or   specific
     authorizations,  (ii)  transactions  are  recorded as  necessary  to permit
     preparation of financial  statements in conformity with generally  accepted
     accounting  principles  and to maintain  accountability  for assets,  (iii)
     access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's  general
     or specific  authorization and (iv) the recorded  accountability for assets
     is compared with existing  assets at reasonable  intervals and  appropriate
     action is taken with respect to any differences.

              (v)  There  are no  outstanding  loans,  advances  (except  normal
     advances  for  business  expenses in the  ordinary  course of  business) or
     guarantees of  indebtedness  by the Company to or for the benefit of any of
     the  officers  or  directors  of the  Company or any of the  members of the
     families of any of them, except as disclosed in the Registration  Statement
     and the Prospectus.

              (w) The  Company  has  complied  with all  provisions  of  Section
     517.075, Florida Statutes relating to doing business with the Government of
     Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in Cuba.

         (x)  Year  2000  Preparedness.  There  are  no  issues  related  to the
Company's preparedness for the Year 2000 that (i) are of a character required to
be described or referred to in the  Registration  Statement or Prospectus by the
Act that have not been  accurately  described in the  Registration  Statement or
Prospectus  or (ii)  reasonably  might be  expected  to result  in any  material
adverse change,  or any development  that could reasonably be expected to result
in a  material  adverse  change,  in the  condition  (financial  or  otherwise),
earnings,  operations,  business or business  prospects,  whether or not arising
from  transactions  in the  ordinary  course of  business,  of the Company or to
affect  materially  its  properties,  assets or rights.  All  internal  computer
systems  and each of the  Constituent  Components  (as  defined  below) of those
systems (i) have been  reviewed to confirm that they store,  process  (including
sorting and performing mathematical operations,  calculations and computations),
input and output data containing date and  information  correctly  regardless of
whether the date contains  dates and times before,  on or after January 1, 2000,
(ii)  have  been  designated  to  ensure  date and time  entry  recognition  and
calculations,  and date data  interface  values that reflect the century,  (iii)
accurately  manage and  manipulate  data  involving  dates and times,  including
single  century  formulas  and  multi-century  formulas,  and will not  cause an
abnormal ending scenario within the application or generate  incorrect values or
invalid results involving such dates, (iv) accurately process any date rollover,
and (v)  accept and  respond  to two-  digit  year date  input in a manner  that
resolves any ambiguities as to the century.  "Constituent  Components" means all
software  (including  operating  systems,  programs,  packages  and  utilities),
firmware,  hardware,  networking  components and peripherals provided as part of
the  configuration.  The  Company has  inquired of material  vendors as to their
preparedness for the Year 2000 and has disclosed in the  Registration  Statement
or  Prospectus  any issues  that might  reasonably  be expected to result in any
material adverse change, or any development that could reasonably be expected to
result in a material adverse change, in the condition  (financial or otherwise),
earnings,  operations,  business or business  prospects,  whether or not arising
from  transactions  in the  ordinary  course of  business,  of the Company or to
affect materially the properties, assets or rights of the Company.


         II. Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, represents and
warrants to and agrees with each Underwriter and the Company that:

              (a) Such  Selling  Stockholder  now has,  and on any later date on
     which Option Shares are purchased,  will have valid marketable title to the
     Option Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder, free and clear of any
     pledge, lien, security interest,  encumbrance,  claim or equitable interest
     other than  pursuant to this  Agreement;  and upon  delivery of such Option
     Shares hereunder and payment of the purchase price as herein  contemplated,
     each of the  Underwriters  will obtain valid marketable title to the Option
     Shares purchased by it from such Selling Stockholder, free and clear of any
     pledge,  lien,  security interest pertaining to such Selling Stockholder or
     such  Selling  Stockholder's  property,  encumbrance,  claim  or  equitable
     interest,  including any liability for estate or inheritance  taxes, or any
     liability to or claims of any creditor,  devisee, legatee or beneficiary of
     such Selling Stockholder.



<PAGE>


              (b) Such Selling  Stockholder  has duly  authorized,  executed and
     delivered,  in the form  heretofore  furnished to the  Representatives,  an
     irrevocable Power of Attorney (the "Power of Attorney")  appointing Dean M.
     Johnson  and  Sandra T.  Watson  as  attorneys-in-fact  (collectively,  the
     "Attorneys"  and  individually,  an "Attorney") and a Letter of Transmittal
     and Custody  Agreement  (the  "Custody  Agreement")  with the  Company,  as
     custodian (the "Custodian");  each of the Power of Attorney and the Custody
     Agreement  constitutes  a valid and binding  agreement  on the part of such
     Selling  Stockholder,  enforceable in accordance with its terms,  except as
     the   enforcement   thereof  may  be  limited  by  applicable   bankruptcy,
     insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or
     affecting  creditors' rights generally or by general equitable  principles;
     and  each  of  such  Selling  Stockholder's  Attorneys,  acting  alone,  is
     authorized  to execute  and  deliver  this  Agreement  and the  certificate
     referred to in Section 6(h) hereof on behalf of such  Selling  Stockholder,
     to determine the purchase price to be paid by the several  Underwriters  to
     such Selling  Stockholder as provided in Section 3 hereof, to authorize the
     delivery of the Option Shares to be sold by such Selling  Stockholder under
     this Agreement and to duly endorse (in blank or otherwise) the  certificate
     or certificates  representing such Option Shares or a stock power or powers
     with respect thereto,  to accept payment therefor,  and otherwise to act on
     behalf of such Selling Stockholder in connection with this Agreement.

              (c) All consents,  approvals,  authorizations  and orders required
     for the execution and delivery by such Selling  Stockholder of the Power of
     Attorney and the Custody  Agreement,  the  execution  and delivery by or on
     behalf  of such  Selling  Stockholder  of this  Agreement  and the sale and
     delivery of the Option Shares to be sold by such Selling  Stockholder under
     this  Agreement  (other than, at the time of the  execution  hereof (if the
     Registration   Statement  has  not  yet  been  declared  effective  by  the
     Commission),  the  issuance of the order of the  Commission  declaring  the
     Registration   Statement   effective   and   such   consents,    approvals,
     authorizations  or  orders  as  may  be  necessary  under  state  or  other
     securities  or Blue Sky laws) have been  obtained and are in full force and
     effect; and such Selling Stockholder has full legal right to enter into and
     perform its obligations under this Agreement and such Power of Attorney and
     Custody Agreement,  and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to
     be sold by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement.

              (d) Such Selling  Stockholder will not, during the Lock-Up Period,
     effect the  Disposition of any  Securities now owned or hereafter  acquired
     directly by such Selling  Stockholder or with respect to which such Selling
     Stockholder has or hereafter  acquires the power of disposition,  otherwise
     than (i) as a bona fide gift,  provided  that the donees  thereof  agree in
     writing  to be bound by this  restriction,  or (ii) with the prior  written
     consent of BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc. The foregoing  restriction is
     expressly  agreed to preclude the holder of the Securities from engaging in
     any  hedging  or other  transaction  which  is  designed  to or  reasonably
     expected to lead to or result in a  Disposition  of  Securities  during the
     Lock-Up  Period,  even if such  Securities  would be disposed of by someone
     other  than the  Selling  Stockholder.  Such  prohibited  hedging  or other
     transactions  would include any short sale (whether or not against the box)
     or any  purchase,  sale or grant of any  right  (including  any put or call
     option)  with  respect to any  Securities  or with  respect to any security
     (other than a broad-based market basket or index) that includes, relates to
     or  derives  any  significant  part  of  its  value  from  the  Securities.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing,  this restriction shall not prohibit (i) the
     sale of Option  Shares to the  Underwriters  pursuant to this  Agreement or
     (ii)  resales  of shares  of Common  Stock  acquired  either in the  public
     offering  to which the  Registration  Statement  relates  or in  subsequent
     open-market purchases. Such Selling Stockholder also agrees and consents to
     the entry of stop transfer  instructions with the Company's  transfer agent
     against the transfer of Securities held by such Selling  Stockholder except
     in compliance with this restriction.

              (e)  Certificates  in negotiable  form for all Option Shares to be
     sold by such Selling  Stockholder  under this  Agreement,  together  with a
     stock power or powers duly  endorsed in blank by such Selling  Stockholder,
     have been placed in custody with the Custodian for the purpose of effecting
     delivery hereunder.



<PAGE>


              (f) This  Agreement  has been duly executed and delivered by or on
     behalf of such Selling  Stockholder and is a valid and binding agreement of
     such Selling Stockholder,  enforceable in accordance with its terms, except
     as rights to indemnification  hereunder may be limited by applicable law or
     public  policy  and  except as the  enforcement  hereof  may be  limited by
     bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium or other similar laws
     relating  to  or  affecting  creditors'  rights  generally  or  by  general
     equitable  principles;  and  the  performance  of  this  Agreement  and the
     consummation of the transactions  herein  contemplated will not result in a
     breach or violation of any of the terms and  provisions  of or constitute a
     default under any bond, debenture,  note or other evidence of indebtedness,
     or under any lease,  contract,  indenture,  mortgage,  deed of trust,  loan
     agreement,  joint  venture or other  agreement or  instrument to which such
     Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder, or any
     Option  Shares to be sold by such  Selling  Stockholder  hereunder,  may be
     bound or, to the best of such Selling  Stockholder's  knowledge,  result in
     any  violation  of any law,  order,  rule,  regulation,  writ,  injunction,
     judgment or decree of any court, government or governmental agency or body,
     domestic or foreign,  having  jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or
     over the properties of such Selling Stockholder.

              (g) Such  Selling  Stockholder  has not  taken  and will not take,
     directly or indirectly,  any action designed to or that might reasonably be
     expected to cause or result in  stabilization  or manipulation of the price
     of the Common Stock to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

              (h) Such  Selling  Stockholder  has not  distributed  and will not
     distribute any prospectus or other offering material in connection with the
     offering and sale of the Shares.

              (i) All  information  furnished  by or on behalf  of such  Selling
     Stockholder relating to such Selling Stockholder and the Option Shares that
     is  contained  in  the  representations  and  warranties  of  such  Selling
     Stockholder in such Selling Stockholder's Power of Attorney or set forth in
     the  Registration  Statement  or the  Prospectus  is,  and at the  time the
     Registration Statement became or becomes, as the case may be, effective and
     at all  times  subsequent  thereto  up to and on any date on  which  Option
     Shares are to be purchased, was or will be, true, correct and complete, and
     does not, and at the time the Registration  Statement became or becomes, as
     the case may be, effective and at all times subsequent thereto up to and on
     any date on which Option Shares are to be purchased,  will not, contain any
     untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to  state a  material  fact
     required to be stated  therein or  necessary to make such  information  not
     misleading.

              (j) Such Selling  Stockholder  will review the Prospectus and will
     comply with all  agreements  and satisfy all  conditions  on its part to be
     complied  with or satisfied  pursuant to this  Agreement on or prior to any
     date on which Option  Shares are to be purchased and will advise one of its
     Attorneys and  BancBoston  Robertson  Stephens  Inc.  prior to such date on
     which  Option  Shares are to be  purchased  if any  statement to be made on
     behalf of such  Selling  Stockholder  in the  certificate  contemplated  by
     Section  6(h) would be  inaccurate  if made as of such date on which Option
     Shares are to be purchased.



<PAGE>


              (k) Such Selling Stockholder does not have, or has waived prior to
     the date hereof,  any  preemptive  right,  co-sale  right or right of first
     refusal or other similar right to purchase any of the Shares that are to be
     sold by the Company or the other Selling  Stockholder  to the  Underwriters
     pursuant to this Agreement;  such Selling Stockholder does not have, or has
     waived prior to the date hereof,  any  registration  right or other similar
     right to  participate  in the offering made by the  Prospectus,  other than
     such rights of participation as have been satisfied by the participation of
     such  Selling  Stockholder  in the  transactions  to which  this  Agreement
     relates in accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement;  and such Selling
     Stockholder  does  not own any  warrants,  options  or  similar  rights  to
     acquire, and does not have any right or arrangement to acquire, any capital
     stock,  rights,  warrants,  options or other  securities  from the Company,
     other  than  those  described  in  the   Registration   Statement  and  the
     Prospectus.

              (l)  Such  Selling  Stockholder  hereby  confirms  the  truth  and
     accuracy of each of the  representations  and warranties of the Company set
     forth in Section 2.I. above, as if such representations and warranties were
     set forth in this Section 2.II.

This Section 2.II shall not be of any force or effect if the  Representatives do
not  exercise,  in whole or in part,  the option  provided  for in Section  7(a)
hereof,

     3.   Purchase,   Sale  and  Delivery  of  Shares.   On  the  basis  of  the
representations,  warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the
terms and  conditions  herein set  forth,  the  Company  agrees to sell the Firm
Shares to the  Underwriters,  and each  Underwriter  agrees,  severally  and not
jointly,  to purchase the Firm Shares from the Company at a purchase  price of $
per  share.  The  obligation  of each  Underwriter  to the  Company  shall be to
purchase  from the  Company  that  number  of Firm  Shares  that (as  nearly  as
practicable, as determined by you) is in the same proportion to the total number
of Firm Shares to be purchased by all the  Underwriters  under this Agreement as
the number of Firm Shares set forth  opposite  the name of such  Underwriter  in
Schedule A hereto  (subject to  adjustment  as provided in Section 10) is to the
total number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all the  Underwriters  under this
Agreement.

         Delivery of definitive certificates for the Firm Shares to be purchased
by the Underwriters  pursuant to this Section 3 shall be made against payment of
the purchase price therefor by the several Underwriters by certified or official
bank check or checks drawn in or by wire transfer of same-day funds,  payable to
the  order of the  Company  at the  offices  of  LeClair  Ryan,  A  Professional
Corporation, 707 East Main Street, Richmond, Virginia (or at such other place as
may be agreed upon among the  Representatives  and the Company),  at 7 A.M., San
Francisco  time, (a) on the third full business day following the first day that
Shares are traded,  (b) if this  Agreement is executed and delivered  after 1:30
P.M.,  San Francisco  time,  the fourth full business day following the day that
this  Agreement is executed and delivered or (c) at such other time and date not
later than seven full  business  days  following  the first day that  Shares are
traded as the Representatives and the Company may determine (or at such time and
date to which payment and delivery shall have been postponed pursuant to Section
10 hereof),  such time and date of payment and delivery  being herein called the
"Closing Date"; provided, however, that if the Company has not made available to
the Representatives copies of the Prospectus within the time provided in Section
4(d) hereof,  the  Representatives  may, in their sole discretion,  postpone the
Closing Date until no later than two full  business days  following  delivery of
copies of the Prospectus to the  Representatives.  The certificates for the Firm
Shares to be so delivered  will be made  available to you at such office or such
other  location,  including in New York City, as you may reasonably  request for
checking at least one full business day prior to the Closing Date and will be in
such names and  denominations  as you may  request,  such  request to be made at
least two full business  days prior to the Closing Date. If the  Representatives
so elect,  delivery of the Firm Shares may be made by credit  through  full fast
transfer to the  accounts at The  Depository  Trust  Company  designated  by the
Representatives.

         It is understood that you, individually, and not as the Representatives
of the several Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of
the purchase price on behalf of any Underwriter or  Underwriters  whose check or
checks  shall not have been  received by you prior to the  Closing  Date for the
Firm  Shares to be  purchased  by such  Underwriter  or  Underwriters.  Any such
payment by you shall not relieve any such  Underwriter or Underwriters of any of
its or their obligations hereunder.



<PAGE>


         After  the  Registration  Statement  becomes  effective,   the  several
Underwriters  intend  to  make an  initial  public  offering  (as  such  term is
described in Section 11 hereof) of the Firm Shares at an initial public offering
price  of  $  per  share.  After  the  initial  public  offering,   the  several
Underwriters may, in their discretion, vary the public offering price.

         The information set forth in the second,  seventh,  eighth and eleventh
paragraphs  and the last  sentence  of the fourth  paragraph  under the  caption
"Underwriting" in any Preliminary  Prospectus and in the Prospectus  constitutes
the only information  furnished by the Underwriters to the Company for inclusion
in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or the Registration Statement, and
you,  on behalf of the  respective  Underwriters,  represent  and warrant to the
Company and the Selling  Stockholders  that the  statements  made therein do not
include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,  in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.


<PAGE>

     4. Further  Agreements of the Company.  The Company agrees with the several
Underwriters that:


         (a) The  Company  will use its best  efforts to cause the  Registration
     Statement and any amendment thereof,  if not effective at the time and date
     that this  Agreement is executed and  delivered by the parties  hereto,  to
     become  effective  as promptly as  possible;  the Company will use its best
     efforts to cause any abbreviated  registration  statement  pursuant to Rule
     462(b) of the Rules and  Regulations  as may be required  subsequent to the
     date the Registration  Statement is declared  effective to become effective
     as promptly as  possible;  the Company will notify you,  promptly  after it
     shall receive notice thereof, of the time when the Registration  Statement,
     any subsequent  amendment to the Registration  Statement or any abbreviated
     registration  statement  has  become  effective  or any  supplement  to the
     Prospectus  has been filed;  if the Company  omitted  information  from the
     Registration  Statement at the time it was originally declared effective in
     reliance upon Rule 430A(a) of the Rules and  Regulations,  the Company will
     provide  evidence  satisfactory  to you that the  Prospectus  contains such
     information and has been filed, within the time period prescribed, with the
     Commission  pursuant to subparagraph (1) or (4) of Rule 424(b) of the Rules
     and  Regulations  or  as  part  of  a  post-effective   amendment  to  such
     Registration  Statement as originally  declared  effective that is declared
     effective by the Commission;  if the Company files a term sheet pursuant to
     Rule 434 of the Rules and  Regulations,  the Company will provide  evidence
     satisfactory  to you  that  the  Prospectus  and  term  sheet  meeting  the
     requirements  of Rule  434(b)  or (c),  as  applicable,  of the  Rules  and
     Regulations,  have been filed, within the time period prescribed,  with the
     Commission  pursuant  to  subparagraph  (7) of Rule 424(b) of the Rules and
     Regulations;  if for any reason the filing of the final form of  Prospectus
     is required  under Rule  424(b)(3)  of the Rules and  Regulations,  it will
     provide  evidence  satisfactory  to you that the  Prospectus  contains such
     information  and has been filed with the Commission  within the time period
     prescribed;  it will notify you  promptly of any request by the  Commission
     for the  amending or  supplementing  of the  Registration  Statement or the
     Prospectus or for additional  information;  promptly upon your request,  it
     will prepare and file with the  Commission any amendments or supplements to
     the Registration Statement or Prospectus that, in the reasonable opinion of
     Underwriters' Counsel, may be necessary or advisable in connection with the
     distribution of the Shares by the  Underwriters;  it will promptly  prepare
     and file with the Commission, and promptly notify you of the filing of, any
     amendments or supplements to the Registration  Statement or Prospectus that
     may be necessary to correct any  statements or  omissions,  if, at any time
     when a prospectus  relating to the Shares is required to be delivered under
     the Act, any event shall have occurred as a result of which the  Prospectus
     or any other  prospectus  relating  to the  Shares as then in effect  would
     include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
     fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  therein,  in the  light  of the
     circumstances  under  which they were  made,  not  misleading;  in case any
     Underwriter  is required to deliver a prospectus  nine months or more after
     the effective  date of the  Registration  Statement in connection  with the
     sale of the Shares,  it will  prepare  promptly  upon  request,  but at the
     expense  of  such   Underwriter,   such  amendment  or  amendments  to  the
     Registration  Statement  and  such  prospectus  or  prospectuses  as may be
     necessary to permit compliance with the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of
     the Act; and it will file no amendment or  supplement  to the  Registration
     Statement or Prospectus  that shall not  previously  have been submitted to
     you a reasonable  time prior to the proposed filing thereof or to which you
     shall reasonably object in writing,  subject,  however,  to compliance with
     the Act and the Rules and Regulations and the provisions of this Agreement.

         (b) The Company will advise you, promptly after it shall receive notice
     or obtain  knowledge,  of the issuance of any stop order by the  Commission
     suspending  the  effectiveness  of  the  Registration  Statement  or of the
     initiation  or  threat  of any  proceeding  for that  purpose;  and it will
     promptly  use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or
     to obtain its withdrawal at the earliest possible moment if such stop order
     should be issued.

         (c) The  Company  will use its best  efforts to qualify  the Shares for
     offering and sale under the securities  laws of such  jurisdictions  as you
     may designate and to continue such  qualifications in effect for so long as
     may be required for purposes of the distribution of the Shares, except that
     the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition
     thereof to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general consent
     to  service of process  in any  jurisdiction  in which it is not  otherwise
     required to be so qualified  or to so execute a general  consent to service
     of  process.  In each  jurisdiction  in which the  Shares  shall  have been
     qualified as above provided, the Company will make and file such statements
     and  reports  in each  year as are or may be  required  by the laws of such
     jurisdiction.

         (d) The Company will furnish to you, as soon as available,  and, in the
     case of the Prospectus  and any term sheet or abbreviated  term sheet under
     Rule 434, in no event later than the first full  business day following the
     first day that  Shares are  traded,  copies of the  Registration  Statement
     (three of which will be signed and which will include all  exhibits),  each
     Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements to
     such documents, including any prospectus prepared to permit compliance with
     Section 10(a)(3) of the Act, all in such quantities as you may from time to
     time  reasonably  request.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if BancBoston
     Robertson Stephens Inc., on behalf of the several Underwriters, shall agree
     to the  utilization of Rule 434 of the Rules and  Regulations,  the Company
     shall  provide to you  copies of a  Preliminary  Prospectus  updated in all
     respects  through the date  specified by you in such  quantities as you may
     from time to time reasonably request.

         (e) The Company will make generally available to its securityholders as
     soon as  practicable,  but in any event not later than the  forty-fifth day
     following  the end of the fiscal  quarter first  occurring  after the first
     anniversary  of the  effective  date  of  the  Registration  Statement,  an
     earnings  statement  (which  will be in  reasonable  detail but need not be
     audited)  complying  with the  provisions  of Section  11(a) of the Act and
     covering a twelve-month  period  beginning  after the effective date of the
     Registration Statement.



<PAGE>


         (f) During a period of five years  after the date  hereof,  the Company
     will furnish to its  stockholders  as soon as practicable  after the end of
     each respective  period,  annual reports  (including  financial  statements
     audited  by  independent   certified  public   accountants)  and  unaudited
     quarterly reports of operations for each of the first three quarters of the
     fiscal  year,  and will furnish to you and the other  several  Underwriters
     hereunder,  upon request (i)  concurrently  with furnishing such reports to
     its  stockholders,  statements of operations of the Company for each of the
     first three quarters in the form  furnished to the Company's  stockholders,
     (ii) concurrently  with furnishing to its stockholders,  a balance sheet of
     the Company as of the end of such fiscal year,  together with statements of
     operations,  of stockholders'  equity, and of cash flows of the Company for
     such  fiscal  year,  accompanied  by a copy of the  certificate  or  report
     thereon of independent certified public accountants,  (iii) as soon as they
     are  available,  copies  of all  reports  (financial  or  other)  mailed to
     stockholders, (iv) as soon as they are available, copies of all reports and
     financial  statements  furnished  to or  filed  with  the  Commission,  any
     securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
     (the "NASD"), (v) every material press release and every material news item
     or article in respect of the Company or its affairs  that was  delivered to
     stockholders in their  capacities as stockholders of the Company,  and (vi)
     any additional  information of a public nature  concerning the Company,  or
     its business that you may reasonably request. During such five-year period,
     if the Company shall have any active subsidiaries,  the foregoing financial
     statements shall be on a consolidated basis to the extent that the accounts
     of the  Company  and  such  subsidiaries  are  consolidated  and  shall  be
     accompanied by similar financial statements for any significant  subsidiary
     that is not so consolidated.

         (g) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares
     being  sold  by it in the  manner  set  forth  under  the  caption  "Use of
     Proceeds" in the Prospectus.

         (h) The Company will maintain a transfer agent and, if necessary  under
     the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company, a registrar (which may be
     the same entity as the transfer agent) for its Common Stock.

         (i) If the  transactions  contemplated  hereby are not  consummated  by
     reason of any  failure,  refusal or inability on the part of the Company or
     either  Selling  Stockholder  to perform any agreement on their  respective
     parts  to be  performed  hereunder  or to  fulfill  any  condition  of  the
     Underwriters' obligations hereunder, or if the Company shall terminate this
     Agreement  pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof,  or if the Underwriters  shall
     terminate this  Agreement  pursuant to Section  11(b)(i),  the Company will
     reimburse  the  several   Underwriters  for  all   out-of-pocket   expenses
     (including fees and  disbursements  of  Underwriters'  Counsel)  reasonably
     incurred by the  Underwriters  in  investigating  or preparing to market or
     marketing the Shares.

         (j) If at any time during the ninety-day  period after the Registration
     Statement becomes effective, any rumor, publication or event relating to or
     affecting  the Company shall occur as a result of which in your opinion the
     market  price of the  Common  Stock has been or is likely to be  materially
     affected   (regardless   of  whether  such  rumor,   publication  or  event
     necessitates a supplement to or amendment of the  Prospectus),  the Company
     will,  after written notice from you advising the Company to the effect set
     forth above,  forthwith prepare,  consult with you concerning the substance
     of and  disseminate a press release or other public  statement,  reasonably
     satisfactory to you, responding to or commenting on such rumor, publication
     or event.

         (k) During the Lock-Up Period,  the Company will not, without the prior
     written  consent  of  BancBoston   Robertson   Stephens  Inc.,  effect  the
     Disposition of, directly or indirectly,  any Securities other than the sale
     of the  Company  Shares  and the  Option  Shares to be sold by the  Company
     hereunder and the  Company's  issuance of options or Common Stock under the
     Company's presently authorized 1997 Stock Incentive Plan.

         (l)  During a period of  ninety  days  from the date of the Prospectus
     the Company will not file a registration statement registering  shares
     under the  Company's  presently  authorized  1997 Stock Incentive Plan or
     any other benefit plan.

         (m)  Insurance.  The Company (i) shall obtain  directors' and officers'
     liability insurance in the minimum amount of $10,000,000 that shall apply
     to the offering  contemplated  hereby and (ii) shall  cause the
     representatives  to be added  as  additional  insureds  to  such  policy
     in  respect  of the  offering contemplated hereby.


<PAGE>


     5   Expenses.

         (a)  The  Company  and  the  Selling   Stockholders   agree  with  each
     Underwriter that:

              (i) The  Company  will pay and  bear all  costs  and  expenses  in
         connection   with  the   preparation,   printing   and  filing  of  the
         Registration  Statement (including financial statements,  schedules and
         exhibits),   Preliminary   Prospectuses  and  the  Prospectus  and  any
         amendments  or  supplements  thereto;  the issuance and delivery of the
         Shares hereunder to the several Underwriters, including transfer taxes,
         if any,  the cost of all  certificates  representing  the  Shares,  and
         transfer  agents' and registrars'  fees; the fees and  disbursements of
         counsel for the Company;  all fees and other  charges of the  Company's
         independent certified public accountants; the cost of furnishing to the
         several  Underwriters copies of the Registration  Statement  (including
         appropriate exhibits),  Preliminary Prospectuses and the Prospectus and
         any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing; NASD filing fees
         and  the  cost  of  qualifying  the  Shares  under  the  laws  of  such
         jurisdictions as you may designate  (including filing fees and fees and
         disbursements  of  Underwriters'  Counsel in connection  with such NASD
         filings and Blue Sky  qualifications);  and all other expenses directly
         incurred by the Company and the Selling Stockholders in connection with
         the performance of their obligations hereunder. Any additional expenses
         incurred  as a  result  of the  sale  of  the  Shares  by  the  Selling
         Stockholders will be borne  collectively by the Company and the Selling
         Stockholders.  The  provisions of this Section  5(a)(i) are intended to
         relieve the  Underwriters  from the payment of the  expenses  and costs
         that the Company and the Selling  Stockholders hereby agree to pay, but
         shall  not  affect  any  agreement  that the  Company  and the  Selling
         Stockholders may make, or may have made, for the sharing of any of such
         expenses and costs. Such agreements shall not impair the obligations of
         the  Company  and the  Selling  Stockholders  hereunder  to the several
         Underwriters.

              (ii)In  addition  to its  other  obligations  under  Section  8(a)
         hereof,  the Company  agrees  that,  as an interim  measure  during the
         pendency  of  any  claim,  action,  investigation,   inquiry  or  other
         proceeding  described  in Section 8(a) hereof,  it will  reimburse  the
         Underwriters  on a  monthly  basis  for all  reasonable  legal or other
         expenses  incurred in connection  with  investigating  or defending any
         such  claim,  action,  investigation,   inquiry  or  other  proceeding,
         notwithstanding  the  absence  of a  judicial  determination  as to the
         propriety and  enforceability of the Company's  obligation to reimburse
         the  Underwriters  for such  expenses  and the  possibility  that  such
         payments  might  later  be held to have  been  improper  by a court  of
         competent   jurisdiction.   To  the  extent   that  any  such   interim
         reimbursement   payment  is  so  held  to  have  been   improper,   the
         Underwriters shall promptly return such payment to the Company together
         with interest,  compounded daily,  determined on the basis of the prime
         rate (or other  commercial  lending  rate for  borrowers of the highest
         credit  standing)  listed from time to time in The Wall Street  Journal
         that   represents  the  base  rate  on  corporate  loans  posted  by  a
         substantial  majority of the nation's  thirty largest banks (the "Prime
         Rate").  Any such interim  reimbursement  payments that are not made to
         the  Underwriters  within  thirty days of a request  for  reimbursement
         shall bear interest at the Prime Rate from the date of such request.



<PAGE>


              (iii) In  addition to his other  obligations  under  Section  8(b)
         hereof,  each Selling  Stockholder  agrees that, as an interim  measure
         during the  pendency of any claim,  action,  investigation,  inquiry or
         other  proceeding  described  in Section  8(b) hereof  relating to such
         Selling  Stockholder,  it will reimburse the  Underwriters on a monthly
         basis for all reasonable legal or other expenses incurred in connection
         with investigating or defending any such claim, action,  investigation,
         inquiry or other proceeding,  notwithstanding the absence of a judicial
         determination  as to the propriety and  enforceability  of such Selling
         Stockholder's   obligation  to  reimburse  the  Underwriters  for  such
         expenses and the possibility  that such payments might later be held to
         have been improper by a court of competent jurisdiction, provided, that
         if such claim, action,  investigation or other proceeding is within the
         purview of Section 8(a)  hereof,  the  Underwriters  shall first demand
         interim  reimbursement  from the Company  pursuant to Section  5(a)(ii)
         hereof and shall have failed to be so reimbursed in full within fifteen
         days of such demand prior to invoking their rights against such Selling
         Stockholder pursuant to this Section 5(a)(iii).  To the extent that any
         such interim  reimbursement  payment is so held to have been  improper,
         the  Underwriters  shall  promptly  return such  payment to the Selling
         Stockholders,  together with interest,  compounded daily, determined on
         the basis of the Prime Rate.  Any such interim  reimbursement  payments
         that are not made to the  Underwriters  within thirty days of a request
         for  reimbursement  shall bear interest at the Prime Rate from the date
         of such request.

         (b) In addition to their other  obligations  under Section 8(c) hereof,
     the  Underwriters  severally  and not  jointly  agree  that,  as an interim
     measure during the pendency of any claim, action, investigation, inquiry or
     other proceeding  described in Section 8(c) hereof, they will reimburse the
     Company and each Selling  Stockholder on a monthly basis for all reasonable
     legal or other  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  investigating  or
     defending  any  such  claim,  action,   investigation,   inquiry  or  other
     proceeding,  notwithstanding the absence of a judicial  determination as to
     the  propriety  and  enforceability  of  the  Underwriters'  obligation  to
     reimburse the Company and each such Selling  Stockholder  for such expenses
     and the  possibility  that such  payments  might later be held to have been
     improper by a court of competent jurisdiction.  To the extent that any such
     interim reimbursement payment is so held to have been improper, the Company
     and each such Selling Stockholder shall promptly return such payment to the
     Underwriters  together with interest,  compounded daily,  determined on the
     basis of the Prime Rate. Any such interim  reimbursement  payments that are
     not made to the Company and each such  Selling  Stockholder  within  thirty
     days of a request for  reimbursement  shall bear interest at the Prime Rate
     from the date of such request.

         (c) It is agreed that any  controversy  arising out of the operation of
     the interim  reimbursement  arrangements  set forth in  Sections  5(a)(ii),
     5(a)(iii)  and  5(b)  hereof,   including  the  amounts  of  any  requested
     reimbursement  payments,  the method of  determining  such  amounts and the
     basis on which such  amounts  shall be  apportioned  among the  reimbursing
     parties,  shall be settled by arbitration conducted under the provisions of
     the  Constitution and Rules of the Board of Governors of the New York Stock
     Exchange,  Inc.  or pursuant to the Code of  Arbitration  Procedure  of the
     NASD. Any such arbitration must be commenced by service of a written demand
     for  arbitration  or a written  notice of intention to  arbitrate,  therein
     electing  the  arbitration  tribunal.  In the  event  the  party  demanding
     arbitration  does not make such  designation of an arbitration  tribunal in
     such demand or notice,  then the party  responding to said demand or notice
     is  authorized  to do so.  Any  such  arbitration  will be  limited  to the
     operation  of the interim  reimbursement  provisions  contained in Sections
     5(a)(ii),  5(a)(iii)  and 5(b)  hereof and will not  resolve  the  ultimate
     propriety or  enforceability  of the  obligation  to indemnify for expenses
     that is created by the provisions of Sections 8(a), 8(b) and 8(c) hereof or
     the  obligation to contribute to expenses that is created by the provisions
     of Section 8(e) hereof.

     6 Conditions of Underwriters'  Obligations.  The obligations of the several
Underwriters  to  purchase  and pay for the Shares as provided  herein  shall be
subject to the  accuracy,  as of the date  hereof and the  Closing  Date and any
later date on which Option  Shares are to be  purchased,  as the case may be, of
the representations  and warranties of the Company and the Selling  Stockholders
herein, to the performance by the Company and the Selling  Stockholders of their
respective obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:



<PAGE>


         (a) The  Registration  Statement shall have become  effective not later
     than 2 P.M.,  San Francisco  time,  on the date  following the date of this
     Agreement,  or such later date as shall be  consented to in writing by you;
     and no stop order  suspending  the  effectiveness  thereof  shall have been
     issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been initiated or, to
     the  knowledge  of  the  Company,   either   Selling   Stockholder  or  any
     Underwriter,   threatened  by  the  Commission,  and  any  request  of  the
     Commission for additional  information (to be included in the  Registration
     Statement or the Prospectus or otherwise)  shall have been complied with to
     the reasonable satisfaction of Underwriters' Counsel.

         (b) All  corporate  proceedings  and other legal  matters in connection
     with this Agreement, the form of Registration Statement and the Prospectus,
     and the  registration,  authorization,  issue,  sale  and  delivery  of the
     Shares, shall have been reasonably  satisfactory to Underwriters'  Counsel,
     and  Underwriters'  Counsel shall have been  furnished with such papers and
     information  as they may  reasonably  have requested to enable them to pass
     upon the matters referred to in this Section.

         (c)  Subsequent  to the  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement and
     prior to the Closing  Date, or any later date on which Option Shares are to
     be  purchased,  as the case may be, there shall not have been any change in
     the condition (financial or otherwise),  earnings, operations,  business or
     business  prospects of the Company from that set forth in the  Registration
     Statement or Prospectus that, in your reasonable judgment,  is material and
     adverse and that makes it, in your reasonable  judgment,  impracticable  or
     inadvisable  to  proceed  with  the  public   offering  of  the  Shares  as
     contemplated by the Prospectus.

        (d) You shall have received on the Closing Date and on any later date on
    which Option Shares are to be  purchased,  as the case may be, the following
    opinion of LeClair Ryan, A Professional Corporation, counsel for the Company
    and the Selling  Stockholders,  dated the Closing Date or such later date on
    which Option Shares are to be purchased,  addressed to the  Underwriters and
    with  reproduced  copies  or  signed  counterparts  thereof  for each of the
    Underwriters, to the effect that:

            (i) The Company has been duly  incorporated  and is validly existing
        as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the  Commonwealth of
        Virginia.

            (ii) The Company has the corporate power and authority to own, lease
        and operate its  properties  and to conduct its business as described in
        the Prospectus.

            (iii) The authorized,  issued and  outstanding  capital stock of the
        Company  is  as  set  forth  in  the   Prospectus   under  the   caption
        "Capitalization"  as  of  the  dates  stated  therein.  The  issued  and
        outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including the Option
        Shares  to be sold by the  Selling  Stockholders)  have  been  duly  and
        validly  issued  and are  fully  paid  and  nonassessable  and,  to such
        counsel's knowledge,  have not been issued in violation of or subject to
        any preemptive right, co-sale right,  registration right, right of first
        refusal or other similar right.

            (iv) The Firm Shares or the Option Shares, as the case may be, to be
        issued by the Company  pursuant to the terms of this Agreement have been
        duly authorized and, upon issuance and delivery against payment therefor
        in accordance with the terms hereof, will be duly and validly issued and
        fully paid and nonassessable, and will not have been issued in violation
        of or subject  to any  preemptive  right,  co-sale  right,  registration
        right, right of first refusal or other similar right.

            (v) The Company has the corporate  power and authority to enter into
        this Agreement and to issue,  sell and deliver to the  Underwriters  the
        Shares to be issued and sold by it hereunder.


<PAGE>


            (vi)  This  Agreement  has been  duly  authorized  by all  necessary
        corporate  action on the part of the Company and has been duly  executed
        and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization,  execution
        and  delivery by you, is a valid and binding  agreement  of the Company,
        enforceable   in   accordance   with  its  terms,   except   insofar  as
        indemnification  provisions  may be limited by applicable law and except
        as   enforceability   may  be   limited   by   bankruptcy,   insolvency,
        reorganization,  moratorium  or similar  laws  relating to or  affecting
        creditors' rights generally or by general equitable principles.

            (vii) The Registration Statement has become effective under the Act,
        and  to  such  counsel's   knowledge,   no  stop  order  suspending  the
        effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement  has been  issued  and no
        proceedings  for that  purpose  have been  instituted  or are pending or
        threatened under the Act.

            (viii)  The  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus,  and each
        amendment or supplement  thereto  (other than the financial  statements,
        including supporting schedules, and financial data derived therefrom, as
        to which such counsel need express no opinion), as of the effective date
        of the  Registration  Statement,  complied  as to form  in all  material
        respects with the  requirements of the Act and the applicable  Rules and
        Regulations.

            (ix)  The   information   in  the   Prospectus   under  the  caption
        "Description  of  Capital  Stock,"  to the  extent  that it  constitutes
        matters of law or legal  conclusions,  has been reviewed by such counsel
        and is a fair summary of such matters and conclusions;  and the forms of
        certificates  evidencing  the Common  Stock and filed as exhibits to the
        Registration   Statement   comply  with  the   corporation  law  of  the
        Commonwealth of Virginia.

            (x) The description in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus
        of the  articles  of  incorporation  and  bylaws of the  Company  and of
        statutes are accurate and fairly present the information  required to be
        presented by the Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations.

            (xi)  To  such  counsel's   knowledge,   there  are  no  agreements,
        contracts,  leases or  documents  to which the  Company  is a party of a
        character  required to be described  or referred to in the  Registration
        Statement or Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration
        Statement  that are not  described  or  referred  to therein or filed as
        required.

            (xii) The performance of this Agreement and the  consummation of the
        transactions   herein   contemplated  (other  than  performance  of  the
        Company's  indemnification  obligations  hereunder,  concerning which no
        opinion need be  expressed)  will not (a) result in any violation of the
        Company's  articles of  incorporation or bylaws or (b) to such counsel's
        knowledge,  result in a material breach or violation of any of the terms
        and  provisions  of,  or  constitute  a  default  under,  (1) any  bond,
        debenture,  note  or  other  evidence  of  indebtedness,  or any  lease,
        contract,  indenture,  mortgage,  deed of trust,  loan agreement,  joint
        venture or other agreement or instrument  known to such counsel to which
        the  Company is a party or by which its  properties  are bound,  (2) any
        applicable statute,  rule or regulation known to such counsel or (3) any
        order, writ or decree known to such counsel of any court,  government or
        governmental  agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any
        of its properties or operations.



<PAGE>


            (xiii)  No  consent,   approval,   authorization   or  order  of  or
        qualification with any court,  government or governmental agency or body
        having  jurisdiction  over  the  Company  or any of  its  properties  or
        operations  is  necessary in  connection  with the  consummation  by the
        Company of the  transactions  herein  contemplated,  except such as have
        been  obtained  under the Act or such as may be required  under state or
        other  securities or Blue Sky laws in  connection  with the purchase and
        the distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters.

            (xiv)  To  such   counsel's   knowledge,   there  are  no  legal  or
        governmental  proceedings pending or threatened against the Company of a
        character required to be disclosed in the Registration  Statement or the
        Prospectus  by the Act or the Rules and  Regulations,  other  than those
        described therein.

            (xv) To such counsel's  knowledge,  the Company is not presently (a)
        in material  violation of its articles of incorporation or bylaws or (b)
        in material breach of any applicable  statute,  rule or regulation known
        to such  counsel or, to such  counsel's  knowledge,  any order,  writ or
        decree of any court or governmental  agency or body having  jurisdiction
        over the Company or any of its properties or operations.

            (xvi)  To such  counsel's  knowledge,  except  as set  forth  in the
        Registration  Statement  and  Prospectus,  no holders of Common Stock or
        other securities of the Company have registration rights with respect to
        securities of the Company and,  except as set forth in the  Registration
        Statement  and  Prospectus,  all  holders of  securities  of the Company
        having  rights known to such counsel to  registration  of such shares of
        Common  Stock  or  other  securities,  because  of  the  filing  of  the
        Registration Statement by the Company have, with respect to the offering
        contemplated thereby,  waived such rights or such rights have expired by
        reason of lapse of time following  notification of the Company's  intent
        to file the  Registration  Statement or have included  securities in the
        Registration   Statement  pursuant  to  the  exercise  of  and  in  full
        satisfaction of such rights.

            (xvii) The Power of Attorney  and Custody  Agreement of each Selling
        Stockholder has been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of such
        Selling Stockholder;  and the Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement of
        each Selling Stockholder  constitutes the valid and binding agreement of
        such Selling  Stockholder,  enforceable  in  accordance  with its terms,
        except  as  the  enforcement  thereof  may  be  limited  by  bankruptcy,
        insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to
        or  affecting  creditors'  rights  generally  or  by  general  equitable
        principles.

            (xviii)  Each of the  Selling  Stockholders  has full right to enter
        into and to perform its  obligations  under this  Agreement and to sell,
        transfer,  assign  and  deliver  the  Option  Shares  to be sold by such
        Selling Stockholder hereunder.

            (xix) This  Agreement  has been duly executed and delivered by or on
        behalf of each Selling Stockholder.

            (xx) Upon the  delivery  of and  payment  for the  Option  Shares as
        contemplated in this Agreement,  each of the  Underwriters  will receive
        valid  marketable  title to the Option Shares  purchased by it from such
        Selling  Stockholder,  free and  clear  of any  pledge,  lien,  security
        interest,  encumbrance,  claim or equitable interest.  In rendering such
        opinion,  such  counsel  may assume  that the  Underwriters  are without
        notice of any defect in the title of the Option  Shares being  purchased
        from the Selling Stockholders.



<PAGE>


            In  addition,  such  counsel  shall  state  that  such  counsel  has
    participated in conferences with officials and other  representatives of the
    Company,  the  Representatives,  Underwriters'  Counsel and the  independent
    certified public  accountants of the Company,  at which such conferences the
    contents of the  Registration  Statement and Prospectus and related  matters
    were  discussed,  and  although  they  have not  verified  the  accuracy  or
    completeness of the statements  contained in the  Registration  Statement or
    the Prospectus, nothing has come to the attention of such counsel that leads
    them  to  believe  that,  at the  time  the  Registration  Statement  became
    effective and at all times subsequent  thereto up to and on the Closing Date
    and on any  later  date on which  Option  Shares  are to be  purchased,  the
    Registration  Statement and any amendment or supplement  thereto (other than
    the  financial  statements,   including  supporting  schedules,   and  other
    financial and statistical  information  derived therefrom,  as to which such
    counsel  need  express  no  comment)  contained  any untrue  statement  of a
    material  fact or  omitted to state a material  fact  required  to be stated
    therein or necessary to make the statements  therein not  misleading,  or at
    the  Closing  Date or any later  date on which the  Option  Shares are to be
    purchased,  as the case may be, the Registration  Statement,  the Prospectus
    and any amendment or supplement thereto (except as aforesaid)  contained any
    untrue  statement  of a material  fact or  omitted to state a material  fact
    necessary to make the statements  therein, in the light of the circumstances
    under which they were made, not misleading.

            Counsel  rendering the foregoing opinion may rely as to questions of
    law not  involving  the laws of the  United  States or the  Commonwealth  of
    Virginia  upon opinions of local  counsel,  and as to questions of fact upon
    representations  or certificates of officers of the Company,  of the Selling
    Stockholders, and of government officials, in which case their opinion is to
    state  that  they are so  relying  and that they  have no  knowledge  of any
    material  misstatement or inaccuracy in any such opinion,  representation or
    certificate.  Copies of any opinion, representation or certificate so relied
    upon shall be delivered to you, as Representatives of the Underwriters,  and
    to Underwriters' Counsel.

        (e) You shall have received on the Closing Date and on any later date on
    which Option Shares are to be  purchased,  as the case may be, an opinion of
    Underwriters'  Counsel,  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to you,  with
    respect to the sufficiency of all such corporate proceedings and other legal
    matters relating to this Agreement and the transactions  contemplated hereby
    as you may  reasonably  require,  and the Company  shall have  furnished  to
    Underwriters'  Counsel  such  documents as they may have  requested  for the
    purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.



<PAGE>


        (f) You shall have received on the Closing Date and on any later date on
    which Option Shares are to be  purchased,  as the case may be, a letter from
    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP addressed to the Underwriters,  dated the Closing
    Date or such later date on which Option Shares are to be  purchased,  as the
    case  may  be,  confirming  that  they  are  independent   certified  public
    accountants  with  respect to the Company  within the meaning of the Act and
    the applicable published Rules and Regulations and based upon the procedures
    described in such letter delivered to you concurrently with the execution of
    this Agreement (herein called the "Original  Letter"),  but carried out to a
    date not more than five  business  days  prior to the  Closing  Date or such
    later date on which Option Shares are to be  purchased,  as the case may be,
    (i) confirming,  to the extent true, that the statements and conclusions set
    forth in the  Original  Letter are  accurate as of the Closing  Date or such
    later date on which Option Shares are to be  purchased,  as the case may be,
    and (ii) setting forth any revisions  and  additions to the  statements  and
    conclusions  set forth in the Original  Letter that are necessary to reflect
    any changes in the facts  described in the Original Letter since the date of
    such  letter,  or to  reflect  the  availability  of more  recent  financial
    statements, data or information. The letter shall not disclose any change in
    the condition (financial or otherwise),  earnings,  operations,  business or
    business  prospects of the Company  from that set forth in the  Registration
    Statement or Prospectus that, in your sole judgment, is material and adverse
    and that makes it, in your sole  judgment,  impracticable  or inadvisable to
    proceed  with the  public  offering  of the  Shares as  contemplated  by the
    Prospectus.  The Original  Letter from  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP shall be
    addressed  to or for  the use of the  Underwriters  in  form  and  substance
    satisfactory  to the  Underwriters  and  shall (i)  represent  that they are
    independent  certified public accountants with respect to the Company within
    the meaning of the Act and the applicable  published Rules and  Regulations,
    (ii) set forth  their  opinion  with  respect  to their  examination  of the
    balance  sheets of the Company as of December  31, 1997 and 1998 and related
    statements  of  operations,  stockholders'  equity,  and cash  flows for the
    period from March 13, 1996  (inception)  through  December  31, 1996 and the
    years ended  December 31, 1997 and 1998,  and (iii)  address  other  matters
    agreed upon by  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP and you. In addition,  you shall
    have  received  from  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP a letter  addressed to the
    Company and made  available to you for the use of the  Underwriters  stating
    that they had reviewed the Company's system of internal  accounting controls
    to the extent  they  deemed  necessary  in  establishing  the scope of their
    examination of the Company's  financial  statements as of December 31, 1998;
    such letter  shall not  disclose  any  weakness in  internal  controls  that
    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP deemed to constitute a reportable condition.

        (g) You shall have received on the Closing Date and on any later date on
    which Option Shares are to be  purchased,  as the case may be, a certificate
    of the  Company,  dated the Closing  Date or such later date on which Option
    Shares  are to be  purchased,  as the  case  may  be,  signed  by the  Chief
    Executive  Officer or the  President of the Company and the Chief  Financial
    Officer of the Company, to the effect that, and you shall be satisfied that:

            (i)  The  representations  and  warranties  of the  Company  in this
        Agreement are true and correct, as if made on and as of the Closing Date
        or any later date on which  Option  Shares are to be  purchased,  as the
        case may be, and the Company has complied  with all the  agreements  and
        satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at
        or prior to the Closing  Date or any later date on which  Option  Shares
        are to be purchased, as the case may be;

            (ii) No stop order suspending the  effectiveness of the Registration
        Statement has been issued and no proceedings  for that purpose have been
        instituted or are pending or threatened under the Act;

            (iii) When the  Registration  Statement  became effective and at all
        times  subsequent  thereto up to the delivery of such  certificate,  the
        Registration  Statement  and  the  Prospectus,  and  any  amendments  or
        supplements  thereto,  contained all material information required to be
        included  therein  by the Act and the Rules and  Regulations  and in all
        material respects conformed to the requirements of the Act and the Rules
        and  Regulations,  the  Registration  Statement,  and any  amendment  or
        supplement thereto, did not and does not include any untrue statement of
        a material  fact or omit to state a material  fact required to be stated
        therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,  the
        Prospectus,  and any amendment or supplement  thereto,  did not and does
        not include any untrue  statement of a material  fact or omit to state a
        material fact necessary to make the statements  therein, in the light of
        the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and, since
        the effective date of the Registration Statement,  there has occurred no
        event required to be set forth in an amended or supplemented  Prospectus
        that has not been so set forth; and



<PAGE>


            (iv) Subsequent to the respective  dates as of which  information is
        given in the Registration  Statement and Prospectus,  there has not been
        (a)  any  material  adverse  change  in  the  condition   (financial  or
        otherwise),  earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the
        Company,  (b) any  transaction  that is material to the Company,  except
        transactions  entered into in the ordinary  course of business,  (c) any
        material  obligation,  direct or  contingent,  incurred by the  Company,
        except obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business,  (d) any
        change in the capital stock or outstanding  indebtedness  of the Company
        that is  material  to the  Company  (other  than  exercises,  if any, of
        options outstanding as disclosed in the Prospectus), (e) any dividend or
        distribution of any kind declared,  paid or made on the capital stock of
        the Company,  or (f) any loss or damage  (whether or not insured) to the
        property  of the  Company  that has been  sustained  or will  have  been
        sustained  and that  has a  material  adverse  effect  on the  condition
        (financial or  otherwise),  earnings,  operations,  business or business
        prospects of the Company.

        (h)  You  shall  be  satisfied  that,  and you  shall  have  received  a
    certificate  dated any date on which Option Shares are to be purchased  from
    the  Attorneys for each Selling  Stockholder  to the effect that, as of such
    date on which Option Shares are to be purchased  they have not been informed
    that:

            (i)  The   representations  and  warranties  made  by  such  Selling
        Stockholder  herein are not true or correct in any  material  respect on
        such date on which Option Shares are to be purchased; or

            (ii) Such Selling  Stockholder  has not complied with any obligation
        or satisfied any condition that is required to be performed or satisfied
        on the part of such  Selling  Stockholder  at or  prior to such  date on
        which Option Shares are to be purchased.

        (i) The Company  shall have  obtained and  delivered to you an agreement
    from each  officer,  director and  director-nominee  of the Company and each
    record owner of Common Stock (including each Selling Stockholder) in writing
    prior to the date  hereof  that such  person  will not,  during the  Lock-Up
    Period,  effect the  Disposition  of any  Securities  now owned or hereafter
    acquired directly by such person or with respect to which such person has or
    hereafter  acquires the power of  disposition,  otherwise than (i) as a bona
    fide gift or a distribution to limited partners,  members or shareholders of
    such person,  provided  that the donees or  distributees  thereof (or as the
    case may be) agree in writing  to be bound by the terms of this  restriction
    or (ii) with the prior written consent of BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc.
    The foregoing  restriction  shall have been expressly agreed to preclude the
    holder of the Securities  from engaging in any hedging or other  transaction
    which is  designed  to or  reasonably  expected  to lead to or  result  in a
    Disposition of Securities during the Lock-Up Period, even if such Securities
    would be disposed of by someone other than the such holder.  Such prohibited
    hedging or other  transactions  would include any short sale (whether or not
    against the box) or any purchase,  sale or grant of any right (including any
    put or call option) with  respect to any  Securities  or with respect to any
    security  (other than a broad-based  market basket or index) that  includes,
    relates to or derives any significant part of its value from the Securities.
    Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  this restriction shall not prohibit (i) the
    sale of  Shares  to the  Underwriters  pursuant  to this  Agreement  or (ii)
    resales of shares of Common Stock acquired  either in the public offering to
    which  the  Registration  Statement  relates  or in  subsequent  open-market
    purchases.  Furthermore,  such person will have also agreed and consented to
    the entry of stop transfer  instructions  with the Company's  transfer agent
    against  the  transfer  of the  Securities  held by such  person  except  in
    compliance with this restriction.

        (j) The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished to you
    such further  certificates  and  documents as you shall  reasonably  request
    (including  certificates  of  officers  of the  Company  and of the  Selling
    Stockholders as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the
    Company and the Selling  Stockholders  herein,  as to the performance by the
    Company  and  the  Selling  Stockholders  of  their  respective  obligations
    hereunder  and as to the other  conditions  concurrent  and precedent to the
    obligations of the Underwriters hereunder.

        All  such  opinions,  certificates,  letters  and  documents  will be in
compliance with the provisions  hereof only if they are reasonably  satisfactory
to Underwriters'  Counsel. The Company and the Selling Stockholders will furnish
you with such number of conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters
and documents as you shall reasonably request.


<PAGE>



    7.  Option Shares.

        (a) On the  basis  of the  representations,  warranties  and  agreements
    herein contained,  but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth,
    the Company and the Selling  Stockholders  hereby  grant,  severally and not
    jointly,  to  the  several   Underwriters,   for  the  purpose  of  covering
    over-allotments  in connection  with the  distribution  and sale of the Firm
    Shares only,  nontransferable  options to purchase the respective  number of
    Option Shares as set forth opposite the names of the Company and the Selling
    Stockholders  in Schedule B hereto,  all at the purchase price per share for
    the Firm Shares set forth in Section 3 hereof.  Such option may be exercised
    by the Representatives on behalf of the several  Underwriters on one or more
    occasions  in whole or in part  during the  period of thirty  days after the
    date on which the Firm Shares are initially offered to the public, by giving
    written  notice to the Company and the Selling  Stockholders  in  accordance
    with Section 12 hereof.  The number of Option Shares to be purchased by each
    Underwriter upon the exercise of such option shall be the same proportion of
    the  total  number  of  Option   Shares  to  be  purchased  by  the  several
    Underwriters  pursuant to the  exercise of such option as the number of Firm
    Shares  purchased by such Underwriter (set forth in Schedule A hereto) bears
    to the total  number of Firm Shares  purchased  by the several  Underwriters
    (set forth in Schedule A hereto),  adjusted by the  Representatives  in such
    manner as to avoid fractional  shares. In the event such option is exercised
    for less than all of the Option  Shares,  the Option  Shares to be purchased
    shall be purchased (i) first,  from the Selling  Stockholders  on a pro rata
    basis, adjusted by the Representatives in such manner as to avoid fractional
    shares and, second,  to the extent the aggregate number of Option Shares for
    which such option has been exercised exceeds 466,666, from the Company.

            The certificates in negotiable form for the Option Shares to be sold
    by the Selling  Stockholders  pursuant to the exercise of the option granted
    by this  Section 7 have been  placed in  custody  (for  delivery  under this
    Agreement) under the Custody Agreement. Each Selling Stockholder agrees that
    the certificates  for the Option Shares of such Selling  Stockholder so held
    in custody are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder,  that
    the  arrangements  made  by  such  Selling  Stockholder  for  such  custody,
    including the Power of Attorney is to that extent  irrevocable  and that the
    obligations of such Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by
    the act of such Selling  Stockholder or by operation of law,  whether by the
    death or incapacity  of such Selling  Stockholder  or the  occurrence of any
    other  event,  except as  specifically  provided  herein  or in the  Custody
    Agreement. If either Selling Stockholder should die or be incapacitated,  or
    if  any  other  such  event  should  occur,   before  the  delivery  of  the
    certificates  for the Option Shares to be sold by such Selling  Stockholder,
    such Option Shares shall,  except as specifically  provided herein or in the
    Custody  Agreement,  be delivered by the  Custodian in  accordance  with the
    terms and conditions of this Agreement as if such death, incapacity or other
    event had not  occurred,  regardless  of whether  the  Custodian  shall have
    received notice of such death or other event.



<PAGE>


            Delivery  of  definitive  certificates  for the Option  Shares to be
    purchased by the several Underwriters pursuant to the exercise of the option
    granted by this  Section 7 shall be made  against  payment  of the  purchase
    price  therefor by the several  Underwriters  by certified or official  bank
    check or checks  drawn in  same-day  funds or by wire  transfer  of same-day
    funds,  payable to the order of the Company with regard to the Option Shares
    being purchased from the Company,  and to the order of the Custodian for the
    respective accounts of Selling Stockholders with regard to the Option Shares
    being  purchased  from the Selling  Stockholders.  Such delivery and payment
    shall take place at the offices of LeClair Ryan, A Professional Corporation,
    707 East Main Street,  Richmond,  Virginia, or at such other place as may be
    agreed upon among the Representatives,  the Company and the Attorneys (i) on
    the  Closing  Date,  if written  notice of the  exercise  of such  option is
    received  by the  Company  and the  Selling  Stockholders  at least two full
    business days prior to the Closing Date, or (ii) on a date that shall not be
    later than the third full  business day  following  the date the Company and
    the Selling  Stockholders  receive  written  notice of the  exercise of such
    option,  if  such  notice  is  received  by  the  Company  and  the  Selling
    Stockholders less than two full business days prior to the Closing Date.

            The  certificates  for the Option Shares to be so delivered  will be
    made  available to you at such office or such other  location,  including in
    New York City, as you may reasonably  request for checking at least one full
    business  day prior to the date of payment and  delivery and will be in such
    names and denominations as you may request, such request to be made at least
    two full business  days prior to such date of payment and  delivery.  If the
    Representatives  so elect,  delivery  of the  Option  Shares  may be made by
    credit  through full fast transfer to the accounts at The  Depository  Trust
    Company designated by the Representatives.

            It  is   understood   that  you,   individually,   and  not  as  the
    Representatives of the several Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated
    to) make  payment  of the  purchase  price on behalf of any  Underwriter  or
    Underwriters whose check or checks shall not have been received by you prior
    to the date of payment and delivery for the Option Shares to be purchased by
    such Underwriter or Underwriters.  Any such payment by you shall not relieve
    any such  Underwriter  or  Underwriters  of any of its or their  obligations
    hereunder.

        (b) Upon exercise of any option provided for in Section 7(a) hereof, the
    obligations of the several  Underwriters to purchase such Option Shares will
    be subject (as of the date hereof and as of the date of payment and delivery
    for  such  Option  Shares)  to the  accuracy  of  and  compliance  with  the
    representations,  warranties  and  agreements of the Company and the Selling
    Stockholders  herein, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company,  the
    Selling  Stockholders  and  officers  of the  Company  made  pursuant to the
    provisions  hereof,  to the  performance  by the  Company  and  the  Selling
    Stockholders of their respective  obligations  hereunder,  to the conditions
    set forth in Section 6 hereof,  and to the  condition  that all  proceedings
    taken  at or  prior  to the  payment  date in  connection  with the sale and
    transfer of such Option Shares shall be reasonably  satisfactory in form and
    substance  to you and to  Underwriters'  Counsel,  and you  shall  have been
    furnished  with all such  documents,  certificates  and  opinions as you may
    reasonably request in order to evidence the accuracy and completeness of any
    of the representations,  warranties or statements, the performance of any of
    the covenants or agreements of the Company and the Selling  Stockholders  or
    the satisfaction of any of the conditions herein contained.

    8. Indemnification and Contribution.



<PAGE>


        (a) The Company  agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each  Underwriter
    against any losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities,  joint or several,  to
    which such  Underwriter may become subject  (including in its capacity as an
    Underwriter or as a "qualified  independent  underwriter" within the meaning
    of Schedule E of the Bylaws of the NASD), under the Act, the Exchange Act or
    otherwise, specifically including losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or
    actions in respect  thereof)  arising out of or based upon (i) any breach of
    any  representation,  warranty,  agreement or covenant of the Company herein
    contained,  (ii) any untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement of any
    material fact  contained in the  Registration  Statement or any amendment or
    supplement  thereto,  or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
    material  fact  required  to be  stated  therein  or  necessary  to make the
    statements  therein not misleading or (iii) any untrue  statement or alleged
    untrue   statement  of  any  material  fact  contained  in  any  Preliminary
    Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement  thereto, or the
    omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
    stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein, in the light of
    the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,  and agrees to
    reimburse  each  Underwriter  for any  legal  or other  expenses  reasonably
    incurred by it in connection with  investigating or defending any such loss,
    claim,  damage,  liability or action;  provided,  however,  that the Company
    shall  not be  liable in any such  case to the  extent  that any such  loss,
    claim, damage,  liability or action arises out of or is based upon an untrue
    statement or alleged untrue  statement or omission or alleged  omission made
    in  the  Registration   Statement,   such  Preliminary   Prospectus  or  the
    Prospectus,  or any such amendment or supplement  thereto, in reliance upon,
    and in conformity  with,  written  information  relating to any  Underwriter
    furnished  to the  Company by such  Underwriter,  directly  or through  you,
    specifically for use in the preparation  thereof and,  provided further that
    the  indemnity  agreement  provided in this Section 8(a) with respect to any
    Preliminary  Prospectus  shall not inure to the  benefit of any  Underwriter
    from whom the person asserting any losses, claims,  damages,  liabilities or
    actions  based upon any untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement  of
    material  fact or omission or alleged  omission to state  therein a material
    fact  purchased  Shares,  if a copy of the  Prospectus  (or any amendment or
    supplement  thereto,  to the  extent  available  at the time) in which  such
    untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission
    was  corrected  had not been sent or given to such  person  within  the time
    required by the Act and the Rules and  Regulations,  unless such  failure is
    the result of noncompliance by the Company with Section 4(d) hereof.

            The  indemnity  agreement in this Section 8(a) shall extend upon the
    same  terms and  conditions  to, and shall  inure to the  benefit  of,  each
    person,  if any, who controls any Underwriter  within the meaning of the Act
    or the Exchange Act. This  indemnity  agreement  shall be in addition to any
    liabilities that the Company may otherwise have.

        (b) Subject to Section 8(f), each Selling Stockholder, severally and not
    jointly,  agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any
    losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities,  joint or several,  to which such
    Underwriter may become subject (including in its capacity as an Underwriter)
    under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, specifically including losses,
    claims,  damages or liabilities (or actions in respect  thereof) arising out
    of or based upon (i) any breach of any representation,  warranty,  agreement
    or covenant of such Selling  Stockholder  herein contained,  (ii) any untrue
    statement or alleged untrue  statement of any material fact contained in the
    Registration  Statement  or any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto,  or the
    omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
    stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein not  misleading,
    or (iii) any untrue  statement or alleged  untrue  statement of any material
    fact  contained  in any  Preliminary  Prospectus  or the  Prospectus  or any
    amendment or  supplement  thereto,  or the  omission or alleged  omission to
    state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements  therein,  in
    the light of the  circumstances  under which they were made, not misleading,
    in the case of  subparagraphs  (ii) and  (iii) of this  Section  8(b) to the
    extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue
    statement or omission or alleged  omission was made in reliance  upon and in
    conformity  with  written  information  furnished  to the  Company  or  such
    Underwriter  by such Selling  Stockholder,  directly or through such Selling
    Stockholder's  representatives,  specifically  for  use in  the  preparation
    thereof,  and agrees to reimburse  each  Underwriter  for any legal or other
    expenses  reasonably  incurred by it in  connection  with  investigating  or
    defending  any such loss,  claim,  damage,  liability  or action;  provided,
    however, that:



<PAGE>


            (i) any payment  obligation of the Selling  Stockholders  under this
        Section 8(b) shall be limited to the amount of losses,  claims,  damages
        and  liabilities  that are not paid by the  Company  pursuant to Section
        8(a),  and any payment by the Selling  Stockholders  under this  Section
        8(b)  shall  not  be  required  until  after  (A)  compliance  with  the
        provisions  of  Section  8(d) with  respect  to the  obligations  of the
        Company  under  Section 8(a) and (B) demand for payment has been made by
        the Underwriters first upon the Company and such payment has not made by
        the Company within fifteen days of such demand, provided,  however, that
        this clause (i) shall not apply with respect to any Selling  Stockholder
        in the event and to the  extent  that any such  loss,  claim,  damage or
        liability  arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged
        untrue   statement  or  omission  or  alleged   omission   made  in  the
        Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or
        any amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon, and in conformity
        with, written information relating to such Selling Stockholder furnished
        to the Company by such Selling  Stockholder  specifically for use in the
        preparation thereof; and

            (ii) the  indemnity  agreement  provided in this  Section  8(b) with
        respect to any Preliminary  Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of
        any  Underwriter  from whom the person  asserting  any  losses,  claims,
        damages,  liabilities  or actions  based upon any  untrue  statement  or
        alleged  untrue  statement  of a material  fact or  omission  or alleged
        omission to state therein a material fact purchased Shares, if a copy of
        the  Prospectus  in  which  such  untrue  statement  or  alleged  untrue
        statement  or omission or alleged  omission was  corrected  had not been
        sent or given to such person within the time required by the Act and the
        Rules  and   Regulations,   unless   such   failure  is  the  result  of
        noncompliance by the Company with Section 4(d) hereof.

            The  indemnity  agreement in this Section 8(b) shall extend upon the
    same  terms and  conditions  to, and shall  inure to the  benefit  of,  each
    person,  if any, who controls any Underwriter  within the meaning of the Act
    or the Exchange Act. This  indemnity  agreement  shall be in addition to any
    liabilities that such Selling Stockholder otherwise may have.

        (c) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and
    hold harmless the Company and each Selling  Stockholder  against any losses,
    claims,  damages or liabilities,  joint or several,  to which the Company or
    such Selling  Stockholder  may become  subject  under the Act or  otherwise,
    specifically including losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
    respect  thereof)  arising  out of or  based  upon  (i)  any  breach  of any
    representation,  warranty,  agreement or covenant of such Underwriter herein
    contained,  (ii) any untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement of any
    material fact  contained in the  Registration  Statement or any amendment or
    supplement  thereto,  or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
    material  fact  required  to be  stated  therein  or  necessary  to make the
    statements  therein not misleading or (iii) any untrue  statement or alleged
    untrue   statement  of  any  material  fact  contained  in  any  Preliminary
    Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement  thereto, or the
    omission or alleged  omission to state therein a material fact  necessary to
    make the statements  therein,  in the light of the circumstances under which
    they were made, not misleading,  in the case of subparagraphs (ii) and (iii)
    of this Section 8(c) to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue
    statement or alleged  untrue  statement or omission or alleged  omission was
    made in reliance upon and in conformity with written  information  furnished
    to the Company by such  Underwriter,  directly or through you,  specifically
    for use in the preparation  thereof, and agrees to reimburse the Company and
    each such Selling  Stockholder  for any legal or other  expenses  reasonably
    incurred by the Company and each such Selling Stockholder in connection with
    investigating  or  defending  any such loss,  claim,  damage,  liability  or
    action.

            The  indemnity  agreement in this Section 8(c) shall extend upon the
    same  terms and  conditions  to, and shall  inure to the  benefit  of,  each
    officer  of the  Company  who  signed the  Registration  Statement  and each
    director of the Company,  each Selling  Stockholder and each person, if any,
    who controls the Company or either Selling Stockholder within the meaning of
    the Act or the Exchange Act. This indemnity  agreement  shall be in addition
    to any liabilities that each Underwriter may otherwise have.



<PAGE>


        (d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified  party under this Section 8
    of notice of the commencement of any action,  such indemnified  party shall,
    if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any  indemnifying  party
    under  this  Section  8,  notify  the  indemnifying  party in writing of the
    commencement  thereof but the omission so to notify the  indemnifying  party
    will not relieve it from any liability  that it may have to any  indemnified
    party  otherwise  than  under  this  Section  8. In case any such  action is
    brought  against any  indemnified  party,  and it notified the  indemnifying
    party of the commencement  thereof,  the indemnifying party will be entitled
    to  participate  therein  and,  to the extent that it shall elect by written
    notice  delivered to the  indemnified  party  promptly  after  receiving the
    aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof,
    with counsel reasonably  satisfactory to such indemnified  party;  provided,
    however,  that  if the  defendants  in any  such  action  include  both  the
    indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall
    have reasonably  concluded that there may be legal defenses  available to it
    and/or other  indemnified  parties that are different  from or additional to
    those available to the indemnifying  party, the indemnified party or parties
    shall  have the right to  select  separate  counsel  to  assume  such  legal
    defenses  and to  otherwise  participate  in the  defense of such  action on
    behalf of such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the
    indemnifying  party to such indemnified  party of the  indemnifying  party's
    election  so to assume  the  defense  of such  action  and  approval  by the
    indemnified party of counsel,  the indemnifying  party will not be liable to
    such indemnified  party under this Section 8 for any legal or other expenses
    subsequently  incurred  by such  indemnified  party in  connection  with the
    defense  thereof  unless  (i) the  indemnified  party  shall  have  employed
    separate  counsel  in  accordance  with the  proviso  to the next  preceding
    sentence (it being understood,  however,  that the indemnifying  party shall
    not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate  counsel  (together
    with  appropriate  local  counsel)   approved  by  the  indemnifying   party
    representing  all the  indemnified  parties under Section 8(a), 8(b) or 8(c)
    hereof who are parties to such action),  (ii) the  indemnifying  party shall
    not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent
    the indemnified  party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement
    of the action or (iii) the indemnifying  party has authorized the employment
    of counsel  for the  indemnified  party at the  expense of the  indemnifying
    party;  provided that in no event shall the indemnifying  party be liable to
    such  indemnified  party  for  any  legal  fees or  expenses  in  excess  of
    reasonable legal fees and expenses. In no event shall any indemnifying party
    be liable in respect of any amounts paid in  settlement of any action unless
    the  indemnifying  party shall have  approved the terms of such  settlement;
    provided  that  such  consent  shall  not  be  unreasonably   withheld.   No
    indemnifying  party  shall,   without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the
    indemnified  party,  effect any  settlement  of any  pending  or  threatened
    proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a
    party  and  indemnification   could  have  been  sought  hereunder  by  such
    indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional  release
    of such  indemnified  party from all  liability  on all claims  that are the
    subject matter of such proceeding.



<PAGE>


        (e) In order to  provide  for just  and  equitable  contribution  in any
    action in which a claim for indemnification is made pursuant to this Section
    8 but it is  judicially  determined  (by the  entry of a final  judgment  or
    decree by a court of competent  jurisdiction  and the  expiration of time to
    appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such  indemnification
    may not be enforced in such case  notwithstanding the fact that this Section
    8 provides for  indemnification  in such case,  all the parties hereto shall
    contribute to the aggregate losses,  claims, damages or liabilities to which
    they may be subject (after  contribution  from others) in such proportion so
    that, except as set forth in Section 8(f) hereof, the Underwriters severally
    and not jointly are responsible pro rata for the portion  represented by the
    percentage  that  the  underwriting  discount  bears to the  initial  public
    offering price, and the Company and the Selling Stockholders are responsible
    for the remaining portion, provided,  however, that (i) no Underwriter shall
    be  required to  contribute  any amount in excess of the amount by which the
    underwriting discount applicable to the Shares purchased by such Underwriter
    exceeds the amount of damages that such  Underwriter has otherwise  required
    to pay and (ii) no person guilty of a fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within
    the meaning of Section  11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to  contribution
    from any person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The
    contribution agreement in this Section 8(e) shall extend upon the same terms
    and conditions  to, and shall inure to the benefit of, each person,  if any,
    who  controls any  Underwriter,  the Company or either  Selling  Stockholder
    within the meaning of the Act or the  Exchange  Act and each  officer of the
    Company  who signed the  Registration  Statement  and each  director  of the
    Company.

        (f) The liability of each Selling  Stockholder  under the  indemnity and
    contribution  agreements contained in the provisions of this Section 8 shall
    be limited to an amount equal to the initial  public  offering  price of any
    Option Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters minus the
    amount of the  underwriting  discounts and  commissions  paid thereon to the
    Underwriters by such Selling Stockholder. Without limiting the foregoing, if
    no Option Shares are sold by the Selling  Stockholders to the  Underwriters,
    the  Selling  Stockholders,  as such,  shall  have no  liability  under this
    Section 8. The Company and such  Selling  Stockholders  may agree,  as among
    themselves and without  limiting the rights of the  Underwriters  under this
    Agreement,  as to the  respective  amounts of such  liability for which they
    each shall be responsible.

        (g) The parties  to this  Agreement  hereby  acknowledge  that  they are
    sophisticated  business  persons who were  represented by counsel during the
    negotiations  regarding the  provisions  hereof  including the provisions of
    this  Section 8, and are fully  informed  regarding  said  provisions.  They
    further  acknowledge  that the provisions of this Section 8 fairly  allocate
    the risks in light of the ability of the parties to investigate  the Company
    and its business in order to assure that adequate  disclosure is made in the
    Registration  Statement  and  Prospectus  as  required  by the  Act  and the
    Exchange Act.

    9.  Representations,   Warranties,   Covenants  and  Agreements  to  Survive
Delivery.  All  representations,  warranties,  covenants  and  agreements of the
Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters herein or in certificates
delivered  pursuant  hereto,  and  the  indemnity  and  contribution  agreements
contained  in  Section 8 hereof  shall  remain  operative  and in full force and
effect regardless of any  investigation  made by or on behalf of any Underwriter
or any person  controlling any Underwriter  within the meaning of the Act or the
Exchange Act, or by or on behalf of the Company or either  Selling  Stockholder,
or any of their officers, directors or controlling persons within the meaning of
the Act or the Exchange Act, and shall survive the delivery of the Shares to the
several Underwriters hereunder or termination of this Agreement.

    10.  Substitution of Underwriters.  If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall
fail to take up and pay for the number of Firm Shares agreed by such Underwriter
or  Underwriters  to be purchased  hereunder  upon tender of such Firm Shares in
accordance  with the terms hereof,  and if the  aggregate  number of Firm Shares
that  such  defaulting  Underwriter  or  Underwriters  so agreed  but  failed to
purchase  does  not  exceed  ten  percent  of the  Firm  Shares,  the  remaining
Underwriters  shall be obligated,  severally in  proportion to their  respective
commitments hereunder, to take up and pay for the Firm Shares of such defaulting
Underwriter or Underwriters.



<PAGE>


        If any Underwriter or Underwriters so defaults and the aggregate  number
of Firm Shares  that such  defaulting  Underwriter  or  Underwriters  agreed but
failed  to take up and pay for  exceeds  ten  percent  of the Firm  Shares,  the
remaining Underwriters shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to take
up and pay for (in such  proportions  as may be agreed upon among them) the Firm
Shares that the defaulting  Underwriter or  Underwriters so agreed but failed to
purchase.  If such remaining  Underwriters  do not, at the Closing Date, take up
and pay for the Firm Shares that the defaulting  Underwriter or  Underwriters so
agreed  but  failed  to  purchase,  the  Closing  Date  shall be  postponed  for
twenty-four   hours  to  allow  the  several   Underwriters   the  privilege  of
substituting  within  twenty-four hours (including  non-business  hours) another
underwriter or underwriters  (which may include any  nondefaulting  Underwriter)
satisfactory to the Company.  If no such underwriter or underwriters  shall have
been  substituted as aforesaid by such postponed  Closing Date, the Closing Date
may, at the option of the Company, be postponed for a further twenty-four hours,
if necessary,  to allow the Company the privilege of finding another underwriter
or  underwriters,  satisfactory  to you,  to  purchase  the Firm Shares that the
defaulting  Underwriter or Underwriters so agreed but failed to purchase.  If it
shall be arranged for the remaining  Underwriters or substituted  underwriter or
underwriters  to  take up the  Firm  Shares  of the  defaulting  Underwriter  or
Underwriters  as  provided in this  Section  10, (i) the Company  shall have the
right to postpone  the time of delivery for a period of not more than seven full
business days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary
in the  Registration  Statement or the Prospectus,  or in any other documents or
arrangements,  and the Company  agrees  promptly to file any  amendments  to the
Registration  Statement,  supplements  to the Prospectus or other such documents
that may  thereby  be made  necessary,  and (ii) the  respective  number of Firm
Shares to be purchased by the remaining Underwriters and substituted underwriter
or underwriters shall be taken as the basis of their underwriting obligation. If
the remaining Underwriters shall not take up and pay for all such Firm Shares so
agreed  to be  purchased  by  the  defaulting  Underwriter  or  Underwriters  or
substitute  another  underwriter  or  underwriters  as aforesaid and the Company
shall not find or shall not elect to seek another  underwriter  or  underwriters
for such Firm Shares as aforesaid, then this Agreement shall terminate.

        In the  event  of any  termination  of this  Agreement  pursuant  to the
preceding  paragraph of this Section 10,  neither the Company nor either Selling
Stockholder shall be liable to any Underwriter (except as provided in Sections 5
and 8 hereof) nor shall any  Underwriter  (other than an  Underwriter  who shall
have failed,  otherwise than for some reason permitted under this Agreement,  to
purchase the number of Firm Shares  agreed by such  Underwriter  to be purchased
hereunder,  which  Underwriter  shall remain liable to the Company,  the Selling
Stockholders and the other Underwriters for damages, if any, resulting from such
default) be liable to the Company or either Selling  Stockholder  (except to the
extent provided in Sections 5 and 8 hereof).

        The term  "Underwriter"  in this  Agreement  shall  include  any  person
substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

    11. Effective Date of this Agreement and Termination.

        (a) This Agreement  shall  become  effective  at the earlier of (i) 6:30
    A.M.,  San  Francisco  time,  on the first full  business day  following the
    effective date of the Registration Statement or (ii) the time of the initial
    public  offering  of  any of  the  Shares  by  the  Underwriters  after  the
    Registration  Statement  becomes  effective.  The time of the initial public
    offering shall mean the time of the release by you, for publication,  of the
    first newspaper  advertisement  relating to the Shares, or the time at which
    the Shares are first generally  offered by the Underwriters to the public by
    letter,  telephone,  telegram or telecopy,  whichever  shall first occur. By
    giving  notice as set forth in  Section  12 before  the time this  Agreement
    becomes effective,  you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters,  or
    the Company,  may prevent this  Agreement  from becoming  effective  without
    liability  of any party to any other  party,  except as provided in Sections
    4(j), 5 and 8 hereof.



<PAGE>


        (b) You, as Representatives of the several  Underwriters, shall have the
    right to terminate this Agreement by giving notice as hereinafter  specified
    at any time on or prior to the Closing Date or on or prior to any later date
    on which Option Shares are to be  purchased,  as the case may be, (i) if the
    Company or either  Selling  Stockholder  shall have failed,  refused or been
    unable to perform any agreement on its part to be performed,  or because any
    other condition of the Underwriters'  obligations  hereunder  required to be
    fulfilled is not fulfilled, including any change in the condition (financial
    or otherwise),  earnings, operations,  business or business prospects of the
    Company  from that set forth in the  Registration  Statement  or  Prospectus
    that, in your sole judgment,  is material and adverse, or (ii) if additional
    material  governmental  restrictions,  not in force  and  effect on the date
    hereof,  shall have been  imposed upon  trading in  securities  generally or
    minimum or maximum prices shall have been  generally  established on the New
    York  Stock   Exchange  or  on  the  American   Stock  Exchange  or  in  the
    over-the-counter  market by the NASD,  or  trading in  securities  generally
    shall have been suspended on either such exchange or in the over-the-counter
    market by the NASD, or if a banking  moratorium  shall have been declared by
    federal, New York or California  authorities,  or (iii) if the Company shall
    have sustained a loss by strike, fire, flood, earthquake,  accident or other
    calamity of such  character as to interfere  materially  with the conduct of
    the business and operations of the Company regardless of whether or not such
    loss  shall have been  insured  or (iv) if there  shall have been a material
    adverse change in the general political or economic  conditions or financial
    markets as in your reasonable judgment makes it inadvisable or impracticable
    to proceed with the  offering,  sale and  delivery of the Shares,  or (v) if
    there shall have been an outbreak or  escalation  of  hostilities  or of any
    other insurrection or armed conflict or the declaration by the United States
    of  a  national   emergency   that,  in  the   reasonable   opinion  of  the
    Representatives,  makes it  impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the
    public  offering of the Shares as  contemplated  by the  Prospectus.  In the
    event of termination  pursuant to subparagraph  (i) above, the Company shall
    remain obligated to pay costs and expenses  pursuant to Sections 4(j), 5 and
    8 hereof. Any termination  pursuant to any of subparagraphs (ii) through (v)
    above shall be without  liability  of any party to any other party except as
    provided in Sections 5 and 8 hereof.

            If you elect to prevent this Agreement from becoming effective or to
    terminate  this Agreement as provided in this Section 11, you shall promptly
    notify  the  Company  by  telephone,  telecopy  or  telegram,  in each  case
    confirmed by letter.  If the Company  shall elect to prevent this  Agreement
    from becoming effective, the Company shall promptly notify you by telephone,
    telecopy or telegram, in each case, confirmed by letter.

    12.  Notices.  All  notices or  communications  hereunder,  except as herein
otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and if sent to you shall be
mailed,  delivered,  telegraphed  (and  confirmed by letter) or telecopied  (and
confirmed  by  letter)  to you  c/o  BancBoston  Robertson  Stephens  Inc.,  555
California  Street,  Suite 2600, San  Francisco,  California  94104,  telecopier
number (415) 781-0278,  Attention: General Counsel; if sent to the Company, such
notice  shall be mailed,  delivered,  telegraphed  (and  confirmed by letter) or
telecopied (and confirmed by letter) to Value America,  Inc., 2300  Commonwealth
Drive,  Charlottesville,  Virginia  22901,  telecopier  number  (804)  817-7884,
Attention:  Chief  Executive  Officer;  if sent  to one or  more of the  Selling
Stockholders,  such notice shall be sent  mailed,  delivered,  telegraphed  (and
confirmed by letter) or telecopied (and confirmed by letter) to Dean M. Johnson,
as Attorney-in-Fact for the Selling Stockholders,  at Value America,  Inc., 2300
Commonwealth  Drive,  Charlottesville,  Virginia 22901,  telecopier number (804)
817-7884.

    13.  Parties.  This  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the several  Underwriters,  the Company  and the Selling  Stockholders  and
their  respective  executors,  administrators,  successors and assigns.  Nothing
expressed or  mentioned  in this  Agreement is intended or shall be construed to
give any person or entity,  other than the parties  hereto and their  respective
executors,  administrators,  successors and assigns, and the controlling persons
within the  meaning  of the Act or the  Exchange  Act,  officers  and  directors
referred to in Section 8 hereof,  any legal or equitable right,  remedy or claim
in respect of this Agreement or any provisions herein contained,  this Agreement
and all conditions and provisions  hereof being intended to be and being for the
sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective executors,
administrators,  successors  and assigns and said  controlling  persons and said
officers and  directors,  and for the benefit of no other  person or entity.  No
purchaser  of any of the  Shares  from  any  Underwriter  shall be  construed  a
successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.



<PAGE>


        In all dealings with the Company under this Agreement,  you shall act on
behalf of each of the  several  Underwriters,  and the  Company  and the Selling
Stockholders  shall be  entitled  to act and rely upon any  statement,  request,
notice or  agreement  made or given by you  jointly or by  BancBoston  Robertson
Stephens Inc. on behalf of you.

    14. Applicable  Law. This Agreement  shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

    15. Construction.  The headings in this  Agreement  are  included  only for
convenience  and  shall  not  affect  the  meaning  or  interpretation  of  this
Agreement.  The words  "herein" and  "hereof" and other words of similar  import
refer  to this  Agreement  as a whole  and  not to any  particular  part of this
Agreement.  The word  "including" as used herein shall not be construed so as to
exclude any other thing not referred to or described.

    16. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in several counterparts, each
of which will constitute an original.

    If the foregoing  correctly sets forth the understanding  among the Company,
the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters, please so indicate in the
space provided below for that purpose,  whereupon this letter shall constitute a
binding  agreement among the Company,  the Selling  Stockholders and the several
Underwriters.

                                       Very truly yours,

                                       VALUE AMERICA, INC.


                                       By_______________________________________
                                       Chairman

                                       SELLING STOCKHOLDERS


                                       By_______________________________________
                                       Attorney-in-Fact    for   the   Selling
                                       Stockholders
                                       named in Schedule B hereto

Accepted as of the date first above written:

BANCBOSTON ROBERTSON STEPHENS INC.
VOLPE BROWN WHELAN & COMPANY, LLC
THE ROBINSON-HUMPHREY COMPANY, LLC
On their behalf and on behalf of each of the
several Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto

By BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc.


   By____________________________________________
     Authorized Signatory


<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE A

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                      Number of
                                                                     Firm Shares
                                                                        To Be
Underwriters                                                          Purchased
- ------------                                                         -----------

BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc.................................
Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC.................................
The Robinson-Humphrey Company, LLC................................


















                                                                      ---------
     Total........................................................    5,000,000
                                                                      =========


<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE B

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Number
                                                                       of Option
                                                                       Shares To
Company or Selling Stockholder                                          Be Sold
- ------------------------------                                         ---------

Value America, Inc...................................................... 283,334

Craig A. Winn........................................................... 333,333
Rex Scatena............................................................. 133,333
                                                                         -------
     Total............ ................................................. 750,000
                                                                         =======

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE C



                Name of Stockholder Subject to Lock-Up Agreement





                                                                       Exhibit 5

                           [LECLAIR RYAN LETTERHEAD]

                                  LECLAIR RYAN
                           A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION
                                ATTORNEYS AT LAW
                      ELEVENTH FLOOR, 707 EAST MAIN STREET
                            RICHMOND, VIRGINIA 23219


                            TELEPHONE: (804) 783-2003
                            FACSIMILE: (804) 783-2294


                                  April 5, 1999


Value America, Inc.
1560 Insurance Lane
Charlottesville, Virginia 22911

Ladies and Gentlemen:

            We have  acted  as  counsel  to  Value  America,  Inc.,  a  Virginia
corporation  (the  "Company"),  in connection with the preparation and filing of
the Company's  registration  statement on Form S-1  (Registration No. 333-70961)
and all amendments thereto (the "Registration  Statement"),  as originally filed
with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission")  on January 21,
1999 pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act").

            The  Registration  Statement  relates to the  offering of  5,750,000
shares  including shares subject to an  over-allotment  option (the "Shares") of
the Company's common stock, without par value per share (the "Common Stock").

            In  connection   with  this  opinion,   we  have  examined  (a)  the
Registration  Statement and the prospectus  contained therein, (b) the Company's
Articles of Incorporation  and Bylaws,  both as amended to date, (c) the form of
Underwriting  Agreement (the  "Underwriting  Agreement")  proposed to be entered
into by the Company with BancBoston  Robertson Stephens Inc., Volpe Brown Whelan
& Company,  LLC, and The  Robinson-Humphrey  Company, LLC, as representatives of
the several underwriters named therein, filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration
Statement, and (d) originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our
satisfaction,  of such other  records,  documents,  certificates,  memoranda and
instruments  as in our judgment are  necessary  or  appropriate  to enable us to
render the opinions expressed below (collectively, the "Documents").

            We are relying  without any independent  investigation  thereof upon
the  truth  and  accuracy  of all  statements,  covenants,  representations  and
warranties set forth in the Documents.

            On the basis of the foregoing,  and in reliance  thereon,  we are of
the  opinion  that the  Shares  have been duly  authorized,  and,  upon the sale
thereof in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting  Agreement,  the Shares
will be duly and validly issued,  fully paid and nonassessable  shares of Common
Stock of the Company.

            We consent to the filing of this opinion with the  Commission  as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement. We further consent to the reference to us
under the caption "Legal  Matters" in the prospectus  constituting a part of the
Registration  Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we
are included in the category of persons whose consent is required  under section
7 of the Act or that we are "experts" within the meaning of the Act or the rules
and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

                                    Very truly yours,

                                    LECLAIR RYAN,
                                    A Professional Corporation


                                    By: /s/ Alfred J. T. Byrne
                                        --------------------------------------
                                            Alfred J. T. Byrne, Vice President


                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.20

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
        AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated as of April 1, 1999, between Value
America, Inc., a Virginia corporation (the "Company"), and Dean M. Johnson (the
"Executive").
        The Company and the Executive agree as follows:
     1. POSITION; TERM OF EMPLOYMENT. The Company agrees to employ the
Executive, and the Executive agrees to serve the Company, as its Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer. The parties intend that the Executive
shall continue to so serve in the aforesaid capacity throughout the Term (as
such term is defined below).
       Subject to earlier termination under the provisions of Paragraph
4 below, the term of Executive's employment by the Company hereunder shall
commence on March 1, 1999 and shall continue through December 31, 2004 and then
renew for an additional one year term on January 1, 2005 and each subsequent
annual anniversary thereof unless not more than 6 and at least 3 months prior to
January 1, 2005 or a subsequent annual anniversary thereof either Executive or
Company gives to the other written notice that the term shall not be renewed at
such annual anniversary, in which case the term shall expire on December 31,
2004 or the day before such subsequent anniversary, as the case may be (the
"Term").
     2. DUTIES. The Executive throughout the Term shall devote his full time and
undivided professional attention during normal business hours to the business
and affairs of the Company and its affiliates, if any ("Affiliates"), except for
holidays and vacations consistent with applicable Company policy and except for
illness or incapacity, but nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the
Executive from serving as a director or a member of an advisory committee of any
organization involving no conflict of interest with the Company (subject to
prior approval of his appointment to such position in certain cases as provided
in the next to last sentence of this Paragraph 2), from engaging in charitable
and community activities, and from managing his personal investments, provided
that such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of his
duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. The Executive shall not accept
any proposed appointment to serve as a director, trustee or the equivalent of
any for-profit business organization of which the Executive is not a director,
trustee, or the equivalent on the date hereof, without the prior approval of the
Chairman of the Company's Board, which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld. The Executive shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer, or
in his absence, the Board.
        3.     COMPENSATION.
     (A) SALARY. During the Term, the Company shall pay to the Executive a
salary of $250,000 per annum, payable in equal installments not less frequently
than monthly. Such salary shall be reviewed by the Compensation Committee of the
Board at least annually, with any increases taking into account, among other
factors, corporate and individual performance and increases, if any, in relevant
cost of living indices.
     (B) BONUS. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate
in such bonus programs as the Compensation Committee of the Board from time to
time shall approve, provided that Executive shall be entitled to a bonus per
full calendar quarter of employment hereunder in such amounts and based upon
achievement of such corporate and individual performance and other criteria as
shall be established by the Compensation Committee of the Board from time to
time, considering among other items input from the Chief Executive Officer, the
Executive and, if considered appropriate by the Committee, a compensation
consultant, which bonus shall be paid within 10 days after the end of the
applicable calendar quarter provided Executive is employed hereunder on the last
day of such quarter.
     (C) BENEFIT PLANS. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to
participate in all retirement and employment benefit plans of the Company that
are generally available to senior executives of the Company. Such participation
shall be pursuant to the terms and conditions of such plans, as the same shall
be amended from time to time. Executive shall be entitled to 20 days of paid
vacation per full calendar year, which shall accrue ratably throughout the year.
Unused vacation shall not be carried over from one calendar year to another and
Executive shall not be entitled to a cash payment for any unused vacation.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall be entitled to a cash payment
for accrued, but unused vacation accumulated as of March 31, 1999. In addition,
Company shall pay to Executive as additional compensation each month an amount
not to exceed (i) $1,000, which Executive will use to pay the premium on term
life insurance covering his life (provided that $2,000,000 of the proceeds
payable under such policy shall be payable to the Company) and (ii) $1,000,
which Executive will use to pay the premiums on disability insurance covering
him.
     (D) BUSINESS EXPENSES. During the Term, the Company shall, in accordance
with policies then in effect with respect to payments of expenses, pay or
reimburse the Executive for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel and other
expenses (other than ordinary commuting expenses) incurred by the Executive in
performing services hereunder. All such expenses shall be accounted for in such
reasonable detail as the Company may require.
     (E) INDEMNITY. As an officer of Company, Executive shall be entitled to
indemnity as provided in the Company's Articles of Incorporation, as the same
shall be amended from time to time.
        4.     TERMINATION.
     (A) DEATH. In the event of the death of the Executive during the Term, his
employment shall be terminated as of the date of death and his salary for the
month in which his death occurs shall be paid to his designated beneficiary, or
in the absence of such designation, to the estate or other legal representative
of the Executive. Except in accordance with the terms of the Company's benefit
programs and plans then in effect, after his date of death, Executive shall not
be entitled to any other compensation or benefits from the Company or hereunder.
     (B) DISABILITY. In the event of the Executive's Disability as hereinafter
defined, the employment of the Executive may be terminated by the Company,
effective upon the Disability Termination Date (as defined below). After the
Disability Termination Date, except in accordance with the Company's benefit
programs and plans then in effect, Executive shall not be entitled to any
compensation or benefits from the Company or hereunder.
       "Disability," for purposes of this Agreement, shall mean the
Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness causing his complete
and full-time absence from his duties, as defined in Paragraph 2, for either a
consecutive period of more than six months or at least 180 days within any
270-day period. Any determination of the Executive's Disability made in good
faith by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on the Executive, unless
within 10 days after written notice to Executive of such determination,
Executive elects by written notice to Company to challenge such determination,
in which case the determination of Disability shall be made by arbitration
pursuant to Section 13 below (provided that Company shall not be required to
provide Executive any compensation or benefits after the determination by the
Board unless the arbitration results in a determination that Executive is not
disabled, in which case the Company shall pay to Executive within 10 days after
such arbitration decision all compensation due through the date of such
arbitration decision, and further provided that Company shall not be deemed to
have breached its obligations related to such compensation and benefits under
this Agreement if it makes such payment within 10 days after such arbitration
decision). The Disability Termination Date shall be the date on which the Board
makes such determination of Executive's Disability unless the arbitration, if
any, results in a determination that Executive is not disabled.
     (C) TERMINATION BY THE COMPANY FOR DUE CAUSE. Nothing herein shall prevent
the Company from terminating the Executive's employment for Due Cause. The
Executive shall continue to receive the salary provided for in this Agreement
only through the period ending with the date of such termination. Any rights and
benefits he may have under employee benefit plans and programs of the Company
shall be determined in accordance with the terms of such plans and programs.
Except as provided in the two immediately preceding sentences, after termination
of employment for Due Cause, Executive shall not be entitled to any compensation
or benefits from the Company or hereunder.
     The term "Due Cause," as used herein, shall mean (i) repeated material
violation by the Executive of the Executive's obligations hereunder, the DNN
Agreement (as defined in Paragraph 10 below) or a written directive from either
the Chairman of the Board or the Board (1) which are willful and deliberate on
the Executive's part, (2) which are not due to the Disability of the Executive
(within the meaning of Paragraph 4(b) but without regard to the requirement that
it continue for more than six months or 180 days within a 270-day period) and
(3) which have not been cured by the Executive within 15 business days after
written notice to the Executive specifying the nature of such violations, (ii)
an act or acts of dishonesty on the Executive's part which are intended to or do
result in either the Executive's personal enrichment or material adverse affect
upon the Company's assets, business, prospects or reputation, or (iii)
conviction of a felony or a misdemeanor involving fraud, breach of trust, or
misappropriation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be
deemed to have been terminated for Due Cause without (1) written notice to the
Executive setting forth the reasons for the Company's intention to terminate for
Due Cause, (2) an opportunity for the Executive, together with his counsel, to
be heard before the Board, and (3) delivery to the Executive of a Notice of
Termination from the Board finding that in the good faith opinion of at least
three-quarters (3/4) of the Board (not counting the Executive in either the
numerator or the denominator), the Executive was guilty of conduct set forth
above in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) hereof, and specifying the particulars
thereof in detail.
     (D) TERMINATION BY THE COMPANY OTHER THAN FOR DUE CAUSE. The foregoing
notwithstanding, the Company may terminate the Executive's employment for
whatever reasons it deems appropriate; provided, however, that in the event such
termination is not due to death, Disability or Due Cause, the Executive shall
(i) be entitled to a Termination Payment as hereinafter defined and (ii) be sent
written notice stating the termination is not due to death, Disability or Due
Cause. If the Company terminates the Executive's employment for other than
death, Disability or Due Cause prior to March 1, 2001, the term "Termination
Payment" shall mean a cash payment equal to the sum of (i) an amount equal to
twice his annual salary, as in effect immediately prior to such termination, and
(ii) a pro rata portion of any bonus that would have been payable to the
Executive under Paragraph 3(b) for such calendar year if he had been employed
for the full calendar year, provided the criteria for such bonus other than the
Executive's continued employment are satisfied. If the Company terminates the
Executive's employment for other than death, Disability or Due Cause during the
Term and after March 1, 2001, the term "Termination Payment" shall mean a cash
payment equal to the sum of (i) an amount equal to his annual salary, as in
effect immediately prior to such termination, and (ii) a pro rata portion of any
bonus that would have been payable to the Executive under Paragraph 3(b) for
such calendar year if he had been employed for the full calendar year, provided
the criteria for such bonus other than the Executive's continued employment are
satisfied. Such Termination Payment shall be payable in 12 equal monthly
installments beginning 30 days after the date of termination. In addition, the
Company will pay the premium cost for the Executive to receive any group health
coverage that the Company provides under Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986 ("COBRA Coverage") for the period in which the Executive is
eligible for such COBRA coverage. Following the Executive's termination of
employment under this Paragraph 4(d), the Executive will have no further
obligation to provide services to the Company pursuant to Paragraphs 1 and 2.
Except for the Termination Payment and as otherwise provided in accordance with
the terms of the Company's benefit programs and plans then in effect, after
termination by the Company of employment for other than death, Disability or Due
Cause, Executive shall not be entitled to any other compensation or benefits
from the Company or hereunder.
     (E) CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT BY THE COMPANY WITHOUT DUE
CAUSE. Termination by the Company without Due Cause under Paragraph 4 (d) shall
be deemed to have occurred if the Executive elects to terminate his employment
as a result of a material breach by the Company of Section 3 of this Agreement
(which breach is not cured within 10 days after written notice thereof by
Executive to each of the Directors of the Company, which notice shall
specifically describe such alleged breach).
     (F) VOLUNTARY TERMINATION. In the event that the Executive terminates his
employment at his own volition prior to the expiration of the Term (except as
provided in Paragraph 4(e) above), such termination shall constitute a
"Voluntary Termination" and in such event the Executive shall be limited to the
same rights and benefits as provided in connection with a termination for Due
Cause under Paragraph 4 (c) above, provided that Executive shall be entitled to
a pro-rata portion of any bonus that would have been payable to the Executive
under Paragraph 3(b) for such calendar year if he had been employed for the full
calendar year, provided that the criteria for such bonus other than the
Executive's continued employment are satisfied.
     (G) ELECTION NOT TO RENEW. An election by either Company or Executive
pursuant to Paragraph 1 above not to renew the Term shall not be deemed a
termination of employment by either party. After the expiration of the Term
because of either Company's or Executive's election not to renew, except in
accordance with the terms of the Company's benefit plans and programs then in
effect and as provided in the next sentence, Executive shall not be entitled to
any other compensation or benefits from the Company or hereunder. If the Company
elects not to renew, the Company shall continue to pay Executive his then
current salary for thirteen months following the date of such election, provided
that Executive may terminate his employment hereunder at any time after such
election upon 30 days prior written notice to the Company.
     (H) NOTICE OF TERMINATION, RESIGNATION AND RELEASE. Any termination under
Section 4(c) by the Company for Due Cause or Section 4(b) for Disability or by
the Executive pursuant to a constructive termination under Section 4(e) shall be
communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party thereto given in
accordance with Paragraph 12. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of
Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination
provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail
the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the
Executive's employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the
termination date is other than the date of receipt of such Notice, specifies the
termination date (which date shall not be prior to the date of such notice or
more than 15 days after the giving of such Notice).
     Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in order to be
eligible to receive any payments or benefits hereunder as a result of the
termination or expiration of the Executive's employment, in addition to
fulfilling all other conditions precedent to such receipt, the Executive (if he
has the legal capacity to do so and if not, his legal representative) must
within 10 days after the termination date (i) resign as a member of the Board,
if applicable, and as an officer and employee of the Company and its Affiliates
and (ii) on behalf of the Executive and his estate, heirs and representatives,
execute a release in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company
and its legal counsel releasing the Company, its Affiliates and each of the
Company's and such Affiliate's respective officers, Directors, employees,
members, managers, agents, independent contractors, representatives,
shareholders, successors and assigns (all of which persons and entities shall be
third party beneficiaries of such release with full power to enforce the
provisions thereof) from any and all claims related to any payments or benefits
under Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement related to the termination of Executive's
employment (provided that Executive's post-termination of employment obligations
under Section 5 shall cease upon the Company's failure to make any such payments
when due if within 15 days after written notice of such failure, Company does
not make the required payment).
     (i) EARNED AND ACCRUED PAYMENTS. The foregoing notwithstanding, upon the
termination of the Executive's employment at any time, for any reason, the
Executive shall be paid all amounts that had already been earned and accrued as
of the time of termination, including but not limited to (i) pay for any accrued
and unused vacation; (ii) any bonus that had been earned but not yet paid; and
(iii) reimbursement for any business expenses accrued in accordance with Section
3(d).
     5. NON-COMPETE AND NON-SOLICITATION. The Executive agrees that during the
Term which he is employed by the Company, and during the period ending two years
(one year in the event of an expiration resulting from the Company's election
not to renew) after a Voluntary Termination, a termination by the Company for
Disability or Due Cause or an expiration of the Term because either Executive or
Company elects not to renew pursuant to Paragraph 1 above (the "Non-Compete
Period"), he shall not:
     (a) compete with any business that is conducted by the Company or any of
its Affiliates at any time during the two years immediately preceding and the 6
months after the date of termination or expiration of the Term, excluding any
business that the Company ceased to conduct more than 6 months prior to
termination or expiration. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "compete"
shall mean engaging in an activity on behalf of himself or as a more than 5%
equity holder, an officer, a director, an employee, a partner, a member, a
manager, an agent, a consultant, a sole proprietor, or any other individual or
representative capacity if (i) it involves a business which sells or distributes
consumer and business products primarily (more than 50%) through the Internet or
which develops or distributes convergence technology products or which uses
interactive multimedia to sell its products and (ii) the location in which the
Executive conducts such activities is within 50 miles of Charlottesville,
Virginia;
     (b) on behalf of himself or any other person or entity solicit for
employment any employee of Company or its Affiliates who was such at any time
during the 6 months immediately preceding and the 6 months after the date of
termination or expiration of the Term or cause such an employee to terminate him
or his employment by the Company or its Affiliates; or
     (c) intentionally cause any vendor of the Company who was such at any time
during the two years immediately preceding and within six months after the date
of termination or expiration of the Term to cease doing business with or
materially decrease the amount of business done with the Company.

     In the event the restrictions contained in this Paragraph 5 shall be
determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason
of extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographic area
or by reason of being too extensive in any other respect, such restrictions
shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which
they may be enforceable, and over the maximum geographic area as to which they
may be enforceable and to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which
they may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

     6. PROTECTION OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, ETC. The Executive acknowledges
that his employment by the Company will, throughout the Term of this Agreement,
bring him into close contact with many confidential affairs of the Company,
including information about costs, profits, markets, sales, products, key
personnel, pricing policies, operational methods, technical processes and
know-how and other business affairs and methods and other information not
readily available to the public, and plans for future developments. The
Executive further acknowledges that the services to be performed under this
Agreement are of a special and unique character. In recognition of the
foregoing, the Executive covenants and agrees that except as required in
connection with enforcing or defending any rights or claims in a legal
proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 13 below related to his employment
by the Company, this Agreement or any other agreement between the Executive and
the Company:

                      (i) during the Term which the Executive is employed by the
               Company and thereafter, regardless of the reasons for termination
               of employment, the Executive shall not, without the prior written
               consent of the Board or a person authorized thereby, disclose to
               any person other than as required by law, court order or
               administrative or other governmental compulsory process, or other
               than to an employee of the Company or its Affiliates, or to a
               person to which disclosure is appropriate in connection with the
               performance by the Executive of his duties as an executive of the
               Company (e.g., disclosure to the Company's outside consultants,
               independent contractors, lawyers, accountants or bankers of
               financial data properly requested by such persons) any
               confidential information obtained by him while in the employ of
               the Company with respect to any of the Company's products,
               services, customers, suppliers, marketing techniques, methods, or
               future plans, the disclosure of which will be damaging to the
               Company; provided, however, that confidential information known
               generally to the public (other than as a result of unauthorized
               disclosure by the Executive) shall not be subject to the
               provisions of this Section 6 (i) after the time it becomes
               generally known to the public;

                      (ii) he will deliver promptly to the Company on
               termination of his employment, or at any other time the Company
               may reasonably so request, at its expense, all memoranda, notes,
               records, reports, and other documents (and all copies thereof)
               relating to the Company's business, which he may possess or have
               under his control other than any agreements or plans related to
               the Executive's employment by the Company; and

                      (iii) he will transfer and assign to the Company, all
               rights of every kind and character, in perpetuity, in and to any
               material and/or ideas written, suggested or submitted by the
               Executive which relate to the business of the Company and all
               other results and proceeds of the Executive's service hereunder.
               The Executive agrees to execute and deliver to the Company such
               assignments or other instruments as the Company may require from
               time to time to evidence its ownership of the results and
               proceeds of the Executive's service.

     7. INJUNCTIVE RELIEF. The Executive acknowledges that a breach of the
restrictions against engaging in a competitive activity contained in Paragraph 5
and the disclosure of confidential information contained in Paragraph 6 will
cause irreparable damage to the Company, the exact amount of which will be
difficult to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be
inadequate. Accordingly, the Executive and the Company agree that if the
Executive breaches the restrictions on engaging in a competitive activity, on
solicitations, on the disclosure of confidential information or on any other
matter or action contained in Paragraphs 5 and 6, then the Company shall be
entitled to injunctive relief.
        8.     SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.
     (A) ASSIGNMENT BY THE COMPANY. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the Company or any corporation or other entity to which
the Company may transfer all or substantially all of its assets and business and
to which the Company may assign this Agreement, in which case the term
"Company," as used herein, shall mean such corporation or other entity, provided
that no such assignment shall relieve the Company from any obligations
hereunder, whether arising prior to or after such assignment.
     (B) ASSIGNMENT BY THE EXECUTIVE. The Executive may not assign this
Agreement or any part hereof without the prior written consent of the Company;
provided, however, that nothing herein shall preclude the Executive from
designating one or more beneficiaries to receive any amount that may be payable
following occurrence of his legal incompetency or his death and shall not
preclude the legal representative of his estate from assigning any right
hereunder to the person or persons entitled thereto under his will or, in the
case of intestacy, to the person or persons entitled thereto under the laws of
intestacy applicable to his estate. The term "beneficiaries," as used in this
Agreement, shall mean a beneficiary or beneficiaries so designated to receive
any such amount or, if no beneficiary has been so designated, the legal
representative of the Executive (in the event of his incompetency) or the
Executive's estate.
     9. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the
Commonwealth of Virginia.
     10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement and the Developments, Noncompete,
Nondisclosure Agreement between Executive and Company dated November 13, 1997
(the "DNN Agreement") contain all of the understandings and representations
between the parties hereto pertaining to the matters referred to herein, and
supersede all undertakings and agreements, whether oral or in writing,
previously entered into by them with respect thereto including without
limitation that certain Employment Agreement made as of November 31, 1997
between Executive and Company. This Agreement may only be modified by an
instrument in writing. The terms of this Agreement and the DNN Agreement shall
be interpreted to be independent agreements such that Executive must comply with
the terms of each such agreement (provided that effective upon execution of this
Agreement, Section 6 of the DNN Agreement shall be of no further force and
effect and Section 5 of this Agreement shall supersede any conflicting provision
of the DNN Agreement). To the extent such terms are deemed to be inconsistent in
any given circumstance, Executive may request in writing a determination by the
Board as to how such inconsistency shall be resolved.

     11. WAIVER OF BREACH. The waiver by any party of a breach of any condition
or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall not
operate or be construed to be a waiver of a similar or dissimilar provision or
condition at the same or any prior or subsequent time.

     12. NOTICES. Any notice to be given hereunder shall be in writing and
delivered personally, or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt
requested, addressed to the party concerned at the address indicated below or to
such other address as such party may subsequently give notice of hereunder in
writing:

               If to the Company:

               Value America, Inc.
               1550 Insurance Lane
               Charlottesville, Virginia 22911
               Attn:  Corporate Secretary

               With a copy to:

               Gary D. LeClair, Esquire
               LeClair Ryan, A Professional Corporation
               707 E. Main Street
               11th Floor
               Richmond, Virginia 23219

               If to the Executive:

               Dean M. Johnson
               5 Brook Hill
               Charlottesville, VA  22901

     13. ARBITRATION. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to
this Agreement, or any breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in
accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect
in the Commonwealth of Virginia and judgment upon such award rendered by the
arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The board
of arbitrators shall consist of one arbitrator to be appointed by the Company,
one by the Executive, and one by the two arbitrators so chosen. The arbitration
shall be held at such place as may be agreed upon at the time by the parties to
the arbitration. The cost of arbitration shall be borne as determined by the
arbitrators.

     14. WITHHOLDING. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, all payments
required to be made by the Company hereunder to the Executive or his estate or
beneficiaries shall be subject to the withholding of such amounts relating to
taxes as the Company may reasonably determine it should withhold pursuant to any
applicable law or regulation. In lieu of withholding such amounts, in whole or
in part, the Company may, in its sole discretion, accept other provisions for
payment of taxes and withholdings as required by law, provided it is satisfied
that all requirements of law affecting its responsibilities to withhold have
been satisfied.

     15. SEVERABILITY. In the event that any provision or portion of this
Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the
remaining provisions or portions of this Agreement shall be unaffected thereby
and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by
law.

     16. TITLES. Titles to the paragraphs in this Agreement are intended solely
for convenience and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by
reference to the title of any paragraph.

     17. LEGAL FEES. Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of
Executive's legal counsel in connection with the negotiation and execution of
this Agreement, not to exceed $2,500.

     18. COUNSEL. This Agreement has been prepared by LeClair Ryan, A
Professional Corporation, as counsel to the Company ("Counsel"), after full
disclosure of its representation of the Company and with the consent and
direction of the Company and the Executive. The Executive has reviewed the
contents of this Agreement and fully understands its terms. The Executive
acknowledges that he is fully aware of his right to the advice of counsel
independent from that of the Company, that Counsel has advised him of such right
and disclosed to him the risks in not seeking such independent advice, and that
he fully understands the potentially adverse interests of the parties with
respect to this Agreement. The Executive further acknowledges that neither the
Company nor its Counsel has made representations or given any advice with
respect to the tax or other consequences of this Agreement or any transactions
contemplated by this Agreement to him, that he has been advised of the
importance of seeking independent counsel with respect to such consequences, and
that he had obtained independent counsel with respect to such consequences. By
executing this Agreement, the Executive represents that he has, after being
advised of the potential conflicts between him and the Company with respect to
the future consequences of this Agreement, either consulted independent legal
counsel or elected, notwithstanding the advisability of seeking such independent
legal counsel, not to consult with such independent legal counsel.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
and year first above written.

                                   VALUE AMERICA, INC.

                                   By: /s/ Tom Morgan
                                     ----------------------
                                   Its: Chief Executive Officer

                                   /s/ Dean M. Johnson
                                   ------------------------
                                   Dean M. Johnson

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.36

CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT REQUEST. THE OMITTED NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION HAS  BEEN FILED WITH
THE COMMISSION.

TOSHIBA AMERICA INFORMATION SYSTEMS
PRODUCT LISTING AGREEMENT

                                          [Value America The Living Store! logo]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


The Living Store:

     Value America presents the merits of your products directly to the
consumer. Our dynamic multimedia category demonstrations effectively reveal the
features, benefits, quality, style and value of your products.

PICTURE LISTINGS:

     Picture Listings are similar to placing your product on the shelf in a
typical retail store. We use your existing photographs, illustrations and copy
to show an image of the product followed by informative text and bullet points.
With Picture Listings we control the number of items, retail, duration and
product positioning within the store.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Development                                    Cost           Participation       Quantity
<S> <C>
Composition, Compression & Data Entry         $  X                $  X             1 (X)
                                                                                   -----
</TABLE>


     BASIC - CATEGORY PRESENTATIONS:

     Basic Presentations are created entirely from your existing library of
photographs, illustrations and copy. We transform the artwork you have created
for your catalogs and packaging into educational, customer-oriented sales
presentations. We select images, write headlines and craft supportive copy to
reveal each product's features, benefits, applications, style, quality and
value. Up to 10 products may be listed and sold.

Development                          Cost      Participation     Quantity
Research & Creative Development      $  X      $  X
Composition & Copy Selection         $  X      $  X
Graphic Design of Web Presentation   $  X      $  X                 X
Photo & Graphic Compression          $  X      $  X
Data Entry & Web Site Generation     $  X      $  X                 2
Total Supplier Participation         $  X      $  X               _____

MULTIMEDIA - CATEGORY PRESENTATIONS:

     Multimedia Presentations are principally created from your library of
photographs and illustrations. We augment your artwork, with our own, and write
compelling consumer-oriented copy. We script and record a powerful narrative
dialog that speaks directly to the customer, enables automatic pagination, and
compels acquisition. These dynamic feature oriented presentations can include 20
individual products. Multimedia Presentations average ten panels in length and
are paced to present product attributes over five minutes.

Development                                Cost  Participation     Quantity
Research & Creative Development           $  X      $  X
Narrative Scripts, Headlines & Copy       $  X      $  X
Graphic Design and Illustrations          $  X      $  X
Multimedia Narrative Audio Streams        $  X      $  X
Photo & Graphic Processing & Compression  $  X      $  X
Data Entry & Web Site Generation          $  X      $  X              3
Total Supplier Participation              $  X      $  X            _____



COMPREHENSIVE VIDEO & MULTIMEDIA - CATEGORY PRESENTATIONS:

     Comprehensive Video & Multimedia Presentations integrate your best
photographs and illustrations into dynamic sales presentations. Value America
produces environmental photographs, powerful consumer-oriented copy, and
computer illustrations. We script and record a professional narrative dialog
that impacts the consumer's impression of your company and products. We write,
and produce broadcast-quality video demonstrations to reveal your product's
unique features, style, and quality. Each two to three minute video is

<PAGE>

professionally edited, compressed and streamed for tomorrow's world of enhanced
connectivity. Animation, special effects, and music are used to make these
presentations as entertaining as they are compelling. Each Comprehensive
Presentation can feature up to 40 items. Multimedia segments average twelve
panels in length and are typically paced to present information over seven
minutes. Our two to three minute video demonstrations follow the multimedia
presentation.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Development                                          Cost  Participation   Quantity
<S> <C>
Research & Creative Development                      $  X     $  X
Narrative Scripts, Video Scripts, Headlines & Copy   $  X     $  X
Video Cast, Crew, Production & Editing               $  X     $  X
Graphic Design and Illustrations                     $  X     $  X
Still Photography, Props & Processing                $  X     $  X
Animation & Special Effects                          $  X     $  X
Multimedia Narrative Audio Streams                   $  X     $  X
Video, Photo & Graphic Compression                   $  X     $  X
Data Entry & Web Site Generation                     $  X     $  X
Video Digitizing, Data Entry & Streaming             $  X     $  X             0
Total Supplier Participation                         $  X     $  X           ____


</TABLE>

Payment Terms:
50% Upon Acceptance.             X To be credited as
50% Upon Web Accessibility.      on going X% accrual (Monthly) passed through by
                                 fulfillment.

Value America Agrees:
1. To provide product presentation corrections, additions and updates at
   cost of $X an hour.
2. To create effective purchasing procedures and host store with sufficient
   bandwidth.
3. To implement reasonable MAP or value pricing to maximize revenue.
4. To communicate forecasts, purchase orders and shipping information
   electronically using EDI.
5. To be solely responsible for customer payment and outbound freight.
6. To diminish non-defective returns through supportive and integrated customer
   service.
7. To reduce sales support and order processing cost by eliminating color
   packaging, retail displays, slotting fees, store service, markdowns,
   guaranteed sales, rebates, new store allowances, extended payment terms,
   prepaid freight, complicated routing, compliance penalties, bills of lading,
   and manual order processing.

Supplier and/or Distributor Agree:
1. To provide copies of existing video, photos, illustrations and copy for
   integration into presentations.
2. To promptly provide accurate product data, analysis, catalogs, packaging, and
   sales training documents.
3. To deliver a sample of each product selected. These will be used in the
   creation of product presentations.
4. To provide a sales narrative of each product's features, benefits,
   performance capabilities, style, applications, value and competitive
   advantages dictated by a knowledgeable spokesperson.
5. To provide a competitive net FOB quotation on all products selected by Value
   America.
6. To indemnify Value America against product liability claims arising from
   supplier's products.
7. To ship orders promptly using EDI or e-mail with automatic labeling to
   minimize cost.
8. To accept defective product returns and issue full credit.
9. To use original content created for the product sales presentations only with
   our express written consent.

Agreed:

TOSHIBA AMERICA INFORMATION SYSTEMS


                                                                         $X
- ------------------------       -------------------------   ----------  -------
Supplier                       Representative's Name       Date         Value


/s/  illegible                  /s/ Craig A. Winn
- ------------------------       -------------------------
Authorized Signature           Value America Approval


                                         [Value America The Living Store! logo]

<PAGE>


TOSHIBA AMERICA INFORMATION SYSTEMS
CATEGORIES & PRESENTATIONS
                                          [Value America The Living Store! logo]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Categories:                                              Presentation:

<S> <C>

1. TOSHIBA SATELLITE NOTEBOOK PCs 305 CDS 315 CDS        Multimedia Presentation
2. TOSHIBA SATELLITE ACCESSORIES                         Basic Presentation & Audio
3. TOSHIBA TECRA NOTEBOOK PCs 520,530                    Basic Presentation & Audio
4. TOSHIBA LIBRETTO MINI-NOTEBOOKS 70-CT & ACCESSORIES   Multimedia Presentation
6. TOSHIBA EQUIUM BUSINESS PCs 2 Models TBD              Multimedia Presentation
7. TOSHIBA EQUIUM ACCESSORIES                            Picture Listing


</TABLE>

TOSHIBA AMERICA:  1 PICTURE LISTING - $ X
                  2 BASIC PRESENTATIONS  - $ X
                  3 MULTIMEDIA PRESENTATIONS - $ X
                  0 VIDEO DEMONSTRATIONS - $ X

TOTAL: $ X for 7 Product Presentations, Listing and Sale of All Applicable
       Items.



DATE: October 8, 1997



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.37

CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT REQUEST. THE OMITTED NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION HAS BEEN FILED WITH
THE COMMISSION.


TOSHIBA AMERICA CONSUMER ELECTRONICS
PRODUCT LISTING AGREEMENT
                                          [Value America The Living Store! logo]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Living Store:

     Value America is the ultimate home shopping retailer. We prevail by
presenting the merits of your products directly to the consumer. Value America's
dynamic multimedia category demonstrations effectively reveal the features,
benefits, style and value of every product we sell.

BASIC - CATEGORY PRESENTATIONS:

     Basic Product Category Presentations are created entirely from your
existing library of photographs, illustrations and copy. We transform the
artwork you have created for your catalogs and packaging into educational,
consumer-oriented sales presentations. Each can feature a dozen individual
products. We guarantee to update and host these listings a minimum of one year
at our expense.

Development                                   Participation     Quantity
Creative Development & Copy Selection            $  X
Graphic Design of Web Presentation               $  X
Photo & Graphic Compression                      $  X
Composition & Data Entry                         $  X
World Wide Web Site Generation                   $  X               X
Total Supplier Participation                     $  X             _____

MULTIMEDIA - CATEGORY PRESENTATIONS:

     Multimedia Category Presentations are principally created from your
existing library of photographs and illustrations. We augment your artwork with
our own and write compelling consumer-oriented copy. We script and produce a
powerful narrative dialog that speaks directly to the consumer, enables
automatic pagination, and compels acquisition. These dynamic feature oriented
presentations can include two dozen individual products. Multimedia
Presentations average ten panels in length and are paced to present product
attributes over five minutes. We guarantee to update and host these listings for
two years at our expense.

Development                                      Participation     Quantity
Creative Development, Narrative Scripts & Copy      $  X
Graphic Design and Illustrations                    $  X
Still Photography, Props & Processing               $  X
Multimedia Narrative Audio Streams                  $  X
Photo & Graphic Compression                         $  X
Composition & Data Entry                            $  X
World Wide Web Site Generation                      $  X               2
Total Supplier Participation                        $  X             _____




COMPREHENSIVE VIDEO & MULTIMEDIA - CATEGORY PRESENTATIONS:

     Comprehensive Video & Multimedia Category Presentations integrate your best
photographs and illustrations into dynamic sales presentations. Value America
produces powerful consumer-oriented copy, environmental photographs, and
computer illustrations. We script and produce a professional narrative dialog
that powerfully impacts the consumer's impression of your company and products.
We write, and produce broadcast-quality video demonstrations to reveal your
product's unique features, style, and quality. Each two to three minute video is
professionally edited, compressed and streamed for tomorrow's world of enhanced
connectivity. Animation, special effects, and music are used to make these
presentations as entertaining as they are compelling. Each Comprehensive Video &
Multimedia Category Presentation can feature up to three dozen individual items.
Multimedia segments average twelve panels in length and are typically paced to
present information over seven minutes. Our two to three minute video
demonstrations follow the multimedia presentation. We guarantee to update the
multimedia and product segments and host the entire listing and presentation for
a minimum of three years at our expense.

<PAGE>

Development                                  Participation     Quantity
Creative Development, Scripts & Copy            $  X
Video Cast, Crew, Production & Editing          $  X
Graphic Design and Illustrations                $  X
Still Photography, Props & Processing           $  X
Animation & Special Effects                     $  X
Multimedia Narrative Audio Streams              $  X
Video, Photo & Graphic Compression              $  X
Advanced Composition & Data Entry               $  X
World Wide Web Site Generation                  $  X
Broadcast Bandwidth Site Generation             $  X               0
Total Supplier Participation                    $  X             _____

Payment Terms:
50% Upon Acceptance.
50% Quarterly @ $X or X% on sales whichever is sooner.

Value America Agrees:
1. To maintain listing, update presentation and sell products for at least the
   one to three year term specified unless products are discontinued, or the
   supplier fails to perform reasonably.
2. To provide subsequent product presentation updates at cost not to exceed $X
   an hour.
3. To complete category presentations within 60 to 90 days with appropriate
   supplier support.
4. To create effective purchasing procedures and host retail sites with
   sufficient bandwidth.
5. To implement reasonable MAP or value pricing to maximize revenue.
6. To communicate forecasts, purchase orders and shipping information
   electronically using EDI.
7. To be solely responsible for customer payment and to reimburse supplier
   within 30 days.
8. To be solely responsible for outbound freight and to pay carriers directly.
9. To diminish non-defective returns through supportive and integrated customer
   service.
10.To reduce sales support and order processing cost by eliminating color
   packaging, retail displays, slotting fees, store service, markdowns,
   guaranteed sales, rebates, new store allowances, extended payment terms,
   prepaid freight, complicated routing, compliance penalties, bills of lading,
   and manual order processing.

Supplier Agrees:
1. To provide copies of existing video, photos, illustrations and copy for
   integration into presentations.
2. To provide data, competitive analysis, catalogs, packaging, and sales
   training documents on each product.
3. To supply accurate data and to reimburse Value America should we need to
   correct inaccuracies.
4. To deliver a sample of each product selected. These will be used in the
   creation of product presentations.
5. To provide a sales narrative of each product's features, benefits,
   performance capabilities, style, composition, value and competitive
   advantages dictated by a knowledgeable spokesperson.
6. To not directly solicit any Value America customer without our express
   permission.
7. To provide the lowest net FOB quotation on all products selected by Value
   America.
8. To ship orders promptly using two-way EDI with automatic bar code labeling to
   minimize cost.
9. To accept defective product returns and issue full credit.
10.To use original content created for the product sales presentations only with
   our express written consent.

Agreed:

TOSHIBA CONSUMER ELECTRONICS

                                         /s/ illegible       6/3/97       $X
- ---------------------------------        -----------------  ----------- --------
Supplier                                 Representative     Date         Value

/s/ illegible                           /s/ Craig A. Winn
- ---------------------------------        -----------------
Authorized Signature                      Value America



                                          [Value America The Living Store! logo]



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.38

CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT REQUEST. THE OMITTED NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION HAS BEEN FILED WITH
THE COMMISSION.


IBM
CATEGORY PRESENTATION AGREEMENT

                                          [Value America The Living Store! logo]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Living Store:
Value America presents the merits of your company directly to the consumer. Our
dynamic multimedia category demonstrations effectively reveal the features,
benefits, quality, style and value of your products.

PICTURE PRESENTATIONS:

Picture Presentations are similar to placing your product on the shelf in a
typical retail store. We use your existing photographs, illustrations and copy
to show an image of the product followed by informative text and bullet points.
With Picture Listings we control the number of items, retail and product
positioning.

Development                                Quantity
Composition, Compression & Data Entry          5

BASIC CATEGORY PRESENTATIONS:
Basic Presentations are created entirely from your existing library of
photographs, illustrations and copy. We transform the artwork you have created
for your catalogs and packaging into educational customer-oriented sales
presentations. We select images, write headlines and craft supportive copy to
reveal each product's features, benefits, applications, style, quality and
value. Up to 10 products may be presented.

Development                                Quantity
Research & Creative Development
Composition & Copy Selection
Graphic Design of Web Presentation
Photo & Graphic Compression
Data Entry & Web Site Generation
Total Supplier Participation                  0
                                             ____

MULTIMEDIA CATEGORY PRESENTATIONS

Multimedia Presentations include your library of photographs and illustrations.
We augment your artwork, with our own, and write compelling consumer-oriented
copy. We script and record a powerful narrative dialog that speaks directly to
the customer, enables automatic pagination, and compels acquisition. These
dynamic feature oriented presentations can include 20 individual products.
Multimedia Presentations average ten panels in length and are paced to present
product attributes over five minutes.

Development                                      Quantity
Research & Creative Development
Narrative Scripts, Headlines & Copy
Graphic Design and Illustrations
Multimedia Narrative Audio Streams
Photo & Graphic Processing & Compression
Data Entry & Web Site Generation                     5
Total Supplier Participation




COMPREHENSIVE VIDEO & MULTIMEDIA CATEGORY PRESENTATIONS:
Comprehensive Video & Multimedia Presentations integrate your best photographs
and illustrations into dynamic sales presentations. Value America produces
environmental photographs, powerful consumer-oriented copy, and computer
illustrations. We script and record a professional narrative dialog that impacts
the consumer's impression of your company and products. We write, and produce
broadcast-quality video demonstrations to reveal your product's unique features,
style, and quality. Each two to three minute video is professionally edited,
compressed and streamed for tomorrow's world of enhanced connectivity.
Animation, special effects, and music are used to make these presentations as
entertaining as they are compelling. Each Comprehensive Presentation can feature
up to 40

<PAGE>

products. Multimedia segments average twelve panels in length and are typically
paced to present information over seven minutes. Our two to three minute video
demonstrations follow the multimedia presentation.

Development                                       Quantity
Research & Creative Development
Narrative & Video Scripts, Headlines & Copy
Video Cast, Crew, Production & Editing
Graphic Design and Illustrations
Still Photography, Props & Processing
Animation & Special Effects
Multimedia Narrative Audio Streams
Video, Photo & Graphic Compression
Data Entry & Web Site Generation
Video Digitizing Data Entry & Streaming
Total Supplier Participation                           0

Value America Agrees:
1.    To list products and provide Internet access for a minimum of 12 months.
      Provide substantial presentation corrections and product updates.

Supplier Agrees:
1. To provide copies of existing video, photos, illustrations and copy for
   integration into presentations. Provide a sample if/as they are available of
   products selected, product data, analysis, catalogs, packaging, and sales
   training documents.
2. To provide access to an informed product manager or executive. Writers will
   conduct interviews to learn more about product's features, benefits,
   performance capabilities, style, applications, value and competitive
   advantages.
3. To actively assist Value America to assure that the product assortment is
   appropriate and is priced competitively.

Agreed:

IBM                                /s/ illegible                  1/21/98
- --------------------------         ------------------------       --------------
Supplier                           Representative's Name          Date



                                  /s/ Monica Link
- --------------------------         ------------------------
Authorized Signature               Value America Approval


                                          [Value America The Living Store! logo]

<PAGE>




IBM
Category Presentations
December 30, 1997
Page 2

Categories:                                              Presentation:

1.    Thinkpad                                           Multimedia Presentation
2.    Thinkpad Accessories                               Picture Listing
3.    Desktop                                            Multimedia Presentation
4.    Desktop Accessories                                Picture Listing
4.    Servers                                            Multimedia Presentation
5.    Servers Accessories                                Picture Listing
5.    WordPad                                            Multimedia Presentation
6.    WordPad Accessories                                Picture Listing
6.    Printers                                           Multimedia Presentation
7.    Printer Accessories                                Picture Listing

PRESENTATIONS

5 Multimedia Presentation, 5 Picture Listing = $  X

TOTAL: $X for 5 Multimedia Presentations, 5 Picture Listing and Sale of All
Applicable Items for three years.



                                                                Exhibit 10.39

CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT REQUEST. THE OMITTED NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION HAS BEEN FILED WITH
THE COMMISSION.


HEWLETT-PACKARD
PRODUCT LISTING AGREEMENT
                                        [Value America The Living Store! Logo]
The Living Store:

Value America presents the merits of your products directly to the consumer. Our
dynamic multimedia category demonstrations effectively reveal the features,
benefits, style and value of every product we sell.

BASIC - CATEGORY PRESENTATIONS:
Basic Product Category Presentations are created entirely from your existing
library of photographs, illustrations and copy. We transform the artwork you
have created for your catalogs and packaging into educational, customer-oriented
sales presentations. Each can feature a dozen individual products. We guarantee
to update and host these listings a minimum of one year at our expense.

Development                              Participation                Quantity
Research & Creative Development              $  X
Composition & Copy Selection                 $  X
Graphic Design of Web Presentation           $  X
Photo & Graphic Compression                  $  X
Composition & Data Entry                     $  X
World Wide Web Site Generation               $  X                          1
Total Supplier Participation                 $  X

MULTIMEDIA - CATEGORY PRESENTATIONS:
Multimedia Category Presentations are principally created from your existing
library of photographs and illustrations. We augment your artwork with our own
and write compelling consumer-oriented copy. We script and produce a powerful
narrative dialog that speaks directly to the consumer, enables automatic
pagination, and compels acquisition. These dynamic feature oriented
presentations can include two dozen individual products. Multimedia
Presentations average ten panels in length and are paced to present product
attributes over five minutes. We guarantee to update and host these listings for
two years at our expense.

Development                               Participation              Quantity
Research & Creative Development              $  X
Narrative Scripts, Headlines & Copy          $  X
Graphic Design and Illustrations             $  X
Multimedia Narrative Audio Streams           $  X
Photo & Graphic Processing & Compression     $  X
Composition & Data Entry                     $  X
World Wide Web Site Generation               $  X                        2
Total Supplier Participation                 $  X

COMPREHENSIVE VIDEO & MULTIMEDIA - CATEGORY PRESENTATIONS:

Comprehensive Video & Multimedia Category Presentations integrate your best
photographs and illustrations into dynamic sales presentations. Value America
produces powerful consumer-oriented copy, environmental photographs, and
computer illustrations. We script and produce a professional narrative dialog
that powerfully impacts the consumer's impression of your company and products.
We write, and produce broadcast-quality video demonstrations to reveal your
product's unique features, style, and quality. Each two to three minute video is
professionally edited, compressed and streamed for tomorrow's world of enhanced
connectivity. Animation, special effects, and music are used to make these
presentations as entertaining as they are compelling. Each Comprehensive Video &
Multimedia Category Presentation can feature up to three dozen individual items.
Multimedia segments average twelve panels in length and are typically paced to
present information over seven minutes. Our two to three minute video
demonstrations follow the multimedia presentation. We guarantee to update the
multimedia and product segments and host the entire listing and presentation for
a minimum of three years at our expense.

<PAGE>

HEWLETT-PACKARD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

Support Packs
Toner
Memory DRAM Cards & SIMM
HP JetDirect EX Print Servers
Optional Languages
Network Interfaces
Documentation
Optional Document Feeder
Optional Transparency Adapter

HEWLETT-PACKARD TOTALS:

          1     PICTURE PRESENTATION - $  X
          1     BASIC PRESENTATIONS - $  X
          2     MULTIMEDIA PRESENTATIONS - $  X
          1     VIDEO & MULTIMEDIA PRESENTATION - $  X

Every product HP sells within each of these categories may be included without
impacting HP's participation. Value America will update all presentations for a
minimum of three years to keep each category presentation current. Value America
will maintain, host, provide connectivity and sell existing, and new HP products
for a minimum of three years. Value America will upgrade the Picture Listing to
a Basic Presentation, perhaps even to Multimedia because the value of properly
presenting the full range of HP supplies and accessories is considerable.

Please consider a separate multimedia presentation for the 340 portable printers
and their accessories. We may also wish to consider producing a separate
multimedia presentation on the bundled software packages. These titles make your
printers so much more valuable to the consumer they justify special emphasis.
While we will include a significant presentation of the software applications in
our printer demonstrations the added focus will significantly impact our sales
of hardware and powerfully increase the sales of consumables. We feel so
strongly about this incremental benefit we will produce this application upgrade
at one half of our key vendor sponsorship.

We recognize that Value America's unique multimedia retail product presentations
are important to HP because you must continually compete against lessor quality
and cheaper brands. Likewise, we appreciate the value of the HP brand, and its
favorable impact on our Living Store. As a result, we should be able to form a
lasting and mutually beneficial partnership.

PRODUCT PRESENTATION INVESTMENT: $  X
PRESENTATION INVESTMENT/PRODUCT: $  X
PRESENTATION INVESTMENT/PRODUCT/MONTH: $  X

April 16, 1997

<PAGE>

HEWLETT-PACKARD                           [Value America The Living Store! Logo]

Categories:                                                     Presentation

1.    HEWLETT-PACKARD DESK-JET PRINTERS                     Video & Multimedia

      HP DeskJet 340 Portable Printer
      HP DeskJet 340CM Portable Printer
      HP DeskJet 340 CV Portable Printer
      HP DeskJet 400 Printer
      HP DeskJet 693C Printer
      HP DeskJet 694C Printer
      HP DeskJet 820Cse Professional Printer

2.    HEWLETT-PACKARD LASER-JET PRINTERS                    Multimedia

      HP LaserJet 5L Xtra
      HP LaserJet 6P

3.    HEWLETT-PACKARD OFFICE JET PRODUCTS                   Multimedia

      HP OfficeJet 300 Printer-Fax-Copier
      HP OfficeJet 350 Printer-Fax-Copier-Scanner

4.    HEWLETT-PACKARD SCANNERS                              Basic

      HP ScanJet 4s
      HP ScanJet 4c
      HP ScanJet 5pse

4.    HEWLETT-PACKARD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES                Picture Listing

      HP B&W Print Cartridges
      HP Color Print Cartridges
      HP Premium Transparency Films
      HP Premium Glossy Papers
      HP White InkJet Papers
      HP Premium InkJet Papers
      HP Labels
      HP Banner Paper
      HP Greeting Card Paper
      HP Photo Paper
      Cables

<PAGE>

Development                                           Participation    Quantity
Research & Creative Development                           $  X
Narrative Scripts, Video Scripts, Headlines & Copy        $  X
Video Cast, Crew, Production & Editing                    $  X
Graphic Design and Illustrations                          $  X
Still Photography, Props & Processing                     $  X
Animation & Special Effects                               $  X
Multimedia Narrative Audio Streams                        $  X
Video, Photo & Graphic Compression                        $  X
Advanced Composition & Data Entry                         $  X
World Wide Web Site Generation                            $  X
Broadcast Bandwidth Site Generation                       $  X             1
Total Supplier Participation                              $  X

Payment Terms:

50% Upon Acceptance.
50% Upon Web Accessibility.

Value America Agrees:
1. To maintain listing, update presentation and sell products for at least the
   one to three year term specified unless products are discontinued, or the
   supplier fails to perform reasonably.
2. To provide subsequent product presentation updates after 3 years.
3. To complete category presentations within 30 to 90 days with appropriate
   supplier support.
4. To create effective purchasing procedures and host retail sites with
   sufficient bandwidth.
5. To implement reasonable MAP or value pricing to maximize revenue.
6. To communicate forecasts, purchase orders and shipping information
   electronically using EDI.
7. To be solely responsible for customer payment and to reimburse supplier or
   designee within 30 days.*
8. To be solely responsible for outbound freight and to pay carriers directly.*
9. To diminish non-defective returns through supporters and integrated customer
   service.
10.To reduce sales support and order processing cost by eliminating color
   packaging, retail displays, slotting fees, store service, markdowns,
   guaranteed sales, rebates, new store allowances, extended payment terms,
   prepaid freight, complicated routing, compliance penalties, bills of lading,
   and manual order processing.*

Supplier or Designee Agrees:
1. To provide copies of existing video, photos, illustrations and copy for
   integration into presentations.
2. To provide data, competitive analysis, catalogs, packaging, and sales
   training documents on each product.
3. To supply accurate data and to reimburse Value America should we need to
   correct inaccuracies.
4. To deliver a sample of each product. These will be used in product
   presentations and returned.
5. To provide a sales narrative of each product's features, benefits,
   performance capabilities, style, composition, value and competitive
   advantages dictated by a knowledgeable spokesperson.
6. To not solicit Value America customers without permission (except for
   warranty card information).
7. To provide the lowest net FOB quotation on all products selected by Value
   America.*
8. To ship orders promptly using two-way EDI with automatic bar code labeling to
   minimize cost.*
9. To accept defective product returns and issue full credit.*
10.To use original content created for the product sales presentations only
   with our express written consent.

Agreed:                                                     *New Age has agreed.


HEWLETT-PACKARD                                        4-16-97     $ X
- ---------------        ------------------------        -------     -----------
Supplier               Representative                  Date        Value

/s/ illegible          /s/ Craig A. Winn
- --------------------   ------------------------
Authorized Signature    Value America
                                         [Value America The Living Store! logo]


<PAGE>
HEWLETT-PACKARD
PAVILION
CATEGORY PRESENTATIONS                   [Value America The Living Store! logo]

Multimedia Presentation:
1. Recommend Company -- Recommend HP quality, features, innovations, technology
   and value.
2. Introduce Category -- Preview category, systems, technology, options,
   applications and functionality.
3. Features & Benefits -- Present product features, functions and benefits and
   explain why they are important.
4. Use & Performance -- Reveal the best methods of maximizing each system's
   performance and value.
5. Coordination -- Explain why selecting an all HP solution will provide
   superior results and increased performance.
6. Enduring Quality -- Graphically reveal why HP products consistently perform
   better.
7. Present Applications -- Explain and demonstrate each primary and unique
   system application.
8. Special Advantages -- Demonstrate how each system is designed to perform
   effectively and effortlessly.
9. Warranty -- Detail warranty. Stress reliability, durability and customer
   support.
10.Present Specific Items -- Picture and describe each system while listing
   unique attributes and special features.
11.Coordination -- Recommend other HP products and accessories that are
   available in The Living Store.
12.Narration & Pagination -- Multimedia presentations enlighten by talking
   directly to the consumer. Ten or more visual panels paginate automatically.
   Presentations last 5 to 7 minutes, uninterrupted, yet each is fully
   interactive and may be shortened or repeated. Visual panels contain an array
   of photographs, illustrations, headlines and supportive copy. Video
   demonstrations follow multimedia presentations.

Video Demonstrations:
1. Video demonstrations are filmed in attractive locations by professional
   cinematographers. Actors use teleprompters to effectively convey accurate
   product information and compel acquisition.
2. HP's logo appears in the opening sequence and the narrative is set to music.
   Our spokespeople endorse your systems because we believe they represent the
   best quality, technology, performance and value.
3. Spokespeople share the most important reasons to buy HP products and explain
   why we are recommending them.
4. Our spokespeople reveal what to look for when purchasing a quality home PC.
   They demonstrate how to select the best products for their application.
5. Features and applications of HP products are demonstrated while spokespeople
   explain their benefits.
6. Spokespeople explain how to maximize each product's performance and value.
   They elevate perceived and actual value by revealing the results that can be
   achieved when HP Pavilion PC's are used to their maximum capability.
7. Special insights are given into applications that make these PC's
   particularly beneficial and valuable.
8. Our spokespeople demonstrate how easy HP Pavilion's are to use and install
   and recommend a holistic HP solution.
9. The benefits of selecting a quality product are highlighted. Important
   components and materials are revealed. Spokespeople discuss warranty and
   reliability. They share how to reach your customer support staff.
10.Spokespeople close by reemphasizing the most compelling reasons to buy.
   They motivate customers to consider other related HP products. We provide a
   corporate benediction to reinforce your firm's leadership position.
11.Video demonstrations integrate selective skills and special effects to make
   them informative and compelling.

Purchasing Process:
Product purchasing panels automatically emerge following the category
presentation. Every product in the assortment is shown pictorially with
photographs that expand 400% on command to reveal important detail. The
product's name, is followed by a brief description, copy and bullet points. We
present a MSRP, guest and member prices. Our member price always reflects your
retail strategy or UMAP policy. Customers may hand any listed product to their
servant. He tabulates actual freight cost and sales tax after the customer
selects from a wide variety of delivery and payment options. The purchase is
confirmed with a password and swift on-line credit card approval follows. Value
America purchase orders are instantly generated and sent to the proper factory
or distribution center using standard EDI protocols.

<PAGE>

HEWLETT-PACKARD
PAVILION
CATEGORIES & PRESENTATIONS               [Value America The Living Store! logo]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Categories:                                                 Presentation:
<S> <C>
1. HP PAVILION 7410P & 3100 (Q4 1997)                 Basic Presentation & Audio
2. HP PAVILION 82XX SERIES (Q1 & Q2 1998)             Video & Multimedia Presentation
3. HP PAVILION 32XX (Q1 & Q2 1998)                    Multimedia Presentation
4. HP PAVILION ACCESSORIES                            Multimedia Presentation
5. HP INTEGRATED SOLUTIONS FOR HOME & HOME OFFICE     Video & Multimedia Presentation
</TABLE>


HP PAVILION:      1     BASIC PRESENTATION & AUDIO - $  X
                  2     MULTIMEDIA PRESENTATIONS - $  X
                  2     VIDEO & MULTIMEDIA DEMONSTRATION - $  X

TOTAL $  X for 5 Product Presentations, Listing and Sale of All Applicable
Items.

DISTRIBUTOR: New Age (Subject to Change at HP's Discretion)
DATE: Revised November 21, 1997

<PAGE>

HEWLETT-PACKARD
INFORMATION STORAGE & TRANSFER
CATEGORIES & PRESENTATIONS               [Value America The Living Store! logo]

Categories:                                                 Presentation:
1. HP COLORADO QIC TAPES                              Basic Presentation
2. HP DAT DRIVES, DDS CARTRIDGES & TAPES              Multimedia Presentation
3. HP DLT DRIVE, CARTRIDGES & TAPE                    Basic Presentation
4. HP SURE-STORE CD-WRITER & CD-R MEDIA               Multimedia Presentation
5. HP OPTICAL DRIVES, DISKS & ACCESSORIES             Multimedia Presentation

HP INFORMATION STORAGE & TRANSFER:

                 2     BASIC PRESENTATION - $  X
                 3     MULTIMEDIA PRESENTATION - $  X
                 0     VIDEO DEMONSTRATIONS -

TOTAL: $  X for 5 Product Presentations, Listing and Sale of All Applicable
Items for 3 Years.

DATE: July 5, 1997



                                                                   Exhibit 10.40

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated as of March 1, 1999, between Value
America, Inc., a Virginia corporation (the "Company"), and Tom Morgan (the
"Executive").

     The Company and the Executive agree as follows:

     1. Position; Term OF Employment. The Company agrees to employ the
Executive, and the Executive agrees to serve the Company, as its Chief Executive
Officer. The parties intend that the Executive shall continue to so serve in the
aforesaid capacity throughout the Term (as such term is defined below).


       Subject to earlier termination under the provisions of Paragraph 4 below,
the term of Executive's employment by the Company hereunder shall commence on
March 1, 1999 and shall continue through December 31, 2004 and then renew for an
additional one year term on January 1, 2005 and each subsequent annual
anniversary thereof unless not more than 6 and at least 3 months prior to
January 1, 2005 or a subsequent annual anniversary thereof either Executive or
Company gives to the other written notice that the term shall not be renewed at
such annual anniversary, in which case the term shall expire on December 31,
2004 or the day before such subsequent anniversary, as the case may be (the
"Term").

     2. Duties. The Executive throughout the Term shall devote his full time and
undivided professional attention during normal business hours to the business
and affairs of the Company and its affiliates, if any ("Affiliates"), except for
holidays and vacations consistent with applicable Company policy and except for
illness or incapacity, but nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the
Executive from serving as a director or a member of an advisory committee of any
organization involving no conflict of interest with the Company (subject to
prior approval of his appointment to such position in certain cases as provided
in the next to last sentence of this Paragraph 2), from engaging in charitable
and community activities, and from managing his personal investments, provided
that such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of his
duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. The Executive shall not accept
any proposed appointment to serve as a director, trustee or the equivalent of
any for-profit business organization of which the Executive is not a director,
trustee, or the equivalent on the date hereof, without the prior approval of the
Chairman of the Company's Board, which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld. The Executive shall report directly to the Chairman of the Board, or
in his absence, the Board.

<PAGE>




    3. Compensation.

       (a) Salary. During the Term, the Company shall pay to the Executive a
salary of $395,000 ($495,000 beginning on the date that is 75 days following the
closing date of the Company's initial public offering, if any), per annum
payable in equal installments not less frequently than monthly. Such salary
shall be reviewed by the Compensation Committee of the Board at least annually,
with any increases taking into account, among other factors, corporate and
individual performance and increases, if any, in relevant cost of living
indices.

       (b) BONUS. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to
participate in such bonus programs as the Compensation Committee of the Board
from time to time shall approve. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the period
beginning on (i) the date hereof and ending June 30, 1999, Executive shall be
entitled to a guaranteed bonus of $66,667, which bonus shall be paid no later
than July 10, 1999, provided, Executive is employed hereunder on June 30, 1999,
and (ii) for each calendar quarter beginning on or after July 1, 1999, Executive
shall be entitled to a bonus per full calendar quarter of employment hereunder
in such amounts and based upon achievement of such corporate and individual
performance and other criteria as shall be established by the Compensation
Committee of the Board from time to time, considering among other items input
from the Chairman of the Board, the Executive and, if considered appropriate by
the Committee, a compensation consultant (provided that the minimum bonus
potential for the calendar years ending December 31, 1999 and December 31, 2000
shall be at least $166,667 (including the $66,667 guaranteed amount referred to
above) and $200,000, respectively), which bonus shall be paid within 10 days
after the end of the applicable calendar quarter provided Executive is employed
hereunder on the last day of such quarter

<PAGE>


       (c) Cash Incentive Bonus. Provided the Executive's employment hereunder
by the Company is not terminated pursuant to Section 4(c) by the Company for Due
Cause or pursuant to Section 4(f) by the Executive as a Voluntary Termination
prior to the earlier of March 1, 2000 or the date of a Change of Control (as
such term is defined below), the Company shall also pay to the Executive a cash
incentive bonus equal to (i) if the Company completes an initial public offering
while Executive is employed by Company hereunder and prior to March 1, 2000, the
lesser of (A) $1,000,000 or (B) an amount equal to the product of (1) the amount
by which the Aggregate Market Capitalization (as such term is defined below) of
the Company at the close of business on the earliest of the date that is the
first anniversary (the "Anniversary Date") of the day following the closing of
the Company's initial public offering (the "Post-IPO Date"), the date of a
Change of Control (as such term is defined below) or the date of termination of
Executive's employment hereunder pursuant to Section 4(a) for death, Section
4(b) for Disability, or Section 4(d) or 4(e) by the Company without Due Cause
exceeds the Aggregate Market Capitalization of the Company at the close of
business on the Post-IPO Date and (2) 1%, or (ii) if the Company does not
complete an initial public offering while Executive is employed by Company
hereunder and prior to March 1, 2000, the lesser of (A) $1,000,000 or (B) an
amount equal to the product of (1) the amount by which the Aggregate Valuation
(as such term is defined below) of Company's Common Stock on the earliest of
March 1, 2000, the date of a Change of Control (as such term is defined below)
or the date of termination of Executive's employment hereunder pursuant to
Section 4(a) for death, Section 4(b) for Disability, or Section 4(d) or 4(e) by
the Company without Due Cause exceeds $600,000,000 and (2) 1%. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Section 3(c), if, after the Post-IPO Date, and
prior to the earliest of the Anniversary Date, the date of a Change of Control
or the date of termination of Executive's employment hereunder pursuant to
Section 4(a) for death, Section 4(b) for Disability or Section 4(d) or 4(e) by
the Company without Due Cause, the Company either (i) completes a leveraged
recapitalization in which its leverage ratio (which is the ratio of total
indebtedness to either cash flow or EBITDA (as defined in its bank credit
agreement)), is increased to more than 3-to-1, or (ii) repurchases at least 10%
of its outstanding shares of Common Stock, then for purposes of determining the
increase in the Company's Aggregate Market Capitalization since the Post-IPO
Date, the "ending" Aggregate Market Capitalization shall be the greater of the
Company's Aggregate Market Capitalization on (x) the day that is the last
business day prior to the date of completion of the leveraged recapitalization
or the first repurchase of shares, as applicable, or (y) the earliest of the
Anniversary Date, the date of a Change of Control or the date of termination of
Executive's employment hereunder pursuant to Section 4(a) for death, Section
4(b) for Disability or Section 4(d) or 4(e) by the Company without Due Cause.
For the purposes of this Section 3 (c), the "Aggregate Valuation" shall be
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors based upon a written
independent evaluation provided by a nationally recognized investment banking
firm. A "Change of Control" shall mean (i) a disposition by the Company of
substantially all of its assets or (ii) the transfer by security holders of the
Company as of the date hereof (whether by sale, exchange, merger or otherwise)
of more than 50% of the shares of capital stock then outstanding on a fully
diluted basis to a person or entity not a shareholder (or an affiliate of a
shareholder) of the Company on the date hereof. "Aggregate Market
Capitalization" on a given date shall mean an amount equal to the product of (i)
the number of the then outstanding shares of Company Common Stock and (ii) the
Market Price on such day. "Market Price" at any date shall be deemed to be the
last reported sale price of the Company Common Stock on such day, or, in case no
such reported sales takes place on such day, the average of the last reported
sale prices for the previous three trading days, in either case as officially
reported by the principal securities exchange on which the Common Stock is
listed or admitted to trading or as reported on the NASDAQ National Market
System, or, if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any
national securities exchange or quoted on the NASDAQ National Market System, the
average closing bid price as furnished by the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. through NASDAQ or similar organization if NASDAQ is no longer
reporting such information, or if the Common Stock is not quoted on NASDAQ, as
determined in good faith by resolution of the Board of Directors of Company,
based on the best information available to it.

<PAGE>


       (d) Benefit Plans. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to
participate in all retirement and employment benefit plans of the Company that
are generally available to senior executives of the Company. Such participation
shall be pursuant to the terms and conditions of such plans, as the same shall
be amended from time to time. Executive shall be entitled to 20 days of paid
vacation per full calendar year, which shall accrue ratably throughout the year.
Unused vacation shall not be carried over from one calendar year to another and
Executive shall not be entitled to a cash payment for any unused vacation. In
addition, Company shall pay to Executive as additional compensation each month
(i) $_________, which Executive will use to pay the premium on term life
insurance covering his life (provided that $2,000,000 of the proceeds payable
under such policy shall be payable to the Company) and (ii) $________, which
Executive will use to pay the premiums on disability insurance covering him.

       (e) Relocation Expenses. The Company will reimburse the Executive for the
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Executive for (i) moving van
expenses to Charlottesville, Virginia and (ii) living expenses in
Charlottesville, Virginia for a reasonable period of time prior to the Executive
moving to Charlottesville, Virginia.

       (f) Business Expenses. During the Term, the Company shall, in accordance
with policies then in effect with respect to payments of expenses, pay or
reimburse the Executive for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel and other
expenses (other than ordinary commuting expenses) incurred by the Executive in
performing services hereunder. All such expenses shall be accounted for in such
reasonable detail as the Company may require.

<PAGE>


 (g) Indemnity. As an officer of Company, Executive shall be entitled to
indemnity as provided in the Company's Articles of Incorporation, as the same
shall be amended from time to time.

    4. Termination.

       (a) DEATH. In the event of the death of the Executive during the Term,
his employment shall be terminated as of the date of death and his salary for
the month in which his death occurs shall be paid to his designated beneficiary,
or in the absence of such designation, to the estate or other legal
representative of the Executive. Except in accordance with the terms of the
Company's benefit programs and plans then in effect, after his date of death,
Executive shall not be entitled to any other compensation or benefits from the
Company or hereunder.

       (b) Disability. In the event of the Executive's Disability as hereinafter
defined, the employment of the Executive may be terminated by the Company,
effective upon the Disability Termination Date (as defined below). After the
Disability Termination Date, except in accordance with the Company's benefit
programs and plans then in effect, Executive shall not be entitled to any
compensation or benefits from the Company or hereunder.


           "Disability," for purposes of this Agreement, shall mean the
Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness causing his complete
and full-time absence from his duties, as defined in Paragraph 2, for either a
consecutive period of more than six months or at least 180 days within any
270-day period. Any determination of the Executive's Disability made in good
faith by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on the Executive, unless
within 10 days after written notice to Executive of such determination,
Executive elects by written notice to Company to challenge such determination,
in which case the determination of Disability shall be made by arbitration
pursuant to Section 13 below (provided that Company shall not be required to
provide Executive any compensation or benefits after the determination by the
Board unless the arbitration results in a determination that Executive is not
disabled, in which case the Company shall pay to Executive within 10 days after
such arbitration decision all compensation due through the date of such
arbitration decision, and further provided that Company shall not be deemed to
have breached its obligations related to such compensation and benefits under
this Agreement if it makes such payment within 10 days after such arbitration
decision). The Disability Termination Date shall be the date on which the Board
makes such determination of Executive's Disability unless the arbitration, if
any, results in a determination that Executive is not disabled.

<PAGE>


       (c) Termination by the Company for Due Cause. Nothing herein shall
prevent the Company from terminating the Executive's employment for Due Cause.
The Executive shall continue to receive the salary provided for in this
Agreement only through the period ending with the date of such termination. Any
rights and benefits he may have under employee benefit plans and programs of the
Company shall be determined in accordance with the terms of such plans and
programs. Except as provided in the two immediately preceding sentences, after
termination of employment for Due Cause, Executive shall not be entitled to any
compensation or benefits from the Company or hereunder.


           The term "Due Cause," as used herein, shall mean (i) repeated
material violation by the Executive of the Executive's obligations hereunder,
the DNN Agreement (as defined in Paragraph 10 below) or a written directive from
either the Chairman of the Board or the Board (1) which are willful and
deliberate on the Executive's part, (2) which are not due to the Disability of
the Executive (within the meaning of Paragraph 4(b) but without regard to the
requirement that it continue for more than six months or 180 days within a
270-day period) and (3) which have not been cured by the Executive within 15
business days after written notice to the Executive specifying the nature of
such violations, (ii) an act or acts of dishonesty on the Executive's part which
are intended to or do result in either the Executive's personal enrichment or
material adverse affect upon the Company's assets, business, prospects or
reputation, or (iii) conviction of a felony or a misdemeanor involving fraud,
breach of trust, or misappropriation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Due Cause without (1)
written notice to the Executive setting forth the reasons for the Company's
intention to terminate for Due Cause, (2) an opportunity for the Executive,
together with his counsel, to be heard before the Board, and (3) delivery to the
Executive of a Notice of Termination from the Board finding that in the good
faith opinion of at least three-quarters (3/4) of the Board (not counting the
Executive in either the numerator or the denominator), the Executive was guilty
of conduct set forth above in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) hereof, and specifying
the particulars thereof in detail.


<PAGE>


       (d) Termination by the Company Other than for Due Cause. The foregoing
notwithstanding, the Company may terminate the Executive's employment for
whatever reasons it deems appropriate; provided, however, that in the event such
termination is not due to death, Disability or Due Cause, the Executive shall
(i) be entitled to a Termination Payment as hereinafter defined and (ii) be sent
written notice stating the termination is not due to death, Disability or Due
Cause. If the Company terminates the Executive's employment for other than
death, Disability or Due Cause prior to March 1, 2001, the term "Termination
Payment" shall mean a cash payment equal to the sum of (i) an amount equal to
twice his annual salary, as in effect immediately prior to such termination, and
(ii) a pro rata portion of any bonus that would have been payable to the
Executive under Paragraph 3(b) for such calendar year if he had been employed
for the full calendar year, provided the criteria for such bonus other than the
Executive's continued employment are satisfied. If the Company terminates the
Executive's employment for other than death, Disability or Due Cause during the
Term and after March 1, 2001, the term "Termination Payment" shall mean a cash
payment equal to the sum of (i) an amount equal to his annual salary, as in
effect immediately prior to such termination, and (ii) a pro rata portion of any
bonus that would have been payable to the Executive under Paragraph 3(b) for
such calendar year if he had been employed for the full calendar year, provided
the criteria for such bonus other than the Executive's continued employment are
satisfied. Such Termination Payment shall be payable in 12 equal monthly
installments beginning 30 days after the date of termination. In addition, the
Company will pay the premium cost for the Executive to receive any group health
coverage that the Company provides under Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986 ("COBRA Coverage") for the period in which the Executive is
eligible for such COBRA coverage. Following the Executive's termination of
employment under this Paragraph 4(d), the Executive will have no further
obligation to provide services to the Company pursuant to Paragraphs 1 and 2.
Except for the Termination Payment and as otherwise provided in accordance with
the terms of the Company's benefit programs and plans then in effect, after
termination by the Company of employment for other than death, Disability or Due
Cause, Executive shall not be entitled to any other compensation or benefits
from the Company or hereunder.


       (e) Constructive Termination of employment by the Company Without Due
Cause. Termination by the Company without Due Cause under Paragraph 4 (d) shall
be deemed to have occurred if the Executive elects to terminate his employment
as a result of a material breach by the Company of Section 3 of this Agreement
(which breach is not cured within 10 days after written notice thereof by
Executive to each of the Directors of the Company, which notice shall
specifically describe such alleged breach).

       (f) Voluntary Termination. In the event that the Executive terminates his
employment at his own volition prior to the expiration of the Term (except as
provided in Paragraph 4(e) above), such termination shall constitute a
"Voluntary Termination" and in such event the Executive shall be limited to the
same rights and benefits as provided in connection with a termination for Due
Cause under Paragraph 4 (c) above, provided that Executive shall be entitled to
a pro-rata portion of any bonus that would have been payable to the Executive
under Paragraph 3(b) for such calendar year if he had been employed for the full
calendar year, provided that the criteria for such bonus other than the
Executive's continued employment are satisfied.

       (g) Election Not to Renew. An election by either Company or Executive
pursuant to Paragraph 1 above not to renew the Term shall not be deemed a
termination of employment by either party. After the expiration of the Term
because of either Company's or Executive's election not to renew, except in
accordance with the terms of the Company's benefit plans and programs then in
effect and as provided in the next sentence, Executive shall not be entitled to
any other compensation or benefits from the Company or hereunder. If the Company
elects not to renew, the Company shall continue to pay Executive his then
current salary for thirteen months following the date of such election, provided
that Executive may terminate his employment hereunder at any time after such
election upon 30 days prior written notice to the Company.

<PAGE>


       (h) Notice of Termination, Resignation and Release. Any termination under
Section 4(c) by the Company for Due Cause or Section 4(b) for Disability or by
the Executive pursuant to a constructive termination under Section 4(e) shall be
communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party thereto given in
accordance with Paragraph 12. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of
Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination
provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail
the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the
Executive's employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the
termination date is other than the date of receipt of such Notice, specifies the
termination date (which date shall not be prior to the date of such notice or
more than 15 days after the giving of such Notice).

           Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in order
to be eligible to receive any payments or benefits hereunder as a result of the
termination or expiration of the Executive's employment, in addition to
fulfilling all other conditions precedent to such receipt, the Executive (if he
has the legal capacity to do so and if not, his legal representative) must
within 10 days after the termination date (i) resign as a member of the Board,
if applicable, and as an officer and employee of the Company and its Affiliates
and (ii) on behalf of the Executive and his estate, heirs and representatives,
execute a release in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company
and its legal counsel releasing the Company, its Affiliates and each of the
Company's and such Affiliate's respective officers, Directors, employees,
members, managers, agents, independent contractors, representatives,
shareholders, successors and assigns (all of which persons and entities shall be
third party beneficiaries of such release with full power to enforce the
provisions thereof) from any and all claims related to any payments or benefits
under Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement related to the termination of Executive's
employment (provided that Executive's post-termination of employment obligations
under Section 5 shall cease upon the Company's failure to make any such payments
when due if within 15 days after written notice of such failure, Company does
not make the required payment).

<PAGE>


               (i) Earned and Accrued Payments.  The foregoing  notwithstanding,
upon the termination of the Executive's  employment at any time, for any reason,
the Executive shall be paid all amounts that had already been earned and accrued
as of the time of  termination,  including  but not  limited  to (i) pay for any
accrued  and unused  vacation;  (ii) any bonus that had been  earned but not yet
paid; and (iii)  reimbursement  for any business  expenses accrued in accordance
with Section 3(d).

       5. Non-Compete and Non-Solicitation. The Executive agrees that during the
Term which he is employed by the Company, and during the period ending two years
(one year in the event of an expiration resulting from the Company's election
not to renew) after a Voluntary Termination, a termination by the Company for
Disability or Due Cause or an expiration of the Term because either Executive or
Company elects not to renew pursuant to Paragraph 1 above (the "Non-Compete
Period"), he shall not:


              (a) compete with any business that is conducted by the Company or
any of its Affiliates at any time during the two years immediately preceding and
the 6 months after the date of termination or expiration of the Term, excluding
any business that the Company ceased to conduct more than 6 months prior to
termination or expiration. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "compete"
shall mean engaging in an activity on behalf of himself or as a more than 5%
equity holder, an officer, a director, an employee, a partner, a member, a
manager, an agent, a consultant, a sole proprietor, or any other individual or
representative capacity if (i) it involves a business which sells or distributes
consumer and business products primarily (more than 50%) through the Internet or
which develops or distributes convergence technology products or which uses
interactive multimedia to sell its products and (ii) the location in which the
Executive conducts such activities is within 50 miles of Charlottesville,
Virginia;


              (b) on behalf of himself or any other person or entity solicit for
employment any employee of Company or its Affiliates who was such at any time
during the 6 months immediately preceding and the 6 months after the date of
termination or expiration of the Term or cause such an employee to terminate him
or his employment by the Company or its Affiliates; or

<PAGE>



              (c) intentionally cause any vendor of the Company who was such at
any time during the two years immediately preceding and within six months after
the date of termination or expiration of the Term to cease doing business with
or materially decrease the amount of business done with the Company.

               In the event the restrictions contained in this Paragraph 5 shall
be  determined by any court of competent  jurisdiction  to be  unenforceable  by
reason  of  extending  for too  great a  period  of  time  or over  too  great a
geographic  area or by reason of being too extensive in any other respect,  such
restrictions shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time
for which they may be  enforceable,  and over the maximum  geographic area as to
which they may be enforceable and to the maximum extent in all other respects as
to which  they  may be  enforceable,  all as  determined  by such  court in such
action.

    6. Protection of Confidential Information, Etc. The Executive acknowledges
that his employment by the Company will, throughout the Term of this Agreement,
bring him into close contact with many confidential affairs of the Company,
including information about costs, profits, markets, sales, products, key
personnel, pricing policies, operational methods, technical processes and
know-how and other business affairs and methods and other information not
readily available to the public, and plans for future developments. The
Executive further acknowledges that the services to be performed under this
Agreement are of a special and unique character. In recognition of the
foregoing, the Executive covenants and agrees that except as required in
connection with enforcing or defending any rights or claims in a legal
proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 13 below related to his employment
by the Company, this Agreement or any other agreement between the Executive and
the Company:

                      (i) during the Term which the Executive is employed by the
               Company and thereafter, regardless of the reasons for termination
               of employment, the Executive shall not, without the prior written
               consent of the Board or a person authorized thereby,  disclose to
               any  person  other  than as  required  by  law,  court  order  or
               administrative or other governmental compulsory process, or other
               than to an  employee of the  Company or its  Affiliates,  or to a
               person to which  disclosure is appropriate in connection with the
               performance by the Executive of his duties as an executive of the
               Company (e.g.,  disclosure to the Company's outside  consultants,
               independent  contractors,  lawyers,  accountants  or  bankers  of
               financial   data   properly   requested  by  such   persons)  any
               confidential  information  obtained by him while in the employ of
               the  Company  with  respect  to any of  the  Company's  products,
               services, customers, suppliers, marketing techniques, methods, or
               future  plans,  the  disclosure  of which will be damaging to the
               Company;  provided,  however, that confidential information known
               generally to the public  (other than as a result of  unauthorized
               disclosure  by  the  Executive)  shall  not  be  subject  to  the
               provisions  of this  Section  6 (i)  after  the  time it  becomes
               generally known to the public;

                      (ii)  he  will   deliver   promptly   to  the  Company  on
               termination of his  employment,  or at any other time the Company
               may reasonably so request, at its expense, all memoranda,  notes,
               records,  reports,  and other  documents (and all copies thereof)
               relating to the Company's business,  which he may possess or have
               under his control  other than any  agreements or plans related to
               the Executive's employment by the Company; and

<PAGE>


                      (iii) he will  transfer  and  assign to the  Company,  all
               rights of every kind and character, in perpetuity,  in and to any
               material  and/or  ideas  written,  suggested  or submitted by the
               Executive  which  relate to the  business  of the Company and all
               other results and proceeds of the Executive's  service hereunder.
               The  Executive  agrees to execute and deliver to the Company such
               assignments or other  instruments as the Company may require from
               time  to  time to  evidence  its  ownership  of the  results  and
               proceeds of the Executive's service.

    7. Injunctive Relief. The Executive acknowledges that a breach of the
restrictions against engaging in a competitive activity contained in Paragraph 5
and the disclosure of confidential information contained in Paragraph 6 will
cause irreparable damage to the Company, the exact amount of which will be
difficult to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be
inadequate. Accordingly, the Executive and the Company agree that if the
Executive breaches the restrictions on engaging in a competitive activity, on
solicitations, on the disclosure of confidential information or on any other
matter or action contained in Paragraphs 5 and 6, then the Company shall be
entitled to injunctive relief.

    8. Successors and Assigns.


              (a) Assignment by the Company. This Agreement shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of the Company or any corporation or other entity
to which the Company may transfer all or substantially all of its assets and
business and to which the Company may assign this Agreement, in which case the
term "Company," as used herein, shall mean such corporation or other entity,
provided that no such assignment shall relieve the Company from any obligations
hereunder, whether arising prior to or after such assignment.

              (b) Assignment by the Executive. The Executive may not assign this
Agreement or any part hereof without the prior written consent of the Company;
provided, however, that nothing herein shall preclude the Executive from
designating one or more beneficiaries to receive any amount that may be payable
following occurrence of his legal incompetency or his death and shall not
preclude the legal representative of his estate from assigning any right
hereunder to the person or persons entitled thereto under his will or, in the
case of intestacy, to the person or persons entitled thereto under the laws of
intestacy applicable to his estate. The term "beneficiaries," as used in this
Agreement, shall mean a beneficiary or beneficiaries so designated to receive
any such amount or, if no beneficiary has been so designated, the legal
representative of the Executive (in the event of his incompetency) or the
Executive's estate.

    9. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the
Commonwealth of Virginia.

<PAGE>


    10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Developments, Noncompete,
Nondisclosure Agreement between Executive and Company dated March 1, 1999 (the
"DNN Agreement") contain all of the understandings and representations between
the parties hereto pertaining to the matters referred to herein, and supersede
all undertakings and agreements, whether oral or in writing, previously entered
into by them with respect thereto. This Agreement may only be modified by an
instrument in writing. The terms of this Agreement and the DNN Agreement shall
be interpreted to be independent agreements such that Executive must comply with
the terms of each such agreement (provided that effective upon execution of this
Agreement, Section 6 of the DNN Agreement shall be of no further force and
effect and Section 5 of this Agreement shall supersede any conflicting provision
of the DNN Agreement). To the extent such terms are deemed to be inconsistent in
any given circumstance, Executive may request in writing a determination by the
Board as to how such inconsistency shall be resolved.

    11. Waiver of Breach. The waiver by any party of a breach of any condition
or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall not
operate or be construed to be a waiver of a similar or dissimilar provision or
condition at the same or any prior or subsequent time.

    12. Notices. Any notice to be given hereunder shall be in writing and
delivered personally, or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt
requested, addressed to the party concerned at the address indicated below or to
such other address as such party may subsequently give notice of hereunder in
writing:

               If to the Company:
               Value America, Inc.
               1550 Insurance Lane
               Charlottesville, Virginia 22911
               Attn:  Corporate Secretary

               With a copy to:
               Gary D. LeClair, Esquire
               LeClair Ryan, A Professional Corporation
               707 E. Main Street
               11th Floor
               Richmond, Virginia 23219

               If to the Executive:
               Tom Morgan
               ---------------------
               ---------------------



    13. Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this
Agreement, or any breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance
with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect in the
Commonwealth of Virginia and judgment upon such award rendered by the
arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The board
of arbitrators shall consist of one arbitrator to be appointed by the Company,
one by the Executive, and one by the two arbitrators so chosen. The arbitration
shall be held at such place as may be agreed upon at the time by the parties to
the arbitration. The cost of arbitration shall be borne as determined by the
arbitrators.

    14. Withholding. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, all payments
required to be made by the Company hereunder to the Executive or his estate or
beneficiaries shall be subject to the withholding of such amounts relating to
taxes as the Company may reasonably determine it should withhold pursuant to any
applicable law or regulation. In lieu of withholding such amounts, in whole or
in part, the Company may, in its sole discretion, accept other provisions for
payment of taxes and withholdings as required by law, provided it is satisfied
that all requirements of law affecting its responsibilities to withhold have
been satisfied.


<PAGE>



    15. Severability. In the event that any provision or portion of this
Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the
remaining provisions or portions of this Agreement shall be unaffected thereby
and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by
law.

    16. Titles. Titles to the paragraphs in this Agreement are intended solely
for convenience and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by
reference to the title of any paragraph.

    17. Legal Fees. Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of
Executive's legal counsel in connection with the negotiation and execution of
this Agreement, not to exceed $1,000.

    18. Counsel. This Agreement has been prepared by LeClair Ryan, A
Professional Corporation, as counsel to the Company ("Counsel"), after full
disclosure of its representation of the Company and with the consent and
direction of the Company and the Executive. The Executive has reviewed the
contents of this Agreement and fully understands its terms. The Executive
acknowledges that he is fully aware of his right to the advice of counsel
independent from that of the Company, that Counsel has advised him of such right
and disclosed to him the risks in not seeking such independent advice, and that
he fully understands the potentially adverse interests of the parties with
respect to this Agreement. The Executive further acknowledges that neither the
Company nor its Counsel has made representations or given any advice with
respect to the tax or other consequences of this Agreement or any transactions
contemplated by this Agreement to him, that he has been advised of the
importance of seeking independent counsel with respect to such consequences, and
that he had obtained independent counsel with respect to such consequences. By
executing this Agreement, the Executive represents that he has, after being
advised of the potential conflicts between him and the Company with respect to
the future consequences of this Agreement, either consulted independent legal
counsel or elected, notwithstanding the advisability of seeking such independent
legal counsel, not to consult with such independent legal counsel.

               IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as
of the date and year first above written.


                                          VALUE AMERICA, INC.

                                          By: /s/ Dean M. Johnson
                                             -----------------------

                                          Its:Executive Vice President


                                          /s/ Tom Morgan
                                          ----------------------------------
                                          Tom Morgan






                                                                   Exhibit 10.41


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         AGREEMENT (the  "Agreement"),  dated as of March 1, 1999, between Value
America,  Inc., a Virginia  corporation  (the  "Company") and Paul F. Ewert (the
"Executive").
         The Company and the Executive agree as follows:

       1.  Position;  Term of  Employment.  The  Company  agrees to  employ  the
Executive,  and the  Executive  agrees to serve the Company,  as its Senior Vice
President and President - Technology Products Division.  The parties intend that
the Executive  shall continue to so serve in the aforesaid  capacity  throughout
the Term (as such term is defined below).

       Subject to earlier termination under the provisions of Paragraph 4 below,
the term of Executive's  employment by the Company  hereunder  shall commence on
March 1, 1999 and shall continue through December 31, 2003 and then renew for an
additional  one  year  term on  January  1,  2004  and  each  subsequent  annual
anniversary  thereof  unless  at least 3 months  prior to  January  1, 2004 or a
subsequent annual  anniversary  thereof either Executive or Company gives to the
other  written  notice  that  the  term  shall  not be  renewed  at such  annual
anniversary, in which case the term shall expire on December 31, 2003 or the day
before such subsequent anniversary, as the case may be (the "Term").

       2. Duties.  The Executive  throughout the Term shall devote his full time
and undivided attention during normal business hours to the business and affairs
of the Company and its affiliates,  if any  ("Affiliates"),  except for holidays
and vacations  consistent with applicable  Company policy and except for illness
or incapacity,  but nothing in this Agreement  shall preclude the Executive from
serving as a director or a member of an advisory  committee of any  organization
involving no conflict of interest with the Company (subject to prior approval of
his  appointment  to such  position in certain  cases as provided in the next to
last sentence of this  Paragraph  2), from engaging in charitable  and community
activities,  and from  managing his  personal  investments,  provided  that such
activities do not materially  interfere  with the  performance of his duties and
responsibilities  under  this  Agreement.  The  Executive  shall not  accept any
proposed  appointment  to serve as a director,  trustee or the equivalent of any
business organization of which the Executive is not a director,  trustee, or the
equivalent on the date hereof, without the prior approval of the Chairman of the
Company's Board. The Executive shall report directly to the President, or in his
or her absence, the Board.



<PAGE>

       3. Compensation.


          (a) Salary.  During the Term, the Company shall pay to the Executive a
salary at the minimum rate of $280,000 per year until December 31, 1999, payable
in equal  installments  not less frequently  than monthly.  Such salary shall be
reviewed by the Compensation Committee of the Board at least annually,  with any
increases  taking into account,  among other  factors,  corporate and individual
performance and increases, if any, in relevant cost of living indices.

          (b)  Bonus.  During  the Term,  the  Executive  shall be  entitled  to
participate  in such bonus programs as the  Compensation  Committee of the Board
from  time to time  shall  approve.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  for  each
calendar year during the Term,  Executive  shall be entitled to a bonus per full
calendar  quarter  of  employment  hereunder  in such  amounts  and  based  upon
achievement of such corporate and individual  performance  and other criteria as
shall be  established  by the  Compensation  Committee of the Board from time to
time,  considering  among other items input from the Chairman of the Board,  the
Executive  and, if  considered  appropriate  by the  Committee,  a  compensation
consultant  (provided  that the minimum  bonus  potential for each such calendar
year shall be at least $100,000), which bonus shall be paid within 10 days after
the end of the calendar quarter provided  Executive is employed hereunder on the
last day of such quarter.


<PAGE>

          (c) Benefit Plans. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to
participate in all  retirement and employment  benefit plans of the Company that
are generally available to senior executives of the Company.  Such participation
shall be pursuant to the terms and  conditions of such plans,  as the same shall
be amended from time to time.  The  Executive  shall be entitled to no less than
three weeks' paid vacation per year.


          (d)  Business  Expenses.  During  the  Term,  the  Company  shall,  in
accordance  with  policies  then in effect with respect to payments of expenses,
pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel and other
expenses (other than ordinary  commuting  expenses) incurred by the Executive in
performing services hereunder.  All such expenses shall be accounted for in such
reasonable detail as the Company may require.


          (e) Indemnity.  As an officer of Company,  Executive shall be entitled
to indemnity as provided in the Company's Articles of Incorporation, as the same
shall be amended from time to time.


       4. Termination.

          (a) Death. In the event of the death of the Executive during the Term,
his  employment  shall be  terminated as of the date of death and his salary for
the month in which his death occurs shall be paid to his designated beneficiary,
or  in  the  absence  of  such  designation,   to  the  estate  or  other  legal
representative  of the  Executive.  Except in  accordance  with the terms of the
Company's  benefit  programs and plans then in effect,  after his date of death,
Executive  shall not be entitled to any other  compensation or benefits from the
Company or hereunder.

<PAGE>



          (b)  Disability.  In the  event  of  the  Executive's  Disability,  as
hereinafter  defined,  the  employment of the Executive may be terminated by the
Company.  After  termination of employment for Disability,  except in accordance
with the Company's  benefit  programs and plans then in effect,  Executive shall
not be entitled to any compensation or benefits from the Company or hereunder.


              "Disability,"   for  purposes  of  this  Agreement, shall mean the
Executive's  incapacity due to physical or mental  illness  causing his complete
and full-time  absence from his duties,  as defined in Paragraph 2, for either a
consecutive  period of more than six  months  or at least  180 days  within  any
270-day period.  Any  determination  of the Executive's  Disability made in good
faith by the Board  shall be  conclusive  and binding on the  Executive,  unless
within  10 days  after  written  notice  to  Executive  of  such  determination,
Executive  elects by written notice to Company to challenge such  determination,
in which  case the  determination  of  Disability  shall be made by  arbitration
pursuant to Section 13 below.

          (c)  Termination  by the Company for Due Cause.  Nothing  herein shall
prevent the Company from  terminating the Executive's  employment for Due Cause.
The  Executive  shall  continue  to  receive  the  salary  provided  for in this
Agreement only through the period ending with the date of such termination.  Any
rights and benefits he may have under employee benefit plans and programs of the
Company  shall be  determined  in  accordance  with the terms of such  plans and
programs.  Except as provided in the two immediately preceding sentences,  after
termination of employment for Due Cause,  Executive shall not be entitled to any
compensation or benefits from the Company or hereunder.

              The term "Due  Cause," as used  herein,  shall  mean (i)  repeated
material  violation by the Executive of the Executive's  obligations  hereunder,
the DNN Agreement (as defined in Paragraph 10 below) or a written directive from
either the  Chairman of the Board,  President or the Board (1) which are willful
and deliberate on the Executive's  part, (2) which are not due to the Disability
of the Executive (within the meaning of Paragraph 4(b) but without regard to the
requirement  that it  continue  for more than six  months  or 180 days  within a
270-day  period)  and (3) which have not been cured by the  Executive  within 15
business days after written  notice to the  Executive  specifying  the nature of
such violations, (ii) an act or acts of dishonesty on the Executive's part which
are intended to or do result in either the  Executive's  personal  enrichment or
material  adverse  affect upon the  Company's  assets,  business,  prospects  or
reputation,  or (iii)  conviction of a felony or a misdemeanor  involving fraud,
breach  of  trust,  or  misappropriation.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the
Executive  shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Due Cause without (1)
written  notice to the  Executive  setting  forth the reasons for the  Company's
intention to terminate  for Due Cause,  (2) an  opportunity  for the  Executive,
together with his counsel, to be heard before the Board, and (3) delivery to the
Executive  of a Notice of  Termination  from the Board  finding that in the good
faith  opinion of at least  three-quarters  (3/4) of the Board (not counting the
Executive in either the numerator or the denominator),  the Executive was guilty
of conduct set forth above in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) hereof,  and  specifying
the particulars thereof in detail.

<PAGE>



          (d) Termination by the Company Other than for Due Cause. The foregoing
notwithstanding,  the Company  may  terminate  the  Executive's  employment  for
whatever reasons it deems appropriate; provided, however, that in the event such
termination is not due to death,  Disability or Due Cause,  the Executive  shall
(i) be entitled to a Termination Payment as hereinafter defined and (ii) be sent
written  notice stating the  termination is not due to death,  Disability or Due
Cause. The term "Termination Payment" shall mean a cash payment equal to the sum
of (i) his annual salary,  as in effect  immediately  prior to such termination,
and (ii) a pro rata  portion  of any  bonus  that  would  have been  payable  to
Executive under 3(b) for such calendar year if he had been employed for the full
calendar  year,  provided  the  criteria  for such bonus other than  Executive's
continued employment are satisfied. Such Termination Payment shall be payable in
12 equal monthly  installments  beginning 30 days after the date of termination.
Following the Executive's  termination of employment  under this Paragraph 4(d),
the Executive will have no further obligation to provide services to the Company
pursuant  to  Paragraphs  1 and 2.  Except for the  Termination  Payment  and as
otherwise  provided  in  accordance  with  the  terms of the  Company's  benefit
programs  and  plans  then  in  effect,  after  termination  by the  Company  of
employment for other than death, Disability or Due Cause, Executive shall not be
entitled to any other compensation or benefits from the Company or hereunder.

          (e) Constructive  Termination of Employment by the Company Without Due
Cause.  Termination by the Company without Due Cause under Paragraph 4 (d) shall
be deemed to have occurred if the Executive  elects to terminate his  employment
as a result of a material  breach by the Company of Section 3 of this  Agreement
(which  breach is not cured  within 10 days  after  written  notice  thereof  by
Executive  to  each  of  the  Directors  of  the  Company,  which  notice  shall
specifically describe such alleged breach).

<PAGE>


          (f) Voluntary Termination.  In the event that the Executive terminates
his  employment at his own volition  prior to the expiration of the Term (except
as provided in  Paragraph  4(e)  above),  such  termination  shall  constitute a
"Voluntary  Termination" and in such event the Executive shall be limited to the
same rights and benefits as provided in connection  with a  termination  for Due
Cause under Paragraph 4 (c) above.

          (g) Election Not to Renew.  An election by either Company or Executive
pursuant  to  Paragraph  1 above  not to renew  the Term  shall  not be deemed a
termination  of  employment by either  party.  After the  expiration of the Term
because of either  Company's or  Executive's  election  not to renew,  except in
accordance  with the terms of the  Company's  benefit plans and programs then in
effect,  Executive  shall not be entitled to any other  compensation or benefits
from the Company or hereunder.

          (h) Notice of Termination,  Resignation  and Release.  Any termination
under  Section 4(c) by the Company for Due Cause or Section 4(b) for  Disability
or by the Executive  pursuant to a constructive  termination  under Section 4(e)
shall be  communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party thereto given
in accordance  with Paragraph 12. For purposes of this  Agreement,  a "Notice of
Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination
provision in this Agreement  relied upon,  (ii) sets forth in reasonable  detail
the facts and  circumstances  claimed to provide a basis for  termination of the
Executive's  employment  under  the  provision  so  indicated  and  (iii) if the
termination date is other than the date of receipt of such Notice, specifies the
termination  date  (which  date shall not be prior to the date of such notice or
more than 15 days after the giving of such Notice).

<PAGE>


              Notwithstanding  anything in this  Agreement to the  contrary,  in
order to be eligible to receive any  payments or benefits  hereunder as a result
of the termination of the Executive's employment,  in addition to fulfilling all
other conditions  precedent to such receipt,  the Executive (if he has the legal
capacity  to do so and if not,  his legal  representative)  must  within 10 days
after the  termination  date (i) resign as a member of the Board, if applicable,
and as an officer and  employee of the  Company and its  Affiliates  and (ii) on
behalf of the Executive  and his estate,  heirs and  representatives,  execute a
release in form and  substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Company and its
legal counsel  releasing the Company,  its  Affiliates and each of the Company's
and  such  Affiliate's  respective  officers,  Directors,   employees,  members,
managers,  agents,  independent  contractors,   representatives,   shareholders,
successors  and assigns (all of which persons and entities  shall be third party
beneficiaries of such release with full power to enforce the provisions thereof)
from any and all claims related to any payments or benefits under Section 3 or 4
of this Agreement related to the termination of Executive's employment.

          (i) Earned and Accrued Payments. The foregoing  notwithstanding,  upon
the termination of the Executive's  employment at any time, for any reason,  the
Executive  shall be paid all amounts that had already been earned and accrued as
of the time of termination, including but not limited to (i) pay for any accrued
and unused  vacation;  (ii) any bonus that had been earned but not yet paid; and
(iii) reimbursement for any business expenses accrued in accordance with Section
3(d).

<PAGE>


       5. Non-Compete and Non-Solicitation. The Executive agrees that during the
Term which he is employed by the Company, and during the period ending two years
after a Voluntary  Termination,  a termination  by the Company for Disability or
Due Cause or an  expiration  of the Term  because  either  Executive  or Company
elects not to renew pursuant to Paragraph 1 above (the "Non-Compete Period"), he
shall not:


          (a) compete with any business  that is conducted by the Company or any
of its Affiliates at any time during the two years immediately preceding and the
6 months after the date of  termination  or expiration of the Term. For purposes
of this  Agreement,  the term  "compete"  shall mean  engaging in an activity on
behalf of himself or as a more than 5% equity holder, an officer, a director, an
employee,  a  partner,  a member,  a manager,  an agent,  a  consultant,  a sole
proprietor,  or  any  other  individual  or  representative  capacity  if (i) it
involves a business  which sells or distributes  consumer and business  products
primarily  (more than 50%) through the Internet or which develops or distributes
convergence technology products or which uses interactive multimedia to sell its
products and (ii) the location in which the Executive  conducts such  activities
is within 50 miles of Charlottesville, Virginia.


          (b) on behalf of himself  or any other  person or entity  solicit  for
employment  any employee of Company or its  Affiliates  who was such at any time
during the two years  immediately  preceding  and the 6 months after the date of
termination or expiration of the Term or cause such an employee to terminate him
or his employment by the Company or its Affiliates; or

<PAGE>



          (c) intentionally  cause any vendor of the Company who was such at any
time during the two years immediately  preceding and within six months after the
date of  termination  or expiration of the Term to cease doing  business with or
decrease the amount of business done with the Company.

              In the event the restrictions  contained in this Paragraph 5 shall
be  determined by any court of competent  jurisdiction  to be  unenforceable  by
reason  of  extending  for too  great a  period  of  time  or over  too  great a
geographic  area or by reason of being too extensive in any other respect,  such
restrictions shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time
for which they may be  enforceable,  and over the maximum  geographic area as to
which they may be enforceable and to the maximum extent in all other respects as
to which  they  may be  enforceable,  all as  determined  by such  court in such
action.

       6.   Protection   of   Confidential   Information,   Etc.  The  Executive
acknowledges  that his  employment by the Company will,  throughout  the Term of
this Agreement,  bring him into close contact with many confidential  affairs of
the  Company,  including  information  about  costs,  profits,  markets,  sales,
products,  key  personnel,  pricing  policies,  operational  methods,  technical
processes  and  know-how  and  other  business  affairs  and  methods  and other
information  not  readily  available  to  the  public,   and  plans  for  future
developments.  The  Executive  further  acknowledges  that  the  services  to be
performed  under  this  Agreement  are of a special  and  unique  character.  In
recognition of the foregoing,  the Executive covenants and agrees that except as
required in  connection  with  enforcing or defending  any rights or claims in a
legal  proceeding  or  arbitration  pursuant to Section 13 below  related to his
employment by the Company,  this  Agreement or any other  agreement  between the
Executive and the Company:

<PAGE>


                           (i) during the Term which the  Executive  is employed
                  by the Company and  thereafter,  regardless of the reasons for
                  termination of employment,  the Executive  shall not,  without
                  the prior written consent of the Board or a person  authorized
                  thereby,  disclose to any person other than as required by law
                  or court order, or other than to an employee of the Company or
                  its  Affiliates,  or  to  a  person  to  which  disclosure  is
                  appropriate  in  connection   with  the   performance  by  the
                  Executive of his duties as an executive of the Company  (e.g.,
                  disclosure to the Company's  outside  lawyers,  accountants or
                  bankers of financial data properly  requested by such persons)
                  any  confidential  information  obtained  by him  while in the
                  employ of the  Company  with  respect to any of the  Company's
                  products,   services,    customers,    suppliers,    marketing
                  techniques,  methods, or future plans, the disclosure of which
                  will be  damaging  to the  Company;  provided,  however,  that
                  confidential  information known generally to the public (other
                  than as a result of unauthorized  disclosure by the Executive)
                  shall not be subject to the  provisions  of this Section 6 (i)
                  after the time it becomes generally known to the public;

                           (ii) he  will  deliver  promptly  to the  Company  on
                  termination  of his  employment,  or at  any  other  time  the
                  Company  may  reasonably  so  request,  at  its  expense,  all
                  memoranda,  notes, records,  reports, and other documents (and
                  all copies thereof) relating to the Company's business,  which
                  he may  possess  or have  under  his  control  other  than any
                  agreements or plans related to the  Executive's  employment by
                  the Company; and

<PAGE>


                           (iii) he will transfer and assign to the Company, all
                  rights of every kind and character,  in perpetuity,  in and to
                  any material  and/or ideas written,  suggested or submitted by
                  the Executive  which relate to the business of the Company and
                  all other  results  and  proceeds of the  Executive's  service
                  hereunder.  The Executive agrees to execute and deliver to the
                  Company such  assignments or other  instruments as the Company
                  may require from time to time to evidence its ownership of the
                  results and proceeds of the Executive's service.

       7. Injunctive  Relief.  The Executive  acknowledges  that a breach of the
restrictions against engaging in a competitive activity contained in Paragraph 5
and the  disclosure of  confidential  information  contained in Paragraph 6 will
cause  irreparable  damage to the  Company,  the exact  amount of which  will be
difficult to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be
inadequate.  Accordingly,  the  Executive  and  the  Company  agree  that if the
Executive  breaches the restrictions on engaging in a competitive  activity,  on
solicitations,  on the  disclosure of  confidential  information or on any other
matter or action  contained  in  Paragraphs  5 and 6, then the Company  shall be
entitled to injunctive relief, without posting bond or other security.

       8. Successors and Assigns.


          (a) Assignment by the Company.  This  Agreement  shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of the Company or any  corporation  or other  entity to
which the  Company  may  transfer  all or  substantially  all of its  assets and
business and to which the Company may assign this  Agreement,  in which case the
term  "Company," as used herein,  shall mean such  corporation  or other entity,
provided that no such assignment  shall relieve the Company from any obligations
hereunder,  whether arising prior to or after such assignment.

<PAGE>


          (b)  Assignment  by the  Executive.  The Executive may not assign this
Agreement or any part hereof  without the prior written  consent of the Company;
provided,  however,  that nothing  herein  shall  preclude  the  Executive  from
designating one or more  beneficiaries to receive any amount that may be payable
following  occurrence  of his  legal  incompetency  or his  death  and shall not
preclude  the  legal  representative  of his  estate  from  assigning  any right
hereunder to the person or persons  entitled  thereto  under his will or, in the
case of intestacy,  to the person or persons  entitled thereto under the laws of
intestacy  applicable to his estate. The term  "beneficiaries,"  as used in this
Agreement,  shall mean a beneficiary or  beneficiaries  so designated to receive
any such  amount  or,  if no  beneficiary  has  been so  designated,  the  legal
representative  of the  Executive  (in the  event  of his  incompetency)  or the
Executive's estate.


       9.  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the
Commonwealth of Virginia.

       10. Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and the  Developments,  Noncompete,
Nondisclosure  Agreement  between Executive and Company dated March 1, 1999 (the
"DNN Agreement") contain all of the understandings and  representations  between
the parties hereto  pertaining to the matters referred to herein,  and supersede
all undertakings and agreements,  whether oral or in writing, previously entered
into by them with respect  thereto,  including,  without  limitation,  the Prior
Agreement.  This Agreement may only be modified by an instrument in writing. The
terms  of this  Agreement  and the DNN  Agreement  shall  be  interpreted  to be
independent  agreements  such that  Executive must comply with the terms of each
such  agreement  (provided  that  effective  upon  execution of this  Agreement,
Section 6 of the DNN  Agreement  shall be of no  further  force and  effect  and
Section 5 of this Agreement shall supersede any conflicting provision of the DNN
Agreement).  To the extent such terms are deemed to be inconsistent in any given
circumstance,  Executive may request in writing a determination  by the Board as
to how such inconsistency shall be resolved.

<PAGE>


       11.  Waiver  of  Breach.  The  waiver  by any  party of a  breach  of any
condition  or  provision  of this  Agreement to be performed by such other party
shall not  operate or be  construed  to be a waiver of a similar  or  dissimilar
provision or condition at the same or any prior or subsequent time.

       12. Notices. Any notice to be given hereunder  shall be in writing and
delivered  personally, or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return
receipt requested,  addressed to the party  concerned at the address  indicated
below or to such other address as such party may subsequently give notice of
hereunder in writing:

                  If to the Company:
                  Value America, Inc.
                  1550 Insurance Lane
                  Charlottesville, Virginia 22911
                  Attn:  Corporate Secretary

                  With a copy to:
                  Gary D. LeClair, Esquire
                  LeClair Ryan, A Professional Corporation
                  707 E. Main Street
                  11th Floor
                  Richmond, Virginia 23219

                  If to the Executive:
                  Paul F. Ewert
                  5800 McCall Drive
                  Plano, Texas 75093

       13.  Arbitration.  Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to
this  Agreement,  or any breach  thereof,  shall be settled  by  arbitration  in
accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect
in the  Commonwealth  of Virginia and judgment  upon such award  rendered by the
arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction  thereof.  The board
of  arbitrators  shall consist of one arbitrator to be appointed by the Company,
one by the Executive,  and one by the two arbitrators so chosen. The arbitration
shall be held at such place as may be agreed  upon at the time by the parties to
the arbitration. The cost of arbitration as determined by the arbitrators.

       14. Withholding.  Anything to the contrary notwithstanding,  all payments
required to be made by the Company  hereunder to the  Executive or his estate or
beneficiaries  shall be subject to the  withholding of such amounts  relating to
taxes as the Company may reasonably determine it should withhold pursuant to any
applicable law or regulation.  In lieu of withholding such amounts,  in whole or
in part, the Company may, in its sole  discretion,  accept other  provisions for
payment of taxes and  withholdings as required by law,  provided it is satisfied
that all  requirements  of law affecting its  responsibilities  to withhold have
been satisfied.

<PAGE>


       15.  Severability.  In the event  that any  provision  or portion of this
Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the
remaining  provisions or portions of this Agreement shall be unaffected  thereby
and shall  remain in full force and effect to the fullest  extent  permitted  by
law.

       16.  Titles.  Titles to the  paragraphs  in this  Agreement  are intended
solely for  convenience and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by
reference to the title of any paragraph.

       17. Legal Fees. Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of
Executive's  legal counsel in connection  with the  negotiation and execution of
this Agreement, not to exceed $1,000.

       18.  Counsel.  This  Agreement  has been  prepared  by  LeClair  Ryan,  A
Professional  Corporation,  as counsel to the  Company  ("Counsel"),  after full
disclosure  of its  representation  of the  Company  and  with the  consent  and
direction  of the Company and the  Executive.  The  Executive  has  reviewed the
contents  of this  Agreement  and fully  understands  its terms.  The  Executive
acknowledges  that he is fully  aware  of his  right to the  advice  of  counsel
independent from that of the Company, that Counsel has advised him of such right
and disclosed to him the risks in not seeking such independent  advice, and that
he fully  understands  the  potentially  adverse  interests  of the parties with
respect to this Agreement.  The Executive further  acknowledges that neither the
Company  nor its  Counsel  has made  representations  or given any  advice  with
respect to the tax or other  consequences of this Agreement or any  transactions
contemplated  by  this  Agreement  to  him,  that  he has  been  advised  of the
importance of seeking independent counsel with respect to such consequences, and
that he had obtained  independent counsel with respect to such consequences.  By
executing  this  Agreement,  the Executive  represents  that he has, after being
advised of the potential  conflicts  between him and the Company with respect to
the future  consequences of this Agreement,  either consulted  independent legal
counsel or elected, notwithstanding the advisability of seeking such independent
legal counsel, not to consult with such independent legal counsel.

<PAGE>


       IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this  Agreement as of the
date and year first above written.


                                            VALUE AMERICA, INC.

                                          By: /s/ Dean M. Johnson
                                             -----------------------

                                          Its:Executive Vice President



                                          /s/ Paul F. Ewert
                                          --------------------------------
                                          Paul F. Ewert



                                                                   Exhibit 10.42


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
      AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated as of March 15, between Value America,
Inc., a Virginia corporation (the "Company") and Neal Harris (the "Executive").

      The  Company and the  Executive  agree as follows:

   1. Position; Term of Employment. The Company agrees to employ the Executive,
and the Executive agrees to serve the Company, as its Executive Vice President.
The parties intend that the Executive shall continue to so serve in the
aforesaid capacity throughout the Term (as such term is defined below).


   Subject to earlier termination under the provisions of Paragraph 4 below, the
term of Executive's employment by the Company hereunder shall commence on March
26, 1999 and shall continue through December 31, 2004 and then renew for an
additional one year term on January 1, 2005 and each subsequent annual
anniversary thereof unless at least 3 months prior to January 1, 2005 or a
subsequent annual anniversary thereof either Executive or Company gives to the
other written notice that the term shall not be renewed at such annual
anniversary, in which case the term shall expire on December 31, 2004 or the day
before such subsequent anniversary, as the case may be (the "Term").



   2. Duties. The Executive throughout the Term shall devote his full time and
undivided attention during normal business hours to the business and affairs of
the Company and its affiliates, if any ("Affiliates"), except for holidays and
vacations consistent with applicable Company policy and except for illness or
incapacity, but nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Executive from
serving as a director or a member of an advisory committee of any organization
involving no conflict of interest with the Company (subject to prior approval of
his appointment to such position in certain cases as provided in the next to
last sentence of this Paragraph 2), from engaging in charitable and community
activities, and from managing his personal investments, provided that such
activities do not materially interfere with the performance of his duties and
responsibilities under this Agreement. The Executive shall not accept any
proposed appointment to serve as a director, trustee or the equivalent of any
business organization of which the Executive is not a director, trustee, or the
equivalent on the date hereof, without the prior approval of the Chairman of the
Company's Board. The Executive shall report directly to the Chief Executive
Officer, or in his or her absence, the Board.



<PAGE>


   3. Compensation.

     (a) Salary. During the Term, the Company shall pay to the Executive a
salary at the minimum rate of $295,000 per year, payable in equal installments
not less frequently than monthly. Such salary shall be reviewed by the
Compensation Committee of the Board at least annually, with any increases taking
into account, among other factors, corporate and individual performance and
increases, if any, in relevant cost of living indices. The Compensation
Committee may not reduce the salary below $295,000 per year.



<PAGE>


     (b) Bonus. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate
in such bonus programs as the Compensation Committee of the Board from time to
time shall approve. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each calendar year during
the Term, Executive shall be entitled to a bonus per full calendar quarter of
employment hereunder in such amounts and based upon achievement of such
corporate and individual performance and other criteria as shall be established
by the Compensation Committee of the Board from time to time, considering among
other items input from the Chairman of the Board, the Executive and, if
considered appropriate by the Committee, a compensation consultant, which bonus
shall be paid within 10 days after the end of the calendar quarter, provided
Executive is employed hereunder on the last day of such quarter, and provided
further that (i) the minimum bonus potential for each calendar year during the
Term shall be $150,000, and (ii) the minimum bonus paid for calendar year 1999
will be $37,500, subject only to Executive remaining employed by Company through
June 30, 1999, provided that if Company and Executive do not agree to the 1999
bonus plan for Executive prior to June 30, 1999, Executive's minimum bonus for
1999 will increase by $18,750 with such $18,750 being subject only to Executive
remaining employed by Company through September 30, 1999. As an additional
bonus, the Company agrees that it will pay to Executive an amount (which amount
shall not exceed $1,625,000) equal to the product of (i) $5.00 and (ii) up to an
aggregate of no more than 325,000 shares of stock purchased by Executive from
Company pursuant to his Incentive Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the Notice
of Grant dated March 26, 1999 and his Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement
pursuant to the Notice of Grant dated March 26, 1999. Such bonus payment will
be made upon the due exercise (provided such exercise occurs either during the
term of Executive's employment by the Company or, if such employment is
terminated (i) because of Executive's death or Disability (as defined in Section
4(b) below) or (ii) by the Company other than for Due Cause within the meaning
of Section 4(d) or Section 4(e) below, within 90 days after the termination of
such employment) of the option to purchase such shares and such bonus will be
deemed earned upon such exercise. The $5.00 and 325,000 amounts will be subject
to proportional adjustment upon a stock split or similar capital stock
adjustment, as determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors.


     (c) Benefit Plans. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to
participate in all retirement and employment benefit plans of the Company that
are generally available to senior executives of the Company. Such participation
shall be pursuant to the terms and conditions of such plans, as the same shall
be amended from time to time. The Executive shall be entitled to no less than 20
business days paid vacation per year. The Company also agrees to reimburse
executive for (i) the out-of-pocket costs incurred by Executive for a moving van
to move his household items to Charlottesville, Virginia and (ii) the rent for
an apartment for Executive in Charlottesville, Virginia for a period not to
extend beyond September 30, 1999. The Company shall also pay to Executive an
additional W-2 compensation up to $570 per month during the term, which
Executive agrees to use to pay the premium on disability insurance covering
Executive.



<PAGE>

     (d) Business Expenses. During the Term, the Company shall, in accordance
with policies then in effect with respect to payments of expenses, pay or
reimburse the Executive for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel and other
expenses (other than ordinary commuting expenses) incurred by the Executive in
performing services hereunder. All such expenses shall be accounted for in such
reasonable detail as the Company may require.


     (e) Indemnity. As an officer of Company, Executive shall be entitled to
indemnity as provided in the Company's Articles of Incorporation, as the same
shall be amended from time to time.


   4. Termination.

     (a) Death. In the event of the death of the Executive during the Term, his
employment shall be terminated as of the date of death and his salary for the
month in which his death occurs shall be paid to his designated beneficiary, or
in the absence of such designation, to the estate or other legal representative
of the Executive. Except in accordance with the terms of the Company's benefit
programs and plans then in effect, after his date of death, Executive shall not
be entitled to any other compensation or benefits from the Company or hereunder.



<PAGE>

     (b) Disability. In the event of the Executive's Disability, as hereinafter
defined, the employment of the Executive may be terminated by the Company,
effective upon the Disability Termination Date (as defined below). After the
Disability Termination Date, except in accordance with the Company's benefit
programs and plans then in effect, Executive shall not be entitled to any
compensation or benefits from the Company or hereunder.


     "Disability," for purposes of this Agreement, shall mean the Executive's
incapacity due to physical or mental illness causing his complete and full-time
absence from his duties, as defined in Paragraph 2, for either a consecutive
period of more than six months or at least 180 days within any 270-day period.
Any determination of the Executive's Disability made in good faith by the Board
shall be conclusive and binding on the Executive, unless within 10 days after
written notice to Executive of such determination, Executive elects by written
notice to Company to challenge such determination, in which case the
determination of Disability shall be made by arbitration pursuant to Section 13
below (provided that Company shall not be required to provide Executive any
compensation or benefits after the determination by the Board unless the
arbitration results in a determination that Executive is not disabled, in which
case the Company shall pay to Executive within 10 days after such arbitration
decision all compensation due through the date of such arbitration decision, and
further provided that Company shall not be deemed to have breached its
obligations related to such compensation and benefits under this Agreement if it
makes such payment within 10 days after such arbitration decision). The
Disability Termination Date shall be the date on which the Board makes such
determination of Executive's Disability unless the arbitration, if any, results
in a determination that Executive is not disabled.




<PAGE>

     (c) Termination by the Company for Due Cause. Nothing herein shall prevent
the Company from terminating the Executive's employment for Due Cause. The
Executive shall continue to receive the salary provided for in this Agreement
only through the period ending with the date of such termination. Any rights and
benefits he may have under employee benefit plans and programs of the Company
shall be determined in accordance with the terms of such plans and programs.
Except as provided in the two immediately preceding sentences, after termination
of employment for Due Cause, Executive shall not be entitled to any compensation
or benefits from the Company or hereunder.


     The term "Due Cause," as used herein, shall mean (i) repeated material
violation by the Executive of the Executive's obligations hereunder, the DNN
Agreement (as defined in Paragraph 10 below) or a written directive from either
the Chairman of the Board, President or the Board (1) which are willful and
deliberate on the Executive's part, (2) which are not due to the Disability of
the Executive (within the meaning of Paragraph 4(b) but without regard to the
requirement that it continue for more than six months or 180 days within a
270-day period) and (3) which have not been cured by the Executive within 15
business days after written notice to the Executive specifying the nature of
such violations, (ii) an act or acts of dishonesty on the Executive's part which
are intended to or do result in either the Executive's personal enrichment or
material adverse affect upon the Company's assets, business, prospects or
reputation, or (iii) conviction of a felony or a misdemeanor involving fraud,
breach of trust, or misappropriation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Due Cause without (1)
written notice to the Executive setting forth the reasons for the Company's
intention to terminate for Due Cause, (2) an opportunity for the Executive,
together with his counsel, to be heard before the Board, and (3) delivery to the
Executive of a Notice of Termination from the Board finding that in the good
faith opinion of at least three-quarters (3/4) of the Board (not counting the
Executive in either the numerator or the denominator), the Executive was guilty
of conduct set forth above in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) hereof, and specifying
the particulars thereof in detail.


     (d) Termination by the Company Other than for Due Cause. The foregoing
notwithstanding, the Company may terminate the Executive's employment for
whatever reasons it deems appropriate; provided, however, that in the event such
termination is not due to death, Disability or Due Cause, the Executive shall
(i) be entitled to a Termination Payment as hereinafter defined and (ii) be sent
written notice stating the termination is not due to death, Disability or Due
Cause. The term "Termination Payment" shall mean a cash payment equal to twice
the sum of (i) his annual salary, as in effect immediately prior to such
termination, and (ii) a pro rata portion of the total of any bonus that would
have been payable (including any amounts already paid during such year) to
Executive under 3(b) for such calendar year if he had been employed for the full
calendar year, provided the criteria for such bonus other than Executive's
continued employment are satisfied. Such Termination Payment shall be payable in
12 equal monthly installments beginning 30 days after the date of termination.
In addition, the Company will pay the premium cost for the Executive to receive
any group health coverage that the Company provides under Section 4980B of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 ("COBRA Coverage") for the period in which the
Executive is eligible for such COBRA coverage. Following the Executive's
termination of employment under this Paragraph 4(d), the Executive will have no
further obligation to provide services to the Company pursuant to Paragraphs 1
and 2. Except for the Termination Payment and as otherwise provided in
accordance with the terms of the Company's benefit programs and plans then in
effect, after termination by the Company of employment for other than death,
Disability or Due Cause, Executive shall not be entitled to any other
compensation or benefits from the Company or hereunder.



<PAGE>


     (e) Constructive Termination of Employment by the Company Without Due
Cause. Termination by the Company without Due Cause under Paragraph 4 (d) shall
be deemed to have occurred if the Executive elects to terminate his employment
as a result of a material breach by the Company of Section 3 of this Agreement
(which breach is not cured within 10 days after written notice thereof by
Executive to each of the Directors of the Company, which notice shall
specifically describe such alleged breach).

     (f) Voluntary Termination. In the event that the Executive terminates his
employment at his own volition prior to the expiration of the Term (except as
provided in Paragraph 4(e) above), such termination shall constitute a
"Voluntary Termination" and in such event the Executive shall be limited to the
same rights and benefits as provided in connection with a termination for Due
Cause under Paragraph 4 (c) above.



     (g) Election Not to Renew. An election by either Company or Executive
pursuant to Paragraph 1 above not to renew the Term shall not be deemed a
termination of employment by either party. After the expiration of the Term
because of either Company's or Executive's election not to renew, except in
accordance with the terms of the Company's benefit plans and programs then in
effect, Executive shall not be entitled to any other compensation or benefits
from the Company or hereunder.


<PAGE>



     (h) Notice of Termination, Resignation and Release. Any termination under
Section 4(c) by the Company for Due Cause or Section 4(b) for Disability or by
the Executive pursuant to a constructive termination under Section 4(e) shall be
communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party thereto given in
accordance with Paragraph 12. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of
Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination
provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail
the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the
Executive's employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the
termination date is other than the date of receipt of such Notice, specifies the
termination date (which date shall not be prior to the date of such notice or
more than 15 days after the giving of such Notice).



     Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in order to be
eligible to receive any payments or benefits hereunder as a result of the
termination of the Executive's employment, in addition to fulfilling all other
conditions precedent to such receipt, the Executive (if he has the legal
capacity to do so and if not, his legal representative) must within 10 days
after the termination date (i) resign as a member of the Board, if applicable,
and as an officer and employee of the Company and its Affiliates and (ii) on
behalf of the Executive and his estate, heirs and representatives, execute a
release in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and its
legal counsel releasing the Company, its Affiliates and each of the Company's
and such Affiliate's respective officers, Directors, employees, members,
managers, agents, independent contractors, representatives, shareholders,
successors and assigns (all of which persons and entities shall be third party
beneficiaries of such release with full power to enforce the provisions thereof)
from any and all claims related to any payments or benefits under Section 3 or 4
of this Agreement related to the termination of Executive's employment (provided
that Executive's post-termination of employment obligations under Section 5
shall cease upon the Company's failure to make any such payments when due if
within 15 days after written notice of such failure, Company does not make the
required payment). In the event the Company fails to make when due any payment
under Section 3 or 4 related to the termination of Executive's employment
hereunder, if Executive gives written notice of such failure to Company and the
Company fails to make such payment within 15 days after the receipt of such
written notice, then Executive shall be entitled to interest on such payment at
10% per annum from the date due plus all reasonable costs of collection
(including attorney's fees) and all such payments that are not yet due shall
accelerate and become immediately due and payable.



     (i) Earned and Accrued Payments. The foregoing notwithstanding, upon the
termination of the Executive's employment at any time, for any reason, the
Executive shall be paid all amounts that had already been earned and accrued as
of the time of termination, including but not limited to (i) pay for any accrued
and unused vacation; (ii) any bonus that had been earned but not yet paid; and
(iii) reimbursement for any business expenses accrued in accordance with Section
3(d).


<PAGE>




   5. Non-Compete and Non-Solicitation. The Executive agrees that during the
Term which he is employed by the Company, and during the period ending two years
after a Voluntary Termination, a termination by the Company for Due Cause or an
expiration of the Term because Executive elects not to renew pursuant to
Paragraph 1 above (the "Non-Compete Period"), he shall not:



     (a) compete with by the Company or any of its Affiliates at any time during
the Non-Compete Period. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "compete" shall
mean engaging in an activity on behalf of himself or as a more than 5% equity
holder, an officer, a director, an employee, a partner, a member, a manager, an
agent, a consultant, a sole proprietor, or any other individual or
representative capacity if both (i) it involves a business which sells or
distributes consumer and business products primarily (more than 50%) through the
Internet or which develops or distributes convergence technology products as a
significant aspect of its business or makes significant use of interactive
multimedia to sell its products (i.e., more than 20% of revenues) and (ii) the
location in which the Executive conducts such activities is within 50 miles of
Charlottesville, Virginia, provided that nothing in this Agreement will prohibit
or restrict Executive from working as a consultant or employee of PriceCosco;


     (b) on behalf of himself or any other person or entity solicit for
employment any employee of Company or its Affiliates who was such at any time
during the two years immediately preceding and the 6 months after the date of
termination or expiration of the Term or affirmatively induce such an employee
to terminate his or her employment by the Company or its Affiliates (e.g.,
Executive shall not be liable if a close friend or assistant leaves as a result
of the Company terminating Executive); or


<PAGE>


     (c) intentionally cause any significant vendor of the Company (i.e., more
than 5% of Company's sales) who was such at any time during the two years
immediately preceding and within six months after the date of termination or
expiration of the Term to (i) cease doing business with or (ii) decrease
significantly (i.e., reduce by more than 50% compared to the monthly average of
the 6 (or such months less than 6 representing the number of months in such
period in which business was done) months with the highest amount of business in
such period) the amount of business done with the Company.

     In the event the restrictions contained in this Paragraph 5 shall be
determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason
of extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographic area
or by reason of being too extensive in any other respect, such restrictions
shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which
they may be enforceable, and over the maximum geographic area as to which they
may be enforceable and to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which
they may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

   6. Protection of Confidential Information, Etc. The Executive acknowledges
that his employment by the Company will, throughout the Term of this Agreement,
bring him into close contact with many confidential affairs of the Company,
including information about costs, profits, markets, sales, products, key
personnel, pricing policies, operational methods, technical processes and
know-how and other business affairs and methods and other information not
readily available to the public, and plans for future developments. The Company
acknowledges that Executive comes to the Company with his own information,
skills and talents of special and unique character. In recognition of the
foregoing, the Executive covenants and agrees that except as required in
connection with enforcing or defending any rights or claims in a legal
proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 13 below related to his employment
by the Company, this Agreement or any other agreement between the Executive and
the Company:



<PAGE>



                    (i) during the Term which the Executive is employed by the
            Company and thereafter, regardless of the reasons for termination of
            employment, the Executive shall not, without the prior written
            consent of the Board or a person authorized thereby, disclose to any
            person other than as required by law or court order, or other than
            to an employee of the Company or its Affiliates, or to a person to
            which disclosure is appropriate in connection with the performance
            by the Executive of his duties as an executive of the Company (e.g.,
            disclosure to the Company's outside lawyers, accountants or bankers
            of financial data properly requested by such persons) any
            confidential information obtained by him while in the employ of the
            Company and not known by Executive prior to his employment by the
            Company with respect to any of the Company's products, services,
            customers, suppliers, marketing techniques, methods, or future
            plans, the disclosure of which will be damaging to the Company;
            provided, however, that confidential information reasonably
            available to a diligent researcher not in the Company's employ of
            publicly available information (other than as a result of
            unauthorized disclosure by the Executive) shall not be subject to
            the provisions of this Section 6 (i) after the time it becomes
            reasonably available;

                    (ii) he will deliver promptly to the Company on termination
            of his employment, or at any other time the Company may reasonably
            so request, at its expense, all memoranda, notes, records, reports,
            and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the
            Company's business, which he may possess or have under his control
            other than any agreements or plans related to the Executive's
            employment by the Company; and




<PAGE>


                    (iii) he will transfer and assign to the Company, all rights
            of every kind and character, in perpetuity, in and to any written
            material and/or ideas created and reduced to writing during the
            Term, which were suggested or submitted by the Executive which
            relate to the business of the Company and all other results and
            proceeds of the Executive's service hereunder. The Executive agrees
            to execute and deliver to the Company such assignments or other
            instruments as the Company may require from time to time to evidence
            its ownership of the results and proceeds of the Executive's
            service.

   7. Injunctive Relief. The Executive acknowledges that a breach of the
restrictions against engaging in a competitive activity contained in Paragraph 5
and the disclosure of confidential information contained in Paragraph 6 will
cause irreparable damage to the Company, the exact amount of which will be
difficult to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be
inadequate. Accordingly, the Executive and the Company agree that if the
Executive breaches the restrictions on engaging in a competitive activity, on
solicitations, on the disclosure of confidential information or on any other
matter or action contained in Paragraphs 5 and 6, then the Company shall be
entitled to injunctive relief. The prevailing party in any such injunctive
relief proceeding shall be entitled to recover from the other party its costs in
such proceeding, including reasonable attorney's fees.


<PAGE>

   8. Successors and Assigns.

     (a) Assignment by the Company. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the Company or any corporation or other entity to which
the Company may transfer all or substantially all of its assets and business and
to which the Company may assign this Agreement, in which case the term
"Company," as used herein, shall mean such corporation or other entity, provided
that no such assignment shall relieve the Company from any obligations
hereunder, whether arising prior to or after such assignment.

     (b) Assignment by the Executive. The Executive may not assign this
Agreement or any part hereof without the prior written consent of the Company;
provided, however, that nothing herein shall preclude the Executive from
designating one or more beneficiaries to receive any amount that may be payable
following occurrence of his legal incompetency or his death and shall not
preclude the legal representative of his estate from assigning any right
hereunder to the person or persons entitled thereto under his will or, in the
case of intestacy, to the person or persons entitled thereto under the laws of
intestacy applicable to his estate. The term "beneficiaries," as used in this
Agreement, shall mean a beneficiary or beneficiaries so designated to receive
any such amount or, if no beneficiary has been so designated, the legal
representative of the Executive (in the event of his incompetency) or the
Executive's estate.


<PAGE>

   9. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the
Commonwealth of Virginia.

   10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Incentive Stock Option Agreement
pursuant to the Notice of Grant dated March 26, 1999, the Non-Qualified Stock
Option Agreement pursuant to the Notice of Grant dated March 26, 1999 and the
Developments, Noncompete, Nondisclosure Agreement between Executive and Company
dated March 15, 1999 (the "DNN Agreement") contain all of the understandings and
representations between the parties hereto pertaining to the matters referred to
herein, and supersede all undertakings and agreements, whether oral or in
writing, previously entered into by them with respect thereto. This Agreement
may only be modified by an instrument in writing. The terms of this Agreement
and the DNN Agreement shall be interpreted to be interdependent agreements such
that any provision contained in the DNN Agreement which is more restrictive on
the Executive shall be of no further force and effect and this Agreement shall
supersede any conflicting or more restrictive provision of the DNN Agreement
including, without limitation, Sections 1, 2 and 3, 4 and 6 and all subsections
thereof. To the extent such terms are deemed to be inconsistent in any given
circumstance, Executive may request in writing a determination by the Board as
to how such inconsistency shall be resolved.

   11. Waiver of Breach. The waiver by any party of a breach of any condition or
provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall not
operate or be construed to be a waiver of a similar or dissimilar provision or
condition at the same or any prior or subsequent time.



<PAGE>

   12. Notices. Any notice to be given hereunder shall be in writing and
delivered personally, or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt
requested, addressed to the party concerned at the address indicated below or to
such other address as such party may subsequently give notice of hereunder in
writing:

            If to the Company:

            Value America, Inc.
            1550 Insurance Lane
            Charlottesville, Virginia 22911
            Attn:  Corporate Secretary

            With a copy to:

            Gary D. LeClair, Esquire
            LeClair Ryan, A Professional Corporation
            707 E. Main Street
            11th Floor
            Richmond, Virginia 23219

            If to the Executive:

            Neal Harris
            2400 Mare Lane
            Oakton, Virginia 22124

   13. Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this
Agreement, or any breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance
with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect in the
Commonwealth of Virginia and judgment upon such award rendered by the
arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The board
of arbitrators shall consist of one arbitrator to be appointed by the Company,
one by the Executive, and one by the two arbitrators so chosen. The arbitration
shall be held at such place as may be agreed upon at the time by the parties to
the arbitration. The cost of arbitration as determined by the arbitrators.

<PAGE>


   14. Withholding. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, all payments
required to be made by the Company hereunder to the Executive or his estate or
beneficiaries shall be subject to the withholding of such amounts relating to
taxes as the Company may reasonably determine it should withhold pursuant to any
applicable law or regulation. In lieu of withholding such amounts, in whole or
in part, the Company may, in its sole discretion, accept other provisions for
payment of taxes and withholdings as required by law, provided it is satisfied
that all requirements of law affecting its responsibilities to withhold have
been satisfied.

   15. Severability. In the event that any provision or portion of this
Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the
remaining provisions or portions of this Agreement shall be unaffected thereby
and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by
law.

   16. Titles. Titles to the paragraphs in this Agreement are intended solely
for convenience and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by
reference to the title of any paragraph.

   17. Legal Fees. Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of
Executive's legal counsel in connection with the negotiation and execution of
this Agreement.


<PAGE>


   18. Counsel. This Agreement has been prepared by LeClair Ryan, A Professional
Corporation, as counsel to the Company ("Counsel"), after full disclosure of its
representation of the Company and with the consent and direction of the Company
and the Executive. The Executive has reviewed the contents of this Agreement and
fully understands its terms. The Executive acknowledges that he is fully aware
of his right to the advice of counsel independent from that of the Company, that
Counsel has advised him of such right and disclosed to him the risks in not
seeking such independent advice, and that he fully understands the potentially
adverse interests of the parties with respect to this Agreement. The Executive
further acknowledges that neither the Company nor its Counsel has made
representations or given any advice with respect to the tax or other
consequences of this Agreement or any transactions contemplated by this
Agreement to him, that he has been advised of the importance of seeking
independent counsel with respect to such consequences, and that he had obtained
independent counsel with respect to such consequences. By executing this
Agreement, the Executive represents that he has, after being advised of the
potential conflicts between him and the Company with respect to the future
consequences of this Agreement, either consulted independent legal counsel or
elected, notwithstanding the advisability of seeking such independent legal
counsel, not to consult with such independent legal counsel.


   19. Authority. Subject to obtaining Compensation Committee approval, Company
represents that this Agreement has been duly authorized by all appropriate
corporate actions and duly executed and delivered by an officer of the Company
on behalf of it.

<PAGE>


            IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of
the date and year first above written.


                                    VALUE AMERICA, INC.

                                    By:  /s/ Dean W. Johnson
                                        ---------------------------------

                                    Its: Executive Vice President
                                        ---------------------------------



                                    /s/ Neal Harris
                                   --------------------
                                   Neal Harris


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.43




================================================================================


                               VALUE AMERICA, INC




                                       and


                     THE UNION LABOR LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Acting on Behalf of its Separate Account P











                  AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT







                          Dated as of November 17, 1998

================================================================================
<PAGE>

LIST OF ANNEXES


Annex A        Revolving Note
Annex B        Loan Request
Annex 3.4      Schedule of Indebtedness for Borrowed Money
Annex 3.7      Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments
Annex 3.10     Brokers and Finders
Annex 3.11     Financial Statements
Annex 3.12     Schedule of Undisclosed Liabilities
Annex 3.13     Schedule of Changes
Annex 3.14     Schedule of Material Agreements
Annex 3.15     Employees
Annex 3.16     Taxes
Annex 3.17(d)  Transfers of Patents and Other Intangible Assets
Annex 3.17(f)  Exceptions to Ownership of Patents and Other Intangible Assets
Annex 3.18     Employment Benefit Plans
Annex 3.19     Title to Property and Encumbrances; Leases
Annex 3.22     Schedule of Litigation
Annex 3.24     Licenses
Annex 3.25     Schedule of Interested Party Transactions
Annex 3.27(a)  Full Operational and Third-Party Software
Annex 3.27(b)  Developing Software and Completion Schedule
Annex 3.28(c)  List of Complaints

                                        i

<PAGE>

Annex 3.28(d)  List of Certain Vendors
Annex 4.3      Amended and Restated Security Agreement
Annex 7.1(f)   Opinion of Company's Counsel
Annex 7.1(o)   Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement
Annex 7.1(p)   Form of Management Subordinated Notes
Annex 7.1(r)   Pledged Account Agreement
Annex 7.1(t)   Warrant Purchase Agreement
Annex 7.1(u)   Registration Rights Agreement
Annex 7.1(v)   Escrow Agreement
Annex 8.13     Use of Proceeds
Annex 8.17     Landlord's Consent and Subordination of Lien

                                       ii

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                           TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                                                           Page
<S>     <C>                                                                                                <C>
1.     The Revolving Loans ...............................................................................   1

2.     Restrictions on Transfer of Notes; Removal of Restrictions on Transfer of Notes ...................   2

       2.1 Restrictions on Transfer ......................................................................   2
       2.2 Removal of Transfer Restrictions ..............................................................   4

3A.    Representations and Warranties by the Company .....................................................   4

   3.1 Organization, Standing, etc .......................................................................   4
   3.2 Qualification......................................................................................   4
   3.3 Capital Stock......................................................................................   4
   3.4 Indebtedness for Borrowed Money ...................................................................   5
   3.5 Shareholder List ..................................................................................   5
   3.6 Corporate Acts and Proceedings ....................................................................   5
   3.7 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments ........................................................   5
   3.8 Binding Obligations ...............................................................................   6
   3.9 Securities Laws ...................................................................................   6
   3.10 No Brokers or Finders ............................................................................   6
   3.11 Financial Statements .............................................................................   6
   3.12 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities ...............................................................   6
   3.13 Changes ..........................................................................................   7
   3.14 Material Agreements of the Company ...............................................................   7
   3.15 Employees ........................................................................................   8
   3.16 Tax Returns and Audits ...........................................................................   9
   3.17 Patents and Other Intangible Assets ..............................................................   9
   3.18 Employment Benefit Plans--ERISA...................................................................  11
   3.19 Title to Property and Encumbrances; Leases........................................................  11
   3.20 Condition of Properties...........................................................................  11
   3.21 Insurance Coverage................................................................................  12
   3.22 Litigation........................................................................................  12
   3.23 Registration Rights...............................................................................  12
   3.24 Licenses..........................................................................................  12
</TABLE>

                                        i

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>     <C>                                                                                                <C>   

   3.25  Interested Party Transactions......................................................................12
   3.26  Minute books and Check Authorizations..............................................................13
   3.27  Computer Software..................................................................................13
   3.28  Value America Web Site and Systems.................................................................13
   3.29  Year 2000..........................................................................................14
   3.30  Registration Statement.............................................................................14
   3.31  Disclosure.........................................................................................14

   3.B.  Representations and Warranties by Lender...........................................................14
   4.    Repayment of the Notes.............................................................................15

   4.1   Principal and Interest.............................................................................15
   4.2   Prepayment.........................................................................................15
   4.3   Security for Notes.................................................................................15

   5.    Events of Default and Remedies.....................................................................15

   5.1   Events of Default..................................................................................15
   5.2   Suits for Enforcement..............................................................................18
   5.3   Foreclosure of Security Interest...................................................................18
   5.4   Remedies Cumulative................................................................................18
   5.5   Remedies Not Waived................................................................................18
   5.6   Waiver of Statute of Limitations...................................................................19

   6.    Interest Limitation................................................................................19

   7.    Conditions of Parties' Obligations.................................................................19

   7.1   Conditions of Lender's Obligations to make the Initial Loan........................................19
   7.2   Conditions of Company's Obligations................................................................22
   7.3   Additional Conditions Precedent to Loans...........................................................22
   8.    Affirmative Covenants..............................................................................22
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>

<S>     <C>                                                                                              <C>    


8.1       Maintain Corporate Rights and Facilities..........................................................22
8.2       Maintain Insurance................................................................................22
8.3       Pay Taxes and Other Liabilities...................................................................23
8.4       Records and Reports...............................................................................23
8.5       Preparation of Budget.............................................................................25
8.6       Notice of Litigation and Disputes.................................................................25
8.7       Conduct of Business...............................................................................25
8.8       Replacement of Instrument.........................................................................25
8.9       Compliance with Section 7.........................................................................25
8.10      Securities Law Filings............................................................................25
8.11      Compliance With Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws..............................................25
8.12      Internal Accounting Controls......................................................................25
8.13      Use of  Proceeds..................................................................................26
8.14      Union Matters.....................................................................................26
8.15      Maintenance of Special Account; Application of Deposits...........................................26
8.16      Initial Public Offering...........................................................................27
9.        Negative Covenants................................................................................27
9.1       Indebtedness and Liens............................................................................27
9.2       Changes in Type of Business.......................................................................28
9.3       Loans; Guarantees.................................................................................28
9.4       Restrictive Agreements............................................................................28
9.5       Overhead..........................................................................................29
9.6       Creation of Subsidiaries..........................................................................29
9.7       Restricted Payments...............................................................................29
9.8       Limitation on Employment..........................................................................29
9.9       Restriction on Sales, Mergers and Acquisitions....................................................29
9.10      Limitation on Outstanding Stock Options...........................................................29
10.       Reserved..........................................................................................29
11.       Definitions.......................................................................................29
12.       Miscellaneous.....................................................................................34
12.1      Waivers and Amendments............................................................................34
12.2      Notices...........................................................................................35
12.3      Survival of Representations and Warranties, etc...................................................36
12.4      Severability......................................................................................36

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>     <C>                                                                                               <C>   


12.5    Parties in Interest.................................................................................36
12.6    Headings............................................................................................36
12.7    Choice of Law.......................................................................................36
12.8    Expenses............................................................................................36
12.9    Counterparts........................................................................................37
12.10   Authorship..........................................................................................37
12.11   Entire Agreement....................................................................................37

</TABLE>
                                       iii

<PAGE>

                  AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT


        THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is
entered into as of November 17, 1998 between VALUE AMERICA, INC., a Virginia
corporation (the "Company"), and THE UNION LABOR LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, acting
for and on behalf of its Separate Account P (the "Lender").


                                    RECITALS

      A. WHEREAS, the Company and the Lender have previously entered into a
Revolving Loan Agreement dated October 14, 1998 (the "Prior Loan Agreement"),
pursuant to which the Lender has made certain secured loans to the Company in
the aggregate amount of $10,000,000 (the "Prior Loan Commitment").

      B. WHEREAS, the company and the Lender desire to amend the Prior Loan
Agreement to, among other things, extend the Commitment Termination Date.

      NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby amend and restate the Prior Loan
Agreement, and hereby agree, as follows:

          1. The Revolving Loans.

            (a) Lender agrees, on the terms and subject to the conditions herein
contained, to make secured loans (each a "Loan" and collectively "Loans") to the
Company form time to time during the period from the Initial Loan Closing Date
(as hereinafter defined) to and including the Commitment Termination Date (as
hereinafter defined) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any time
outstanding the Revolving Loan Commitment (as hereinafter defined). Each Loan
shall be in an aggregate amount of $500,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The
initial Loan shall be made by Lender by the delivery and surrender to the
Company of all outstanding Revolving Notes (as defined in the Prior Loan
Agreement) issued under the Prior Loan Agreement. Within the limits of the
Revolving Loan Commitment, the Company may borrow, prepay in accordance with
Section 1(d) and reborrow under this Section 1(a).

            (b) Each Loan, including, without limitation, the initial Loan,
shall be evidenced by, and repaid with interest in accordance with the terms of
a secured negotiable revolving promissory note (the "Revolving Note")
substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex A and dated the date of the
Initial Loan Closing Date.

            (c) Each request for a Loan shall be made on at least three Business
Days' notice from the Company to Lender specifying the date and amount thereof
and set forth in a Loan Request substantially in the form attached hereto as
Annex B. Upon its determination that the conditions to its obligation to make
the Loan have been satisfied, Lender shall promptly make such Loan by wire
transfer to an account specified in writing by the Company. The request for the
initial loan shall be made on the date hereof.

<PAGE>

            (d) the Company may repay each Revolving Note in whole at any time
and in part from time to time, without penalty or premium but with accrued
interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid, provided that
each partial prepayment shall be in the aggregate principal amount of $50,000 or
an integral multiple thereof. The Company shall prepay the Revolving Note in
accordance with Section 8.15(c) so long as the minimum prepayment of principal
is at least $50,000. Prepayments shall be accompanied by a written notice
specifying the principal amount being repaid and shall be applied first against,
and to the extent of, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be
repaid and the balance against unpaid principal. If there is more than one
Revolving Note outstanding at a time of prepayment, the prepayment shall be
applied to each Revolving Note, in the order of its delivery to Lender, until
the same has been paid in full.

            (e) The "Revolving Loan Commitment" shall mean the greater of (i)
TEN MILLION TWENTY-FOUR THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED FORTY-FOUR DOLLARS ($10,024,444)
(the "Original Commitment") or (ii) such greater amount as Lender may specify
from time to time in a notice to the Company increasing the amount thereof,
provided, that the Revolving Loan Commitment may not exceed TEN MILLION
TWENTY-FOUR THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED FORTY-FOUR DOLLARS ($10,024,444). Each time
the Company requests a Loan in excess of the then outstanding Revolving
Commitment it shall deliver to Lender an additional secured negotiable revolving
promissory note in the amount of the increase in the Revolving Loan Commitment
substantially in the form of Annex A (also a "Revolving Note"). All Revolving
Notes are also sometimes collectively referred to herein as "Notes" and
sometimes individually as "Note."

            (f) "Commitment Termination Date" means the earlier of (i) August
17, 1999, or (ii) the date of the termination of the Revolving Loan Commitment
in accordance with Section 5.1.

            (g) If more than one Revolving Note is outstanding at a time that a
Loan is requested, such loan shall be applied against the Revolving Loan
Commitment reflected in the Revolving Notes, in the order in which such
Revolving Notes were delivered to Lender, to the extent but not in excess of
such Revolving Loan Commitment.

            (h) If, as and when Lender increases its Revolving Loan Commitment
in accordance with Section 1(e), the Company shall promptly (but in any event
not more than two Business Days) pay to Lender a commitment fee equal to 1% of
the amount of such increase. If Lender provides loans or loan commitments for
the company from any third party, the Company shall promptly (but in any event
not less than two Business Days) pay Lender a fee equal to 1% of the greater of
such commitments or loans.

                                      -2-

            2. Restrictions on Transfer of Notes: Removal of Restrictions on
Transfer of Notes.

            2.1     Restrictions on Transfer.

            (a) Lender understands and agrees that the Notes it will be
acquiring have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities Act"), and that accordingly the Notes will not be fully
transferable except as permitted under various exemptions contained in the
Securities Act or applicable state securities laws, or upon satisfaction of the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act or
registration of qualification requirements under applicable state securities
laws. Lender acknowledges that it must bear the economic risk of its investment
in the Notes for an indefinite period of time since the Notes have not been
registered under the Securities Act and therefore cannot be sold unless the
Notes are subsequently registered or an exemption from registration is
available.

            (b) Lender hereby represents and warrants to the Company that it (i)
is acquiring the Notes for investment purposes only, for its own account, and
not as nominee or agent for any other Person (as hereinafter defined), and not
with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof
within the meaning of the Securities Act, (ii) is an "accredited investor"
within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of the Commission (as hereinafter defined)
under the Securities Act, (iii) is a corporation, partnership or other entity
headquartered in Washington, D. C. and (iv) has had the opportunity to review
information provided to it by the Company and ask questions about and received
answers regarding the same. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender shall be
entitled to sell participations in any Note to one or more accredited investors
within the meaning of such Rule 501(a) so long as such sales are not accompanied
by any form of public solicitation.

            (c) Lender hereby agrees with the company as follows:

               (i) Subject to Section 2.2 hereof, the Notes and each instrument
issued in transfer thereof, will bear the following legend.

      "The securities evidenced by this instrument have not been registered
      under the Securities Act of 1933 and have been taken for investment
      purposes only and not with a view to the distribution thereof, and, except
      as stated in an agreement between the holder of this instrument, or its
      predecessor in interest, and the issuer corporation, such securities may
      not be sold or transferred unless there is an effective registration
      statement under such Act covering such securities or the issuer
      corporation receives an opinion of counsel (which may be counsel for the
      issuer corporation) stating that such sale or transfer is exempt from the
      registration and prospectus delivery requirements of such Act."

                                             -3-

<PAGE>

                    (ii) The instrument representing the Notes, and each
  instrument issued in transfer thereof, will also bear any legend
 required under any applicable state securities law.

                    (iii) Absent an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act covering the disposition of the Notes, except as provided above,
Lender will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose
of any portion of or all of the Notes without first providing the Company with
an opinion of counsel (which may be counsel for the Company) to the effect that
such sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition will
be exempt from registration and the prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act and the registration or qualification requirements of any
applicable state securities laws, except that no such registration or opinion
shall be required with respect to (A) a transfer not involving a change in
beneficial ownership, or (B) the distribution of the Notes by Lender to any of
its partners, or retired partners, or to the estate of any of its partners or
retired partners, (C) the distribution of the Notes by The Union Labor Life
Insurance Company to the participants in its Separate Account P, or (D) a sale
to be effected in accordance with Rule 144 or 144A of the Commission under the
Securities Act (or any comparable exemption).

                    (iv) Lender agrees to the Company's making a notation on its
records or giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Notes in order to
implement the restrictions on transfer of the Notes mentioned in this subsection
(c).

            2.2 Removal of Transfer Restrictions. Any legend endorsed on an
instrument evidencing any of the Notes pursuant to Section 2.1(c)(i) hereof and
the stop transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such Note
shall be removed and the Company shall issue an instrument without such legend
to the holder of such Note (a) if such Note is registered under the Securities
Act, or (b) if such Note may be sold under Rule 144(k) of the Commission under
the Securities Act or (c) if such holder provides the Company with an opinion of
counsel (which may be counsel for the Company) reasonably acceptable to the
Company to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such Note may be made
without registration under the Securities Act.

            3. Representations and Warranties by the Company. In order to induce
Lender to enter into this Agreement and to make Loans, the Company hereby
covenants with and represents and warrants to Lender as follows:

            3.1 Organization, Standing, etc. The Company is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Virginia, and has all requisite power and authority to carry on
its business, to own and hold its properties and assets, to enter into this
Agreement, the Notes, the Amended and Restated Security Agreement (as
hereinafter defined), the Warrant Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined),
the Registration Rights Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Amended and
Restated Subordination Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Pledged Account
Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Escrow Agreement (as hereinafter
defined), and the Financing Statements (as hereinafter defined) and together
with the Notes, the Amended and Restated Security Agreement, the Warrant
Purchase Agreement,
                                      -4-


<PAGE>

the Registration Rights Agreement, the Amended and Restated Subordination
Agreement, the Pledged Account Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, the "Related
Agreements," and each, individually, a "Related Agreement"), to borrow money and
issue the Notes in accordance with this Agreement and to carry out the
provisions hereof and thereof. The copies of the Articles of Incorporation and
Bylaws of the Company which have been delivered to Lender prior to the execution
of this Agreement are true and complete and have not been amended or repealed.
The Company has no Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined) or direct indirect
interest (by way of stock ownership or otherwise) in any firm, partnership,
corporation, association or business enterprise.

            3.2 Qualification. The Company is duly qualified, licensed or
domesticated as a foreign corporation in good standing in each jurisdiction
wherein the nature of its activities or its properties owned or leased makes
such qualification, licensing or domestication necessary.

            3.3 Capital Stock. Reserved.

            3.4 Indebtedness for Borrowed Money. The Company has no Indebtedness
for Borrowed Money, except as disclosed on the Balance Sheet (as hereinafter
defined) or on Annex 3.4 hereto.

            3.5 Shareholder List. Reserved.

            3.6 Corporate Acts and Proceedings. All corporate acts and
proceedings required for the authorization, execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the Related Agreements, the offer, issuance and delivery of the
Notes, the borrowing of money pursuant to this Agreement and the performance of
this Agreement and each Related Agreement have been lawfully and validly taken
or will have been so taken prior to the Initial Loan Closing.

               3.7 Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments. The business and
operations of the Company have been and are being conducted in accordance with
all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, except to
the extent that noncompliance with laws, rules and regulations would not,
individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect (as hereinafter
defined). The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the
Related Agreements, the borrowing of money pursuant to this Agreement and the
performance of this Agreement and the Related Agreements, (a) will not require
from the Board or stockholders of the Company any consent or approval that has
not been validly and lawfully obtained, (b) will not require any authorization,
consent, approval, license, exemption of or filing or registration with any
court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or
instrumentality of government, except such as shall have been lawfully and

                                             -5-


<PAGE>



validly obtained prior to the Initial Loan Closing and except for the filing of
Form D under Regulation D with the Commission and other applicable state
securities commissions, which filing shall be completed within 15 days following
the Initial Loan Closing, (c) will not cause the Company to violate or
contravene (i) any provision of law, (ii) any rule or regulation of any agency
or government, domestic or foreign, (iii) any order, writ, judgment, injunction,
decree, determination or award, or (iv) any provision of the Articles of
Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, (d) except as disclosed in Annex 3.7,
will not violate or be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute
(with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, any
indenture, loan or credit agreement, note agreement, promissory note, deed of
trust, mortgage, security agreement or other agreement, lease or instrument,
commitment or arrangement to which the Company is a party or by which the
Company or any of its properties, assets or rights is bound or affected, to the
extend that such violation, conflict, breach or default would (individually or
in the aggregate) have a Material Adverse Effect and (e) except as contemplated
by the Amended and Restated Security Agreement, will not result in the creation
or imposition of any Lien. Except as disclosed in Annex 3.7, the Company is not
in material violation of, or (with or without notice or lapse of time or both)
in default under, any term or provision of its Articles of Incorporation or
Bylaws or of any indenture, loan or credit agreement, note agreement, promissory
note, deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement or other agreement, lease or
other instrument, commitment or arrangement to which the Company is a party or
by which any of the Company's properties, assets or rights is bound or affected.
The Company is not subject to any restriction of any kind or character which has
or may have a Material Adverse Effect or which prohibits the Company from
entering into this Agreement or any Related Agreement or would prevent or make
burdensome its performance of or compliance with all or any part of this
Agreement or any Related Agreement or the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby.

            3.8 Binding Obligations. This Agreement constitutes and when
executed and delivered by the Company to Lender, each Note and other Related
Agreement will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the
Company and are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their
respective terms, except as such enforcement is limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights
generally.

            3.9 Securities Laws. Subject to the accuracy of Lender's
representations and warranties in Section 2.1 (b), the offer, issue and sale of
the Notes are and will be exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act, and have been registered or qualified (or
are exempt from registration and qualification) under the registration, permit
or qualification requirements of all applicable state securities laws. The
Company is not required to qualify this Agreement or the Notes as an indenture
under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

                               -6-


<PAGE>



            3.10 No Brokers or Finders. Except as provided in Annex 3.10, no
Person has, or as a result of the transactions contemplated herein will have,
any right or valid claim against the Company or Lender for any commission, fee
or other compensation as a finder or broker, or in any similar capacity.

            3.11 Financial Statements. Attached hereto as Annex 3.11 are (a) the
Company's audited balance sheets as of December 31, 1997 and the audited
statements of operations, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flow for the
Company's twelve-month period then ended, together with the opinion of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP thereon, (b) the Company's audited balance sheet as
of June 30, 1998 and the audited statements of operations, changes in
shareholders' equity and cash flows for the six-month period then ended, and (c)
the Company's unaudited balance sheet (the "Balance Sheet") as of September 30,
1998 (the "Balance Sheet Date") and the unaudited statements of operations,
changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for the three-month and
nine-month periods then ended, and no more current financial statements have
been prepared. These audited and unaudited financial statements (i) are in
accordance with the books and records of the Company, and (ii) fairly and
accurately present the financial condition of the Company at the respective
dates of the balance sheets and the results of its operations for the
twelve-month, six-month, nine-month and three-month periods therein specified.
Specifically, but not by way of limitation, the Balance Sheet discloses all of
the debts, liabilities and obligations of any nature (whether absolute, accrued,
contingent or otherwise and whether due or to become due) of the Company at the
Balance Sheet Date which must be disclosed on an accurate balance sheet prepared
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

            3.12 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as disclosed on
Annex 3.12 hereto, the Company has no material obligation or liability (whether
accrued, absolute, contingent, liquidated or otherwise, whether due or to become
due, whether or not known to the Company) arising out of any transaction entered
into at or prior to the Initial Loan Closing, or any act or omission to act at
or prior to the Initial Loan Closing, or any state of facts existing at or prior
to the Initial Loan Closing, including taxes with respect to or based upon the
transactions or events occurring at or prior to the Initial Loan Closing, and
including, without limitation, unfunded past service liabilities under any
pension, profit sharing or similar plan, except (a) to the extent set forth on
or reserved against in the Balance Sheet, and (b) current liabilities incurred
and obligations under agreements entered into, in the usual and ordinary course
of business, since the Balance Sheet Date, none of which (individually or in the
aggregate) has a Material Adverse Effect.

            3.13 Changes. Since the Balance Sheet Date as to clauses (a) and (c)
below and since one year prior to the Balance Sheet Date as to the remaining
clauses of this Section 3.13, except as disclosed on Annex 3.13 hereto, the
Company has not (a) incurred any debts, obligations or liabilities, absolute,
accrued, contingent or otherwise, whether due or to become due, except current
liabilities incurred in the usual and ordinary course of business, none of which
(individually or in the aggregate) materially and adversely affects the
business, finances, properties or prospects of the Company, (b) made or suffered
any changes in its contingent obligations by way of guaranty, endorsement (other
than the endorsement of checks for deposit in the usual and ordinary course of
business), indemnity, warranty or otherwise, (c) discharged or satisfied any
Liens other than those securing, or paid any obligation or liability other than,
current liabilities shown on the Balance Sheet and current liabilities incurred
since the Balance Sheet Date, in each case in the usual and ordinary course of
business, (d) mortgaged, pledged or subjected to Lien any of its assets,
tangible or intangible, (e) sold, transferred or leased any of its assets except
in the usual and ordinary course of business, (f) canceled or compromised any
debt or claim, or waived or released any right, of material value, (g) suffered
any physical damage, destruction or loss (whether or not covered by insurance)
materially and adversely affecting the properties, business or prospects of the
Company, (h) entered into any transaction other than in the usual and ordinary
course of business except for this Agreement, (i) encountered any labor
difficulties or labor union organizing activities, (j) except in the usual and
ordinary course of business, made or granted any wage or salary increase or
entered into any employment agreement, (k) issued or sold any shares of capital
stock or other securities or granted any options with respect thereto, or
modified any Equity Security, (l) declared or paid any dividends on or made any
other distributions with respect to, or purchased or redeemed, any of its
outstanding Equity Securities, (m) suffered or experienced any change in, or
condition affecting, its condition (financial or otherwise), properties, assets,
liabilities, business operations, results of operations or prospects other than
changes, events or conditions in the usual and ordinary course of its business,
none of which (either by itself or in conjunction with all such other changes,
events and conditions) has been materially adverse, (n) made any change in the
accounting principles, methods or practices followed by it or depreciation or
amortization policies or rates theretofore adopted, or (o) entered into any
agreement, or otherwise obligated itself, to do any of the foregoing.

            3.14 Material Agreements of the Company. Except as expressly set
forth in this Agreement, the Balance Sheet or as disclosed on Annex 3.14 hereto,
the Company is not a party to any written or oral agreement, instrument or
arrangement not made in the ordinary course of business that is material to the
Company, and the Company is not a party to any written or oral (a) agreement
with any labor union, (b) agreement for the purchase of fixed assets or for the
purchase of materials, supplies or equipment in excess of normal operating
requirements, (c) agreement for the employment of any officer, individual
employee or other Person on a full time basis or any agreement with any Person
for consulting services, (d) bonus, pension, profit sharing, retirement, stock
purchase, stock option, deferred compensation, medical, hospitalization or life
insurance (other than group medical, hospitalization or insurance plans
applicable to all employees in which benefit levels are not related to
compensation) or similar plan, contract or understanding with respect to any or
all of the employees of the Company or any other Person, (e) indenture, loan
or credit agreement, note agreement, deed of trust, mortgage, security
agreement, promissory note or other agreement or instrument relating to or
evidencing Indebtedness for Borrowed Money (as hereinafter defined) or
subjecting any asset or property of the Company to any Lien or evidencing any
Indebtedness (as hereinafter defined), (f) guaranty of any Indebtedness, (g)
lease or agreement under which the Company is lessee of or holds or operates
any property, real or personal, owned by any other Person under which payments
to such Person exceed $75,000 per annum, (h) lease or agreement under which the
Company is lessor or permits any Person to hold or operate any property, real or
personal, owned or controlled by the Company, (i) agreement granting any
preemptive right, right of first refusal or simimlar right to any Person, (j)
agreement or arrangement with any Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) or any
"associate" (as this term is defined in Rule 405 of the Commission under the
Securities Act) of the Company or any officer, director or shareholder of the
Company, (k) agreement obligating the Company to pay any royalty or similar
charge for the use or exploitation of any tangible or intangible property, (l)
agreement or license under which the Company has granted or transferred to any
Person, or under which any Person has granted or transferred to the Company, the
right to exploit or otherwise use any patent, trademark, service mark,
copyright, trade name, trade secret, software, intellectual property (as
hereinafter defined) or other intangible asset, (m) covenant not to compete or
other restriction on its ability to conduct a business or engage in any other
activity, (n) agreement to register securities under the Securities Act, or (o)
agreement, instrument or other commitment or arrangement with any Person
continuing for a period of more than three months from the Initial Loan Closing
Date which involves an expenditure or receipt by the Company in excess of
$75,000. For purposes of the next preceding sentence, "material" shall mean an
obligation which by its terms calls for aggregate payments by the Company in
excess of $75,000. The Company has furnished to Lender true and complete copies
of all agreements and other documents requested by Lender or its authorized
representatives. All parties having material contractual arrangements with the
Company are in substantial compliance therewith, and none is in default in any
material respect thereunder. The Company does not have outstanding any power of
attorney.

            3.15 Employees. The following individuals (collectively, "Designated
Key Employees") are in the full-time employ of the Company: Craig A. Winn,
Glenda Dorchak, Dean Johnson, Rex Scatena, Joseph Page, and Jerry Goode. To
the best of the Company's knowledge, no Designated Key Employee of the Company
has any plans to terminate his or her employment with the Company, and the
Company has no intention of terminating the employment of any Designated Key
Employee. To the best of the Company's knowledge after reasonable inquiry, no
Designated Key Employee or any other employee of the Company is a party to or is
otherwise bound by any agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation,
any license, covenant, or commitment of any nature), or subject to any judgment,
decree, or order of any court or administrative agency, (a) that would conflict
with such employee's obligation diligently to promote and further the interests
of the Company or (b) that would conflict with the Company's business as now
conducted or as proposed to be conducted. No Designated Key Employee has any
direct or indirect equity interest (by way of stock ownership or otherwise) in
any firm, partnership, corporation, association or business enterprise, other
than any such interest (i) in a corporation which is subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Exchange Act and (ii) which does
not, alone or in the aggregate with other such interests, exceed one percent
(1%) of the equity of such corporation. The Company has complied in all material
respects with all laws relating to the employment of labor, including provisions
relating to wages, hours, equal opportunity, collective bargaining and payment
of Social Security and other taxes, and the Company has encountered no material
labor difficulties. Except as disclosed on Annex 3.15 hereto or pursuant to
ordinary arrangements for employment compensation, the Company is not under any
obligation or liability to any officer, director, employee or Affiliate of the
Company.

            3.16 Tax Returns and Audits. Except as disclosed on Annex 3.16, all
required federal, state and local tax returns of the Company have been
accurately prepared and duly and timely filed, and all federal, state and local
taxes required to be paid with respect to the periods covered by such returns
have been paid. Except as disclosed on Annex 3.16, the Company is not and has
not been delinquent in the payment of any tax, assessment or governmental
charge. The Company has never had any tax deficiency proposed or assessed
against it and has not executed any waiver of any statute of limitations on the
assessment or collection of any tax or governmental charge. None of the
Company's federal income tax returns nor any state income or franchise tax
returns has ever been audited by governmental authorities. Except as disclosed
on Annex 3.16, the reserves for taxes, assessments and governmental charges
reflected on the Balance Sheet are and will be sufficient for the payment of all
unpaid taxes, assessments and governmental charges payable by the Company with
respect to the period ended on the Balance Sheet Date. Except as disclosed on
Annex 3.16, since the Balance Sheet Date, the Company has made adequate
provisions on its books of account for all taxes, assessments and governmental
charges with respect to its business, properties and operations for such period.
The Company has withheld or collected from each payment made to each of its
employees, the amount of all taxes (including, but not limited to, federal
income taxes, Federal Insurance Contribution Act taxes and Federal Unemployment
Tax Act taxes) required to be withheld or collected therefrom, and has paid the
same to the proper tax receiving officiers or authorized depositories.

            3.17  Patents and Other Intangible Assets.

                    (a) The Company (i) owns or has the right to use, free and
clear of all Liens, claims and restrictions, all patents, trademarks, service
marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses and rights with respect to the
foregoing, used in or necessary for the conduct of its business as now conducted
or proposed to be conducted, (ii) is not infringing upon or otherwise acting
adversely to the right or claimed right of any Person under or with respect to
any patent, trademark, service mark, trade name, copyright or license with
respect thereto, and (iii) is not obligated or under any liability whatsoever to
make any payments by way of royalties, fees or otherwise to any owner or
licensee of, or other claimant to, any patent, trademark, service mark, trade
name, copyright or other intangible asset, with respect to the use thereof or in
connection with the conduct of its business or otherwise.

                    (b) The Company owns and has the unrestricted right to use
all trade secrets, including know-how, negative know-how, formulas, patterns,
compilations, programs, devices methods, techniques, processes, inventions,
designs, technical data, computer software (in both source code and object code
forms and all documentation therefor, except for third-party licenses software
as shown as Annex 3.27A), including, without limitation, the Fully Operational
Software (as hereinafter defined), and all information that derives independent
economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known or known by
competitors and which the Company has taken reasonable steps to maintain in
secret (all of the foregoing of which are collectively referred to herein as
"intellectual property") required for or incident to the conduct of the
Company's business, as it is presently conducted and as it is proposed to be
conducted, in each case free and clear of any right, Lien or claim of others,
including, without limitation, former employers of its employees.

                    (c)  Since its organization, the Company has taken
reasonable security measures to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value
of all intellectual property and all Inventions (as defined below). Since its
organization, each of the Company's employees and other Persons wo, either alone
or in concert with others, developed, invented, discovered, derived, programmed
or designed intellectual property or Inventions, or who has knowledge of or
access to information about intellectual property or Inventions, has entered
into a written agreement with the Company which provides that (i) this
intellectual property, other information and Inventions are proprietary to the
Company and are not to be divulged, misused or misappropriated, and (ii) tis
intellectual property, other information and Inventions are to be disclosed by
such employees and such Persons to the Company and transferred by them to the
Company, without any further consideration being given therefor by the Company,
together with all of such employee's or other Person's right, title and interest
in and to such intellectual property, other information and Inventions and all
patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses and rights
with respect to such intellectual property, other information and Inventions.
As used herein, "Inventions" means all inventions, developments and discoveries
which during the period of an employee's or other Person's service to the
Company he or she makes or conceives of, either solely or jointly with others,
that relate to any subject matter with which his or her work for the Company may
be concerned, or relate to or are connected with the business, products,
services or projects of the Company, or relate to the actual or demonstrably
anticipated research or facilities or trade secret information.

            (d)     Except as disclosed on Annex 3.17(d), the Company has not
sold, transferred, assigned, licensed or subjected to any Lien, any intellectual
property, trade secret, know-how, invention, design, process, computer software
or technical data, or any interest therein, necessary or useful for the
development, manufacture, use, operation or sale of any product or service
presently under development or manufactured, sold or rendered by the Company.

            (e)     Except as disclosed on Annex 3.17(f), no director, officer,
employee, agent or shareholder of the Company owns or has any right in the
intellectual property of the Company, or any patents, trademarks, service marks,
trade names, copyrights, licenses or rights with respect to the foregoing, or
any inventions, developments or discoveries used in or necessary for the conduct
of the Company's business a now conducted or as proposed to be conducted.

            (f)     The Company has not received any communication alleging or
stating that the Company or any Designated Key Employee has violated or
infringed, or by conducting business as proposed, would violate or infringe, any
patent, trademark, service mark, trade name, copyright, trade secret,
proprietary rigt, process or other intellectual property of any other Person.

          3.18  Employment Benefit Plans--ERISA.  Except as set forth on Annex
3.18, the Company does not maintain or make contributions to any pension, profit
sharing or other employee retirement benefit plan.  The Company has no material
liability with respect to any such plan (including, without limitation, any
unfunded liability or any accumulated funding deficiency) or any material
liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or under Title IV of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, with respect to
a multi-employer pension benefit plan, nor would the Company have any such
liability if any such plan were terminated or if the Company withdrew, in whole
or in part, from any multi-employer plan.

          3.19  Title to Property and Encumbrances: Leases.  The Company has
good and marketable title to all of its properties and assets, including,
without limitation, the properties and assets reflected in the Balance Sheet
and the properties and assets used in the conduct of its business, except for
properties disposed of in the ordinary course of business since the Balance
Sheet Date and except and which are not in default, in each case subject to no
Lien, except those which are shown and described on the Balance Sheet and except
for Permitted Liens (as hereinafter defined) and except for Liens disclosed on
Annex 3.19.  All material leases under which the Company is a lessee of any real
or personal property are valid, enforceable and effective in accordance with
their terms (subject to the laws of bankruptcy, insolvency and other similar
laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally); there is not
under any such lease any existing or claimed default by the Company or event or
condition which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a default
by the Company.

          3.20  Condition of Properties.  All facilities, machinery, equipment,
fixtures, vehicles and other properties owned, leased or used by the Company
are in good operating condition and repair and are adequate and sufficient for
the Company's business.

          3.21  Insurance Coverage.  The Company has in full force and effect
insurance coverage issued by insurers of recognized responsibility insuring it
and its properties and business against such losses and risks, and in such
amounts, as are customary in the case of corporations of established reputation
engaged in the same or a similar business, including, without limitation,
policies of term life insurance issued by issuers of recognized reponsibility,
as follows: (a) in the amount of $10 million on the life of Craig A. Winn,
(b) in the amount of $3 million on the life of Glenda Dorchak, (c) in the
amount of $2 million on the life of Dean M. Johnson and (d) $1 million each on
the lives of Rex Scatena, Joseph Page and Jerry Goode; in each case with the
Company as the sole beneficiary and so long as they are employees of the
Company.  The Company has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or
applied for, and the Company has no reason to believe that it will be unable to
renew its existing insurance coverage as and when the same shall expire upon
terms at least as favorable as those presently in effect, other than possible
increases in premiums that do not result from any act or omission of the
Company.

          3.22  Litigation.  Except as disclosed on Annex 3.22 hereto, there
is no legal action, suit, arbitration or other legal, administrative or other
governmental investigation, inquiry or proceeding (whether federal, state, local
or foreign) pending or threatened against or affecting (a) the Company or its
properties, assets or business (existing or contemplated), or (b) any Designated
Key Employee, before any court or governmental department, commission, board,
bureau, agency or instrumentality or any arbitrator.  After reasonable
investigation, except as disclosed in Annex 3.22, neither the Company nor any
Designated Key Employee of nor attorney for the Company is aware of any fact
which might result in or form the basis for any such action, suit, arbitration,
investigation, inquiry or other proceeding.  Neither the Company nor any
Designated Key Employee is in default with respect to any order, writ,
judgement, injunction, decree, determination or award of any court or of any
governmental agency or insutrmentality (whether federal, state, local or
foreign).

          3.23  Registration Rights.  Reserved.

          3.24  Licenses.  Except as disclosed on Annex 3.24, the Company
possesses from the appropriate agency, commission, board and governmental
body and authority, whether state, local or federal, all material licenses,
permits, authorizations, approvals, franchises and rights which are necessary
for the Company to engage in the business currently conducted by it and
proposed to be conducted, including, without limitation, the development,
manufacture, use, sale and marketing of its existing and proposed products and
services; and all such certificates, licenses, permits, authorizations and
rights are in full force and effect, and, to the best of the Company's
knowledge, will not be revoked, canceled, withdrawn, terminated or suspended.

          3.25  Interested Part Transactions.  Except as disclosed on Annex
3.25 hereto, no officer, director or shareholder of the Company of any
Affiliate or "associate" (as this term is defined in Rule 405 of the
Commission under the Securities Act) of any such Person or the Company has or
has had, either directly or indirectly, (a) an interest in any Person which
(i)furnishes or sells services or products which are furnished or sold or are
proposed to be furnished or sold by the Company, or (ii) purchases from or
sells or furnishes to the Company any goods or services, or (b) a beneficial
interest in any transaction, contract or agreement to which the Company is a
party or by which it may be bound or affected.

          3.26  Minute Books and Check Authorizations.  The minute books of
the Company provided to, or, if not so provided, made available to, Lender,
contain all resolutions adopted by directors and shareholders since the
incorporation of the Company and fairly and accurately reflect, in all matters
and transactions referred to in such minutes.  The Board has adopted, and there
is in full force and effect, a policy which prohibits the issuance  of any
check or draft by the Company in any amount in excess of $10,000 on any deposit
account of the Company unless the same has been signed by two officers of the
Company who have been so authorized by action of the Board.

          3.27  Computer Software.

            (a)  Attached as Annex 3.27A hereto is a true and complete list of
all material computed software used by the Company in the conduct of its
business as presently conducted or as proposed to be conducted (the "Fully
Operational Software"), together with a brief description of each principal
function thereof.  All Fully Operational Software is fully functional,

                          -13-


<PAGE>


complete and operational, has been fully Company's possession and control, and,
except for third-party software, no Person outside the Company has possession of
or access to the source code for any Fully Operational Software.

            (b) Attached as Annex 3.27B hereto is a true and complete list of
all computer software that the Company can reasonably foresee it will need to
conduct its business as conducted and as proposed to be conducted that is not
Fully Operational Software (the "Developing Software"), together with a brief
description of the principal intended functions thereof. Annex 3.27B also
contains a schedule to complete the development of each category of Developing
Software (the "Completion Schedule"), and each principal system or element
within each such category as well as the name of each employee and consultant
of the Company who is responsible for writing, documenting and completing each
identified category, system and element. The Company and each Designated
Employee has carefully examined the Completion Schedule for each category,
system and element of the Developing Software and believes, after conducting a
reasonable investigation sufficient to reach an informed view, that the Company
will be able to achieve completion of the Developing Software by the scheduled
completion dates appearing in the Completion Schedule and without the Company
being required to incur any material expense beyond that shown in the most
recent projections delivered to Lender prior to the Initial Loan Closing.

          3.28  Value America Web Site and Systems

            (a)  The Company owns and has the unrestricted right to
communicate and publish its "Value America" Internet product offering (the "Web
Site") and conduct business on the World Wide Web at the Internet address
valueamerica.com" and in connection therewith to use the registered service mark
and trade name "Value America" and in so doing is not acting in conflict with
any patent, trademark, service mark, trade name, copyright, trade secret,
license or other proprietary right with respect thereto.

            (b)  Except as disclosed on Annex 3.28(d), the Company has not
received any communication from any Person that the Web Site or the conduct of
the Company's business is in violation of any law, rule or regulation or in
conflict with any patent, trademark, service mark, trade name,
copyright, trade secret, license or other proprietary right with respect
thereto.

            (c)  Annex 3.28(c) attached hereto contains a true and complete list
of all complaints received by the Company from persons who have ordered products
using the Web Site.

            (d)  Except as disclosed on Annex 3.28(d) attached hereto, no Person
whose product or products have been offered for sale on the Web Site has
terminated or materially modified (or communicated an intention to terminate or
materially modify) its relationship with the Company.

          3.29  Year 2000.  The computer systems and software owned or
licensed by the Company are able to accurately process date data, including, but
not limited to, calculating, comparing, and sequencing from, into and between
the twentieth century (through year 1999), the year 2000 and the twenty-first
century, including leap year calculations.

          3.30  Registration Statement.  On September 23, 1998, the Company
withdrew its Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Commission on
July 2, 1998 (and thereafter amended). On September 1, 1998, the Prospectus
(as hereinafter defined) did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or herein or
necessary to make the statements therein or herein not misleading.

                                             -14-


<PAGE>



          3.31 Disclosure. There is no fact which the Company has not
disclosed to Lender in writing which materially and adversely affects nor,
insofar as the Company can now foresee, will materially and adversely affect,
the properties, business, prospects, results of operation or condition
(financial or other) of the Company or the ability of the Company to perform its
obligations under this Agreement or under any Related Agreement. The information
contained in this Agreement and in any writing furnished pursuant hereto or in
connection herewith is true, complete and correct, and such information does not
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material
fact required to be stated therein or herein or necessary to make the statements
therein or herein not misleading.

        3.B. Representations and Warranties by Lender. Lender hereby represents
and warrants to the Company as follows: (a) Lender is an entity duly formed,
validly existing and in good standing of the laws of its state of formation and
has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the
Related Agreements, to purchase the Notes and carry out the provisions of this
Agreement and the Related Agreements; (b) all corporate acts and proceedings
required for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
Related Agreements and the making of Loans by Lender have been lawfully and
validly taken or will have been so taken prior to the Initial Loan Closing; (c)
this Agreement and the Related Agreements are the legal, valid and binding
obligations of Lender and are enforceable against Lender in accordance with
their respective terms, except as such enforcement is limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency and other similar laws effecting the enforcement of creditors' rights
generally.

          4.  Repayment of the Notes.

          4.1  Principal and Interest. On August 17, 1999 ("Stated Maturity"),
the Company shall pay in full the outstanding principal balance and interest
accrued thereon under all of the Notes.

          4.2  Prepayment.
                (a) Each Note may be prepaid at the option of the Company at
the principal amount outstanding under such Note, plus interest accrued and
unpaid on the Note to the date of such prepayment at any time in whole or from
time to time in part, without premium or penalty. Any prepayment under the Note
shall be credited first upon interest accrued and the remainder, if any, upon
the outstanding principal amount of the Note.
                (b) The Company shall repay the Note from time to time in
accordance with Section 8.15(c).

                                             -15-


<PAGE>



               4.3 Security for Notes. The Company's obligation to pay principal
and interest under the Notes and other obligations of the Company to Lender
shall be secured by a security interest granted by the Company to Lender in
certain assets of the Company pursuant to an Amended and Restated Security
Agreement substantially in the form of Annex 4.3 attached hereto (the "Amended
and Restated Security Agreement").

          5.  Events of Default and Remedies.

           5.1 Events of Default. If any of the following events (herein called
"Events of Default") shall occur:

            (a) If default shall be made in the due and punctual payment of any
principal of or premium (if any) on, any Note when and as the same shall become
due and payable, whether at maturity or a date fixed for prepayment or by
declaration or otherwise, which default is not cured within five (5) days; or

            (b) If default shall be made in the due and punctual payment of any
interest of any Note when and as such interest shall become due and payable, and
such default shall have continued for a period of five days; or

            (c) If default shall be made in the due and punctual performance of
any covenant or agreement in any promissory note, bond, indenture, loan
agreement, note agreement, mortgage, security agreement or other instrument
evidencing or related to Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary (other
than the Related Agreements and this Agreement), and such default shall continue
for more than the period of notice and/or grace, if any, therein specified and
shall not have been waived; or

            (d) If any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made by
or on behalf of the Company in this Agreement or any Related Agreement or in any
certificate, statement, report or other instrument delivered under or pursuant
to any term hereof shall prove to have been untrue or incorrect in any material
respect as of the date of this Agreement or as of the Initial Loan Closing Date,
or if any statement, report, certificate, financial statement or financial
schedule or other writing or instrument prepared or purporting to be prepared by
the Company or any officer of the Company that is hereafter furnished or
delivered in connection with or under or pursuant to or contemplated by this
Agreement to Lender shall prove to be untrue or incorrect in any material
respect as of the date it was made, furnished or delivered; or

            (e) If default shall be made in the due and punctual performance or
observance of any term, covenant, agreement or condition contained in (i)
Sections 4, 5, 8 or 9 of this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section
8.14 of this Agreement, or (ii) any Related Agreement (other than the Notes); or

                                             -17-






<PAGE>



              (f) If the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any
Related Agreement shall be contested by either the Company or any security
holder of the Company or any action, suit or proceeding is commenced that
alleges or contends that this Agreement or any of the Related Agreements is no
longer in full force or effect or is null and void or the Company denies that it
has any further liability or obligation under this Agreement or any of the
Related Agreements; or

            (g) If default shall be made in the due and punctual performance or
observance of any term, covenant, agreement or condition contained in this
Agreement, other than those referred to above in this Section 5.1, and such
default shall have continued for a period of 10 days; or

            (h) If the Company or any Subsidiary shall (i) file a petition
seeking relief for itself under Title II of the United States Code, as now
constituted or hereafter amended, or file an answer consenting to, admitting the
material allegations of, or otherwise not controverting, or fail timely to
controvert, a petition filed against it seeking relief under Title II of the
United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or (ii) file such a
petition or answer with respect to relief under the provisions of any other now
existing or future applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or other similar law of
the United States of America, or State thereof, or of any other country or
jurisdiction providing for the reorganization, winding-up or liquidation of
corporations or an arrangement, composition, extension or adjustment with its
creditors; or

            (i) If an order for relief shall be entered against the Company or
any Subsidiary under Title II of the United States Code, as now constituted or
hereafter amended, which order is not stayed; or upon the entry of an order,
judgment or decree by operation of law, or by a court having jurisdiction in the
premises which is not stayed, adjudging it a bankrupt or insolvent under, or
ordering relief against it under, or approving as properly filed a petition
seeking relief against it under, the provisions of any other now existing or
future applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law of the United
States of America or any State thereof, or of any other country or jurisdiction
providing for the reorganization, winding-up or liquidation of corporations or
any arrangement, composition, extension or adjustment with creditors, or
appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, sequestrator, trustee or custodian
of the Company or any Subsidiary or any substantial part of its property, or
ordering the reorganization, winding-up or liquidation of its affairs or upon
the expiration of thirty (30) days after the filing of any involuntary petition
against it seeking any of the relief specified in paragraph (h) or this
paragraph (i) of Section 5.1 hereof without the petition being dismissed prior
to that time; or

                                             -18-


<PAGE>



            (j) If the Company or any Subsidiary shall (i) make a general
assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (ii) consent to the appointment of
or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, sequestrator, trustee
or custodian of the Company or any Subsidiary of all or a substantial part of
its property, or (iii) admit its insolvency or inability to pay its debts
generally as such debts become due, or (iv) fail generally to pay its debts as
such debts become due, or (v) take any action (or if such action is taken by its
directors or stockholders) looking to the dissolution or liquidation of the
Company or any Subsidiary; or

            (k) If a final judgment for the payment of money in excess of
$100,000 shall be rendered by a court of record against the Company or any
Subsidiary and the Company or such Subsidiary shall not (i) within 30 days from
the date of entry thereof, discharge the same or provide for its discharge in
accordance with its terms, or procure a stay of execution thereof, and (ii) if
execution of such judgment shall be stayed, within such period of 30 days or
such longer period during which the execution of such judgment shall have been
stayed, appeal therefrom and cause the execution thereof to be stayed during
such appeal, or, after the expiration of any such stay or the denial of such
appeal, forthwith discharge the same or provide for its discharge;

then, (x) except in the case of an Event of Default described in Section 5.1(h)
or 5.1(i), unless such Event of Default shall be expressly waived in the manner
provided in Section 12.1 hereof, at the option of Lender exercised by written
notice to the Company, (1) Lender's obligation to make Loans shall forthwith
terminate, and (2) the unpaid principal amount of each Note, together with the
interest accrued thereon, shall forthwith become due and payable without
presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are
expressly waived by the Company anything herein or in any Note to the contrary
notwithstanding, and the Company will forthwith pay to the holders of such Note
the entire outstanding principal of, and interest accrued on, such Note, and (y)
in the case of an Event of Default described in Section 5.1(h) or 5.1(i), in
each such case (1) Lender's obligation to make Loans shall forthwith terminate,
and (2) the principal amount of and all accrued interest on each Note shall
automatically become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, or
notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company.

            5.2 Suits for Enforcement. In case any one or more Events of Default
shall have occurred, unless such Events of Default shall have been waived in the
manner provided in Section 12.1 hereof, the holder of any Note may proceed to
protect and enforce its rights by suit in equity or action at law, whether for
the specific performance of any term contained in this Agreement or in any Note
or other Related Agreement or for an injunction against any breach of any such
term or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Agreement or in any
Note or other Related Agreement, or may proceed to enforce the performance of
any such Note or Related Agreement (including the payment of any Note: or to

                                             -19-


<PAGE>



enforce any other legal or equitable right of the holder of any such Note, or
may take any one or more of such actions. In the event Lender brings such an
action against the Company, Lender shall be entitled to recover from the Company
all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of Lender under or with
respect to this Agreement or any Related Agreement, including, without
limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys, advisors,
accountants and expert witnesses, which shall include, without limitation, all
fees, costs and expenses of appeals; provided, however, that Lender shall be
required to pay the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of defense of the Company
(including, without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses
of attorneys, advisors, accountants and expert witnesses, including, without
limitation, the fees, costs and expenses of appeals) if the Company is the
prevailing party in such actions, and in such case, Lender shall not be entitled
to receive its litigation expenses from the Company.

           5.3 Foreclosure of Security Interest. Without limiting any other
rights a holder of a Note may have under this Agreement or any Related
Agreement, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default any holder of any Note
may enforce its rights under the Amended and Restated Security Agreement or
under the UCC (as defined in the Amended and Restated Security Agreement).

           5.4 Remedies Cumulative. No right, power or remedy conferred upon any
holder of any Note shall be exclusive, and each such right, power or remedy
shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right, power or remedy,
whether conferred hereby or by any Note or now or hereafter available at law or
in equity or by statute or otherwise.

           5.5 Remedies Not Waived.  No course of dealing between the
Company and Lender or the holder of any Note, and no delay in exercising any
right, power or remedy conferred hereby or by any Note or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, shall operate as a
waiver of or otherwise prejudice any such right, power or remedy.

           5.6 Waiver of Statute of Limitations. To the extent permitted by law,
the Company hereby waives and agrees not to assert or take advantage of any and
all applicable statutes of limitations on its obligations under this agreement,
any Note or any other Related Agreement.

          6. Interest Limitation. Anything in this Agreement, any Note or any of
the other Related Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event
whatsoever, whether by reason of advancement of any Loan, acceleration of the
maturity of the unpaid principal of any Note or otherwise, shall the interest
and other charges agreed to be paid to Lender for the use of the Loans exceed
the maximum amounts collectible under applicable laws in effect from time to

                                             -20-


<PAGE>



time. It is understood and agreed by the parties that, if for any reason
whatsoever the interest or other charges paid or contracted to be paid by the
Company to Lender in respect of the Indebtedness evidenced by any Note shall
exceed the maximum amounts collectible under applicable laws in effect from time
to time, then ipso facto, the
obligation to pay such interest and/or other charges shall be reduced to the
maximum amounts collectible under applicable laws in effect from time to time,
and any amounts collected by Lender that exceed such maximum amounts shall be
applied to the reduction of the unpaid principal amount of the Notes and/or
refunded to the Company so that at no time shall the interest or other charges
paid or payable in respect to the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes exceed the
maximum amounts permitted from time to time by applicable law.

          7. Conditions of Parties' Obligations.

           7.1 Conditions of Lender's Obligations to make the Initial Loan. The
obligation of Lender to make the initial Loan is subject to the fulfillment
prior to or on the date of the initial Loan (the "Initial Loan Closing Date") of
the following conditions, any of which may be waived in whole or in part by
Lender. The "Initial Loan Closing" shall mean the delivery of all documentation
and satisfaction of all conditions required by this Section 7.1 and the making
of the initial Loan.

            (a) No Erros, etc.  The representations and warranties of the
Company under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been made again on the
Initial Loan Closing Date and shall then be true and correct.

            (b) Compliance with Agreement.  The Company shall have
performed and complied with all agreements and conditions required by this
Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Initial Loan
Closing Date.

            (c) No Default.  There shall not exist on the Initial Loan
Closing Date any Event of Default or any event or condition which, with the
giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

            (d) Certificate of Officers.  The Company shall have delivered
to Lender a certificate dated the Initial Loan Closing Date, executed by its
Chairman and Chief Financial Officer, certifying the satisfaction of the
conditions specified in subsections (a), (b) and (c) of Section 7.1.

                                             -21-


<PAGE>



            (e) Certificate of Principal Shareholders. The Company shall have
delivered to Lender a certificate dated the Initial Loan Closing Date, executed
by Craig Winn and Rex Scatena, certifying upon having made a reasonable
investigation sufficient to express an informed view, the satisfaction of the
conditions specified in subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.1.

            (f) Opinion of the Company's Counsel.  Lender shall have received
from LeClair Ryan, A Professional Corporation, counsel for the Company, an
opinion dated the Initial Loan Closing Date substantially in the form of
Annex 7.1(f) hereto.

            (g) Qualification Under State Securities Laws.  All registrations,
qualifications, permits and approvals required under applicable state securities
laws (except for any notices of sale required to be filed with the Commission
under Regulation D of the Securities Act) shall have been obtained for the
lawful execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each Related
Agreement, including, without limitation, the offer, sale, issue and delivery of
the Notes.

            (h) Supporting Documents.  Lender shall have received the
following:

               (1) Copies of resolutions of the Board, certified by the
Secretary of the Company, authorizing and approving the offer, issuance and sale
of the Notes, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
Related Agreements, and all other documents and instruments to be delivered
pursuant hereto and thereto and the borrowing of money pursuant to this
Agreement;

               (2) A certificate of incumbency executed by the Secretary of the
Company certifying the names, titles and signatures of the officers authorized
to execute the documents referred to in subparagraph (1) above and further
certifying that the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company
delivered to Lender at the time of the execution of this Agreement have been
validly adopted and have not been amended or modified; and

               (3) Such additional supporting documentation and other
information with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby as Lender or
its counsel may reasonably request.

            (i) Amended and Restated Security Agreement.  The Company and Lender
shall have entered into the Amended and Restated Security Agreement and all
exhibits thereto requiring execution and delivery by such parties.

                                             -22-


<PAGE>




            (j) Proceedings and Documents.  All corporate and other proceedings
and actions taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and
all certificates, opinions, agreements, instruments and documents mentioned
herein or incident to any such transactions, shall be satisfactory in form and
substance to Lender and its counsel.

            (k) Purchase Fee. The Company shall have paid to Lender in full all
commitment fees required by Section 1 (h) of the Prior Loan Agreement.

            (l) Establishment of Special Account. The Company shall have
established the special Account (as hereinafter defined) to the reasonable
satisfaction of Lender.

            (m) Delivery of Revolving Note. The Company shall have duly executed
and delivered to Lender a Revolving Note in a principal amount equal to the
Original Commitment dated the date of the Initial Loan Closing Date.

            (n) Liens.  The Company shall have delivered to Lender such
evidence as Lender may request to establish that there are no financing
statements filed against the property of the Company other than set forth on
Annex 3.19 or other than with respect to Permitted Liens.

            (o) Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement.  Each of the
Company, Craig A. Winn, Rex Scatena and Lender shall have entered into an
Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement, substantially in the form of Annex
7.1(o) hereto (the "Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement").

            (p) Sale of Management Subordinated Notes.  The Company shall have
received a minimum of $2,500,000 from management employees of the Company and
close associates of the Company in exchange for promissory notes issued by the
Company, substantially in the form of Annex 7.1(p) hereto (the "Management
Subordinated Notes").

            (q) Reserved.

            (r) Special Account.  The Company shall have entered into a
Pledged Account Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex
7.1(r) (the "Pledged Account Agreement"), with First Union National Bank and
Lender.

            (s) Reserved.

                                             -23-


<PAGE>




            (t) Warrant Purchase Agreement.  The Company and the Lender shall
have entered into a Warrant Purchase Agreement (the "Warrant Purchase
Agreement") substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex 7.1(t).

            (u)Registration Rights Agreement.  The Company and the Lender shall
have entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the "Registration Rights
Agreement") substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex 7.1(u).

            (v) Escrow Agreement.  The Company, Lender and an escrow agent shall
have entered into an Escrow Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto
as Annex 7.1(v) (the "Escrow Agreement").

            (w) Sirrom Consent.  The Company shall have received the consent of
Sirrom under that certain Loan Agreement dated as of October 9, 1998 by and
among the Company and Sirrom to the authorization, execution, delivery and
performance by the Company of this Agreement, including, without limitation,
the Revolving Loan Commitment and the Loans.

           7.2 Conditons of Company's Obligations.  The Company's obligation to
obtain Loans is subject to the fulfillment prior to or at the Initial Loan
Closing Date of the conditions precedent specified in paragraph (g) of Section
7.1 hereof.

           7.3 Additional Conditions Precedent to Loans.  The obligation of
Lender to make each Loan after the initial Loan shall be subject to the further
conditions precedent that (a) if the amount of the Loan exceeds the principal
amount of the outstanding Revolving Note or, if more than one, Revolving Notes
and the Revolving Loan Commitment, in accordance with this Agreement, has been
increased beyond the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Revolving
Note or, if more than one, Revolving Notes, the Company shall have duly executed
and delivered to Lender an additional Revolving Note in a principal amount equal
to the amount by which the then Revolving Loan Commitment exceeds the principal
amount of the outstanding Revolving Note or, if more than one, Revolving Notes,
and (b) on the date of each such Loan the following statements shall be true and
complete and shall be deemed made by the Company by virtue of its request for,
and acceptance of, Loans:

            (a) Representations and Warranties.  The representations and
warranties contained in this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the
date of such Loan as if made on and as of such date (with the modification that
all references therein to "Initial Loan Closing" and "Initial Loan Closing Date"
shall instead refer to the applicable Subsequent Loan Closing and Subsequent
Loan Closing Date).

                                             -24-


<PAGE>




            (b) No Events of Default.  No event or condition has occurred and is
continuing or would result from such Loan, which constitutes an Event of
Default or would constitute an Event of Default but for the requirement that
notice be given or time elapse or both.

"Subsequent Loan Closing" means the advance of any Loan other than the initial
Loan by Lender to the Company in response to a request therefor by the Company,
"Subsequent Loan Closing Date" means the date of such advance.

          8. Affirmative Convenants. The Company agrees that unless Lender
otherwise agrees in writing, so long as any principal or interest under any Note
remains unpaid or Lender has any Revolving Loan Commitment, the Company (and
each of its Subsidiaries unless the context otherwise requires) will do the
following:

           8.1 Maintain Corporate Rights and Facilities. Maintain and preserve
its corporate existence and all rights, franchises and other authority adequate
for the conduct of its business; maintain its properties, equipment and
facilities in good order and repair; and conduct its business in an orderly
manner without voluntary interruption.

           8.2 Maintain Insurance. Maintain in full force and effect a policy or
policies of insurance issued by insurers of recognized responsibility, insuring
it and its properties and business against such losses and risks, and in such
amounts, as are customary in the case of corporations of established reputation
engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated; maintain in
full force and effect policies of term life insurance issued by issuers of
recognized responsibility, as follows: (a) in the amount of $10 million on the
life of Craig A. Winn, (b) in the amount of $3 million on the life of Glenda
Dorchak, (c) in the amount of $2 million on the life of Dean M. Johnson and
(d) $1 million each on the lives of Rex Scatena, Joseph Page and Jerry Goode; in
each case with the Company as the sole beneficiary and so long as they are
employees of the Company.

           8.3 Pay Taxes and Other Liabilities. Pay and discharge, before the
same become delinquent and before penalties accrue thereon, all taxes,
assessments and governmental charges upon or against it or any of its
properties, and all its other material liabilities at any time existing, except
to the extent and so long as (a) the same are being contested in good faith and
by appropriate proceedings in such manner as not to cause any materially adverse
effect upon its financial condition or the loss of any right or redemption from
any sale thereunder, and (b) it shall have set aside on its books reserves
(segregated to the extent required by generally accepted accounting principles)
deemed by it adequate with respect thereto.

                                             -25-


<PAGE>




           8.4 Records and Reports. Accurately and fairly maintain its books of
account in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, as approved
from time to time by a majority of the Board and its independent certified
public accountants; employ a firm of independent certified public accountants,
which firm is either one of the five largest national accounting firms or which
is approved by Lender, to make annual audits of its accounts in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards; permit Lender and its representatives to
have access to and to examine its properties, books and records (and to copy and
make extracts therefrom) at such reasonable times and intervals as Lender may
request and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers and
auditors, all to such reasonable extent and at such reasonable times and
intervals as Lender may request; and the Company shall also furnish Lender:

            (a) As soon as available, and in any event within thirty (30) days
after the close of each monthly accounting period, financial statements prepared
on a consolidated basis (together with consolidating statements in support
thereof) consisting of a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such
monthly accounting period and statements of income, shareholders' equity and
cash flow for such monthly accounting period, and for the portion of the
Company's fiscal year ending with the last day of such monthly accounting
period, setting forth in comparative form (i) the figures for such period,
figures for the corresponding periods of the previous fiscal year and the
budgeted figures for such periods prepared and submitted pursuant to Section 8.5
hereof, and (ii) as of the end of each fiscal quarter, the figures for such
quarter, the figures for the corresponding quarter of the preceding fiscal year
and the budgeted figures for such current quarter prepared and submitted
pursuant to Section 8.5 hereof, all in reasonable detail, prepared and certified
by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Company as
fairly presenting the financial condition as of the balance sheet date and
results of operations and cash flows for the period then ended in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, subject to
normal year end adjustments which in the aggregate shall not be material;

            (b) As soon as available, and in any event within ninety (90)
days after the close of each fiscal year of the Company (commencing from the
date hereof), financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis (together
with consolidating statements in support thereof) consisting of a balance sheet
of the Company, as of the end of such fiscal year, together with statements of
income, shareholders' equity and cash flow for such fiscal year, setting forth
in comparative form the figures for such fiscal year and for the previous fiscal
year, all in reasonable detail, and duly certified by an opinion unqualified as
to scope of a firm of independent certified public accountants, which firm is
one of the five largest national accounting firms;

                                             -26-


<PAGE>




            (c) So long as any Note remains outstanding or Lender has any
Revolving Loan Commitment, concurrently with the delivery of each of the
financial statements referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 8.4,
a certificate signed by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer
of the Company to the effect that there exists no Event of Default or event or
condition which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would
constitute an Event of Default, or, if any such Event of Default or other event
or condition exists a statement of the nature and period of existence thereof
and what steps are being taken to remedy or cure the same;

           (d) Promptly upon learning of the occurrence of an Event of Default
or a condition or event which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or
both, would constitute an Event of Default, a certificate signed by the chief
executive officer or chief financial officer of the Company describing such
Event of Default or condition or event and stating what steps are being taken to
remedy or cure the same;

            (e) Promptly upon the receipt thereof by the Company or the Board,
copies of all reports, all management letters and other detailed information
submitted to the Company or the Board by independent accountants in connection
with each annual or interim audit or review of the accounts or affairs of the
Company made by such accountants;

            (f) Promptly after the same are available, copies of all such proxy
statements, financial statements and reports as the Company shall send to its
stockholders, and promptly upon the transmission thereof copies of all
registration statements, notifications, proxy statements, reports and other
documents and writings which the Company may file with or furnish to the
Commission or any governmental authority at any time substituted therefor; and

            (g) With reasonable promptness, such other information relating to
the finances, properties, business and affairs of the Company and each
Subsidiary, as Lender reasonably may request from time to time.

           8.5 Preparation of Budget. Within thirty (30) days after the Initial
Loan Closing Date, for the Company's partial fiscal year ending after the
Initial Loan Closing Date, and at least thirty (30) days prior to the beginning
of the subsequent fiscal year, prepare and submit to the Board, and furnish to
Lender a copy of, an annual plan for such year which shall include monthly
capital and operating expense budgets, cash flow statements and profit and loss
and quarterly balance sheet projections, itemized in such detail as the Board
may request. A majority of the members of the Board shall approve such budgets,

                                             -27-


<PAGE>



statements and projections. Each annual plan shall be modified as often as
necessary, but in any event every six (6) months, to reflect material changes
required as a result of operating results and other events that occur, or may be
reasonably expected to occur, during the year covered by the annual plan, and
copies of these modifications shall be submitted to and approved by the Board
and furnished to Lender. The Company may dispense with any six-month
modification if the Board reasonably determines that no material change is
required in the budget for that six-month fiscal period.

           8.6 Notice of Litigation and Disputes. Promptly notify Lender of each
legal action, suit, arbitration or other administrative or governmental
investigation or proceeding (whether federal, state, local or foreign)
instituted or threatened against the Company which could materially and
adversely affect its condition (financial or otherwise), properties, assets,
liabilities, business, operations or prospects, or of any occurrence or dispute
which involves a reasonable likelihood of any such action, suit, arbitration,
investigation or proceeding being instituted.

           8.7 Conduct of Business. Conduct its business in accordance with all
applicable provisions of federal, state, local and foreign law.

           8.8 Replacement of Instrument. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably
satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of
any Note, issue a new instrument representing such Note in lieu of such lost,
stolen, destroyed, or mutilated instrument.

           8.9 Compliance with Section 7. Use its best efforts to cause the
conditions specified in Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 hereof to be met by the
Initial Loan Closing Date or the Subsequent Loan Closing Date, as the case may
be.

           8.10 Securities Law Filings. Make all filings necessary to perfect in
a timely fashion exemptions from (a) the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act and (b) the registration or qualification
requirements of all applicable securities or blue sky laws of any state or other
jurisdiction, for the issuance of the Notes to Lender.

           8.11 Compliance With Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Perform
and observe all requirements of the Company's Bylaws and Articles of
Incorporation.

           8.12 Internal Accounting Controls. Devise and maintain a system of
internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that
(a) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or

                                             -28-


<PAGE>



specific authorization, (b) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles of any other criteria applicable to such statements, and
to maintain accountability for assets, (c) access to assets is permitted only in
accordance with management's general or specific authorization, and (d) the
recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at
reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any
differences.

           8.13 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds from the Loans substantially
as set forth in Annex 8.13 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the proceeds
from the initial Loan shall be used to repay in full all outstanding
Indebtedness of the Company owed to Lender, including, without limitation, the
principal amounts and interest accrued thereon of all notes issued, under the
Prior Loan Agreement.

           8.14    Union Matters.

            (a) In the event of any attempt by any union to organize or seek to
represent employees of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the Company will
recognize the union as the representative of its workers upon a showing of
majority support through a formal gathering of cards for the union in an
appropriate unit.

            (b) In connection with any organizing done by a union, the Company
recognizes the right of its employees to choose their bargaining representative
without interference from their employer (the Company or its Affiliates).
Accordingly, the Company and its officers, directors, employees and agents shall
refrain, and shall cause its Affiliates to refrain, from its or their support of
or opposition to the union and from actively campaigning in opposition to the
designation of such union as the representative of such employees.

            (c) The Company will cause all merchandise ordered by its
customers to be shipped by shippers that have recognized one or more unions as
collective bargaining representatives of some or all of its workers, with
preference among such shippers given to those shippers having the largest
percentage of its workers represented by one or more unions recognized by such
shipper; provided, however, that exceptions to this requirement will be
permitted if installation of purchased items requires set up and it is
impracticable to obtain union labor for on-site installation and set-up or there
is no viable union transportation option available.

                                             -29-


<PAGE>




           8.15 Maintenance of Special Account: Application of Deposits.

            (a) Pursuant to the Pledged Account Agreement, the Company shall
maintain a bank account with First Union National Bank under the terms of
which no amounts can be withdrawn (or checks or drafts written or charged)
without the joint signature of the Company and Lender (the "Special Account").

            (b) Immediately upon receipt of any payment received by the
Company from any Special Vendor (as hereinafter defined) or Presentation
Customer (as hereinafter defined), the Company shall cause such payment to be
deposited in the Special Account.

            (c) All amounts deposited in the Special Account shall be used
promptly (but in any event no more than five Business Days after deposit) to
prepay the principal of and interest on the outstanding Notes.

           8.16 Initial Public Offering. The Company shall file and complete the
Company's initial public offering as soon as market conditions allow, and the
Company shall be prepared to file a registration statement under the Securities
Act for an underwritten initial public offering no later than December 31, 1998
and to raise at least $70 million in such offering.

           8.17 Landlord's Consent. Within seven (7) days following the Initial
Loan Closing, the Company shall have delivered to Lender a Landlord's Consent
and Subordination of Lien, substantially in the form of Annex 8.17 from the
lesser of each of the offices and other premises leased or occupied by the
Company.

           8.18 Sirrom Lien. Within thirty (30) days following the Initial Loan
Closing, the Company shall pay in full all outstanding Sirrom Indebtedness and
immediately thereafter shall file or cause to be filed termination statements in
all appropriate jurisdictions with respect to the termination and release of the
Sirrom Lien.

           8.19 Warrant Purchase Agreement. The Company shall perform and
discharge of its obligations as provided under the Warrant Purchase Agreement.

          9. Negative Covenants. The Company agrees that unless Lender otherwise
agree in writing, so long as any principal or interest under any Note remains
unpaid or Lender shall have any Revolving Loan Commitment, the Company (and each
of its Subsidiaries unless the context otherwise requires) will not do any of
the following:

                                             -30-


<PAGE>




           9.1     Indebtedness and Liens.

            (a)     Assume, create, incur or suffer to exist

               (1)  Any Indebtedness for Borrowed Money that is prior or senior
in right or time of payment to the Indebtedness represented by any Note; or

               (2)  Any Indebtedness other than:

                  (i) Indebtedness evidenced by any Note;

                 (ii) Indebtedness evidenced by the Management Subordinated
                      Notes;

                (iii) Indebtedness for Borrowed Money set forth on Annex 3.4;

                 (iv) Indebtedness representing trade payables and expense
                      accruals incurred and made in the usual and ordinary
                      course of the Company's business; and

                  (v) the Sirrom Indebtedness.

            (b) Assume, create, incur or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its
properties and assets other than:

              (1)     Permitted Liens;

              (2)     Liens described on Annex 3.19;

              (3)     The security interest created by the Amended and
                      Restated Security Agreement; and

              (4)     The security interest created by that certain Security
                      Agreement dated October 9, 1998 by and between the Company
                      and Sirrom.

           9.2     Changes in Type of Business. Make any substantial change in
the character of its business.

                                             -31-


<PAGE>




            9.3 Loans: Guarantees. Except for a loan by the Company to Glenda
Dorchak in the principal amount not to exceed $250,000, pursuant to a
contemplated employment agreement between the Company and Ms. Dorchak, make any
loan or advance to any Person, including, without limitation, any employee or
director of the Company or any Subsidiary, except advances for travel and
entertainment expenses and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of
business or under the terms of a stock option plan or stock purchase agreement
approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board; or guarantee, directly or
indirectly, any Indebtedness except for trade accounts of the Company or any
Subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business.

            9.4 Restrictive Agreements. Enter into or become a party to any
agreement or instrument which by its terms would violate or be in conflict with
or restrict the Company's performance of, its obligations under this Agreement
or any Related Agreement.

            9.5 Overhead. Permit overhead costs of the Company to exceed
$1,800,000 per month, except for variable costs which increase as a function of
increased Web Site visits. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary
contained herein, the Company shall no longer be obligated to comply with the
requirements of this Section 9.5 upon the consummation of a financing
transaction (the "FDX/Vulcan Financing") between the Company and Vulcan
Ventures, Inc. or FDX Corporation, the gross proceeds to the Company of which
equal or exceed $50,000,000.

            9.6 Creation of Subsidiaries. Organize or create, or transfer or
lend any funds, property or asset to, any Subsidiary.

            9.7 Restricted Payments. Declare or pay any dividend on any class of
its capital stock (other than the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B
Preferred Stock in accordance with the Company's Articles of Incorporation as
presently in effect or as amended with the express written consent of Lender) or
purchase or redeem any shares of any class of its capital stock.

            9.8 Limitation on Employment. Allow the total number of full-time
equivalent employees at any time to exceed 185; provided, however, that the
Company may employ up to an additional 25 full-time equivalent telesales
specialists (collective, the "Additional Employees"), provided that the total
cost (including wage and all benefit costs) of such Additional Employees is
offset by an equal reduction in advertising expenditures of the Company;
provided, further, that the Company may employ additional telesales specialists
(collectively, the "Extra Employees") in excess of such Additional Employees,
provided that (a) the Company proves to the reasonable

                                             -32-


<PAGE>



satisfaction of Lender that the total cost (including wage and all benefit
costs) of such Extra Employees as a percentage of the revenue generated by such
Extra Employees is less than the total cost of traditional advertising as a
percentage of the revenue generated by traditional advertising, and (b) overhead
costs of the Company do not exceed $1,800,000 per month. Notwithstanding any
provision to the contrary contained herein, the Company shall no longer be
obligated to comply with the requirements of this Section 9.8 upon the
consummation of the FDX/Vulcan Financing.

            9.9 Restriction on Sales, Mergers and Acquisitions. Sell, transfer,
assign, license or hypothecate any of its properties or assets or rights thereto
other than in the usual and ordinary course of its business; merge with or
without or consolidate with any other Person; acquire the capital stock or
securities or business assets of any Person; or enter into a joint venture with
any Person; or enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing.

           9.10 Limitation on Outstanding Stock Options. Grant any option or
options to purchase, in the aggregate, more than 100,000 shares of Common Stock
of the Company; provided, however, that such limit on the number of shares of
Common Stock subject to options may be increased, from time to time, by
unanimous action of the Compensation Committee of the Board. Notwithstanding any
provision to the contrary contained herein, the Company shall no longer be
obligated to comply with the requirements of this Section 9.10, upon the
consummation of the FSX/Vulcan Financing.

            10. Reserved.

            11. Definitions Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms
defined in this Section 11 shall have the meanings herein specified for all
purposes of this Agreement, applicable to both the singular and plural forms of
any of the terms herein defined. All accounting terms defined in this Section 11
and those accounting terms used in this Agreement not defined in this Section 11
shall, except as otherwise provided for herein, be construed in accordance with
those generally accepted accounting principles that the Company is required to
employ by the terms of this Agreement. If and so long as the Company has any
Subsidiary, the accounting terms defined in this Section 11 and those accounting
terms appearing in this Agreement but not defined in this Section 11 shall be
determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and each of its Subsidiaries,
and the financial statements and other financial information to be furnished by
the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be consolidated and presented with
consolidating financial statements of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries.

               "Additional Employees" shall have the meaning assigned to it in
Section 9.8 hereof.

               "Affiliate" shall mean any Person which directly or indirectly
controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the indicated
Person.

               "Agreement" shall mean this Agreement, as the same may be
amended, modified or restated from time to time.

               "Amended and Restated Security Agreement" shall have the meaning
assigned to this term in Section 4.3 hereof.

               "Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement" shall have the
meaning assigned to it in Section 7.1(o) hereof.

               "Balance Sheet" and "Balance Sheet Date" shall have the meanings
assigned to these terms in Section 3.11 hereof.

               "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

                                             -30-


<PAGE>




                "Common Stock" shall mean Common Stock, without par value, of
the Company.

                "Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                "Commitment Termination Date" shall have the meaning assigned to
it in Section 1(f).

                "Company" shall have the meaning assigned to this term in
introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

     "Developing Software" shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section
3.27(b).

     "Equity Security" shall mean any stock or similar security of the Company
or any security (whether stock or Indebtedness for Borrowed Money) convertible
or exchangeable, with or without consideration, into or for any stock or similar
security, or any security (whether stock or Indebtedness for Borrowed Money)
carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any stock or similar
security, or any such warrant or right.

     "Escrow Agreement" shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 7.1(v)
hereof.

     "Event of Default" shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 5.1
hereof.

     "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     "Extra Employees" shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.8
hereof.

     "FDX/Vulcan Financing" shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.5
hereof.

               "Financing Statement" shall mean those certain UCC-1 Financing
Statements, naming the Lender as secured party and the Company as debtor, filed
pursuant to the Prior Loan Agreement and that certain Security Agreement dated
October 14, 1998 by and between the Company and the Lender.

                                             -31-


<PAGE>



               "Fully Operating Software" shall have the meaning assigned to it
in Section 3.27(a) hereof.

               "Indebtedness" shall mean any obligation of the Company or any
Subsidiary which under generally accepted accounting principles is required to
be shown on the balance sheet of the Company or such Subsidiary as a liability.
Any obligation secured by a Lien on, or payable out of the proceeds of
production from, property of the Company or any Subsidiary shall be deemed to be
"Indebtedness" even though such obligation is not assumed by the Company or
Subsidiary. "Indebtedness" shall also include any obligation of the Company or
any Subsidiary in respect of any letter of credit issued for such Person's
account, whether or not any amount has been drawn on such letter of credit, for
which such Person is obligated to the issuer of such letter of credit.

               "Indebtedness for Borrowed Money" shall mean (a) all Indebtedness
in respect of money borrowed including, without limitation, Indebtedness which
represents the unpaid amount of the purchase price of any property and is
incurred in lieu of borrowing money or using available funds to pay such amounts
and not constituting an account payable or expense accrual incurred or assumed
in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Subsidiary, (b) all
Indebtedness evidenced by a promissory note, bond or similar written obligation
to pay money, (c) any obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of
any letter of credit issued for such Person's account, whether or not any amount
has been drawn on such letter of credit, for which such Person is obligated to
the issuer of such letters of credit, and (d) all Indebtedness of the type
referred to in the preceding clauses (a) through (c), inclusive, guaranteed by
the Company or any Subsidiary or for which the Company or any Subsidiary is
otherwise contingently liable.

               "Initial Loan Closing" and "Initial Loan Closing Date" shall have
the meaning assigned to them in Section 7.1.

               "Lender" shall have the meaning assigned to this term in the
introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

               "Lien" shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest,
encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind, including, without limitation, any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature
thereof and the filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the
Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction and including any lien or charge
arising by statute or other law.

               "Loan" and "Loans" shall have the meaning assigned to them in
Section 1(a).

               "Management Subordinated Notes" shall have the meaning assigned
to it in Section 7.1(p) hereof.

                                             -32-


<PAGE>




               "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse effect,
or any condition, situation or set of circumstances that could reasonably be
expected to have a material adverse effect, on the Company and its Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, or the business, assets, properties, condition (financial and
other), operations or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a
whole.

               "Maturity" shall mean the date on which the principal amount of
the Note becomes due and payable as provided therein, whether at the Stated
Maturity or by acceleration or otherwise.

               "Note" shall have the meaning assigned to this term in Section
1(e) hereof.

               "Permitted Liens" shall mean (a) Liens for taxes and assessments
or governmental charges or levies not at the time due or in respect of which the
validity thereof shall currently be contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings; (b) Liens in respect of pledges or deposits under workers'
compensation laws or similar legislation, carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics',
laborers' and materialmen's and similar Liens, if the obligations secured by
such Liens are not then delinquent or are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings; and (c) Liens incidental to the conduct of the business
of the Company or any Subsidiary which were not incurred in connection with the
borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credits and which do not in
the aggregate materially detract from the value of its property or materially
impair the use thereof in the operation of its business.

               "Person" shall include any natural person, corporation, trust,
association, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture and other
entity and any government, governmental agency, instrumentality or political
subdivision.

               "Pledged Account Agreement" shall have the meaning assigned to it
in Section 7.1(r) hereof.

               "Presentation Customer" means a Person for whom the Company
prepares or assists in the preparation of presentations, exhibits and displays
for appearance on the Web Site to promote products for sale on the Web Site.

               "Prior Loan Agreement" shall have the meaning assigned to it in
the Recitals of this Agreement.

               "Prior Loan Commitment" shall have the meaning assigned to it in
the Recitals of this Agreement.

                                             -33-


<PAGE>




               "Prospectus" shall mean the preliminary prospectus of the Company
dated September 1, 1998 that was included in the Company's registration
statement filed under the Securities Act (Registration Number 333-58469).

               "Registration Rights Agreement" shall have the meaning assigned
to it in Section 7.1(u) hereof.

               "Related Agreements" shall mean, collectively, each of the Notes,
the Amended and Restated Security Agreement, the Warrant Purchase Agreement, the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement,
the Pledged Account Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Financing
Statements; each, individually, a "Related Agreement".

               "Revolving Loan Commitment" shall have the meaning assigned to it
in Section 1(e).

               "Revolving Note" shall have the meaning assigned to it in
Section 1(b) and 1(e).

               "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.

               "Series A Preferred Stock" shall mean the Series A Preferred
Stock, without par value, of the Company.

               "Series B Preferred Stock" shall mean the Series B Preferred
Stock, without par value, of the Company.

               "Sirrom" means Sirrom Capital Corporation.

               "Sirrom Indebtedness" shall mean a loan in the aggregate
principal amount of $5,000,000 made to the Company by pursuant to that certain
Loan Agreement dated as of October 9, 1998 between the Company and Sirrom.

               "Sirrom Lien" shall mean all Liens in favor of Sirrom, as secured
party, relating to the Sirrom Indebtedness.

               "Special Account" shall have the meaning assigned to it in
Section 8.15.

               "Special Vendor" shall mean any provider of product to the
Company with which the Company has an express or implied agreement, either on
the date hereof or thereafter, to provide the Company with funds for cooperative
advertising of such products.

               "Stated Maturity" shall have the meaning assigned to it in
Section 4.1(a) hereof.

                                             -34-


<PAGE>




               "Subsequent Loan Closing" and "Subsequent Loan Closing Date"
shall have the meanings assigned to it in Section 7.3.

                "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation, association or other
business entity at least 50% of the outstanding voting stock of which is at the
time owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the Company or by one or more
of such subsidiary entities or both, where "voting stock" means any shares of
stock or other equity securities having general voting power in electing the
board of directors (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any
other class or classes has or might have voting power by reason of any
contingency), general partners or managers.

               "Warrant Purchase Agreement" shall have the meaning assigned to
it in Section 7.1(t) hereof.

               "Web Site" shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section
3.28(a).

            12. Miscellaneous.

            12.1 Waivers and Amendments. With the written consent of Lender, the
obligations of the Company and the rights of Lender under this Agreement may be
waived (either generally or in a particular instance, either retroactively or
prospectively and either for a specified period of time or indefinitely), and
with the same consent the company, when authorized by resolution of its Board,
may enter into a supplementary agreement for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
this Agreement or of any supplemental agreement or modifying in any manner the
rights and obligations hereunder of Lender. With the written consent of the
Company, the rights of the Company and the obligations of Lender under this
Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, either
retroactively or prospectively and either for a specified period of time or
indefinitely). Neither this Agreement, any Related Agreement, nor any provision
hereof or thereof, may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated orally or by
course of dealing, but only by a statement in writing signed by the party
against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is
sought, except to the extent provided in this Section 12.1. Specifically, but
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the failure of Lender at any
time or times to require performance of any provision hereof or of any Note by
the Company shall in no manner affect the rights of Lender at a later time to
enforce the same. No waiver by any party of the breach of any term or provision
contained in this Agreement or any Related Agreement, in any one or more
instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing
waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term or
covenant contained in the Agreement or any Related Agreement.

                                             -35-


<PAGE>



               12.2 Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other
communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing (including
telecopy or similar writing) and shall be given,

               if to the Company to:

                      Value America, Inc.
                      2300 Commonwealth Drive
                      Charlottesville, Virginia 22901
                      Attention:  Mr. Craig A. Winn,
                      Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
                      Telecopier: (804) 817-7884

               with a copy to:

                      Gary D. LeClair, Esq.
                      LeClair Ryan, A Professional Corporation
                      707 East Main Street, 11th Floor
                      Richmond, VA  23219
                      Telecopier: (804) 783-2294

               if to Lender:

                      The Union Labor Life Insurance Company
                      111 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W.
                      Washington, D.C. 20001
                      Attention:  Mr. Michael Steed,
                      Senior Vice President, Investments
                      Telecopier: (202) 682-7970

               with a copy to:

                      Alan J. Barton, Esq.
                      Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP
                      555 South Flower Street
                      Twenty-Third Floor
                      Los Angeles, California 90071
                      Telecopier: (213) 627-0705

or to such other address or telecopier number as such party may specify for the
purpose by notice to the other party or parties to this Agreement, as the case
may be. Any notice, request, consent or other communication hereunder shall be
deemed to have been given and received on the day on which it is delivered (by
any means including

                                             -36-


<PAGE>



personal delivery, overnight air courier, United States mail) or telecopied (or,
if such day is not a business day or if the notice, request, consent or
communication is not telecopied during business hours of the intended recipient,
at the place of receipt, on the next following business day).

            12.3 Survival of Representations and Warranties, etc. All
representations and warranties made in, pursuant to or in connection with this
Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any
investigation at any time made by or on behalf of Lender, and the sale and
purchase of the Note and payment therefor. All statements contained in any
certificate, instrument or other writing delivered by or on behalf of the
Company pursuant hereto or in connection with or contemplation of the
transactions herein contemplated shall constitute representations and warranties
by the Company hereunder. Any claim against the Company based upon any
inaccuracy in any of the representations or breach of any of the warranties
hereunder must be asserted against the Company, either by written notice given
to the Company specifying with reasonable particularity the claimed inaccuracy
or breach or by institution of an action at law or suit in equity against the
Company and the serving of the process and complaint with respect thereto upon
the Company, within thirty (30) months from the applicable Loan Closing Date.

            12.4 Severability. Should any one or more of the provisions of this
Agreement or of any agreement entered into pursuant to this Agreement be
determined to be illegal or unenforceable, all other provisions of this
Agreement and of each other agreement entered into pursuant to this Agreement,
shall be given effect separately from the provision or provisions determined to
be illegal or unenforceable and shall not be affected thereby.

            12.5 Parties in Interest. All the terms and provisions of this
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable
by the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto, whether so
expressed or not and, in particular, shall inure to the benefit of and be
enforceable by any holder at any time of any Note. Subject to the immediately
preceding sentence, this Agreement shall not run to the benefit of or be
enforceable by any Person other than a party to this Agreement and its
successors and assigns.

            12.6 Headings. The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this
Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not
constitute a part of this Agreement.

            12.7 Choice of Law. It is the intention of the parties that the
internal substantive laws, and not the laws of conflicts, of the Commonwealth of
Virginia should govern the enforceability and validity of this Agreement, the
construction of its terms and the interpretation of the rights and duties of the
parties.

                                             -37-


<PAGE>



            12.8 Expenses. The Company agrees, whether or not the transactions
contemplated hereby are consummated, to pay, and hold Lender harmless from
liability for the payment of, (a) the fees and expenses of their special counsel
arising in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement, all
agreements and documents described in Section 7.1 and the Notes, creating,
perfecting and establishing the desired priority of the security interests to be
created by the Amended and Restated Security Agreement and consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (b) the fees and expenses incurred
with respect to any amendments to this Agreement or any Note or any other
Related Agreement proposed by the Company (whether or not the same become
effective), (c) if Lender desires to sell or otherwise transfer any portion of
or all of any Note held by it and counsel for the Company declines to render a
legal opinion to Lender, without cost or expense to Lender, whether or not
registration under the Securities Act will be required for such sale or
transfer, the fees and expenses of counsel for Lender in rendering such an
opinion, (d) the fees and expenses of Lender in creating, perfecting and
establishing the desired priority of the security interests to be created by the
Amended and Restated Security Agreement and administering the Collateral (as
defined in the Amended and Restated Security Agreement) (e) the fees and
expenses incurred in connection with any requested waiver of the right of Lender
to contemplated acts of the Company not otherwise permissible by the terms of
this Agreement or any Related Agreement, (f) stamp and other taxes, excluding
income taxes, which may be payable with respect to the execution and delivery of
this Agreement or the issuance, delivery or acquisition of any Note, (g) the
fees and expenses incurred in respect of the enforcement of the rights granted
under this Agreement or any Related Agreement, and (h) all costs of the
Company's performance of and compliance with this Agreement and the Related
Agreements.

            12.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, with the
same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All such
counterparts shall be deemed an original, shall be construed together and shall
constitute one and the same instrument.

            12.10 Authorship. This Agreement shall not be construed for or
against any party by reason of the authorship or claimed authorship of any
provision of this Agreement or by reason of the status of the respective
parties.

            12.11 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and any agreement, document
or instrument referred to herein constitute the entire agreement among the
parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and
supersede all other prior agreements or undertakings with respect thereto, both
written and oral.

                                             -38-

<PAGE>
                               [SIGNATURE PAGE OF
                 AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT]


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the day and year
first above written.




                            VALUE AMERICA, INC.


                            By: /s/ Craig A. Winn
                                ________________________________
                                Craig A. Winn, Chairman and
                                Chief Executive Officer



                               THE UNION LABOR LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                               Acting for its Separate Account P

                           By: ________________________________________
                                  An Authorized Officer


<PAGE>



                               [SIGNATURE PAGE OF
                 AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT]


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the day and year
first above written.




                            VALUE AMERICA, INC.


                            By: ________________________________________
                                 Craig A. Winn, Chairman and
                                 Chief Executive Officer



                            THE UNION LABOR LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                            Acting for its Separate Account P

                           By:   /s/ Harold A. Braun
                                ________________________________________
                                An Authorized Officer



<PAGE>

                           FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED
                      AND RESTATED REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT

        This FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT
dated as of December ___, 1998 (this "Amendment") is hereby entered into by and
between Value America, Inc., a Virginia corporation (the "Company"), and The
Union Labor Life Insurance Company, acting on behalf of its Separate Account P
(the "Lender").

                                    RECITALS

     A. WHEREAS, the Company and the Lender have executed and
delivered that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Agreement dated as of
November 17, 1998 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time, the "Loan Agreement");

     B. WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Lender, among
other things, increase the Revolving Loan Commitment from up to Ten Million
Twenty-Four Thousand Four Hundred forty-four Dollars ($10,024,444) in the
aggregate to up to Seventeen Million Five Hundred Twenty-Four Thousand Four
Hundred forty-four Dollars ($17,524,444) in the aggregate, and the Lender is
willing to make certain secured loans to the Company of up to such amount upon
the terms and conditions set forth herein and therein; and

     C. WHEREAS, on and subject to the terms and conditions set
forth herein, the parties hereto have agreed to amend the provisions of the Loan
Agreement, and the Lender has agreed to increase the Revolving Loan Commitment.

     NOW, THEREFORE, for good and  valuable consideration,  the  receipt and
adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Lender do hereby
agree as follows:

1. Relation to Loan Agreement; Definitions.

   1.1 Relation to Loan Agreement.  This Amendment constitutes an integral part
       of the Loan Agreement. Each reference contained in the Loan Agreement to
       the "Loan Agreement," any section or provision contained in the Loan
       Agreement, or any of the following or similar terms "this Agreement,"
       "herein" or "hereof" shall be deemed to be a reference to such "Loan
       Agreement," section or provision or term as hereby amended and as the
       same may be further amended, restated supplemented or otherwise modified
       and in effect from time to time hereafter.


<PAGE>



    1.2  Capitalized Terms.  For all purposes of this
Amendment, capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the
meanings specified in the Loan Agreement, as said agreement shall be in effect
on the Effective Date after giving effect to this Agreement.

2. AMENDMENTS TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

      2.1 Amendment to Section 1(e) of the Loan Agreement. Section 1(e) of the
Loan Agreement is amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with
the following:

            (e) The "Revolving Loan Commitment" shall mean the greater of (i)
            TEN MILLION TWENTY-FOUR THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED FORTY-FOUR DOLLARS
            ($10,024,444) (the "Original Commitment") or (ii) such greater
            amount at Lender may specify from time to time in a notice to the
            Company increasing the amount thereof, provided that the Revolving
            Loan Commitment may not exceed SEVENTEEN MILLION FIVE HUNDRED
            TWENTY-FOUR THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED FORTY-FOUR DOLLARS ($17,524,444).
            Each time the Company requests a Loan in excess of the then
            outstanding Revolving Loan Commitment it shall deliver to Lender an
            additional secured negotiable revolving promissory note in the
            amount of the increase in the Revolving Loan Commitment
            substantially in the form of Annex A (also a "Revolving Note"). All
            Revolving Notes are also sometimes collectively referred to herein
            as "Notes" and sometimes individually as "Note."

      2.2 Amendment to Section 3.1 of the Loan Agreement. Section 3.1 of the
Loan Agreement is amended by deleting it in its entirely and replacing it with
the following:

            3.1 Organization, Standing, etc. The Company is a corporation duly
            organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
            the Commonwealth of Virginia, and has all requisite power and
            authority to carry on its business, to own and hold its properties
            and assets, to enter into this Agreement, the Notes, the Amended and
            Restated Security Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Warrant
            Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Second Warrant
            Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Registration Rights
            Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Amended and Restated
            Subordination Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Pledged
            Account Agreement

<PAGE>

(as hereinafter defined), the Escrow Agreement (as hereinafter defined) and the
Financing Statements (as hereinafter defined and together with the Notes, the
Amended and Restated Security Agreement, the Warrant Purchase Agreement, the
Second Warrant Purchase Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the
Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement, the Pledged Account Agreement and
the Escrow Agreement, the "Related Agreements," and each individually, a
"Related Agreement"), to borrow money and issue the Notes in accordance with
this Agreement and to carry out the provisions hereof and thereof. The copies of
the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company which have been
delivered to Lender prior to the execution of this Agreement are true and
complete and have not been amended or repealed. The company has no Subsidiaries
(as hereinafter defined) or direct or indirect interest (by way of stock
ownership or otherwise) in any firm, partnership, corporation, association or
business enterprise.

      2.3 Amendment to Section 8 of the Loan Agreement. Section 8 of the Loan
Agreement is amended to add the following new Section 8.20 to follow after
Section 8.19 of the Loan Agreement:

          8.20 Second Warrant Purchase Agreement.  The Company shall perform and
discharge all of its obligations as provided under the Second Warrant Purchase
Agreement.

      2.4 Amendment to Section 11 of the Loan Agreement.

          (a) Section 11 of the Loan Agreement is amended to add the following
definition in alphabetical order:

                      "Second Warrant Purchase Agreement" shall mean that
certain Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of December 14, 1998 by and
between the Company and Lender.

          (b) Section 11 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting the
definition of "Related Agreements" in its entirety and replacing it with the
following: "Related Agreements" shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section
3.1 hereof.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

      3.1 Representations and Warranties. To induce the Lender to execute and
deliver this Amendment (which representations shall survive the execution and
deliver of this Amendment), the Company represents and warrants to the Lender
that:

          (a) Authority. This Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by it and this Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding
obligation, contract and agreement of the Company enforceable against it in
accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws or equitable principles
relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally.

          (b) Validity of Amendment. The Loan Agreement and the Related
Agreements, as amended by this Amendment, constitute the legal, valid and
binding obligations, contracts and agreements of the company enforceable against
it in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement may be
limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws or
equitable principles relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally.

          (c) Authorization: No Violation. The execution, delivery and
performance by the Company of this Amendment (i) will not require form the Board
or stockholders of the Company any consent or approval that has been validly and
lawfully obtained, (ii) will not require any authorization, consent, approval,
license, exemption of or filing or registration with any court or governmental
department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality of government,
(iii) will not cause the Company to violate or contravene (A) any provision of
law, (B) any rule or regulation of any agency or government, domestic or
foreign, (C) any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or
award, or (D) any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the
Company, (iv) except as disclosed in Annex 3.1, will not violate or be in
conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with or without notice or
lapse of time or both) a default under, any indenture, loan or credit agreement,
note agreement, promissory note, deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement or
other agreement, lease or instrument, commitment or arrangement to which the
Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its properties, assets or
rights is bound or affected, to the extent that such violation, conflict, breach
or default would (individually or in the aggregate) have a Material Adverse
Effect and (e) except as contemplated by the Amended and Restated Security
Agreement, will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien. Except as
disclosed in Annex 3.1, the Company is not in material violation of, or (with or
without notice or lapse of time or both) in default under, any term or provision
of its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or of any indenture, loan or credit
          agreement, note agreement, promissory note, deed of trust, mortgage,
security
agreement or other agreement, lease or other instrument, commitment or
arrangement to which the Company is a party or by which any of the Company's
properties, assets or rights is bound or affected. The Company is not subject to
any restriction of any kind or character which has or may have a Material
Adverse Effect or which prohibits the Company from entering into this Amendment
or would prevent or make burdensome its performance of or compliance with all or
any part of this Amendment or the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby.

          (d) No Event of Default. As of the date hereof and after giving effect
to this Amendment, no Event of Default has occurred which is continuing.

          (e) All other Representations and Warranties. All the representations
and warranties contained in Section 3 of the Loan Agreement are true and correct
in all materials respects with the same force and effect as if made by the
Company on and as of the date hereof (except as to the extent that any such
representations or warranties relate to a specific prior date or period).

4. Conditions to Effectiveness of this amendment.

     4.1 Effective Date.  This Amendment shall not become
effective until, and shall become effective when, each and every one of the
following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived by the Lender (the
"Effective Date").

          (a) Execution of Counterparts. Counterparts of this Amendment shall
have been executed and delivered by each of the Company and the Lender.

          (b) Ratification and Confirmation of Loan Agreement: No Event of
Default. The Loan Agreement and all Related Agreements and all representations,
warranties, terms and conditions therein remain in full force and effect, and
the Company hereby confirms and ratifies each of the provisions of the Loan
Agreement and the Related Agreements. After giving effect to the Amendment, no
event has occurred and no condition exists which constitutes an Event of Default
under the Loan Agreement or the Related Agreements.

          (c) No Material Effect on Collateral. There has not been and there
will not be any adverse effect on the Lien created by the Loan Agreement or the
Related Agreements or the priority of such Lien in connection with or as a
result of the consummation of this Amendment.

          (d) Consents. All necessary consents, waivers, approvals,
authorizations, registrations, filings and notifications in connection with the
authorization, execution and delivery of this Amendment shall have been obtained
or made and are in full force and effect, [including, without limitation, the
consent of Sirrom under that certain Loan Agreement dated as of October 9, 1998
(as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time) by and between the Company and Sirrom].

          (e) Proceedings, Instruments, etc. All proceedings and actions taken
on or prior to the Effective Date in connection which the transactions
contemplated by this Amendment and all instruments incident thereto shall be in
form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its special counsel, and the
Lender and its special counsel shall have received copies of all documents that
it or they may request in connection with such proceedings, actions and
Transactions (including, without limitation, copies of court documents,
certifications, and evidence of the correctness of the representations and
warranties contained herein and certifications and evidence of the compliance
with the terms and the fulfillment of the conditions of this Amendment) in the
form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its special counsel.

          (f) Second Warrant Purchase Agreement. The Company and Lender shall
have entered into the Second Warrant Purchase Agreement substantially in the
form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

5. Miscellaneous

      5.1 Cross-References. References in this Amendment to any Section are,
unless otherwise specified, to such Section of this Amendment.

      5.2 Instrument Pursuant to Existing Loan Agreement; Limited Amendment.
This Amendment is executed pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Loan Agreement and
shall (unless otherwise expressly indicated herein) be construed, administered,
and applied in accordance with all of the terms and provisions of the Loan
Agreement, including Section 12.1 thereof. Except as expressly amended, any
conditions of the Loan Agreement shall remain unamended and unwaived. The
amendments set forth herein shall be limited precisely as provided for herein to
the provisions expressly amended herein and shall not be deemed to be a waiver
of, amendment of, consent to or modification of any other term or provision of
any other document or of any transaction or further action on the part of the
Company which would require the consent of the Lender under the Loan Agreement.

      5.3 Successors and Assigns. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure
to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and
assigns.

      5.4 Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed simultaneously in two or
more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of
which shall constitute together but one and the same instrument.

      5.5 Governing Law. This Amendment and the notes shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

      5.6 Expenses. The Company agrees to pay all expenses of the Lender in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment (including,
without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Lender).


<PAGE>


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of
the day and year first above written.



               VALUE AMERICA, INC.

               By:  /s/ DEAN M. JOHNSON
                    ___________________________________
                     Dean M. Johnson
                     Executive Vice President and
                     Chief Financial Officer



               THE UNION LABOR LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
               Acting for its Separate Account  P



               By: ____________________________________
                      An Authorized Officer


<PAGE>



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly
executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the
day and year first above written.



               VALUE AMERICA, INC.

               By: 
                   ___________________________________
                    Dean M. Johnson
                    Executive Vice President and
                    Chief Financial Officer




               THE UNION LABOR LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
               Acting for its Separate Account  P



               By:    /s/ HAROLD A. BRAUN
                      ____________________________________
                      An Authorized Officer


<PAGE>




                           SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED
                      AND RESTATED REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT

        This SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT
dated as of December 23, 1998 (this "Amendment") is hereby entered into by and
between Value America, Inc., a Virginia corporation (the "Company"), and The
Union Labor Life Insurance Company, acting on behalf of its Separate Account P
(the "Lender").

                                    RECITALS

      A. WHEREAS, the Company and the Lender have executed and delivered that
certain Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Agreement dated as of November 17,
1998 (as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated
Revolving Loan Agreement dated December 14, 1998 and as the same may be further
amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the
"Loan Agreement");

      B. WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Lender, among other things,
increase the Revolving Loan Commitment from up to Seventeen Million Five Hundred
Twenty-Four Thousand Four Hundred Forty-Four Dollars ($17,524,444) in the
aggregate to up to Twenty-One Million Five Hundred Twenty-Four Thousand Four
Hundred Forty-Four Dollars ($21,524,444) in the aggregate, and the Lender is
willing to make certain secured loans to the Company of up to such amount upon
the terms and conditions set forth herein and therein; and

      C. WHEREAS, on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein,
the parties hereto have agreed to amend the provisions of the Loan Agreement,
and the Lender has agreed to increase the Revolving Loan Commitment.

        NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Lender do hereby
agree as follows:

1. Relation to Loan Agreement: Definitions.

            1.1 Relation to Loan Agreement. This Amendment constitutes an
integral part of the Loan Agreement. Each reference contained in the Loan
Agreement to the "Loan Agreement," any section or provision contained in the
Loan Agreement, or any of the following or similar terms "this Agreement,"
"herein" or "hereof" shall be deemed to be a reference to such "Loan Agreement,"
section or provision or term as hereby amended and as the same may be further
amended, restated supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to
time hereafter.


<PAGE>

            1.2 Capitalized Terms. For all purposes of this Amendment,
capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings
specified in the Loan Agreement, as said agreement shall be in effect on the
Effective Date after giving effect to this Agreement.


<PAGE>

2. AMENDMENTS TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

            2.1 Amendment to Section 1(e) of the Loan Agreement. Section 1(e) of
the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it
with the following:

                (e) The "Revolving Loan Commitment" shall mean the greater of
(i) TEN MILLION TWENTY-FOUR THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED FORTY-FOUR DOLLARS
($10,024,444) (the "Original Commitment") or (ii) such greater amount as Lender
may specify from time to time in a notice to the Company increasing the amount
thereof, provided, that the Revolving Loan commitment may not exceed TWENTY-ONE
MILLION FIVE HUNDRED TWENTY-FOUR THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED FORTY-FOUR DOLLARS
($21,524,444). Each time the Company requests a Loan in excess of the then
outstanding Revolving Loan Commitment it shall deliver to Lender an additional
secured negotiable revolving promissory note in the amount of the increase in
the Revolving Loan Commitment substantially in the form of Annex A (also a
"Revolving Note"). All Revolving Notes are also sometimes collectively referred
to herein as "Notes" and sometimes individually as "Note."

            2.2 Amendment to Section 3.1 of the Loan Agreement. Section 3.1 of
the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it
with the following:

            3.1 Organization, Standing, etc. The Company is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Virginia, and has all requisite power and authority to carry on
its business, to own and hold its properties and assets, to enter into this
Agreement, the Notes, the Amended and Restated Security Agreement (as
hereinafter defined), the Warrant Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined),
the Second Warrant Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Third
Warrant Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Registration Rights
Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Amended and Restated Subordination
Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Pledged Account Agreement (as
hereinafter defined), the Escrow Agreement (as hereinafter defined) and the
Financing Statements (as hereinafter defined and together with the Notes, the
Amended and Restated Security Agreement, the Warrant Purchase Agreement, the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement,
the Pledged Account Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, the "Related
Agreements," and each, individually, a "Related Agreement"), to borrow money and
issue the Notes in accordance with this Agreement and to carry out the
provisions hereof and thereof. The copies of the Articles of Incorporation and
Bylaws of the Company which have been delivered to Lender prior to the execution
of this Agreement are true and complete and have not been amended or repealed.
The Company has no subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined) or direct or indirect
interest (by way of stock ownership or otherwise) in any firm, partnership,
corporation, association or business enterprise.

<PAGE>

            2.3 Amendment to Section 8 of the Loan Agreement. Section 8 of the
Loan Agreement is amended to add the following new Section 8.20 to follow after
section 8.19 of the Loan Agreement:

               8.20  Second and Third Warrant Purchase Agreement. The Company
                     shall perform and discharge all of its obligations as
                     provided under each of the Second Warrant purchase
                     Agreement and the Third Warrant Purchase Agreement.

            2.4 Amendment to Section 11 of the Loan Agreement.

              (a) Section 11 of the Loan Agreement is amended to add the
following definitions in alphabetical order:

                "Second Warrant Purchase Agreement" shall mean that certain
        Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of December 14, 1998 by and
        between the Company and Lender.

               "Third Warrant Purchase Agreement" shall mean that certain
        Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of December 14, 1998 by and between
        the Company and the Lender.

              (b) Section 11 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting the
definition of "Related Agreements" in its entirety and replacing it with the
following:

                 "Related Agreements" shall have the meaning assigned to it in
Section 3.1 hereof.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

            3.1 Representations and Warranties. To induce the Lender to execute
and deliver this Amendment (which representations shall survive the execution
and deliver of this Amendment), the Company represents and warrants to the
Lender that:

                (a) Authority. This Amendment has been duly authorized, executed
and delivered by it and this Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding
obligation, contract and agreement of the Company enforceable against it in
accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws or equitable principles
relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally.


<PAGE>

                (b) Validity of Amendment. The Loan Agreement and the Related
Agreements, as amended by this Amendment, constitute the legal, valid and
binding obligations, contracts and agreements of the Company enforceable against
it in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement may be
limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws or
equitable principles relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally.

                (c) Authorization: No Violation. The execution, delivery and
performance by the Company of this Amendment (i) will not require from the board
or stockholders of the Company any consent or approval that has not been validly
and lawfully obtained, (ii) will not require any authorization, consent,
approval, license, exemption of or filing or registration with any court or
governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality of
government, (iii) will not cause the Company to violate or contravene (A) any
provision of law, (B) any rule or regulation of any agency or government,
domestic or foreign, (C) any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree,
determination or award, or (D) any provision of the articles of Incorporation or
Bylaws of the Company, (iv) except as disclosed in Annex 3.1, will not violate
or be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with or without
notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, any indenture, loan or credit
agreement, note agreement, promissory note, deed of trust, mortgage, security
agreement or other agreement, lease or instrument, commitment or arrangement to
which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its properties,
assets or rights is bound or affected, to the extent that such violation,
conflict, breach or default would (individually or in the aggregate) have a
Material Adverse Effect and (e) except as contemplated by the Amended and
Restated Security Agreement, will not result in the creation or imposition of
any Lien. Except as disclosed in Annex 3.1, the Company is not in material
violation of, or (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) in default
under, any term or provision of its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or of
any indenture, loan or credit agreement, note agreement, promissory note, deed
of trust, mortgage, security agreementor other agreement, lease or other
instrument commitment or arrangement to which the company is a party or by which
any of the company" properties, assets or rights is bound or affected. The
company is not subject to any restriction of any kind or character which has or
may have a Material Adverse Effect or which prohibits the company from entering
into this Amendment or would prevent or make burdensome its performance of or
compliance with all or any part of this Amendment or the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby.


<PAGE>

               (d) No Event of Default.  As of the date hereof and after giving
                   effect to this amendment, no Event of Default has occurred
                   which is continuing.

               (e) All Other Representations and Warranties. All the
                   representations and warranties contained in Section 3 of the
                   Loan Agreement are true and correct in all materials respects
                   with the same force and effect as if made by the Company on
                   and as of the date hereof (except as to the extent that any
                   such representations or warranties relate to a specific prior
                   date or period).


<PAGE>

4.Conditions to Effectiveness of this Amendment.

      4.1 Effective Date. This Amendment shall not become effective until, and
shall become effective when, each and every one of the following conditions
shall have been satisfied or waived by the Lender (the "Effective Date").

          (a) Execution of Counterparts.  Counterparts of this Amendment shall
have been executed and delivered by each of the Company and the Lender.

          (b) Ratification and Confirmation of Loan Agreement: No Event of
Default. The Loan Agreement and all Related Agreements and all representations,
warranties, terms and conditions therein remain in full force and effect, and
the Company here by confirms and ratifies each of the provisions of the Loan
Agreement and the Related Agreements. After giving effect to the Amendment, no
event has occurred and no condition exists which constitutes an Event of Default
under the Loan Agreement or the Related Agreements.


          (c) No Material Effect on Collateral. There has not been and there
will not be any adverse effect on the Lien created by the Loan Agreement or the
Related Agreements or the priority of such Lien in connection with or as a
result of the consummation of this Amendment.

          (d) Consents. All necessary consents, waivers, approvals,
authorizations, registrations, filings and notifications in connection with the
authorization, execution and delivery of this Amendment shall have been obtained
or made and are in full force and effect, [including, without limitation, the
consent of Sirrom under that certain Loan Agreement dated as of October 9, 1998
(as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time) by and between the Company and Sirrom].

          (e) Proceedings, Instruments, etc. All proceedings and actions taken
on or prior to the Effective Date in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Amendment and all instruments incident thereto shall be in
form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its special counsel, and the
Lender and its special counsel shall have received copies of all documents that
it or they may request in connection with such proceedings, actions and
transactions (including, without limitation, copies of court documents,
certifications, and evidence of the correctness of the representations and
warranties contained herein and certifications and evidence of the compliance
with the terms and the fulfillment of the conditions of this Amendment) in the
form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its special counsel.

          (f) Third Warrant Purchase Agreement. The Company and Lender shall
have entered into the Third Warrant Purchase Agreement substantially in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit A.

5. Miscellaneous

      5.1 Cross-References. References in this Amendment to any Section are,
unless otherwise specified, to such Section of this Amendment.

      5.2 Instrument Pursuant to Existing Loan Agreement: Limited Amendment.
This Amendment is executed pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Loan Agreement and
shall (unless otherwise expressly indicated herein) be construed, administered,
and applied in accordance with all of the terms and provisions of the Loan
Agreement, including Section 12.1 thereof. Except as expressly amended, any
conditions of the Loan Agreement shall remain unamended and unwaived. The
amendments set forth herein shall be limited precisely as provided for herein to
the provisions expressly amended herein and shall not be deemed to be a waiver
of, amendment of, consent to or modification of any other term or provision of
any other document or of any transaction or further action on the part of the
Company which would require the consent of the Lender under the Loan Agreement.

      5.3 Successors and Assigns. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure
to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and
assigns.

      5.4 Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed simultaneously in two or
more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of
which shall constitute together but one and the same instrument.

      5.5 Governing Law. This Amendment and the notes shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

      5.6 Expenses. The Company agrees to pay all expenses of the Lender in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment (including,
without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Lender).

<PAGE>

        IN WITNES WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of
the day and year first above written.



               VALUE AMERICA, Inc.

               By:
                    _______________________________________
                    Dean M. Johnson
                    Executive Vice President and
                    Chief Financial Officer




               THE UNION LABOR LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
               Acting for its Separate Account P



               By: /s/ HAROLD A. BRAUN
                  ________________________________________
                      An Authorized Officer


<PAGE>



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of
the day and year first above written.





               VALUE AMERICA, INC.

               By:  /s/ DEAN M. JOHNSON
                   __________________________________
                    Dean M. Johnson,
                    Executive Vice President
                    and Chief Financial Officer


               THE UNION LABOR LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
               Acting for its Separate Account P


               By: ____________________________________
                    An Authorized Officer



<PAGE>



                           THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED
                      AND RESTATED REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT

        This THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT
dated as of December 31, 1998 (this "Amendment") is hereby entered into by and
between Value America, Inc., a Virginia corporation (the "Company"), and The
Union Labor Life Insurance Company, acting on behalf of its Separate Account P
(the "Lender").

                                    RECITALS

      A. WHEREAS, the Company and the Lender have executed and delivered that
certain Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Agreement dated as of November 17,
1998 (as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated
Revolving Loan Agreement dated as of December 14, 1998 and that certain Second
Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Agreement dated as of December
23, 1998 and as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time, the "Loan Agreement");

      B. WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Lender, among other things,
increase the Revolving Loan Commitment from up to Twenty-One Million Five
Hundred Twenty-Four Thousand Four Hundred Forty-Four Dollars ($21,524,444) in
the aggregate to up to Twenty-Nine Million Twenty-Four Thousand Four Hundred
Forty-Four Dollars ($29,024,444) in the aggregate, and the Lender is willing to
make certain secured loans to the Company of up to such amount upon the terms
and conditions set forth herein and therein; and

      C. WHEREAS, on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein,
the parties hereto have agreed to amend provisions of the Loan Agreement, and
the Lender has agreed to increase the Revolving Loan Commitment.

        NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Lender to hereby
agree as follows:

1. Relation to Loan Agreement:  Definitions.

               1.1 Relation to Loan Agreement. This Amendment constitutes an
integral part of the Loan Agreement. Each reference contained in the Loan
Agreement to the "Loan Agreement," any section or provision contained in the
Loan Agreement, or any of the following or similar terms "this Agreement,"
"herein" or "hereof" shall be deemed to be a reference to such "Loan Agreement,"
section or provision or term as hereby amended and as the same may be further
amended, restated supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to
time hereafter.

               1.2 Capitalized Terms. For all purposes of this Amendment,
capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings
specified in the Loan Agreement, as said agreement shall be in effect on the
Effective Date after giving effect to this Agreement.

2. AMENDMENTS TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT

               2.1 Amendment to Section 1(e) of the Loan Agreement. Section
1(e) of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting it in its entirety and
replacing it with the following:

                    (e) The "Revolving Loan Commitment" shall mean the greater
of (i) TEN MILLION TWENTY-FOUR THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED FORTY-FOUR DOLLARS
($10,024,444) (the "Original Commitment") or (ii) such greater amount as Lender
may specify from time to time in a notice to the Company increasing the amount
thereof, provided that the Revolving Loan Commitment may not exceed TWENTY-NINE
MILLION TWENTY-FOUR THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED FORTY-FOUR DOLLARS ($29,024,444). Each
time the Company requests a Loan in excess of the then outstanding Revolving
Loan Commitment it shall deliver to Lender an additional secured negotiable
revolving promissory note in the amount of the increase in the Revolving Loan
Commitment substantially in the form of Annex A (also a "Revolving Note"). All
Revolving Notes are also sometimes collectively referred to herein as "Notes"
and sometimes individually as "Note."

               2.2 Amendment to Section 3.1 of the Loan Agreement. Section 3.1
of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it
with the following.

                3.1 Organization, Standing, etc. The Company is a corporation
duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Virginia, and has all requisite power and authority to carry on
its business, to own and hold its properties and assets, to enter into this
Agreement, the Notes, the Amended and Restated Security Agreement (as
hereinafter defined), the Warrant Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined),
the Second Warrant Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Third
Warrant Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Fourth Warrant Purchase
Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Registration Rights Agreement (as
hereinafter defined), the Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement (as
hereinafter defined), the Pledged Account Agreement (as hereinafter defined),
the Escrow Agreement (as hereinafter defined) and the Financing Statements (as
hereinafter defined and together with the Notes, the Amended and Restated
Security Agreement, the Warrant Purchase Agreement, the Second Warrant Purchase
Agreement, the Third Warrant Purchase Agreement, the Fourth Warrant Purchase
Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Amended and Restated
Subordination Agreement, the Pledged Account Agreement and the Escrow Agreement,
the "Related Agreements," and each, individually, a "Related Agreement"), to
borrow money and issue the Notes in accordance with this Agreement and to carry
out the provisions hereof and thereof. The copies of the Articles of
Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company which have been delivered to Lender
prior to the execution of this Agreement are true and complete and have not been
amended or repealed. The Company has no Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined) or
direct or indirect interest (by way of stock ownership or otherwise) in any
firm, partnership, corporation, association or business enterprise.


                2.3 Amendment to Section 8 of the Loan Agreement. Section 8 of
the Loan Agreement is amended to add the following new Section 8.20 to follow
after Section 8.19 of the Loan Agreement:

                      8.20 First, Second, Third and Fourth Warrant Purchase
        Agreement. The Company shall perform and discharge all of its
        obligations as provided under each of the Warrant Purchase Agreement,
        the Second Warrant Purchase Agreement, the Third Warrant Purchase
        Agreement, and the Fourth Warrant Purchase Agreement.


                2.4 Amendment to Section 11 of the Loan Agreement. Section 11 of
the Loan Agreement is amended to add the following definition in alphabetical
order:


                      "Fourth Warrant Purchase Agreement" shall mean that
        certain Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of December 31, 1998 by and
        between the Company and Lender.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

                3.1 Representations and Warranties. To induce the Lender to
execute and deliver this Amendment (which representations shall survive the
execution and deliver of the Amendment), the Company represents and warrants to
the Lender that:

                    (a) Authority. This Amendment has been duly authorized,
executed and delivered by it and this Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and
binding obligation, contract and agreement of the Company enforceable against it
in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws or equitable
principles relation to or limiting creditors' rights generally.

                    (b) Validity of Amendment. The Loan Agreement and the
Related Agreements, as amended by this Amendment, constitute the legal, valid
and binding obligations, contracts and agreements of the Company enforceable
against it in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement may
be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws
or equitable principles relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally.

                    (c) Authorization: No Violation. The execution, delivery and
performance by the Company of this Amendment (i) will not require from the Board
or stockholders of the Company any consent or approval that has not been validly
and lawfully obtained, (ii) will not require any authorization, consent,
approval, license, exemption of or filing or registration with any court or
governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality of
government, (iii) will not cause the Company to violate or contravene (A) any
provision of law, (B) any rule or regulation of any agency or government,
domestic or foreign, (C) any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree,
determination or award, or (D) any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or
Bylaws of the Company, (iv) except as disclosed in Annex 3.1, will not violate
or be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with or without
notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, any indenture, loan or credit
agreement, note agreement, promissory note, deed of trust, mortgage, security
agreement or other agreement, lease or instrument, commitment or arrangement to
which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its properties,
assets or rights is bound or affected, to the extent that such violation,
conflict, breach or default would (individually or in the aggregate) have a
Material Adverse Effect and (e) except as contemplated by the Amended and
Restated Security Agreement, will not result in the creation or imposition of
any Lien. Except as disclosed in Annex 3.1, the Company is not in material
violation of, or (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) in default
under, any term or provision of its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or of
any indenture, loan or credit agreement, note agreement, promissory note, deed
of trust, mortgage, security agreement, or other agreement, lease or other
instrument, commitment or arrangement to which the Company is a party or by
which any of the Company's properties, assets or rights is bound or affected.
The Company is not subject to any restriction of any kind or character which has
or may have a Material Adverse Effect or which prohibits the Company from
entering into this Amendment or would prevent or make burdensome its performance
of or compliance with all or any part of this Amendment or the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby.

                    (d) No Event of Default. As of the date hereof and after
giving effect to this Amendment, no Event of Default has occurred which is
continuing.

                    (e) All Other Representations and Warranties. All the
representations and warranties contained in Section 3 of the Loan Agreement are
true and correct in all material respects with the same force and effect as if
made by the Company on and as of the date hereof (except as to the extent that
any such representations or warranties relate to a specific prior date or
period).

4. Conditions to Effectiveness of this Amendment.

                4.1 Effective Date. This Amendment shall not become effective
until, and shall become effective when, each and every one of the following
conditions shall have been satisfied or waived by the Lender (the "Effective
Date").

                    (a) Execution of Counterparts. Counterparts of this
Amendment shall have been executed and delivered by each of the Company and the
Lender.

                    (b) Ratification and Confirmation of Loan Agreement: No
Event of Default. The Loan Agreement and all Related Agreements and all
representations, warranties, terms and conditions therein remain in full force
and effect, and the Company hereby confirms and ratifies each of the provisions
of the Loan Agreement and the Related Agreements. After giving effect to the
Amendment, no event has occurred and no condition exists which constitutes an
Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or the Related Agreements.

                    (c) No Material Effect on Collateral. There has not been and
there will not be any adverse effect on the Lien created by the Loan Agreement
or the Related Agreements or the priority of such Lien in connection with or as
a result of the consummation of this Amendment.

                    (d) Consents. All necessary consents, waivers, approvals,
authorizations, registrations, filings and notifications in connection with the
authorization, execution and delivery of this Amendment shall have been obtained
or made and are in full force and effect.

                    (e) Proceedings, Instruments, etc. All proceedings and
actions taken on or prior to the Effective Date in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Amendment and all instruments incident thereto
shall be in form and substance satisfactory tot he Lender and its special
counsel, and the Lender and its special counsel shall have received copies of
all documents that it or they may request in connection with such proceedings,
actions and transactions (including, without limitation, copies of court
documents, certifications, and evidence of the correctness of the
representations and warranties contained herein and certifications and evidence
of the representations and warranties contained herein and certifications and
evidence of the compliance with the terms and the fulfillment of the conditions
of this Amendment) in the form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its
special counsel.

                    (f) Fourth Warrant Purchase Agreement. The Company and
Lender shall have entered into the Fourth Warrant Purchase Agreement
substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

5. Miscellaneous.

                5.1 Cross-References. References in this Amendment to any
Section are, unless otherwise specified, to such Section of this Amendment.

                5.2 Instrument Pursuant to Existing Loan Agreement: Limited
Amendment. This Amendment is executed pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Loan
Agreement and shall (unless otherwise expressly indicated herein) be construed,
administered, and applied in accordance with all of the terms and provisions of
the Loan Agreement, including Section 12.1 thereof. Except as expressly amended,
any conditions of the Loan Agreement shall remain unamended and unwaived. The
amendments set forth herein shall be limited precisely as provided for herein to
the provisions expressly amended herein and shall not be deemed to be a waiver
of, amendment of, consent to or modification of any other term of provision of
any other document or of any transaction or further action on the part of the
Company which would require the consent of the Lender under the Loan Agreement.


                5.3 Successors and Assigns. This Amendment shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors
and assigns.

                5.4 Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed simultaneously
in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but
all of which shall constitute together but one and the same instrument.

                5.5 Governing Law. This Amendment and the notes shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of
Virginia.

                5.6 Expenses. The Company agrees to pay all expenses of the
Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment
(including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for
the Lender).

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers of the
day and year first above written.



               VALUE AMERICA, INC.



               By:   /s/ DEAN M. JOHNSON
                   --------------------------------------
                      Dean M. Johnson
                      Executive Vice President and
                      Chief Executive Officer



               THE UNION LABOR LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
               Acting for its Separate Account P



               By:   /s/ HAROLD A. BRAUN
                   -------------------------------------------
                      An Authorized Officer


<PAGE>



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of
the day and year first above written.



               VALUE AMERICA, INC.



               By:   /s/ DEAN M. JOHNSON
                   --------------------------------------
                      Dean M. Johnson
                      Executive Vice President and
                      Chief Financial Officer



               THE UNION LABOR LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
               Acting for its Separate Account P



               By:
                    --------------------------------------
                      An Authorized Officer


<PAGE>

                           FOURTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED
                      AND RESTATED REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT

        This FOURTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT
dated as of January 6, 1999 (this "Amendment") is hereby entered into by and
between Value America, Inc., a Virginia corporation (the "Company"), and The
Union Labor Life Insurance Company, acting on behalf of its Separate Account P
(the "Lender").

                                    RECITALS

      A. WHEREAS, the Company and the Lender have executed and delivered that
certain Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Agreement dated as of November 17,
1998 (as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated
Revolving Loan Agreement dated as of December 14, 1998, that certain Second
Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Agreement dated as of December
23, 1998 and that certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Loan
Agreement dated as of December 31, 1998 and as the same may be further amended,
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Loan
Agreement");

      B. WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Lender, among other things,
increase the Revolving Loan Commitment from up to Twenty-Nine Million
Twenty-Four Thousand Four Hundred Forty-Four Dollars ($29,024,444), in the
aggregate, up to Thirty Four Million Twenty-Four Thousand Four Hundred
Forty-Four Dollars ($34,024,444), in the aggregate, and the Lender is willing to
make certain secured loans to the Company of up to such amount upon the terms
and conditions set forth herein and therein; and

      C. WHEREAS, on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein,
the parties hereto have agreed to amend the provisions of the Loan Agreement,
and the Lender has agreed to increase the Revolving Loan Commitment.

      NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Lender do hereby
agree as follows:

1. Relation to Loan Agreement: Definitions.

            1.1 Relation to Loan Agreement. This Amendment constitutes an
integral part of the Loan Agreement. Each reference contained in the Loan
Agreement to the "Loan Agreement," any section or provision contained in the
Loan Agreement, or any of the following or similar terms "this Agreement,"
"herein" or "hereof" shall be deemed to be a reference to such "Loan Agreement,"
section or provision or term as hereby amended and as the same may be further
amended, restated supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to
time hereafter.

            1.2 Capitalized Terms. For all purposes of this Amendment,
capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings
specified in the Loan Agreement, as said agreement shall be in effect on the
Effective Date after giving effect to this Agreement.

2. AMENDMENTS TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

            2.1 Amendment to Section 1(e) of the Loan Agreement. Section 1(e) of
the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it
with the following:

                (e) The "Revolving Loan Commitment" shall mean the greater of
(i) TEN MILLION TWENTY-FOUR THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED FORTY-FOUR DOLLARS
($10,024,444) (the "Original Commitment") or (ii) such greater amount as Lender
may specify from time to time in a notice to the Company increasing the amount
thereof, provided, that the Revolving Loan Commitment may not exceed THIRTY FOUR
MILLION TWENTY-FOUR THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED FORTY-FOUR DOLLARS ($34,024,444). Each
time the Company requests a Loan in excess of the then outstanding Revolving
Loan Commitment it shall deliver to Lender an additional secured negotiable
revolving promissory note in the amount of the increase in the Revolving Loan
Commitment substantially in the form of Annex A (also a "Revolving Note"). All
Revolving Notes are also sometimes collectively referred to herein as "Notes"
and sometimes individually as "Note."

            2.2 Amendment to Section 3.1 of the Loan Agreement. Section 3.1 of
the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it
with the following:

            3.1 Organization, Standing, etc. The Company is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Virginia, and has all requisite power and authority to carry on
its business, to own and hold its properties and assets, to enter into this
Agreement, the Notes, the Amended and Restated Security Agreement (as
hereinafter defined), the Warrant Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined),
the Second Warrant Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Third
Warrant Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Fourth Warrant Purchase
Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Fifth Warrant Purchase Agreement (as
hereinafter defined), the Registration Rights Agreement (as hereinafter
defined), the Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement (as hereinafter
defined), the Pledged Account Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Escrow
Agreement (as hereinafter defined) and the Financing Statements (as hereinafter
defined and together with the Notes, the Amended and Restated Security
Agreement, the Warrant Purchase Agreement, the Second Warrant Purchase
Agreement, the Third Warrant Purchase Agreement, the Fourth Warrant Purchase
Agreement, the Fifth Warrant Purchase Agreement, the Registration Rights
Agreement, the Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement, the Pledged Account
Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, the "Related Agreements", and each,
individually, a "Related Agreement"), to borrow money and issue the Notes in
accordance with this Agreement and to carry out the provisions hereof and
thereof. The copies of the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company
which have been delivered to Lender prior to the execution of this Agreement are
true and complete and have not been amended or repealed. The Company has no
Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined) or direct or indirect interest (by way of
stock ownership or otherwise) in any firm, partnership, corporation, association
or business enterprise.

            2.3 Amendment to Section 8 of the Loan Agreement. Section 8 of the
Loan Agreement is amended to add the following new Section 8.20 to follow after
Section 8.19 of the Loan Agreement:

            8.20 First, Second, Third, Fourth and Fifth Warrant Purchase
Agreement. The Company shall perform and discharge all of its obligations as
provided under each of the Warrant Purchase Agreement, the Second Warrant
Purchase Agreement, the Third Warrant Purchase Agreement, the Fourth Warrant
Purchase Agreement and the Fifth Warrant Purchase Agreement.

            2.4 Amendment to Section 11 of the Loan Agreement. Section 11 of the
Loan Agreement is amended to add the following definition in alphabetical order:

               "Fifth Warrant Purchase Agreement" shall mean that certain
Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of January 6, 1999 by and between the
Company and Lender.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

            3.1 Representations and Warranties. To induce the Lender to execute
and deliver this Amendment (which representations shall survive the execution
and deliver of this Amendment), the Company represents and warrants to the
Lender that:

                (a) Authority. This Amendment has been duly authorized, executed
and delivered by it and this Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding
obligation, contract and agreement of the Company enforceable against it in
accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws or equitable principles
relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally.

                (b) Validity of Amendment. The Loan Agreement and the Related
Agreements, as amended by this Amendment, constitute the legal, valid and
binding obligations, contracts and agreements of the Company enforceable against
it in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement may be
limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws or
equitable principles relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally.

                (c) Authorization: No Violation. The execution, delivery and
performance by the Company of this Amendment (i) will not require from the Board
or stockholders of the Company any consent or approval that has not been validly
and lawfully obtained, (ii) will not require any authorization, consent,
approval, license, exemption of or filing or registration with any court or
governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality of
government, (iii) will not cause the Company to violate or contravene (A) any
provision of law, (B) any rule or regulation of any agency or government,
domestic or foreign, (C) any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree,
determination or award, or (D) any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or
Bylaws of the Company, (iv) except as disclosed in Annex 3.1, will not violate
or be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with or without
notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, any indenture, loan or credit
agreement, note agreement, promissory note, deed of trust, mortgage, security
agreement or other agreement, lease or instrument, commitment or arrangement to
which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its properties,
assets or rights is bound or affected, to the extent that such violation,
conflict, breach or default would (individually or in the aggregate) have a
Material Adverse Effect and (e) except as contemplated by the Amended and
Restated Security Agreement, will not result in the creation or imposition of
any Lien. Except as disclosed in Annex 3.1, the Company is not in material
violation of, or (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) in default
under, any term or provision of its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or of
any indenture, loan or credit agreement, note agreement, promissory note, deed
of trust, mortgage, security agreement or other agreement, lease or other
instrument, commitment or arrangement to which the Company is a party or by
which any of the Company's properties, assets or rights is bound or affected.
The Company is not subject to any restriction of any kind or character which has
or may have a Material Adverse Effect or which prohibits the Company from
entering into this Amendment or would prevent or make burdensome its performance
of or compliance with all or any part of this Amendment or the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby.

                (d) No Event of Default. As of the date hereof and after giving
effect to this Amendment, no Event of Default has occurred which is continuing.

                (e) All Other Representations and Warranties. All the
representations and warranties contained in Section 3 of the Loan Agreement are
true and correct in all materials respects with the same force and effect as if
made by the Company on and as of the date hereof (except as to the extent that
any such representations or warranties relate to a specific prior date or
period).

4. Conditions to Effectiveness of this Amendment.

            4.1 Effective Date. This Amendment shall not become effective until,
and shall become effective when, each and every one of the following conditions
shall have been satisfied or waived by the Lender (The "Effective Date").

                (a) Execution of Counterparts. Counterparts of this Amendment
shall have been executed and delivered by each of the Company and the Lender.

                (b) Ratification and Confirmation of Loan Agreement: No Event of
Default. The Loan Agreement and all Related Agreements and all representations,
warranties, terms and conditions therein remain in full force and effect, and
the Company hereby confirms and ratifies each of the provisions of the Loan
Agreement and the Related Agreements. After giving effect to the Amendment, no
event has occurred and no condition exists which constitutes an Event of Default
under the Loan Agreement or the Related Agreements.

                (c) No Material Effect on Collateral. There has not been and
there will not be any adverse effect on the Lien created by the Loan Agreement
or the Related Agreements or the priority of such Lien in connection with or as
a result of the consummation of the Amendment.

                (d) Consents. All necessary consents, waivers, approvals,
authorizations, registrations, filings and notifications in connection with the
authorization, execution and delivery of this Amendment shall have been obtained
or made and are in full force and effect.

                (e) Proceedings, Instruments, etc. All proceedings and actions
taken on or prior to the Effective Date in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Amendment and all instruments incident thereto shall be in
form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its special counsel, and the
Lender and its special counsel shall have received copies of all documents that
it or they may request in connection with such proceedings, actions and
transactions (including, without limitation, copies of court documents,
certifications, and evidence of the correctness of the representations and
warranties contained herein and certifications and evidence of the compliance
with the terms and the fulfillment of the conditions of this Amendment) in the
form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its special counsel.

                (f) Fifth Warrant Purchase Agreement. The Company and Lender
shall have entered into the Fifth Warrant Purchase Agreement substantially in
the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

5. Miscellaneous.

            5.1 Cross-References. References in this Amendment to any Section
are, unless otherwise specified, to such Section of this Amendment.

            5.2 Instrument Pursuant to Existing Loan Agreement: Limited
Amendment. This Amendment is executed pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Loan
Agreement and shall (unless otherwise expressly indicated herein) be construed,
administered, and applied in accordance with all of the terms and provisions of
the Loan Agreement, including Section 12.1 thereof. Except as expressly amended,
any conditions of the Loan Agreement shall remain unamended and unwaived. The
amendments set forth herein shall be limited precisely as provided for herein to
the provisions expressly amended herein and shall not be deemed to be a waiver
of, amendment of, consent to or modification of any other term or provision of
any other document or of any transaction or further action on the part of the
Company which would require the consent of the Lender under the Loan Agreement.

            5.3 Successors and Assigns. This Amendment shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and
assigns.

            5.4 counterparts. This Amendment may be executed simultaneously in
two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but
all of which shall constitute together but one and the same instrument.

            5.5 Governing Law. This Amendment and the notes shall be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.


            5.6 Expenses. The Company agrees to pay all expenses of the Lender
in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment (including,
without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Lender).


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of
the day and year first above written.




               VALUE AMERICA, INC.

               By:     /s/ DEAN M. JOHNSON
                      _____________________________________
                      Dean M. Johnson, Executive Vice President
                      and Chief Financial Officer




               THE UNION LABOR LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
               Acting for its Separate Account P

               By: ________________________________________
                      An Authorized Officer


<PAGE>



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly
executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the
day and year first above written.




               VALUE AMERICA, INC.

               By: _____________________________________
                      Dean M. Johnson, Executive Vice President
                      And Chief Financial Officer




               THE UNION LABOR LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
               Acting for its Separate Account P

               By:    /s/ HAROLD A. BRAUN
                      ________________________________________
                      An Authorized Officer




   
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
    


                      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

   
     We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 5, 1999, relating
to the financial statements of Value America, Inc., which appears in such
Prospectus. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts"
in such Prospectus.
    




/s/   PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
- -----------------------------------
   
McLean, Virginia

April 5, 1999
    

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                          20,127
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    4,032
<ALLOWANCES>                                     1,021
<INVENTORY>                                        640
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                54,872
<PP&E>                                           2,760
<DEPRECIATION>                                     698
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  60,098
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           52,827
<BONDS>                                              0
                           37,822
                                          0
<COMMON>                                         7,482
<OTHER-SE>                                    (39,046)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    60098
<SALES>                                         41,544
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                41,544
<CGS>                                           40,776
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   92,437
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               2,723
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               (53,616)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                           (53,616)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                  (53,616)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (2.80)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (2.80)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission